325 073_Dataspeed_40_4540_Components_Service_Apr82 073 Dataspeed 40 4540 Components Service Apr82

User Manual: 325-073_Dataspeed_40_4540_Components_Service_Apr82
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 888
Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF
Manual ~j 25-U'lJ
April 198\?

SERVICE MANUAL . . '..

Ida~aspeed~~~ . 1
I ~ I: ~. " '~AND

..1,.,..4."

.. .

components

o PRINTER

• OPERATOR CONSOLE
• DISPLAY

MONITor~

• POWER SUPPLY
• CABINETS

-J
JII";

'

..

..

.

~

I
,

~..
"

.

'

i:

@

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SERVICE MANUAL 325-073
April 1982
SERVICE MANUAL
for

"DATASPEED*" 40 and 4540 COMPONENTS
This service manual provides information for general usage of DATASPEED 40 components such as the
printer, operator console, display monitor, power supply and cabinets. In so doing, it supplements the
DAT ASPEED 40 Station Service Manuals.
40 COMPONENTS
DATASPEED
DATASPEED
DATASPEED
DA T ASPEED
DATASPEED
DA T ASPEED

Contents
40 Printers - Installation
40 Printers - Wiring
40 Printers -- Testing and Troubleshooting
40 Printers - Adjustments and Lubrication
40 Printers - Disassembly/Reassembly and Parts
40 Printers - Routine Maintenance

DATASPEED 40 Operator Console - Wiring
DATASPEED 40 Operator Console - Testing and Troubleshooting
DATASPEED 40 Operator Console - Disassembly/Reassembly and Parts
DATASPEED
Paper Winder,
DATASPEED
Paper Winder,
DATASPEED
DATASPEED
DATASPEED
DATASPEED

40 Cabinets,
and Facilities - Wiring
40 Cabinets,
and Facilities - Disassembly/Reassembly, Parts,
Adjustments and Lubrication
40
40
40
40

Display Monitor Display Monitor Display Monitor Display Monitor -

Wiring
Testing and Troubleshooting
Adjustment and Lubrication
Disassembly/Reassembly and Parts

DATASPEED 40 Power Supply - Wiring
DATASrEED 40 Power Supply - Testing and Troubleshooting
DATASPEED 40 Power Supply - Disassembly/Reassembly and Parts

Section
582-210-200
582-210-400
582-210-500
582-210-700
582-210-702
582-210-750

'Issue
5
3
3
3
3
2

582-211-400
582-211-500
582-211-700

2
3
3

582-212-400

4

582-212-700

4

582-213-400
582-213-500
582-213-700
582-213-701

2
3
3
3

582-214-400
582-214-500
582-214-700

1
2
3

582-311-100
582-311-400
582-311-500
582-311-700

1
1
1
1

582-312-400

2

582-312-700

2

4540 COMPONENTS
DA T ASPEED
DATASPEED
DATASPEED
DATASPEED

4540
4540
4540
4540

Keyboard Keyboard Keyboard Keyboard -

Description and Operation
Wiring
Testing and Troubleshooting
Disassembly/Reassembly and Parts

DAT ASPEED 4500 (::abinets and Facilities - Wiring
DAT ASPEED 4500 Cabinets and Facilities - Disassembly/Reassembly,
Parts and Adjustments

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.

Printed in U.S.A.

See individual sections for copyright notices.
I

Note: Reference information on other equipment not included in this service manual can be found in
the following sections:
DATASPEED 40 Answer-Back .............................................582-0J1-201
EIA Data Terminal Switch ................................................ 582-001-200
DATASPEED Magnetic Tape ............................................ 582-900 Series
Teletypewriter Stationery and Supplies....................................... 570-008-010

II

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCoStandard

SECTION 582-210-20C
Issue 5, February 1982
"DATASPEED*" 40 PRINTER
INST ALLATION

CONTENTS

PAGE

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL ......................

2

TRACTOR FEED PRINTERS .......

20

2.

UNPACKING ....................

3

FORMS ACCESS PRINTER .........

21

FRICTION FEED PRINTER ........

3

INSTALL TYPE CARRIER ........ ;

24

FRICTION FEED PRINTER
CABINET .......................

3

TYPE CARRIER PALLET
ALIGNMENT ....................

24

TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ........

3

FRICTION FEED PRINTER ........

24

3.

VISUAL INSPECTION .............

4

4.

GROUNDING PRECAUTIONS ......

4

TRACTOR FEED PRINTER 80- AND 132-COLUMN .. ; .........

25

5.

OPTION CIRCUIT CARD...........

5

FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR
FEED PRINTER - 80-COLUMN .....

26

INSTALL RIBBON ................

27

FRICTION, TRACTOR FEED
AND FORMS ACCESS
PRINTERS ......................

27

INSTALL PAPER .................

28

FRICTION FEED PRINTER ........

28

TRACTOR FEED PRINTER 80· AND 132-COLUMN ............

29

6

FORMS ACCESS PRINTER 80·COLUMN .....................

32

OPTIONING THE 410072
OR 410729 CIRCUIT CARD
FOR 132-COLUMN TRACTOR
FEED PRINTER ..................

7

INSTALL PRINTER INTO
CABINET .......................

10. FORM·OUT BELT SELECTION
80· AND 132-COLUMN
TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
AND 80-COLUMN FORMS
ACCESS PRINTER ................

36

19

11. PRINTER TESTING ...............
FRICTION FEED PRINTER ........

37

19

REMOVE 410076 OR 410640
CIRCUIT CARD FROM
80·COLUMN FRICTION
FEED PRINTER ..................
REMOVE 410076 OR 410640
CIRCUIT CARD FROM
80-COLUMN TRACTOR
FEED PRINTER ..................
OPTIONING THE 410071
CIR-cUIT CARD FOR 40P253
80·COLUMN FORMS ACCESS
TRACTOR .FEED PRINTER
OR 40P154 80-COLUMN
TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ........

6.

7.

8.
5

5

9.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletyp~ Corporation
©1974, 1977, 1978, 1979 and 1982 by Teletype CorporatIOn
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-210-200
1.

GENERAL

1.02

1.01

This section provides installation for the
DATASPEED 40 printer, friction and
tractor feed, SO- and 132-column (Fig. 1).

40PI01 or 40PI02
Friction Feed Printer
(SO-Column)

This section is reissued to add information
concerning the paper jam alarm, to add
optioning information and to clarify information
covering adjustments which may have to be
refined depending on forms used in a particular
installation.

40P201, 40P202, 40P203 or 40P204
Tractor Feed Printer
( 132-Column)

40P151, 40P153 or
40P154 Tractor Feed
Printer (SO-Column)

Fig. I-DATASPEED 40 Printers

Page 2

40P253 Forms Access
Tractor Feed Printer
(SO-Column)

ISS 5, SECTION5S2-210-200

Note: When ordering replaceable parts or components, unless otherwise specified, prefix each
part number with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410055).
2.

FRICTION FEED PRINTER CABINET
Unpack the cabinet and open the lid.

2.02

\

Danger: Shipping bar is under heavy spring
tension - RELEASE SLOWLY (Fig. 3).

UNPACKING

FRICTION FEED PRINTER
2.01

Open carton and remove polysterene
pack. Remove printer from polysterene
pack (Fig. 2).

Note: Retain polysterene pack for transporting
the printer locally.

Carefully depress the bar, disengage latch from
bar and slowly release the bar. Remove shipping
latch and bar. Discard. If~printer is to be shipped
at a later date, retain bar and latch.

~~
I ...
BAR

SHIPPING
LATCH

Fig. a....,ghipping Bar and Latch
TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
2.03

SO-Column - Open carton and remove
pack. Remove printer from polysterene
pack (Fig. 4).

NO. 28249PK
DETAILB
POLYSTERENE PACK

Note: Retain polysterene pack for transporting
the printer locally.

28279PK
DETAIL B

NO. 28249 PK
DETAIL A
POLYSTERENE PACK
-~

~

28279PK
DETAILC,
-»1~~

Fig. 2-Printer Carton and Pack

Fig. 4-Printer Carton and Pack
Page 3

SECTION 582-210-200
132-Column and Forms Access - Open
printer carton and remove comer details
(Fig. 5).
2.04

TAPE

Fig. 6-Printer Packing Details (Contd)
3.

VISUAL INSPECTION

3.01

Fig. 5-Printer Carton Packing Details
2.05

Lift printer carton out, open it and
remove packing detail (Fig. 6). Lift
printer out.

2.06

Remove packing details from the printer
(Fig. 6).

40P203 and 40P204 Printer - Remove
ribbon cartridge set and meter roller set
from well in top packing detail. Installation
instructions for these reinking mechanism parts
are included in the carton.
2.07

Look for any pinched or crimped wires
or cables. Check that no terminal pins
are bent or damaged. Make sure all connectors
are seated properly and securely.
4.

GROUNDING PRECAUTIONS

4.01

The 410071, 410072, 410076, 410640
and 410729 printer circuit cards contain
MOS logic which requires careful handling. If the
printer card is not already installed in the unit, it
should be handled while stored in its protective
406260 static bag (Fig. 7).

406260

STATIC
BAG

Fig. 6--Printer Packing Details

Page 4

PRINTER
CARD

Fig. 7--Circuit Card Protective Bag

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
4.02

The 346392 static discharge strap must be
worn when handling the printer card outside its protective bag. Attach the strap tightly to
wrist as shown in Fig. 8. Attach clip end of
static discharge strap to frame ground.

Lift left (bottom) end of card up and out
of channel (bypassing printer base shipping screws) first, then right side of card up and
out. Remove card from connector. Refer to
paragraph 5.14 or 5.19 for options on the printer
logic card.
Note: During reassembly, make certain that
the connector is plugged onto the card and that
the card is located within the channel before
plugging it into the two rows of magnet assembly
contacts. Apply slight pressure at both ends and
middle of card to fully seat it on magnet contacts.
5.05

FINGER
HOLD

Fig. 8-346392 Static Discharge Strap
5.

OPTION CIRCUIT CARD

GENERAL

Warning: Install the 346392 static discharge
strap before removing the 410076 or 410640
circuit card.
5.01

This part includes all printer options that
are utilized in the printer. It also covers
handling of circuit cards, removal of the 410076
or 410640 circuit card, location of the circuit
card switch packs, and information on how to
activate or change switch positions.
5.02

Fig. 9-Circuit Card Removal
REMOVE 410076 OR 410640 CIRCUIT CARD
FROM 80-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
(Fig. 10)
5.06
5.07

Remove two top screws and loosen three
bottom screws.
Slide bottom plate out.

5.08

Remove connector from card; using pull
points, pull card down and out. Refer to
paragraph 5.14 or 5.19 for options on the printer
logic card.
TOP SCREWS

The options enabled should be checked
on the Printer Options Record. (See

5.22.)
REMOVE 410076 OR 410640 CIRCUIT CARD
FROM 80-COLUMNFRICTION FEED PRINTER
5.03

Remove two screws that secure circuit
card cover to the bottom of the printer
and allow cover to hang down (Fig. 9).
5.04

Using finger hold and a firm grip of the
card edge on opposite side as shown in
Fig. 9, apply an even pulling force and unplug
card from the two rows of magnet assembly
contacts.

BOTTOM SCREWS

Fig. 10-Tractor Feed Printer Bottom Plate
Page 5

SECTION 582,210,200
OPTIONING THE 410071 CIRCUIT CARD FOR 40P253 80,COLUMN FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR
FEED PRINTER OR 40P154 80,COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
5.09

It is not necessary to remove the 410071 circuit card from the printer in order to option it.
Option switches on the card are accessible through openings in the bottom plate of the printer
(Fig. 11 and 12). Refer to paragraph 5.16 for options on the printer logic card.

SLOTS FOR ACCESSING
OPTION SWITCHES

(Bottom View)

Fig. ll-Forms Access Printer (80,Column)

l JlI. 27
,6 6' 52 40 28

77 65 53 H
7R 66 !l4
79 67 55
68 56
69 ;)/
70 58
71 ,,9

29

42 30
43 31
44 32
4.~ 33
46 34
47 35

SWITCH SETTINGS Preliminar
E·5

E-9

•
•
•
0
•
•
0
')

2

•
•
•0
•
•
0

3

••

6

x

7

~

0

• •
• •
•0 •

•
••
• 00
•

·

0

72 60 48 36

through
through
through
through
through

program
program
program
program
program

•

0
0
0

•
••
•

•

:J

2

~

7 8

6

1

.

1

•
•••
•
••

0

•• ••
0 •
• 0

1

0
0
0
0

x "'" last

80
72
60
48
36

as shown.
as shown,
as shown,
as shown,
as shown,

then
then
then
then

•.
b.

operate
operate
operate
operate

No
reedou.t
Paper Feedout on [)SR or RM LoeI

16 Linet or One Fonn

_

0

•
0

_

_

f.

II.

_

_

2

~nt..d

••

on Parity Error
E·

19. Character Set
d.

_

tinted on Even Pari~Error
Printed on Odd Parity nor

c. _~ot

Printen With 96-Chancter ~t
rinten I
aneter Set
'nten i
xten
A
I Chuacter Set
P"nlen With Lonptt Character Set Havins
Leu Than 64 Characlon

Page 10

8 to
1 to
7 to
8 to

-.0-----*

19. Printer Errored Character Symbol
h,

position
position
position
position

E-8
12345678

16 Line!!

.,

E8
E5
E5
E5

column to be prmted

18. Printer hper hedout

,1<·85

"

-

•
•

SWITCH SETTINGS pd Sf>iection (Applies only if Option 57b
selected)

a.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

75 Baud
150 Baud
300 Baud
600 Baud
1200 Baud
2400 Baud
4800 Baud
9600 Baud

60.

Aux Alarm

a.
h.

Enable
Disable

b.

1

2

E-8
4 5

R

*

0

•
Col

IS

6

8

2

3

4

5

•0 •
0 0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0
0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
0
0 0

1

0

(S('t' Noh'l

3

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

1

2

0

•

0
0
0
0

7

•0 • •
0
•

•
*

E-5

-

0

•

3
-

4

5

-1-

61 7

-

-

8
-

*

Note: Auxiliary Alarm is for future use. Aux Alarm Disabled (Option 60b) is required selection when
alarm mechanism is not present. Paper jam alarm (402920 modification kit) is not Aux Alarm.

Page 11

SECTION 582-210-200
5.17

Switches on Printer
SO-COLUMN
FRICTION FEED
PRINTER

SO-COLUMN
TRACTOR FEED
PRINTER

Fo,ms LF Test

FORMS
SWITCH

On

--0

.

;a
OIf

I

Off

LF Switch

20.

/

~on

LINE FEED
OPTION
SWITCH
DOUBLE

1

SINGLE

Line Feed

a.J Single
b. Double

r

Forms Switch
39. Forms (Tractor Feed Printer Only)
a. I On
b ..l Off

132-QOLUMN TRACTOR FEED
PRINTER COVER -(Top View)
Form!; LF Test

On

2

On

Fig. 16

Page 12

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
410072 -132- Column Printer Logic Circuit Card

5.18
17.

Pnnter Lt.·ft

a.
b.2.
b.3.
b.4.
b.5.
b.6.
b.7.
b.8.
b.9.
b.10.
b.n.
b.12.
b.13.

First Printed
First Printed
First Printed
First Pnnted
First Printed
First Printed
First Printed
First Pnnted
First Printed

~1~m

and Fonn Width

Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
Column
t~irstl'rintes

-

3

2

r.

21.

a.
10 .
22.

a.

L"'-

·

*

0
0

0

C

2

...

1

2

0

0

••
0

Printers With Extended ASCII CharactA:>r Set
Printers With Long.st Charactfor Sf't lIavinl(
Lt'S5 Than 64 Charactfors

Lower CUt" Pnnts as Enor Symbol
~ower\,;ase
nnts as PIX"

3

~

1
0

2

1
0

2

3

~

3

*

..
•

5

;

6

-

Printers With 96·Character S.t
Printers With 64·Character Set

Foldovt"r on PnntA!'rs Wlt.h 64·CharactA!'r St>l

8

0-10

rinte-a on anty"rror

Lower Cue and upper ase Print.
Lowerl:ase nn aa pper "-:ast'

7

6

0

Printe-d on Even Parity Error

FoldovE'r on PrlntE'rs With 96·Charal't.E'r Sf't

5

0

19. Chararte-r St't

R·

H

OFF.
OFF.
OFF.
OFF.

•

b. J'rinted on Ud ASCII Characters
(No Parity Check)
Does Not Print Extended ASCII
(See Option 19a, b, or c.)

a.
b.

48.

a.
h.

2

Incomplete Form Suppresses Paper Alarm

-1-

-

1

8

0

-

(A." in

19.t

-

-

- *

D-9
U51617IS

3

2

•

-1-1-101-1-1-10-10

Printing of Escape SpquenCl's Suppresspd

I
I

,

415

3

- - -

a. l No (Paper-Out Not Gated With Form·Out)
b. 1 Yes (Paper-Out Gated With Form-Out)
54.

6
0

D-lO

1

1

2

3

·1

516-'71s
0
'1-1-1-1-1-1-1·

C'haractRr After [SC PrintRd as 'Received
Printing of CharacteL..\fter ESC Supprpsst'd

-":'.10

55.

SI;SO DetectJOn

a.

Sl/SO DetectIOn :\I"ot L'st'd
SI/80 D€'tectlOn Enables Printing AdditIOnal
Characters

°1
57.

SSI IOE~l DetectIOn

a.

SSl

h.
:j:

I

OE~l

1

-

2

3
0

-

-

5

4

•-

6

,

*

H

- - - -

D-8

1121314J516J'18J Y

- - -

*

-

•

- -

-

-1-1-1-I-L-j-1-1o

An option screw change may be required on 410151 circuit card in power module. If Option 57b is
selected, option screw B on 410151 must be installed from the component side.

58

Idll:' L.Jnf' \1otor Control

a

Dlsahled - :\lotor Hpld On inuenfInltely During
Idle Lin!:"
Enahlpd
~lot()r Tumpd Off AftRr ..l0-Second

h

Idle LIne

59. Speed Splpctlon I Appitps Only
IS Selected I
75 Baud
a.
h
150 Baud
300 Baud
c.
600 Baud
d.
1200 Baud
e.
2400 Baud
f.
g.
4800 Baud
h
9600 Baud
60.

Aux Alarm (SP(' Noh')

a.

Enable
DlSa) f'

D-9
5

6

,

- - - - -

0

-

-

- - - -

•-

-

1

If

2

3

4

-

R

C·4

Option 57b

1

•
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

•0

3
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0

2
0

•
0

4
0
0

•0
0
0
0
0

5
0
0
0
0
0

6
0
0
0
0
0
0

• •
0

0
0

-;
0
0
0
0

•0
0
0

H

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

•

*

D·"

112131·115161-;1~
0
1

•

*

Note: Auxiliary Alarm is for future use. Aux Alarm Disabled (Option 60b) is required selection when
alarm mechanism is not present. Paper jam alarm (402920 modification kit) is not Aux Alarm.

Page 14

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
5.19

410076 - 80-Column Printer Logic Circuit Card

17.

Prmit'r Lt>ft ~1ar~m and Form \\ ullh

a.
b.2.
b.3.
bA.
h.5.
b.6.
h.7.
b.8.
b.9.
b.IO.
b.ll.
b 12.
b.13.

First Pnntt'd Column Column 1
First Pnntt"d Column
Column 2
First Pnntt'd Column Column :3
First Prmtt'd Column
Column ·1
First Pnnted Column Column ;)
First Pnntf'd Column
(,olumn6
First Prmtpd Column
('olunlP '7
First Prmtt'd Column - ('olumn H
First Printed Column
Column 9
First Pnntt'd Column Column 10
First PnntE'd Column
Column 11
First Prmtt'd Column -- Column 12
First Printpd Column
Column 13

17

E.,
2

I

3

-

-

-

-

-

-

5

6

Cl

-

Cl

-

-

- -

E-7

E-2

8

7

• •• •0 ••
•• • 0 0
• 00 •0 00
0 0 0 •
0
0 0 •0 00• •• •0 0 • 0 •
••0
••0 •0 0• •0 -

-

-

4

-

E-7

E-2

-

Printer RI ht Margin and From Width

Last Printed
Column

,

,,0

d IX)

73 61 49 37
74 2 .,0
75
76 6, 52 40
53 4!
" 65
7R
66
'2
79 67 .,5 ,3
68 56 H
69 57 ~~
70 5" 46
71 '9 -1-;
72 60 ",8

36

73
61
49
37
25

80
72
60
48
36

2

1

,

.1

SWITCH SETTINGS Preliminary)
E-2

-1

-'

6

7

.,.

25

-

2R
29
30
31
32
33
34

•"

~

1

-

:I

•
•• •• • 0• t-=:
• t-=: ::c•• •00 -~• -~6• r= ~ ::c• 0 o • t0 •
~-6- t---r:t=~
0 •
0

0

~

-=. t=

t-~

"

H

,

E-7

.,

1

:J

:,

6

•

,

*
-

.~

-

7

~

~

-

~.

--f-C"

7

6

-~

~I cg.~ ~tff
o • =f[f

-~

35

_.

,

.r-=-

,~

-

~

=-f.- -t-+~
+.=-+-=+-=-.:+~+c~

~ 7-~ c~

0

~

t-;;- ~-

SWITCH SETTINGS (Final)

x

=

through
through
through
through
through

program as shown.
program as shown,
program as shown,
program as shown,
program as shown,

then
then
then
then

operate
operate
operate
operate

E-7
E-7
E-2
E-2

position
position
position
position

2
1
7
8

OFF.
OFF.
OFF.
OFF.

Last column to be printed.

18. Printer Paper Feedout
a. No Paper Feedout
b, Paper Feedout on DSR or RM
Loss - 16 Lines or One Form

•

~;'2

E·l
5 6

If

6

0

o

0
~-

•
19

Pnntt'f Errort'd ('haral'u'r Symbol

a.

PrintRd on ~;ven Panty r~rror
PnntRd on Odd Panty Error
~ot PnntRd on Panty Error

E-l
2

I
h.
e

19. Character Set

d.
e.
f.
~.

Printers With 96·CharactRr Set
Printen With 64·Character St"t
Printers With Extended ASCII Character Set
Pnnters With Longest Character Set Havin~
Less Than 64 CharactRrs

J

.\

••

:,

•

I
1

2

-

-

J

.J

•

X

*
1

:1

".~
1 ;)

0

~

Ii

-

0

0

-

•
0

f>

0 0
~I~t~ OIO~-

~

,

-j-

Page 15.

SECTION 582-210-200

E-2
5

21. Foldover on Up-Low Printer
1

-

Lower Case and Upper Case Print
a.
,b. I. Lower Case Pnnts as Upper Case

:3 4

2

2

1

E-2
4 5

3

- -

Lower Case Prints as Error Symbol
Lower Case Prints as Upper Case

23. Extended ASCII on Printer
(Extended ASCII)
a. Prints Extended ASCII Characters
(No Parity Check)
b. Does Not Print Extended ASCII
(See Option 19a, b, or c.)

•

2

3

-

-

-

0 0 - - - - (As19.)in - - 1

a. l NoJPaper-Out Not Gated With Form-Out)
b. 1 Yes (Paper-Out Gated With Form-Out)
Printing of Escape Sequences Suppressed

a. I
b_ I

Character After ESC Printed as Rl'ceivpd
Printing of Character After ESC Supprpssed

55.

Shift In/Shift Out Detection

a.

I

b'l

SIISO Detection Not Used
SIISO Detection Enables Printing Additional

Characters

56.

Friction Feed/Tractor Feed Printer

a.

Friction Feed Printer - Motor Hl'ld On After
Paper Alarm
Tractor Feed Printer - Motor Turnl'd orr After
Paper Alarm

b.

57.

S8I
OEM

58.

Idle Line Motor Control

-

3

E-2
4 5

-

-

b.
§

Disabled - Motor Held On Indefinitely During
Idle Line
Enabled - Motor Turned orr After 40-Sl'cond
Idle Line

Requires use of 410085 OEM card.

Page 16

-

-I

I

-I

'1

'1

E-1

- - --

-

-

6
-

7
0

-

-

-

-

•

1

-

4

3

2

-

5

8

9

-

-

E-2
1

2 13

0

-1-

5

4

6

7

8

-

-

-

-

-

• -1- -

-

-

-

-

*

E-7
112131415161718
-1-1-1-1-1-1.1-

7-1-1-1-1-1-1'01

*§

E-7
2

3

5

4

6

7

8

- -

-

-

-

-

-

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

•

-

- *
7

-

8
-

*

E-1

-1.1 -I

6
-

0

9

8

7

11 2 1 3 141516171819
-101-1-1-1-1-1-1-

1
a.

•

-

S8I/OEM Interface

a. 1
b.J

2

8

7

*

E-1
4 5 6

48. Incomplete Form Suppresses Paper Alarm

54.

6

- - - - -

0

-

1

8

7

*

•

-

22. Foldover on Monocase Printer
a.
b.

6

0

*

*

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200

(Component Side of
Circuit Card)

SCREW A

SCREWB

Fig. 17
5.20

410151 Circuit Card (Located in Printer Power Module)
61. Regulator Grounding

Screw A
Component Noncomponent

Screw B
Component Noncompon,ent

a.
b.

In

In

c.

*

In

In

JBB~~~~~~
12345678

Fig. 18
5.21

410085 Circuit Card (OEM) (Required only if Option 57b on 410076 card is selected, see Note.)
59.

SWC-3

Speed Selection.
1

a.
h
c.

d.
e.

f.
g.
h

Note:

75 Baud
150 Baud
300 Baud
600 Baud
1200 Baud
2400 Baud
4800 Baud
9600 Baud

• •00

5
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0

•0 •
0 0

3

~

0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

2
0

0
0
0
0
0

•

..

6
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0 0
0
0 0

•

•

K

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

*

•

The 410085 circuit card is mounted on the 410076 printer logic circuit card in OEM application.

Page 17

SECTION 582·210·200
PRINTER OPTIONS RECORD
5.22

The Printer Options Record provides a means by which the options can be recorded for later
servicing or maintenance purposes.

(;;z] Check desired option.
PRINTER OPTIONS (Cont)

PRINTER OPTIONS
17.

18.

19.

Printer Margin and Form Width
a.
First Printed Col. - rol. 1
b2. First Printed Col. - Col. 2
b3. First Printed Col. - Col. 3
etc
b13. First Printed Col. - Col. 13
c.
Last Char. Printed - Col. 80
d79. Last Char. Printed - Col. 79
d78. Last Char. Printed - Col. 78
d77. Last Char. Printed - Col. 77
etc
d25. Last Char. Printed - Col. 25
e.
Last Char. Printed - Col. 132
fl3I. Last Char. Printed - Col. 131
fl30. Last Char. Printed - Col. 130
fl29. Last Char. Printed - Col. 129
etc
f73. Last Char. Printed - Col. 73

2l.

Foldover on Up-Low Printer
a. Lower Case and Upper Case Print.
b. Lower Case Prints as Upper Case.

Page 18

Lower Case Pri" ts as Error Symbol.
Lower Case Prints as Upper Case.

Extended ASCII on Printer
a. Prints Extended ASCII Characters.
b. Does Not Print Extended ASCII
Char.
Forms (Tractor Feed Printers)
a. On
b. Off

48.

*

Printing of Escape Sequence Suppressed
a. Char. After ESC Printed as Received.
b. Printing of Char. After ESC
Suppressed.

*0
0

55.

Shift-In/Shift-Out (SI/SO) Detection
a. SI/SO Detection Not Used.
b. SI/SO Detection Enables Printing
Add. Char.

*0
0

56.

Friction Feed/Tractor Feed Printer
a. FF Ptr - Motor Held on After
Paper Alarm.
b. TF Ptr - Motor Turned Off After
Paper Alarm.

*0
0

SSI/OEM Interface
a. SSI
b. OEM

*8

57.

*§

.~

58.

59.

8
*8
60.

*8
6l.

0
*0

*8

Incomplete Form Suppresses Paper
Alarm
a. No (Paper-Out Not Gated W/Form-Out)El
b. Yes (Paper-Out Gated W/Form-Out).

54.

L....

Foldover on Monocase Printer

a.
b.

39.

III-

*1IfIf0 f*fIIf0 If-

Printer Errored Character Symbol
a. Symbol on Even Parity Error
b. Symbol on Odd Parity Error
c. No Symbol on Parity Error
d. 96 Character Set
e.
64 Character Set
f.
Extended ASCII Character Set
g. Less Than 64 Char. Set
Line Feed
a. Single
b. Double

23.

0

Printer Paper Feed-Out
a. No Paper Feed-Out
b. Paper Fa 16 Lines on DSR Loss
c. Paper Fa on DSR Loss or ETX

20.

22.

*rf-

Idle Line Motor Control
a. Disabled - Motor Held On Indefinitely During Idle Line.
b. Enabled - Motor Turned Ofr After
40-Second Idle Time.
Speed Selection
a. 75 Baud
b. 150 Baud
c.
300 Baud
d. 600 Baud
e. 1200 Baud
f.
2400 Baud
g. 4800 Baud
h. 9600 Baud

*0
0

Auxiliary Alarm

.~

a.
b.

*8

Enable
Disable

Regulator Grounding
a. SSI
b. SSI/OEM
c. OEM

*§

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
6.

INSTALL PRINTER INTO CABINET

6.03

Connect ac power cable and SSI cable
(Fig. 21).

FRICTION FEED PRINTER
6.01

Loosen four immobilizing screws a
minimum of four turns until base rides
freely on the shock mounts (Fig. 19).

6.04

Depress latchlevers, and push printer
down until it latches. Connect interlock
cable at right rear corner of printer (Fig. 22).

IMMOBILIZING
SCREWS

Fig. 19-Friction Feed Immobilization
6.02

Slide printer into track. Make sure ac
and SSI cables are not pinched. Make
sure detents snap into place (Fig. 20).

SSI CABLE

Fig. 21-Cable Connections

Note: Installation of printer under monitor and
printer adjacent is similar. For printer under monitor arrangement the printer mounting tracks
slide out by releasing latches on both sides of
the cabinet and pulling forward. See Fig. 22 for
location of latches.

DETENT
(Both Sides)

Fig. 2Q-Printer Tracks

Page 19

SECTION 582-210-200

LATCHLEVER
(Both Sides - To
_ ~. Raise or Lower Printer)
I

~\

Fig. 22-Printer Under Monitor and Printer Adjacent
TRACTOR FEED PRINTERS
6.05

Loosen four immobilizing screws a minimum of four turns until base rides freely on the shock
mounts (Fig. 23).

(Bottom View)
IMMOBILIZING SCREWS
(4 Places)

IMMOBILIZING SCREWS
(4 Places)

Fig. 23-Immobilizing Screws
6.06

Slide the printer in place. Make sure two latches on either side are fully engaged; also make sure
three connectors at the rear of the printer are fully seated (Fig. 24).

Fig. 24--Connectors on Tractor Feed Printer
Page 20

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
FORMS ACCESS PRINTER
6.07

Loosen four immobilizing screws far enough so that the base rides freely on the shock mounts
(Fig. 25).

IMMOBILIZATION SCREWS
(4 Places)

Fig. 25
6.08

The 40CAB302 forms access printer cabinet is provided with three security features that customers
may desire for their installation: 1. Holes for securing cabinet to the floor, 2. an entry security
lock knockout in the left front access door and 3. a secure location for the FORM switch.
(a)

Cabinet floor securing hole data (Fig. 26).

10.000" MINIMUM

;TAN7ROM WALL
.".,.../'--_--""""1
j .".,..,..,./
,..,
.......

:l"AB~:g

....

-

~

/~././

./

----<~----~,.,/
...... ---"--,~
'\).');

~

rI'

--

(4 Places) (Cabinet)

~~-

~

~ ~

~
......:....

'b_!>''O~

0.005" DIAMETER HOLE

.//

/~
"~-

./
(;,Cl
__~~'],!>'9>

Cl~'\

(;,"~

Fig. 26-Securing Hole Data

Page 21

SECTION 582-210-200
(b) To acquire entry security, remove the
lock mounting hole knockout plug located
in the handle well of the left front access door
and install lock (Fig. 27).

~

and flat washers (Fig. 29). Disconne~ the two
terminals of the FORM switch and carefully
-remove. FORM switch from .toP .. cover forms
chute (Fig, 30). Remove the shim andnut that
secure the filler plug to the cover plate and
reassemble the filler plug in the hole vacated
by FORM switch on the top cover form chute.
Insert FORM switch in cover plate and reconnect the two terminals. Reassemble the cover
plate to the top cover and tighten mounting
screws.

Ref. LEFT DOOR

Fig. 27-Lock Knockout Plug Location

Note: Teletype Corporation does not supply
the lock. The lock configuration is shown in
Fig. 28.
12 O'Clock
LOCKED
POSITION
UNLOCKED
POSITION

1-1-1/8"

COVER
PLATE

VERTICAL HOLE
0.760" +0.015" by 0.630" +0.015"
-0.0
-O.Q
IN DOOR

Key Removable in Locked Position Only
Fig. 28-Lock ConfigUration
(c)

The FORM switch securing procedure
is as follows: Disassemble cover plate
with filler plug from the bottom side of cabinet
top cover by removing two screws, lockwashers

Page 22

Fig. 29--Cover Plate with Filler Plug

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200

INTERMEDIATE RAIL
BRACKET MOUNTING
SCREWS (3 Each Side)

TOP COVER
FORMS CHUTE

Fig. 30-FORM Switch
6.09

Lower printer into cabinet and onto the
rail assemblies. Slide the printer rearward
making sure two latches (one on each side) are
fully engaged. Connect cabinet connector bracket
(left rear) to the printer (Fig. 31).

RAIL ASSEMBLY
FRAME MOUNTING
SCREWS (2 Each Side)
(Right Side View)

Fig. 32

Note: The late design cabinets have a solid shelf
for the printer, and include printer mounting
hardware and an instruction sheet.

(b) Move the printer rail assembly frame forward or rearward so that the printer forms
exit gap is located half to three-fourths of the
way back in the forms chute opening (as
gauged by eye) (Fig. 33).
FORMS CHUTE

~
~
PRINTER FORMS

IE-OPENING
3/4 OPENING

II

1/2 OPENING

E~TGAPRANGEll

(Right Side View)

Fig. 33

Fig. 31
6.10

Installation of a forms access printer
requires the following positioning adjustments of the printer to the cabinet.
(a)

With the printer positioned and latched in
its rearmost location on the rail assembly
frame, loosen the four rail assembly frame
mounting screws friction tight (Fig. 32).

(c)

Tighten the four mounting screws.

(d) With a scale resting on the printer tear
bar top surface and against the front edge
of the forms chute opening, the tear bar should
be located 3/32 inch to 5/32 inch below the
form of the cabinet forms chute opening
(Fig. 33).

Page 23

SEC~ION

582-210-200

(e)

To adjust, loosen the six intermediate rail
bracket mounting screws friction tight
(Fig. 32). Place the blade of a screwdriver
between the frame and the intermediate rail.
Pry intermediate rail assembly up at alternate
left and right front corners until requirement
in 6.09 (d) is met. Tighten the forward most
screws.

FRICTION FEED PRINTER
7.02

Install type carrier as follows:

Release the thumb lever on the left
ribbon guide bracket allowing the guide
to spring to left (Fig, 36).
(a)

(b)
After making adjustment, tighten remaining screws.

(f)
7.

Loosen the thumbscrew on the right
ribbon guide bracket and swing the guide
to the right (Fig. 36).

INSTALL TYPE CARRIER

TYPE CARRIER PALLET ALIGNMENT
7 _01

Prior to installation, align all type carrier
pallets as follows, using 402878 gauge:

(a)

Position the stem end of all pallets against
the rear surface of the carrier (from Position No.1 to Position No.2) (Fig. 34).
Position No.1

c:lL__--It=:::[)

Position No.2
Fig. 34
(b) Place type carrier into proper slot on the
402878 gauge (0.125 inch slot for 80column printer and 0.070 inch slot for 132column printer). Seat all pallets into bottom
of channel (Fig. 35).

Fig. 36-Thumb Lever and Thumbscrew
On late design units (carrier top guide
secured to backup bar with three thumbscrews), remove the carrier top guide (Fig. 38),
(c)

(d) Start carrier at left pulley. Lift arm at left
pulley.
(e)

Position carrier over right pulley (Fig. 39).

(f)

On early design units (carrier top guide
not secured with three thumbscrews),
make sure all pallet stems at the top of the
belt are under the top guide.

(g)
Fig. 35

Page 24

Rotate carrier one revolution by turning
impeller gear clockwise.

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
(h) Align all pallets against left pulley flange
(Fig. 40).

Warning: Damage to the type carrier or
printer will result if any protruding type
pallet is left unchecked (Fig. 40).
(i)

On late design units, reinstall carrier top
guide. With the three thumbscrews
loosened, apply slight pressure to the top
guide, down and toward the front of the unit.
Hold in this position while tightening thumbscrews. Run approximately one page of internal test or 30 seconds of carrier idle. Repeat
the top guide positioning procedure. For
correct carrier tracking, it is essential that the
top guide be positioned against the backup bar.

Warning: Damage to the type carrier or'
printer will result if any protruding type
pallet is left unchecked (Fig. 40).
(e)

Reinstall carrier top guide on 80-column
printer per instructions on the top guide.
Run approximately one page of internal .test
or 30 'leconds of carrier idle. Repeat the top
guide positioning procedure. For correct
carrier tracking, it is essential that the top
guide be positioned against the backup bar.
CARRIER TOP GUIDE

TRACTOR FEED PRINTER - 80- AND 132COLUMN
7.03

Install type carrier as follows:

(a)

Release thumb levers on left and right
ribbon guide brackets allowing guides to
spring open (Fig. 37).

Fig. 38-Top Guide

THUMB LEVERS

TYPE
CARRIER

CARRIER TOP GUIDE

Fig. 37-Ribbon Guides Thumb Levers
(b) Remove three thumbscrews and lockwashers securing carrier top guide and
remove guide (guide not present_on 132-column) (Fig. 38).

Fig.

3~Type

Carrier Installation

(c)

Install type carrier starting at left pulley.
Lift finger lever on left pulley and position carrier over right pulley (Fig. 39).

(d) Rotate type carrier one revolution by
turning impeller gear by hand clockwise.
At the slime time align any protruding type
pallets against the left pulley flange (Fig. 40).

Fig. 4Q--Type Carrier Alignment

Page 25

SECTION 582-210-200
FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR FEED PRINTER 80·COLUMN
7.04

Install type carrier as follows:

Depress thumb lever .on . right ribbon
guide bracket allowing the guide to
spring open (Fig. 41).
(a)

(b) Remove the tear bar assembly by remov·
ing the two securil;lg screws, lockwashers
and flat washers (Fig. 42).
Danger: Exercise care in handling tear bar
to prevent. injury from the tear edge. Careless handling of the tear bar may produce a
burr on the tearing edge which may impair
feeding of paper forms.

(c) Install type carrier starting at left pulley.
.
Lift finger lever on leftpulley and posi·
tion carrier over right pulley (Fig. 43).
(d) Reinstall the tear bar assembly (Fig. 42)
and tighten the two securing screws
while holding the tear bar assembly toward
the rear of the unit.
Rotate type carrier one revolution by
turning impeller gear by hand clockwise.
At the same time, align any protruding type
pallets against the left pulley flange (Fig. 44).
(e)

or

Caution: Damage to type carrier
printer
will result if any protruding type pallet is left
unchecked.

THUMB LEVER

DIRECTION OF
TYPE CARRiER

TYPE CARRIER

Fig. 41-Thumb Lever

Fig. 43-Type Carrier Installation
LEFT
PULLEY
FLANGE

\R~~M~

L7

'

~
,

IMPE. LLER . /
GEAR'Y

Fig. 42-Tear Bar Assembly
Page 26

-~

... ;
I

Fig. M-Type Carrier Alignment

ISS 5, SECTION 582-210-200
8.

INSTALL RIBBON

CLEAR PLASTIC

FRICTION, TRACTOR FEED AND FORMS
ACCESS PRINTERS
S.Ol

Rotate spindles by hand to detennine
which one turns freely. Place full spool
on free-turning spindle so that ribbon feeds off
bottom of spool.
S.02

Hold empty spool (with ribbon attached)
in one hand and thread the ribbon as
shown in Fig. 45, 46, 47 and 4S.

Fig. 46-Tractor Feed - SO-Column
CLEAR PLASTIC

Note 1:

On tractor feed printer the ribbon must
pass between the clear plastic strip and the type
carrier.

Note 2:

Two wire guides are present on SOcolumn tractor only - make sure ribbon does not
become tangled in the guides.
Fig. 47-Tractor Feed - 132-Column

Note 3:

On SO-column fonns access printer,
the ribbon must pass between the plastic shield
and the steel tear edge.

Note 4:

On SO-column friction feed printer
equipped with acoustical noise-reduction parts,
ribbon must be located between the mask and
type pallets.

Fig. 4S-Fonns Access - SO-Column
Wind sufficient ribbon on empty spool
so that second eyelet is wound on spool.
Place empty spool on the other spindle with the
ribbon feeding into the bottom of the spool.
S.03

8.04

Rotate full spool to take up all slack.

S.05

Fig. 45-Friction Feed - SO-Column

Ribbons are available from Teletype
Corporation, 5555 Touhy Avenue, Skokie,
Illinois 60077 (Phone 312-9S2-2000). When
ordering, specify part number 402444.

Page 27

SECTION 582-210-200

9.

INSTALL PAPER

FRICTION FEED PRINTER
9.01

Pull pressure roller release lever up and
to the front (Fig. 49).

Insert spindle in new r~ase end of
paper as shown and install paper roll
into printer enclosure (Fig. 50).

9.02

Fig. 52-Rotating Paper Roll

Note: If printer is not equipped with acoustical
noise-reduction parts, proceed as follows:
9.05

Rotate paper until leading edge appears
under pressure roller shaft. Be sure paper
is not between type pallets and ribbon (Fig. 53).

Fig. 49-Pressure Roller Release Lever

SPINDLE

9.06

Pull through approximately 12 inches of
paper and align edge of paper with edge of
roll. Return pressure roller release lever to engaged
position, insert paper through window opening
and close cover.
_ . . / PRESSURE
~c:> yr
ROLLER

~-:::. " I)

1\"
FEED.J
I

ROLLER ~

/../
---

PART OF 410032 CARD

R }
Y

TO 410012 CIRCUIT
CARD

BL

k

(4006271

o

ffii

P 107{NEW)

P 101

w/l. "001' CARD -t:::I:li=
A-r:~~::;I'

LOW PAPER
CONNECTOR - PLUG

CD

TRANSFORMER

P 106

(4016461

@

C0

MOTOR

CONNECTOR- PLUG

mi~~i:~,
(4016461

SU: AIIEA

Page 2

~1:-1~)o IK

(1783061

CONNECTOR - PLUG

•

4

W-2-...... L

I

F

SEE NOTE a
SEE NOT!!

INTERLOCK

3

K 102

'-'-WII'6'C-'-0~
AX -(2)

AY-Z-wlBK

M-I-BKm

G-2-w/_K

A-{I)-S

_2

V MAG CONTROL

Q-'-W/IL~. ~~1:I:~'[;i]SEENOTE'

I-{I)-R •

(:~~~) SEE

RELAY

K 101

~'~~~I,[EiJ

],

o

RELAY

RELAY

0'011

A.C. INPUT
CONNECTOR-RECPT.
J IOO{OLDI

~~ O_'_8K
:

v-( s}-G
E-4-W

(401649)

NEW

~ LATE

B

DEIIGN -

SEE IIOT£

a

EARLY DES'." -SEE NOTE S

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P101 OR 40P102 FRICTION FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

o

LOW PAPER
CONNECTOR-RECPT.
J 104

0)

MOTOR
CONNECTOR-RECPT.
J 107

Ii:

AD.(.).B.

2

AD-(S}-G

,

A AD- (2)-W/G

'

MOTOR CONTROL
CDNNECTOR-RECPT.
J 110

::::~)~~

~

~G-2-w/'K

AW-(2)-",-

2

F

(0
551
CONNECTOR-PLUG
P 103

~
.

W-D-Y

.

8-1- BK
410032 CARD - IL

.

W -8-0

D. C. OUTPUT

A.C. INPUT

CONNECTOR~ECPT.

CONNECTOR-RECPT
J'OO (NEW'

fUi.

w-.-.

:

W-A- G

G

G)

D.C. OUTPUT
CONNECTOR - PLUG
P 105

w-c-.
..

E-I-w/IK

(401648)

(401649)

"

E- 3 -W/BL

o

(401649)

,

410052 CARD-w/aL

,

W-M-BK

?

W-12-0

J 105

P::T OF 410052 CARD

AP_(.'_.

G-~ 41~g32
W ~

:

CIRCUIT CARD

W-L .p

'

L

AL-{I)-BK

AL- (2)- 0

t

"P-(2)-P
E _ 40PI01 ONLY

1!

(400921)

(~092:_(21_R
AL -(')-BK

AL - (2)-0

Q --

40PIOZ ONLY

(400920)
GROUND SCREW
(.)

H'2-01!1

(\~ C-O.D.-O ...
~M-2-G0

o/v

Iill

MOUNTED TO MOTOR CONTROL
ASSEMBLY BRACKET 400961

COIllNECTOR-RECPT.
PRINTER LOGIC CARD - J 3

....
-'-'

fi

$~?~ E
,,-;- ~ ~
1'"

0(

~

~

"

~~

."

r"j" ,

wNw!.

...:.~
.::;"

x>-"

x"

D:

, '

@
SWITCH
TEST
SWI

SWITCH
LFI-2
SW2

_7_BL[!j

~
(I)

(i;

2 w-e-w/BK[!j

00

00

W-II-BK

(,

y-(t)-BK

,

X-(t)-BK
AE-(I)-8K

(402B61)

(400926)

~ LATE DESIGII - SEE NOTE.

[!=:!J EARLY

DESIGN-SEE NOTE 3

Page 3

SECTION 582-210-400
40P101 OR 40P102 FRICTION FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

o

9

@

NETWORK

MAGNETIC SENSOR
MS 100

NETWORK
Z2

ZI

)

t
w-.t-w
~
noAG

E-4-8K~E-2-8J(

£-1.-8«

W- H-atc

~

B

(402636)

B-II}-I.

(400615)

MANUFACTURING

CHANGI!: MADI

@ AND @ 'AITT 0'

@
CONNECTOR-RECPT.
POWER SUI>PLY CAR~-Jill

ca C"ILI.

a.

III NOTE

e

@

6)
SWITCH
LOW PAPER
SW4

SWITCH - SW3

LAMP

PAPER
ADVANCE

MAGNETIC SENSOR
MS 101

OS200

LOW
PAPER

N-I-8K

V_(I)_I'l2]=)(a K-.-w/G

N-I-w/G

W-K-R

4)(3

')

~
TCA.!

2

W-F-BK
W-E-W

I

W-5-BR

(400615)

N-2-G

I

(402631)

(402427)

(400565)

e

@

@
MAGNET - LINEFEEO
L 100

r--,

'~)W-,-.
I
Z
W-K-"
L __ -'

It

@

TRANSFORMER
TI

TRANSFORMER
CONNECTOR RECPT.
JIOI

CONNECTOR PLUG
P 108

1Df:;;~·

.---+-AH-I-81(
AH-3-W

AJ_,- . .
AK -2-G
AJ -2-W

M

Atc-3-Bft
L----+-AK- I - Y

(401649)

(401647)

B

(315 M)

(8
TRANSISTOR

@
CAPACITOR- POWER
C6

~
')"

(

2

E

Q

CAPACITOR-POWER
C7

U-2-BK
AM-(I)-B.

)+

u-s-o

4Q-6- 0

;
40PI01

40PI02

(400906)

Q2

6)

(~

)(3

AO-l-BL

2)

AO-2-S
AQ-3-W

60-0-1'
AL-(l)-BK r - -

E:o:~:::: LUJ-I-~J

40PI01

Q

40P 102

(318835)
Q

40PI02--

(400906)

I:!:!1LATE

8

Page 4

E

'

DII.8N-SII NOTE

a.

EARLY DISIGIll-SII NOTE 3,

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P101 OR 40P102 FRICTION FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

e

,-----[
@
I

CONNECTOR-RECPT.

I
I

I

RESISTOR

I

RB

I

I ~'I(~I.

I

1e:,:-;:::tit1~-= :~:j~)~

AM- , 'OK

AN- I
~~~~~t::AN-

I
U-4-P
",0,-"'· ,p

AN

I

r;'f;~~-=F=- AC-'-P

-9
-BL

-(.I-w

,:".~:-'I-+- At -'-R

:J-:--IH- AC-'

I~M~(;,'-R I
L_~0090~

I:~~~E!=:

_J

-S.

AC -8
·,6-- w
5
AC--7-BL

SEE NOTE Z

(401150)

(401623)

@

MOTOR CONTROL
CONNECTOR - PLUG
PliO

CAPACITOR
C5

J 108

-

~

AC·IO-Y
AC-Z -G

N

e

@

CONNECTOR - RECPT.

...

AC-' 1-8A

(21

li!

AC -9-R

W_2_W/BL

AC-t2-BK

F-S-W/SK

(400912)

(401648)

(401647)

e

a

W-M-BK

S

e

MOTOR W/CONN.
BIOO
(SEE NOTE I)

'lp-'-R
2

P -S-8L

(3)

P-2-Y

DIODE
EI

F-2~F-4

--a:::::J--- E 3
1402418)

(400953)

(4024021
ASSOCIATED CABLE ASSEMBLIES

@

RESISTOR
R9

0

A - 400579 (LOW PAPER)
8-400580 (MAIN CABLE I
E -400"1 (COVER)
f-411042 (CONTROL)(NEW)
'-400"7 (INTERLOCK) (OLD)
G-400919ICAP/SU')
H-4110411 flL T ER) 1 NEW)
H-400970IFILTERIIOLD)
J-4009711POWERI
K- 411083 1 MOTOR)
L-411043IPOWER)
M- 400tl'ITRANS FORMER)
N-400tl7(PDWER SUPPLY)
Q -4072011 COVER)

Note 1: The 400270 motor must use 400968 relay, the 402402 motor must use
402423 relay. Motors and relays are marked with part numhers. Wire terminations
are the same for both electrical-mechanical relays.
Note 2: Resistor area
40PI02 printer.
Note 3:

@ ,Pin 7 area@

and pin 4 area@ are omitted in

The following changes were incorporated in the ac input and motor
terminal 4 made part of cable
Mellow
wire at D terminal 1 previo. usly part of cable@]madepartofcablel..!U.Blue
wire at D terminal 3 previously part of @] cable made part of
cable. Heat
shrink tu ing over brown wires at@ terminal 2. BK wire@ terminal 2 moved
toiB) terminal 1. @and @. networks now part of @] cable_ W/BK wire at
@erminal 1 moved to@ pin 2.

control~emblY: Slate wire at

®

QJ

ill

Note 4: All previous design ac input and motor control assemblies have been
manufacture discontinued and should be replaced with 411040 solid state ac
input and motor control assembly and 402402 motor_

Page 5

SECTION 582-210-400
40P151 OR 40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (WITHOUT 410082 CIRCUIT
CARD INSTALLED IN AC POWER MODULE)

o

CONNECTOR-PWG
END OF FORM
PI16

r1t

N-I-IL

N-II-BK
G-S-eK

t

(402416)

o

o

CONNECTOR- RECPT.
END OF FORM
J 116

(0

CONNECTOR-PLUG
MOTOR POWER
PI07

~"-(I)-I'

~

CONNECTOR- RECPT.
MOTOR POWER
JI07

t

P_(2) __

~AS-(O)-I'

y-(o)-y

(WITH CONTACTS)
(402417)

--(I)-_-(o)-y

,

AD-S-8L

- -(2)-11.

(4016491

(4016461

o

o

CONNECTOR-PlUG
AC POWER IN

CONNECTOR-IEPT.
AC POWER IN

'
mg
PII2

!f.

AT-IS-I'

,

CONNECTOR - PLUG
PAPER JAM
PI02

JII2

~

X_(Il- a•

U-I- G

Y-ORD.-G

,

AT-II'-W
SEE NOTE.

(4016471

y-(o)-w

'

AM-(2)-w/s

1

N-IO-W/P
A-2-BK

•

(4016461

~~:~!w%

AM-(O)-W'_

t

(400.11

o

o

CONNECTOR-RECPT.
DC OUTPUT
JI05

CONNECTOR-RECPT,
PAPER JAM
J 102

CONNECTOR-PLUG
DC OUTPUT
PI05

1i
t

I

(410419)

(403266)

,

:~(S~~J4
::m:~'
~~(ffl,i"

.u-l-w/G

~k:I:B~~
AJ-(O)-W'".

(4026301

o

CONNECTOR- RECPT.
PRINTER LOGIC - J3

Ii ..

l~i~~..I!S

~%ob·'~~-:=
c::t::.. ::».
,

CONNECTOR-RECPT.

•

, _ I _ _ N'"

.,

, POWER SUPPlY- J II I

I

C,

•

I

.,

o

CAMCITOR - MOTOR START
C6
SHIELD
I 2

5 • !I to 1 •

, 10 II 12

~.&~&. • .b~.A..!:.:U&

(400926)

Page 6

,-

..,
~

~.') AD-2-.
~C-I-R
(4024041

1::)::)

a, ::).I!;CTlUN

5~2·210·400

40P151 OR 40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (WITHOUT 410082 CIRCUIT
CARD INSTALLED IN AC POWER MODULE) (Cont)

<0

.

I

AF-'-IK

(400912)

E-2-G

SEE NOTE
~

(9

Y_ GRD-G

[I)

MOUNTED TO 402530 OR
402788 POWER MODULE '
CHASSIS.

~
2

@

21
~
(,I

AQ-7-6
ItQ-I-O

.A-(2)-5

AY-'-S
AO-9-S

FUSE HOLDER W!FUSE
F4

~::';~:

F

(IB2182)
(F3 129919 4. OA)

(402778)

F

•• _a_.L
AQ-6-A

@)

8

FUSE HOLDER W!FUSE
F3

JII7

.

I

•

CONNECTOR-RECPT.

*

(402418)

CONNECTOR. PL UG
P 117

.-.-. III
~a L-'-.
III
I

MOUNTED TO 402544
INPUT CONNECTOR BRKT.

AF-I*...Yl...c::::rJAF-S

R-(2)-IK

(400906)

GROUND SCREW

mm

DIODE
CR5

K-8-BI(

..

5 - (ai-B'

G

G
Il

+

L-I-BK

(4009061

GROUND SCREW

~AT+G

~ ..
-o-o
K-I-S

AG-(l)-A

("

+

AJ-(I)-BK

0

CAPACITOR- OUTPUT
C7

q".'
.

~L_9-P
(2
L-12-11(
+

(0

0

CAPACITOR-OUTPUT
C6

CAPACITOR-INPUT
CIOI

(F4

0821821
129919 4.0A)

@
GROUND SCREW

C§J-+

AQ-S-GND. STRAP

~ MOUNTED

UNDER
T 100 IN 4OP153
ONLY. SEE AQ

Page 7

SECTION 582-210-400
40P151 OR 40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (WITHOUT 410082 CIRCUIT
CARD INSTALLED IN AC POWER MODULE (Cont)

<9 WI

G

FUSE HOLDER
Flon

GROUND SCREW'

~'-'-'@]

FILTER
FLIOC

~.-""
.•

N(SH'ELO)@]

MOUNTED TO 402519, PLATE

MOTOR W/CONN.
BlOO

Go-'-.) o-.-y

AQ-I-ate

2) D-S-IL

AO-2-W

'-1- aK

(402402)

AE-4-BR

(

0

G)
FUSE

(182IB2)
(FLOC 143306 I.OA)

(402403)

e

8>

@

NETWORK

MAGNETIC UNEFEED

NETWORK
22

II

LlOO

~D-2.""K~Ao-.-aK

r---,

II ~I
.) I

(402407)

,N-K-IIC/R
N-'-W'8I<

L __ -,J

AIE:-'-811:~M-4-e1C
(4024071

(400470)

6)

@

RELAY MOTOR START

G

MOTO~~ca~TROL

. ·.·.'6·.-(,). .

KIOO

KIOI

~:f2f-k\1

4

.

:;~U)·-.k!l
e-'-IL I!I

.!..

4

AF-I-WIG

I

,

(402423)

2

<8

~

AF-4"'~AF-2-.*

.

L-3-P
1t-5-P

R-l')-o
L-5-R

(4009071

Page 8

AC-ll)-or

(40091131

(1783061

e

@

R9

')I.)

AD'~'O iii

.(1783061

RESISTOR·

RESISTOR
R8

AC-l21-a.r-'
iii

SWITCH
LFI-2
SW.2

SWITCH

r,.VIT
[iJ ... (.) .•,~.)
00

I!l AK'I')-"

-:

'-'-W/B. m
(4Q2M1I

o "-I')'B'~

l-::f!..· •-

8K/Y [!J

(4028$1)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P151 OR 40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (WITHOUT 410082 CIRCUIT
CARD INSTALLED IN AC POWER MODULE (Cont)

e

f)
SWITCH
FORMS
SW3

[9<-lo-V'G

SWITCH
PAPER-OUT

SENSOR - MAGNHIC
MSIOO

SW4

~

~N-J-W
~N-H-.K

£i

~K-.-8M>1!I

(402861)

(400615)

=, l, ~.
~

.!.

•

e J,
(402613)
C!I

40PI53
TRANSfORMER

~.It~:~. T_I~ lJ!rt,t,-,.-~-~ -~JI:~EI·

@

@

40Pl51
TRANSFORMER

SENSOR - MAGNETI C
MS 101

[!]

TlCO

~
~:-:'~:~K

/,'/

~
1

(400615)

•

"7 ,

V_(.)_.K

v-(.)-w

2

IC-GND. SCREW

4

L-II-BR

(402785)

L-IO-Y

(400901)

e

@

02

~
.
21'

@)

SWITCH W/CONN_
END OF FORM

TRANSISTOR

AC POWER CWlNE:CTOR
JII3

SWG

L_7_"'-

AZ-2 -R
AZ-5-G

~8-1-8K

L-G-S

u-s-s

~B-2-8K
(402561)

L-8-W

(318835)

@
CONNECT~

JI14

H~~

........
••

C D E

CD

CABI NET CONTROLS

,

I

zz co

e

PRI,NTt!R SIGNAL
CONNECTOR
PII5

~; ~! ~

z~ ~ ~ ~
(341&49)

ASSOCIATEO CABLE A•• EMILIIS, ~
,,-402401 LOGIC IN POWER MODULE
8-402405 A.C. IN POWIIt MODULE
C~'0"08 (MAIM CABU)
0.- 5..1401 40P15,
E-'.1424 40PlII
, -4027.' TRANS'ORMER AS.,.. - 40PISI

NOTE!
@)EARLY DESIGN "-BEfORE SHIELDED CABLE

iii I A.C. WIRES NOT PART Of ..A.it CA.L~(40PI
l!I SAC WIRI8 AIID • CONTROlL!:R WIRI8
NOT PART 0' .AIM CA.LE (40Plell)

(341,&49)

(341681)

Page 9

SECTION 582·210·400
40P151 OR 40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (WITH 410082 CIRCUIT CARD
INSTALLED IN AC POWER MODULE)

o

CONNECTOR· PLUG
END Of fORM

o

CONNECTOR·RECPT.
END Of FORM

~

CONNECTOR-PLUG
MOTOR POWER

JII6

PII6

PI07p"2!"

~

~.S'(II-.K

N-6-8L
N-II-SK
G-3-BK

lllij-.S-<21' "t'TLE WillE. lET_II. TOP
Of ."DING AND COltE. Wlltlll wn !2.!.
PRDTUDe al'fO.D TOP 0' co'""l"i7"

J

~
,

2

3

•

NOTE: REMOVE ALL SLACK W.R.
AND SECURE CABLE TO

TRANS'ORIlIR LIG WITH

c.aLE CLAMP. ALL Wlltll
MUIT LII WITH •• THI.

Y-(')-.O
V-(4}-SK

•

=-\\""""~",@l""/
~·"40=":-::'=S-::O=.:-:LY::"·-

L-II-Bft
L-IO-Y

~ 11: ...

.!. ....

•

Q2

~
o
2 ' •
4

L_7_.L
L-6-S
L-8-W

..... c KET.

o.

~ ~ ..!.

nRIl. I-10M 40P'&O,
I ••••••.

@

@

TRANSISTOR

OUTSIDE lOGE D. THI
401111 SLIDI IWITCH

:: ~ ~ ~ =
NO IND. ITR.P oa

(400901)

e

A.TEft 1EIUIIII"TI... WIItES. a,ND 'RANS-

'IOP'SI
TRANSFORMER
TIOO

SENSOR-MAGNETIC
MSIOI

~

-NOTE:
~
~
TRANSFORMER'
TlOO

~

(402613)

@

N-.J-W
N-H-BK

(400615)

~ ~

,

(I)

CABI NET -CONTROLS
CONNECTOR

JII4

uH
... 10"''''

SWITCH W/CONN.
END OF FORM
SW6

I ' (!),
.,• zz

(,)
~8-I-BK
~8-2-81(

(402561 )

•

(318835)
NOTE:

m:B ::~OOPP"&531

~.. ~,. III,
±N~

@

. "Z

CIRCUIT CARD

e

PRINTER SIGNAL
CONNECTOR

(341691)
)( -I-BR

0----+-- AE~2-8L
A.D-:5 -9CREW--;--{,

,l--::-+---AO-I- SCREW

PII5

~----.AE-5-R

AD-4-SCREW--;---(!

P -I-R

-+-+--"'1.

__- - - - A F - 3 - R

(4100.~.2~):---;'-::--c?~?'.~+--- AF -1- G
(CIRCUIT CARD)

Q-2-BK
l - + - - I - - - 0 - . - WIG

C-3-BL

(341691)

Page 13

SECTION 582-210-400
40P154. TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING

CAPACITOR-INPUT
C-IOO

CONTROLLER CONNECTOR-PLUG
TRANSPORMER
P-1I7

~

'[~C

II)

+

(2)

A

CONNECTOR RECEPT.
AC POWER IN
J-IOI

If

F_4_BK

F-I-P

M-(II-BK
N-(2)-G
N-(3)-W

C

(401648)

(400912)

(402777)

(0
TRANSFORMER

T-IOO

PART OF 402982
XFMR lIVFUSES ASSEM.
, - - , . . . - N-(4)-BL

i=:::;d:ii;;::W- N -(5)-M

o

CONNECTOR- PLUG
AC POWER FOR MOTOR CONTROL

P-loo

MOUNTING STUD
PARI' OF POWER MODULE
CHASSIS

mt:!::~

SHIELD --t::=::::!::~=~_1
BE-GRO-BRAID

GtF-F-G

,.----t- F-2-Y
,.----t-- F -3-BI!
, - - - t - F-B-R

']titaJtQ;~~ F-D-G
F-C-D

(341674)

I

LOAD SIDE

o

BA-(4)-5

'--+-- K-4-0

K-3-G
l~==f= K-2-R

BA~O-BL

o

q
(2)

.

;~:~::
J-4-0
'-10-0

A
(400906)

G-GRD-G

D-(O-IK
FUSE HOLDER W/FUSE

F-loo

~ N_(J)_BL
(I)

g:m:~

C-(B)- 5
C-(C)-BL
C-(E)-W

J-I-BL

L-3-BK

P-I-BK

182182
(FI00-143306 1.0'1)

Page 14

A-(Z)-P
H-3-Y
H-4-BR
A- 1I1-8K
B-II -IK
d - 6- IK

d-Z-W
H-I-R
H-8-0
H-7-G

MAGNET CAPACITOR-OUTPUT
C-IOI

lr

CONNECTOR- RECEPT.
J-102
POWER SUPPLY CARD

(400921)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P154 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

0)
POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR- PLUG
P-103

FILTER
BD-GRD-G - - - - . ,

('iii;l5d~~r= P-2-G
P-5-W

~

:~~~ AC

F-12-BL

~L!!:~~~~~; L2-W
M-(2I-BL

••

"'1--+-B-121-0

F-A-W

~:~::~

INPUTASSEMBLY

-;--+.

D-121-R

B-III-BK

-I-~~~:::~_+-

F-6-BK

(S4763'1

o

TRANSISTOR
Q-IOO
GROUND STRAP

~

LEFT SIDE
CASTING

o

PII7

F_M_BL
F-N-W
F-L-S

A

13188351
S45512
STRAP

.o2ge
CONNECTOR BRACKET
NOTE: STARWASHER MUST IE IETWEEN
BAc:K OF TERMINAL AND MOUNTING
SURFACE.

@
®
~'~p

CHASS'IS

~!::~::~

131

~r-i~mr~' MI

K-S-S
H-9-S

~~~1-I8
(41

'.£..TOP OF PRINTER

MOUNTING STUD PART
OF POWER MODULE
CHASSIS

A'SOCIATED CAlLE .... III.LIE.

m

1.- 4OU84 (DC CAlLE A"EII.I

8 -40.8" (xnll ./FU' . . A"EII.I
C-401177(AC INPUT 1.11111.1
D-40 . . . . (LO.,C CULl A"EII.I
E-4DZl04(AC INPUT CABLE A'SEII.I
F -40 . . . . (.UIOft CAlLE ... IE".I
• -408 . . 4! P.O ••W ./CAILEI
H -402811

MOTOR INT. CAlLE)

PART OF 402982
XMFR W/FUSES ASSEM.
11821821
(F3,F4-129919-4.0AI

LOG IC CAPAC ITOR - OUTPU T
C-102

't

~
121

F-8-BK
F-9-R
J-5-R

A
(400!1061

Page 15

SECTION 582-210-400
40P154 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Coot)

o

END OF FORM PLUG
P-1I11

~

END OF FORM RECEPTACLE
AND SWITCH

AE_II_BR

J-1I6

o

,APM: .lAM
RECEPTACLE "118

-.

.Jo

'P'

H

(341649)

(f
(402419)

wI STRAP

(0

u::p1
(341674)

G

.,0155 ONLY
FRAME
GROUND
PAD

o ~,~;:.U--4101.' ONLY

.
W
I

I

9

AC POWER

RECEPTACLE

-"'-4100 .. ONLY

J[D-'05 I ' 0
4100'81ND
410111

!
I

0

i

"......

410155 ONLY
FRAME
GROUND
PAD

M~crE~~:6."'-o
I

MOTOR

LINE FEED MAGNET

R

P~~

·1.-200

H

.2n.

(<<11647)

AE-I-BR
AE-2-R
L...:=>",r
AJ-(Z)-8K

M"GNETIC SENSOR
MS-IOO

AC POWER INPUT
PLUG
AC POWER IN
P-IOI

r-----~~-AL-3-W

L.:.==--r--r AL - Z - BK

~
3

0_'3_8K

OE:TAIL "B"
REAR OF PRINTER
SEE DETAIL "A"
'07116 STARWASHER(3-PLS.)
4OZ983
\
CONNECTOR r
.
3598' 6-40 NUT
8RACKET
. } 2191 LOCKWASHER
184059
\
,
SCREW
'
107116
SEE AREA Z
STARWASHER (I)

(400li15)

Z-(I)-G
0-15-W

LOGIC
RECEPTACLE

~

E
(401647)

TRANSFORMER SECONDARY
RECEPTACLE
J -117

a~

LOCKWASHER(l)

107116
STARWASlIER
(2 PLS)

1

0_9_al

0-8-R
0-7-G
Q-6-0

Q-5-S

SENSOR
RECEPTACLE
J-106

PONER MODULE
RECEPTACLE
J-103

g

OO

o

o
o

0
0

PRINTER LOGIC
CIRCUIT CARD
410071

(402778 )

Page 17

SECTION 582-210-400
40P201, 40P202, 40P203, or 40P204 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING

o

CAPACITOR-INPUT
CIOO

~~F~'

o

o

MAGNET CAPACITOR OUTPUT
CIOI

TRANSISTOR
QIOO

'-1-1.

~
o

... ·2-0

8) l)EJ

F-IO-O

f-M-IL
'-N-W
F-L-S

A

(400906)

(318835)

(400912)

o

o
FttH-'

CONNECTOR-RECPT_
JI02
POWER SUPPLY CARD

RESISTOR
RIOO

LOGIC

F-9-R

~D-~)-"

...........'10..... . . E-(o)-.

(400907)
(400906)

J-6-W

A-(21 -,

H-6- R

G-GRO.-G

H-a-V
1i-4-BR
,1,-(1) -BK
B-1I)-8K
J-8-BK

J-S-R

g:i~)-..a:

c-(BI-s

.-(2)-0

H-8-0
H-7-G

C-{C)-BL

c-(El-w

(0

(400926)

TRANSFORMER
TIOO

~

._(4)_B

•

• -(3)-W

o

2 I

LINE SIDE

POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR-PLUG
GROUND SCREW
WELDED TO CHASSIS

402663

~f-f-00
" " ' - - H-GRD. BRAID

G-GRD. BRAID

,----+-F-2-Y

,.---+-

f-'-OR

~-...,r- F-4-W

:~I(~_)~~.P;3..f:_:-_:.
B-(I}-BK

...

'-K-R

F-D-G

B-(2)-0

-'1IUI.a.D::-.....-t-- F -e - 0

o
lOAD 'SIDE

!

(.-.-.).BO-(4)-.
K-4-.o) K-4-0

.-'-01.•-.-.
l~~=~~ (O-I-BL).,,-(o)-81.
K-2-R}.K-2-R

(402742)

Page 18

(405183)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P201, 40P202, 40P203 OR 40P204 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

o

CONNECTOR - PLUG
AC POWER FOR MOTOR CONTROL
PIOO

FUSE HOLDER W/FUSE
FIOO

ij

~N-II)_.'

IH-o_BLI,BA_121_BL
(H-6-R),H-6-R

(H-7-G},H-7-G

_

o

@

CONTROLLER CONNECTOR-PLUG
TRANSFORMER
PI17

2)C

III

"-II)-w

(H-8 -0 l, H-8-0

IH-9-sl.BA-I.)-s

N _(2)_."L
L-)I:

-at(

P-l-tiil.

C

•

(341674)

(1'100

(182182)
143306 1.0A)

(402777)

@

@

l.

PIlPfR J"hf SWITCH

rl!
~
(SW~6)

PAPER JAM
RECEPTACLE JI18
40 •• "

IW.W/CAILE
,APER
.1,,11
ALAItM

-c-.

IE-NO-W

3

e
4

. .:-oc-.

(40.204)

(402648)

o

8f

H-2-BI(

.,(:;:;:;;;;;;::t:=

80-2-

80-4-P

CHASSIS

CONN ECTOR - RECPT.
JIOI

r=F:::;~+H-I-W

C;

w

NO.

NO.

408621 SW. W/CABLE- PAPER
~AM ALARM (40 P 204 I

(402410)

LOAD SIDE

80-1-.

3

til -(?). Flo

L-2-W

P-'1-W

"-II)_B.

(Il-H-!t-Bl
(2)-K-I-8L

-'''"--'....... (.) - • -. - s

.c:.tr--i~hnrl:"l (4)-H-9-S
F4

:~(~~~;G

C

(401648)
(402743)

GROUND STRAPS
LEFT SIDE

CASTING

ASSOCIATED CABLE ASSEMBLIES

@)

m

A- 402741-tDC CABLE)
8- 402742-(XFRM W/FUSES .S5EM.)

PAPER JAM

RECEP8i'~'

.:::

•

RIGHT 51 DE
CASTING

c-

4027,'-(AC CABLE)

b-40Z851-(LOGIC CAlLE)

:~ :::g::f:~.':::T)
:::g~:~~\o;:w 'j~~L

"-402115-(1110.,.11 cNT'..)

CON"ECTOR
WITH STRAP

USED _HIli PAPIR .rAM
ALA"M '1 IIt\T PItEIEIiT

Page 19

SECTION 582·210·400
40P201, 40P202, 40P203 OR 40P204 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Coot)

0

@

,~
Z

~

......
" ,

0

FORM PLUG
PI16

END OF FORM RECEPTACL.E
AND SWITCH

..

~ ~.

'fY

....,.
ccc
'"'"'"
~~~

OF

END

AC POWER
RECEPTACLE
JI13

;r-

l=:~=D=

NN

0

(402417)

(402416)

~

;c;t

"Zl

.!. ..

sw·,

.I-1IC1

AE-12-R

C0

MOTOR CONTROL RELAY
. P~UGf'ftOM LOGIC
PIO!5

~ i~

AE_~.f8l

(341649)

AE-64L

.1-114

o
,

J-IOO

~

FRAME

m
I

GROUND
PAD

~I

41001.'ND

Ale POWEIt

41011'

RECEPTACLE

.... "..

o

:

o t

-4'00"

MOTOR

0

I
I

I

410155 ONLY
FRAME
_GROUND
PAD

I
MOTOR CONTROL

,°

ONLY

RECEPTACLE

Y

H

RECEPTM:LE
JI04

G

If

~Tgl

<9

AI-S-BK

OLO

PAPER OUTI
PAPER JAM

STYLI
PART OF
40081

FRAME GROUND
SCREW

AB-4-W
Aa-I-S
AI-2..p

CABLE

ASSEM.

{~)I :;~~G
~

(40241O)

-IO_ ...

-.-w
-8-8
-T-P

o

~~7~

hW1674)

J-I05 I

o ~ ___ 410IeO ONLY

G
"~'!f'
=::::==

CAB I NET CONTROLS RECEPTACLE

MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT CARD

410155 ONLY

(402561)

{ol

Aa-C-IK
88-2-W

NEW STYLE
PART QII' 40210.

Q-2-6

MOUNTED TO 402544 INPUT

CONNECTOR BRACKET

CAlLE
ASSEMBLY

~'?='i
.:~:

(400921)

~~.!,':"

c

@
LFI-2
SWITCH
SW2

TEST
SWITCH
SWI

00-('1_.
..-(21-y

AE-I!~-O

w-s-s

A£-14-Y

U -I-G
W-4-P

U-S-IL

w-z-w

W-I-8IC
R-Z-R
AH-A-Y

R-t-8R
"H-A-O
AG-A"'S
AF-A-P

e

FORMS
SWITCH
SW3

AG-A-BL
AF -A-'

y.......

V-II-alC

V .... -.R
Y-4-0

V-f-R

y-a-,

(4028611

V-2-P
V-7""9
Y-5-G':l=~=,5t::1=Y-'-BL
v-e-w
V-5-atc

Y-4-8R
V-2-0
Y-II-8
V-IS-P
Y-15-W/R

e

V-I-R
V-I-Y
V-IO-IL
V-12-SlR
y- 14-8K/R

MAGNET SENSOR

MS-!Ol
• TeA-!

I ~~

,

e

MAGNETIC SENSOR
MS-IOO

_~LAC;
(41 :t:~:~k

(346352)

.1

AL-I-W
AL-Z -BI(

r
TUBIIII;
IOE.HTIFICATION

(400615)

(400615)

9

E

TRANSFORMER SECONDARY
RECEPTACLE

J I7

@

e

E Q-9-BL
Q-8-R

.

Q-7-G

AC P-+-I- N-151-IR

MOUNTING STUD
PARTeOF POWER MODULE
CHASSIS
SHIELD

%F-F-G

CONNECTOR- PLUG
AC POWER FOR MOTOR CONTROl.
P-IOO

mt

---I::::=~~=~-!IE -GRO-BRAID
~--'--I- F-Z-Y
~---+--

F-3-M

N _131 _ ••

M-lIl- w

C

~--+-F-B-R

r-~L+~~-r--F-D-G

13416741

1I111lJll.l:--H1-- F - C- D
LOAD SIDE
MAGNET CAPACITOR -OUTPUT
C-IOI

~
Ir

(ZI

BA-141-S
0

'---+-- K- 4 -

;~:~::

K-Z-R
l~==t: K-3-G
BA'{I)-BL

J-4-0

o

CONNECTOR-IlECEPT.
J-IOZ
POWER SUPPLY CARD

F-IO-O

A
J-Z-W
H-6-R
H-8-0
H-7-G

(4009061
FUSE HOLDER W/FUSE

F-loo

c

~
I)

G-GRD-G

D-ill-BK

N-III-BL

g:\~I:~

C-IBI-S
C-ICI-BL
C-IEI-w

J- I-BL

L-3-BK
P-I-BK

18Z182
. IF100-143306 1.01.1

Page 22

A-lZI-P
H-lI- Y
H-4-BR
A-IIl-BK
8 -1Il-BK
J- 6- BK

14009261

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P253 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

CD

FILTER

POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR- PLUG
P-I03

BD-GRD-G - - - - - - - ,

r=:.::-:j"...::;;;;:::-1-

P -2- G

P-3-W
L- 2-W
PART OF
M-(2)-BL
402977 AC
,..-----t-H-2-BL
INPUT ASSEMBLY,-+_ _-F,i- H -I -BR

LINE SIDE

F -12-BL

-/--+e ...,t---+- B-(2)-0

F-A-W - ' ' - - ' / ,
D-(2)-R -;---+'-

B-(I)-BK

'-___1"--1 F-6-BK
(347639)

TRANSISTOR
Q-IOO

~
C)

o

GROUND STRAP

PII7
JIOI

F-L-S

A

408751
STRAP

oETA IL "c"

F-M-BL
F-N-W

(318835)

SEE
'-...----.;:;.;;.r-OETAIL"B"
402983
CONNECTOR BRACKET

CHASSIS

151630SCREW
107116 STAR WASHER

(4)

®

CABLE ASSEMBLIES

.L,TOP OF PRINTER
PART OF 402982
XMFR W/FUSES ASSEM.
(182182)
(F3. F4-129919-4.0A)

LOGIC CAPACITOR-OUTPUT
C-102

MOUNTING STUD PART
OF POWER MODULE
CHASSIS

40298. (DC

B

STAR WASHERS

'-'~p

A -

DETAIL "0"

K-5-S
H-9-S

IUTI 1&

®

ASSOCIATED

~~~=~=:~

(3)
(4)

SCREW
AND TWO

~
't

0

CABLE ASSEM.)

8 -402.'2 (X, .... W,'US!!, ASSfM.)
C-402971( ... C INPUT ASSEN.)
D-40Z151 (LOGIC C .... LE ASSEM.)
£-402104(AC INPUT CAlLE ASS EM.)

(2)

F-8-BK
F-9-R
J-3-R

A

(400906)

, -40.'S' (SENSOft CABLE ASSE ... )
G -408707 (P.O. SW W/CABLE)
H -402815 (MOTOR tNT. CABLE)

Page 23

SECTION 582-210-400
40P253 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

G)
END OF FORM PLUG
P-1I6

AC POWER
RECEPTACI.E
J-1I3

END OF FORM RECEPTACLE
AND SWITCH

~::::--'::'

J-1I6

SW-5

t=::~
(402717)

(402416)

( 402406)

MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT CARO

J~IOO

I
~IOI!'~

(341649)

ONLY

FRAME
GROUNO
P40

W
o
I

:

~

o••

RECEPTACLE

R

Y

AE-I-BR
AE-2 -R
AE-3-0
AE -4-Y

P-105
4E-5-GH

"'~'~

m-

H

0

I

::~%'''ND.~
"'ISEIII.
•

410155 ONLY
FRAM(
GROUND
PAD

II

MOTOR CONTROL-.
RECEPTACLE U

MOTOR RECEPTACLE

2

LINE FEED MAGNET
L-200

MOTOR CONTROL RELAY
PLUG FROM LOGIC

OW"

ONLY

.....-- 410011 ONLY

MOTOR

8>

G

J 105 I

o {Ie 2e3eU-4IO '"

(315 M)

@
402402
MOTOR
WITH CABLE

e

PAPER OUT
SWITCH ASSEM.
SW·4

_

~. f:~: :K

(341674)

NO:

I~

X-4-P

G

G

CABINET CONT ROLS RECEPTACLE
J-1I4

PRINTER SIGN AL
P-1I5

PART OF
408757
CABLE ASSEM.

G

"0: 0:

Q.'i~;;'

PAPER OUT

, .,

PLUG
P-I04

~
..
:e"'''
",

........
.........
•

'

I

( 341649)

Page 24

I

"'Cloer C(/)CC C

AE-8 - S
AE-7 -P

(400921)
.... 00:
III, •

G:

=

I
U.lwld Wl:I&JW 111
I

::~:=~

o

l:i.•

'0'

~~::
~~:
, , ,
1- I

PLUG

RECEPTACLE
J-104

i

PART OF
408757
CABLE
AS SEMBI:

AB-C-BK
. AS-NO-W

(400'320)

AS-NC.-P

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P253 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)

o

GROUND STRAP

OETAIL....
REAR OF PRINTER

FRAME GROUNO
NUT
III

ZI
~
4O=~J=T

MOUNTED TO •

11

POWER
MODULE_......:.r-'Lor

AN_Z_OI40Z4101

:~::'L~"I

4OZ9111

, _ _ _ _""'"/~~:~~

0-1-0

CONNECTOR
LOCATION

0-1-0

402109 _ _...........
STRAP
SEE DETAIL ·8·

BRACIIET
SEE DETAIL·B·

@
PRINTER LOOIC PLUG
P-IO'
AA-III-8R
AA-121-0
U-I-G
W-4-P
W-2-W
R-I-8R
AH-A-O
AG-A-G
AF-A-P
Y-'-W
Y-6-8R
V-4-0-,~""i3
V-5-G
Y-Z-P
V-6-W
V-4-BR
V-2-0
V-II-G
V-llI-P
V-I!HI!lR

!5l::E=

AA-\II-R
AA- 21-V
U-lI-BL
W-lI-S
W-I-BII
R-Z-R
AH-A-V
AG-A-IL
AF-A-S
Y-I-III
Y-7-R
V-lI-V

e

FORMS
SWITCH
SW-lI

Y-I-BL
V-7-S
V -5-BK
V-lI- R
V-I-V
V-IO- BL
V-12-S/R
V-14-BK/R

LFI-2
SWITCH
SW-2

'--'=~r-""?-AL-2-BK

AE-llI-O
AE-14-Y

14028611
MAGNETIC SENSOR
MS-IOO
-AL-lI-W
AL- 2 - BK

@
MAGNETIC SENSOR
PLUG

F

l

O_9-IL
O-I-R
0-7-G
0-6-0
0-5-5

e

DETAIL "a"
REAR OF PRINTER

~~~I~E;~~~HERIlI_PLS.1

~~
J

AC ~t~JNPUT
AC POWER IN

~_~(~;~:
0-15-W

E

SEE AREaii'

LOGIC
RECEPTACLE
J-109

SENSOR
RECEPTACLE
J-I06

••
POWER MODULE
RECEPTACLE
J-IOli

fl
o

o

0

00

0

p..lliOI

lIS98· 6-40 NUT
191 LOCIIWASHER

,

(4006151

TRANSFORMER SECONDARV
RECEPTACLE
J-1I7

1402778 I

-

MS~OI

~--=-'-AL-I-W

r--..,.,
...
L.:.==-r--r-

13461521

..oUIli

MAGNET SENSOR

TEST
SWITCH
SW-I

D

CONNECTOR I
BRACKET
I
1140!lll'
SCREW'
107116
STARWASHER III

@

<9

@

PRINTER LOGIC
CIRCUIT CARD
410071

14016471

~

Page 25

SECTION 582·210·400
40PI01 FRICTION FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC
PlOD TO
AC DISTRIBUTION" ASSEMBLY

EARLY DESIGN AC INPUT
AND MOTOR CONTROL USING
SOLID STATE RELAY IN
PLACE Of KIOO AND Klal
(PltO/JIIO NOT PRESENT)

~
J

100 (.""fo,BK,-'+G:'--+W".

...

2~_

I

J~O~j;; W-- -~- Ac'iN.;;;';;';1
17 fl
Irh r""i;.l-.+-,D'. -+-D55 .., • .ci,
108 I CR~
L ~2
G

MOTOR CONTROLt

LATE DESIGNAC INPlJT

~
klal

F2
I.
Sl-BL

t--1--...
~

G

I

~

123

123

I

:

2

PIOS

TRANSF.

~ 4 r-I--+--"--,,BG,,"R+f«:
",:-:::;::~;';;;;:;;;;;;-I__~y~ I
P00903 COVER

'SSEM~LY

~

JI

r-___'·__
·-+I-_B2!K'---7:~

5

=-IH----"W'---1:,f-:~

nO

S

Q

C7,!,

7~

RS

3

I '" I

R

:

~

• ~'10

4

: l( ~

~

N

12

L

M

~§1' ~ ~ ~ i

I 10

:IE

.:,

\I

:RI

>f--!.'--t<7 ~
L

:

I

p~~~J

V
N

I

2

"I

~ ~

I OIW/ ••

21:11~,):+-I..!G"""H-+, ,P!:~~R
~ WIG

3

PI04

.1 t5W41

JIO.

C?..L

:~

~8

w-

9*

~··l I ~

109 :

G

I

:1+

PAPER
LAMP

~K

AS
12

t

+_.=-'

8K

os 200

. -_ _

'-.L__~---.l/
~S

~
~

REG
CKT5

>Et>~:9
i(,: ~

__

I---I++-t---+-_. -1t ~~:~i: ~aJ~~~rl~~pPlY

410150

POWER

has directly replaced
410681.

S~:.~y

~4:2~'C~====~====~J
s
3

~

~ ~ i?.,,. ':..I~n.~
~!..-~~- ~_J~I'!..l=r-='----,,"-A.AJ--,r..
-A~0'.'
Li'NEFEEo

9

,

YI

+

~I

~~~
,",5101

BL.'

0
2

" I " '---

P

~'~2~~3~~.~
A
~I~
~

5

~

Fl071

W/B •
WI
BL

V'

3

~3

-

"2 >f--LT<6

BL

I /

~CLh

3 m-'-

1

:.

JI05

t=
.':
~
~. "

12

7

2

400908 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
Jill

~

3

L---

SW3g
SW2
SWI

8100

I

""t+-:Y'-l__-I< 2

: ~)+!>eG -I---I() 3.
B

42

PI-l-:l.~~~ ~-r--P2-t-'~~'I~

C

ITo~
'
/

-24V
410640 OR 410076 PRINTER LOGIC CARD

~~

f- GRO

3

LON

P~~R

~TEST

2

J 103 TO PTR
(5511 CONNECTOR

10

I

'-'Note 2:

I

J

If printer contains a
410640 logic card of Issue 15J
or earlier, pins 1 and 42 of Jl
and J2 are connected to the ·24
V magnet supply line. If printer
contains a 410640 logic card
Issue 16A or later or a 410076
printer logic card-, pins 1 and 42
of Jl and J2 are connected to
circuit ground.

Note 3:

The 411040 ac mput
and motor control directly
replaces all previous design
assemblies (see Page 28 and 29).

Page 26

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P102 FRICTION FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC
PIOO TO
AC DISTRIBUTION ASSEMfiL Y

ON

40CAB371

~

'I

JIOO(
G

B'

W

402632 AC INPUT AND MOTOR CONTROL (SEE NOTEl!!

~.~
•

r 100
'2

KIDI

2'

CTRL

FILTER
FL200

G

2

~~J

OR

Pial

I

G

,.,..1

G

W

B'

~

I

B'ti

~
3

E09

PIOB

BR

•

3

~I<

2

Y

I

J
BK

0

.;
I

"P

"

0

(

I

FI

I

R5

2 SA

12

~
I

I

12

L

M

E

I~

I~ t.KTS.

5

l>fi'
14
I

>~t~!j
g-~ ~ ~£I'
~~
~g
>!)~ ~
I

J3

<.!I

J

~~

f

ow

~

"~

I
SW3
SW 2
SWI

~5

ErG:~
1!lI. 5

W

R

I

vi

COVER ASSEMBLY

~t

3

PIIO,V V
W/BllWl8I:l

ex>

0

>
0
JIIO

PI06

I

I

I
BK
W/BK
W/BL

:~

3

I

2

~

4
I

I

(

:

f

MOTOR - ON RETURN

I
I
.

n

BK
BL

W/BL

W/BK

MOTOR-ON

I

:

~

Z
e~
'"
>
Z

TO
CABINET
INTEIILOCK
SWITCH
PI06

I
,

t:I

I

E:::
0
~
0
~

0

0
Z
410032 CIRCUIT CARD

~

~

0

,

BL
RuN
R
STAIIT
Y
COMMON

JI09

I

I

13,
,

BK

~I vi

l

•

TO
POWER
SUPPLY
TIIANSFOIIME R

BK
W

I FilA ME

Plr'

I

!32~

I> ,

:> <:
3

:):> ~<:
2

t"'

>
r:n

BL
R
Y

r:n

TO
MOTOII
402402

t<:

r:n

0
::z::
t
~

JIOI

G

JI07

I

I

I

PIOO
TO
AC
DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY

PIQ7

...

BR
BL

=~LITOEOR

r:n

t

I>:l

~

......
0

~

0
0

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
411040 AC INPUT AND MOTOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY SCHEMATIC (Cont)

Note 1:

The 411040 solid state ac input and motor control assembly is to be installed on all 40P101 and
40P102 friction feed printers.

Note 2:

The 400905, 400960 and 402632 ac input and motor control assemblies must be replaced with
the 411040 assembly. Repairs to any of the early design assemblies should not be attempted.

Note 3:

If the 40P101 or 40P102 friction feed printer contains a 400270 motor (early design) it must be
replaced with a 402402 motor (late design) before the 411040 assembly can be installed.

Note 4:

The 400905, 400960 and 402632 ac input and motor control assemblies have been manufacture
discontinued. The 411040 assembly will be provided on all orders for the discontinued assemblies.

Note 5:

The circuit description, circuit card assembly drawing and schematic wiring diagram for the
411040 ac input and motor control assembly can be found in WDP0435.

Page 29

SECTION 582-210-400
40P151 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC (Without CircuitCard.410082)

J Jl~~!~1.

~, lli'lr-'~-"------------....,,----'.,
JIIZ

S~~BL

"00

'--v

w

}~1"'

ASSEMBLY

NETWORK

3

ISTAR

TIOO

I •

T

R9

J*I07

1______
,.....--

SR I

'0

G: 2:
~ iR' tL'
':,;11:H!-- ro'"~
~~ 9 1I co;

SKI

".. C7

W

~

1

:

~~t--,-jl_++_t-'-c--T:<>. ~

l..l......,

RS

JI14

Il'IXK.~
x x •••

l

r~

~ 12* t-

__

rF.1

3

MSIOI

MSIOQ

I

~ III

~- P~~~R

w"'-p·

MAGNET
llO
"ED

aK

J,,'

_P3

1(1

..JiLl

I

~
b
::I!:

I

JI

I

ODD

79

ci

y;!llt.:

~

I

~_~_C£.L~~_k~_

Q.::I!:o

~j':
g

ct

>1&..>::
r,;~~
I

i

«w...J~

~t:r.!.o..

..J

~ «12:

II..

I&..IZ
0
....1

410640 OR 410076 PRINTER LOGIC

2

EVEN

NOTE 2

60

- _-;(~(1~U~~A_

--J2

:

~ga..::I1.!) FORM~

7...

:'0

C~RD

U~---jJ

410649 MAGNET BANK ASSEMBLY

-t-1~-c;~;1rIP'
lj'Q2___ !J

~I

I( ~ ....

~4~

_i1'

eL~1

6

I

-+?

8

:

lTo-i?

c

:

I

iTo-+?

0

:

G:

ITC

NOTE 4

BK8SiP'02~J_~102I3-ENSDWOF.
FORM

:'~~
~---r7
A :
PIIS JU6

12l

0 I 13 ~~~5\;~11

,._"",.....,,2__-...,-,;4..'-,;4,..'___""-,;';,-__-i:4';.-4;;:2_..,

P'-r-~Ii-~;s-1rr-

I~~ 31>'2~ h--~'PA~~5JAM
__"~
H

J

gON

i::,:\\,

~ \ ,..

JJ_l~~'NE

-1'-t---14-4'-t-1'- -1'- :-1'-1'- -4'-1'- -LJ'-tj'-1'--1'-1'-1:'-r; ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ffi ~ ~ 7 ~
:i
~I&J
>~ ffi.... ~ EJ'f
I&J...J

':

I I IE .. ~ ·

J3_w_~~_~~_~:_~B~~~~~n~ _______ L
7 8
4 9
2' N Z 3 12 5 E F H
M I
K'1Ci~
1-:::::
~

•

~ ::\PI 14TO

~~~J

I

J'05

•

C:;:O:':V':;'E::'R"':;A;:..:S::;E;::M:;;B';;.'_ _ _.....

g /It-t-t-t-'-' ---1-'-~
J l'lllIt 'J '~J l
~

'I

I

r

I

Note 1: Power supply
circuit card 410150
has directly replaced
410681.

JILL

PIIII

n

:::

__________

~

r--

LF~~~2 L.- - 1I"': :.:~:-':-, V 1 ::,: >'- ~:
'~' Ul ~ f-'i f' l2j(.1£= ,,,..
rr.w L.Q9-~-"-~-'-f,;:-:-?':..., _~ ~_?B"'· ~"-"'-~: ~"'~:_____
?~" "

O

::R

Jill

i

H

~
5.3 T......-+--'6"'."'-0'--,

'5

J
J

I

2

CKT. CARD

1ft
1&1

•

.Ji

8100

410150 POWER 9l!PPLY

BR

FORM

p~

r--;;;;--....,4 CTRL

BK

;: : : : I

~

RT

......'KIZGZ
M

2

TRANS

R

31 Sf "'J.

.lS.

3

~R~ 613-

' - - -......-

3l11- "H4
, W

I

MOT,

CTRL

[1

I

4 KIOO 2

MOT

~

FLIOO

e:

I~~

~Z2
~RK
Bj'C'~S.MF I~~
~
I
21CI ,'I

t-----::lc

'MAL-'}

FILTER

COVER

L_ _--'R'--~'<
G

,1\5)(

PIIS

0 lC
I~ Q

x
x
x

l(

:

x'

II

x

l(

X3

4OPl511 ZZ PRINTER

CONNECTOR

::

~

o FEMALE PIN
• MALE PIN
x NO PIN PRESENT

Note 2: If pnnter contams a 410640 logIC card of Issue 15J or earlter, pms 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are
connected to the -24 V magnet supply line. If printer contains a 410640 logic card, Issue 16A or later or a
410076 printer logic card, pins 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are connected to circuit ground.
Note 3: Slate or orange,
Note 4:
Page 30

Paper jam switch is optional (402920 modification kit in Specification 50901S),

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P151 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC (With Circuit Card 410082)

,

B' ,

G I
I

W,"""

at(.

G

Will

410082 NOISE

SUPPRESSION

CIRCUIT

I

CARO

~ ~ ~~
r__P;;';;'2~<','-3.....--,:-'2=...vi3r'~
G~~-----+~_,f,I--I~--+l+Htr!-+--IF=1J-L----h ~.M~ ,~
FI:~2 IS' t-tT;-I TP-5 B ,

S~~BL

~ ~~

'MAL-"

FILTER
FLIOO

I

[I

4

;

H ,II ;

K~~~

I
CR5

,W

8K 2

TP-3

41~1~~rl ~'l( I~~
~~_-,J ~ I~
I

~
I
:3

-

PI07 J-I01

MAG.
4 CTRL

~

I~ ~

r;-2

1(102

3'Ht-L..jH4
TRANS
TIOO

2

CTRL 3

TP,-4

r~--i=~~~4~'~0I~~~K~~~~;~~~~~sump~p~L'-----~

:7
BL-\.

'I} QISTRIBUTION
PII! TO AC
ASSEMBlY

15

Jl13

K X x

'l

I? x x x )( x
S::R: ' , ~,
J

MAl)

MOTOR
BIOO

Note 1.-

__________

~

Power supply
circuit card 410150
has directly replaced
410681.

..

Il',ix, .... ,.
JII4

,

FORM

SW!

'*'

G-'

·T....__..-=.",-..::o-,

3

I.'

I
8K-0
W-G

W-BL

.,

I
I
I

w-,

I

WOO

I
I
I
I

8K~R

w-R

,

PI14 TO
CABINET
CONTROLS

\\
SW4

~

PAPER
OUT

J

o

FEMALE PIN

• MALE PIN
40Plel/ZZ PRINTER

)( NO PIN PRESENT

Note 2: If prmter contams a 410640 loglC card of Issue 15J or earher, pms 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are
connected to the -24 V magnet supply line. If printer contains a 410640 logic card, Issue 16A or later or r
410076 printer logic card, pins 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are connected to circuit ground.
Note 3: Slate or orange.
Note 4:

Paper jam switch is optional (402920 modification kit in Specification 50901S).
Page 31

SECTION 582-210-400
40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC (Without Circuit Card 410082)
POWER FOR
ASsociATED
CONTfO...LER

. '~ }

I}\
PII2m

7>~~~>

lI'!>u>1I?
'TC1\«0I""

1

2

G

G

1E

'II

FILTER
FLIOO

MOT. 3
CTRL

I

I

J

L-

k

L--

'--- b;

5

J6

14_~VAC
-

"MAi'N

BIOO

Note 1.

7

0

has directly replaced

410150 POWER '3UPPLY

CKT. CARD

,

Jill

• 3

•

4A
SL-Bl
F4

BRI

410681

-----;...---

10

2aVAC G:

2:

I

II

y

Power supply

~CirCUit card 410150

1-t=~~~~?;2~~=::1

F3

PII7

9vAC
9VAC

"eP
j

J

R9

4A.~BlclLl:~~~~~~F~
\1
r~~~:

JI07

y7

BL..},.

MOTOR

4 CTRl
TRANS

_
rt71L ________
~ TIOO

1

p~

-

~K1032

I
2
3

MAG

t-, L

2
3
4

MOT.
STAR 3

I

CA5*

I·SiZSMf[:~::r

lKIOO

KIOI

MLD-I

kk

r-gr

N :ORK

FIOO
IA.SL-BL

JII7

PU3 TO AC

DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY

COVER ASSEMBLY

OK

- -J113

13

3

Jill (V

56789

1
I

JII4

'--+-+--.,.-f.-'K-i,< 1
C7

~
~
~

:+-

I~

I
CKT

I
I

Bt< -0

REG

W·G

~,

I
I

W-BL

2-t/2A.

W·Y

I
I
I
I

'11·0
BK
COvER

8K_R

ASSEMBLY.

,

W·R

IB1
7
P1I4 TO
CABINET

6

CONTROlS

5

4

3
2
I
SW4

.J- PAPER
OUT
W-R

....

I~~

j
1

2
3
4

p:'-"

-+

=~:

SW5
PAPER JAM

NOTI S

40PI531 ZZ PRINTER

Note 2: If printer contains a 410640 logic card of Issue 15.1 or earlier, pins 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are
connected to the -24 V magnet supply line. If the printer contains a 410640 logic card, Issue 16A or later
or a 410076 printer logic card, pins 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are connected to circuit ground.
Note 3:
Page 32

Paper jam switch is optional (402920 modification kit in Specification 509018).

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P153 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC (With Circuit Card 410082)

'J

POWER FOR

ASSOCIATED
CONTRJLLER

I

I,.),

~

W

,

"

is
i

u

u

~~8~;!

8K

lll>u>1ll

Will

G

410082 NOI5f:.

' 't,

'"

SL -BL

rt;"

I

I
TRANS
TIOO

~

4A.Sl.:BL
PI17

,

,

9VAC -

SL-8L

14.5vAC

G-Y·
FORM

SW 3

~\

LF~~T~Fs2Tt-9R
t I

.'L: ~

-----±J+,,~_

r vv'

L

0

2.[<.

1\,

~

~-l~--- R~_~ ___ W'G~f~

~ /1'-1'-i-'O
~

,:::
¥,

7 -

L --18

I

JII4

Ii""

x x •••

lJ5s

:

f7

,

)( )( x • •
)(

,,*--

l' • • •

,

.-----~

"I,A,

COVER

+'-L",

J\II

~

2:t,:
\
I
': ~
REG.
,-_-+_-6.-_+-+-_~:-':',:<~ ~,;, CKT F,
I!!.

BK-Y

• x

CRI

If:r-----t ~r 9>h

O~lt/-r_+_+-+-~~'-< "

1.
___I--,e,,;;",,;;o--,

card 410150

has
directly replaced
41068!.

___

10I5gK~.OtAER~ SUPPLY ~

, "'_+-_'''f':::::::_'C_7+-+-_+-"W-i:C<:)~ IT"lL\RS'

.J,.

,__,",

Jill

Pit
4A
'8VAC ~: '
'4
r--o"",=+-+_t-'-1-'8::.K,,:<"
I): 1

9VAC

4
5

4
91''-+++-+_.L~+6e:R:..;I--~

I MAL-I I

FILTER
FLiOO

'----

1

CARD

I

F 100

I

~

CIRCUIT

PII' '-:!,~,~~--v,:J111 LT-i,P~-'_T-l-P-_S-+B_~-l--j,Af--+,D_~+-~l::=C~;t-IH_~l--i,'_T-jP'f---4_T_Pf--"_T_,Pf----'. J
JII' <";;K G W I
rl, I ~
L ~

~(Jl }-+-"
SW5
"_~_ ~~_ ~ ~_ ~ :_ ~8~£-= tM~_~:G:E~L::~);Sr=-------.-!!~H~1 4:~ =~:
a
-~-t---tf-~-t--t--t-":-t-t---t-t---t-~-t---t-;-t---P'
"I' BK P'O"JOOO' 3- sws
~
G~ ~ ~~. ~
~ ~~ 7
~ ~~
~ g::::w
>~ ~I- ~
I

L-

I

1,i)NE

s

W-P

FE.ED

BK

PAPER JAM

--l

t;;

~.::
5

92

~

.0

'-'

I

~

~ !e>:5

~:
:!:

J"J~_c~~~~-k-1-

3

~~~I-

~

Lo:

~~~tr

~.., d!)~

to-

~c

EONR

410640 OR 410076 PRINTER LOGIC CARD

- -:~~~u~,-X- --J'

:

~g ~~'-' FORM~ 6!~:
BL
1-'
:2::---+1 A I
0..

O.TI2

lTC~

Ll----lW

410649 MAGNET BANK ASSEMBLY

U- -llU

B

~~ ~

'-"""",'--'-','-----'-4-"--'-4-"---:..,-'-'-'-'----'4'-'''-'4-'''-----------'''..

"-rl,~;:11,: -l\_c~~_;;~t

NOTE

Pl16

I

!

G

-L-

"l

0: 13

t~~\;~, I

['6, , : ,,: ::

CONNECTOR

I

PIiS

E~gR:

JUG

I

0""
0 0 J\
15

X ~

~

0 FEMALE PIN

:3

40PI53/ZZ

• MALE PIN
)( NO PIN PRESENT

Note 2:

If printer contains a 410640 logic card of Issue 15.1 or earlier, pins 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are
connected to the -24 V magnet supply line. If the printer contains a 410640 logic card, Issue 16A or later
or a 410076 printer logic card, pins 1 and 42 of J1 and J2 are connected to circuit ground.

Note 3:

Paper jam switch is optional (402920 modification kit in Specification 50901S).
Page 33

SECTION 582-210-400
40P154 TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC

Note: Grounding
Option - Inserting
Option Screw A on component side of 410151
circuit card connects
-24 V dc circuit common
to chassis. Inserting
Option Screw B on com·
ponent side of 410151
circuit card connects
-24 V dc circuit common
to +11.3 V dc circuit
common. Inserting
Option Screw A or B
into noncomponent side
of card leaves connection
open. Refer to Option 61.

A

B

J
J
COVER

r-FIOO

IA

9 VAC

POWER FOR (
ASSOCIATED

CONTROLLER

AC

COMMON

9 VAC
14.5 VAC

1

MOL-I

12l

"
FILTER
FLIOD

14

J

3)

I

2

I
I
mr-lLt ________
_
~

"

TRANS

TIOO

4A.Sl-BL
Pl17

(- :8
(

9 VAC.l

: 7

~(--f:6~--------------~

( :5

tt
JII6

~~~~

~

~~:AC

~-------------r<

END
Of

4

5

PI16

....c=:::l
6

7

8

9

..i.

I )---;.-'
I

:

2

q~~~~_~

~

~--------------------

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ _________

>-t: :.:::-:;;:::==If===========::;l
:~~~

*

sw- 2

1==========;-]

.;::~=--=t=========;

~~S_TI 10----11--------------

4QP1541Z;! PRINTER

t
0
L ________ E

~--9-VA.C~~I~~~--~--r_-------------F

---------t--------------------------,

I

I'

I~~'~
_'4_,'TV_A_C+--+____~

LINE FEED X:=(ISSlI=NN(G=L=,=1,

Page 34

n,

SL-8L

JII3

4,' "C

,

PlOD

ASSEMBLY

G
H

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-400
40P154
TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEM
A
! cc"
ATlC (Cont)

"'~,I-~--:.:;;;-;.====--====-=~

"}
~

l~

Pll3 TO AC
CABINET

WIRING

• ,I(

Gl~
I

IL_

s_v-:'f __ _ - - - - - 06--~
FLAG

M5100

TCA-3
MSIOI

RETURN

00 x 00

I

_'~_,>

INTERLOC NET RETURN-4
... It 3
KED MOTOR O N - 4

.

VQe NOM. UNREG.+

LEGEND

o
•

PIN
MALE PIN

x

-FEMALE

NO PIN PRESENT

Page 35

SECTION 582-210-400
40P201, 40P202, 40P203 AND 40P204 TRACTOR FEED SCHEMATIC

JIOI ~y
COVER

PlOD

,:
I,.

ASSEMBLY

3

I

FIOO
,A

I
I

SL-Bt..
MOL-I

I

2

12

r

J

TRANS
mr-,LI ________
TIOO
_
~

..,

01113
4'S VAt

9 Vole

POWER FOR {

ASSOCIArEO

~c

COfliTROu..£R

9 VAC

COMMON

14.5 Vl\C

4.~,~i-.L~~
I~~
rrv1

Pl17

I.
~_+''------_i'-:'~::-:r=+==========il
:2~; ~,~:::;:=I=========il
I

LI~'i,!:ED ;ps..~='N:GL:EI+========~l

~~•..', * , " - - - t - - - - - ,

1

Note 1: If the printer is equipped with a 410729 logic card, pins 1 and 68 of the 410650 magnet bank
assemblies' will be connected to the -24 V magnet supply voltage. If the printer is equipped with a 410072
logic card, pins 1 and 68 of the 410650 magnet bank assemblies will be connected to magnet ground.
Page 36

ISS 3, SECTION 582·210·400
40P201, 40P202, 40P203 AND 40P204 TRACTOR FEED SCHEMATIC (Cont)

- .....---I-.:...:------L Note 3:

Motor
control circuit
card 410019
directly replaced
410155.

ON PTR
CHAS!S

G------,

H-----,

- - - - - - r..
5

d

62829303ll2».J.4~36:s7,a1940

------ -- ---i-1-T-i-1ll1lTllT-ila -; -; i
i e 8 ~~ ~
:;E

~

::I

u

- -; -:

Q

m •

a u uf! 0

is ~ ;: ~ :::

0
c :::;

5 1/1 ~ :)
~::: ~ ~ ~ ~
~ :! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

I!: ~ r:: !:

. . :3 ~ g ~
~

~1I5 TO
PRINTER 551
CONNECTOR

J

~

e~ -

.: =

~

N~~.,u::~A~~H C):1...

OEM INTERFACE

~

3

(J

m6--1.l- -1--1PKl6--tJ---1jFLAG
MSIOO

TC 10-3
MSIOI

PRINTER LOGIC CIRCUIT CARD
40P201
410729
40P202
410072
40P203

410072

40P204

410072

PIOl

JI03

-2" voc FOR L.OGIC~
-24 .... OC FOR ....GNETS-4

:
l
2

,
I

'~~
~,-00000

OOltOO

00_00

I

LIMITED -24VDC LOCUC+

M~~~~~ :;::~

':',~~~:~:E~:':':~
~
o n:MALE PIN
• MALE ptN
X Me) PtN PRUE"T

Note 2: Grounding Option - Inserting Option Screw A on component side of 410151 circuit card con·
nects ·24 Vdc circuit common to chassis. Inserting Option Screw B on component side of 410151 circuit
card connects -24 Vdc circuit common to +11.3 Vdc circuit common. Inserting either screw into non·
component side of card leaves connection open.
Page 37

SECTION 582-210-400
40P253 FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC

I
"'O'~:---v-l

PIOO
1

FIOO

J

"

SL-aL

2

121

I """ I
FLIOO

rJ;L~_::1
4.',.,
(

POwER FOR
ASSOCIArEO
CONTROLLER

I,

9 VAC

,

AC

'7

COMMON

9 VAC
14.5 VAC

I'

JII3

LI'

:6

IL-.'·- - - - - - - - - - - -

9VAC

~~:~5--------~1~: ~~~'4-·'r~-'~-L====~______.______________________________
L...-______________________________________

'" tt ' >--i'------+-------------------,
"'"

""

OF

I

.

~£~~

:

2

I

4A."-"

I

)>-+:=~;==+=========:::;l
:2~~

f

~=t====:::=;J

LI~~!-:ED ~~~="=G="=':t=======:::::;-l
~~S_TI *-I'------J-------------.

111
~':=-~rltJ~- ---}--------------------------

1-------- ,~fTI

;~~~~~,~l:~DI

r I

:

f

PAPER OUT/JAM TO LAMP
-24"'OC LOGIC

L -

4

I

I

9

8

7

10

11413161518171211

I
:~a~~2ell~:;;~~: ... ~~
I
lca:::~:po
v~u7ugu3
~ - - - - :- - - --, I ~~ ~
~ I ~ ~ 5~ ~ ~ ~
LI_ -

:g

-

-

-

-

--l----<
26
frp_A2'4":D~u,TO'G",~N
I
(27
~
............

( I :
( 2:

-.J

..J'" :a:

=~_

«~3, +-FORM/P~PER
ll!a:~~~~~~I'~(24
~LOGIC

~~:I:~T ~~:;R~~c:::E,AO:O~:~~
55'
LOGIC COMMON
..
..-~"
C(lfIITROLS

:3

r-i--t--i-++tH-1'-H-T+----- --- ----------- --- --- ---

1

JII4

2:

I

~INT.

ADV(LOCAL)
COMMON

LOW PAPER

MOTOR ON
INTERLOCKEO MOTOR ON

(6 I
( 1 I

(, 21
( 22

~MOTOR
ON (INVERTED)
~INT MOTOR ON

FORM FROM CAeINET

( 8 I

( 20

+-FORM

NOT USEO

( 9 :

<19

mim

I"1QI

CAB.

JI- __

e ~.
..J "-

-11-

MAGNET GROUND
I

79

-'~~~L~~~I__

2

00

-1-

. __ I~E~ ~~~~- -

-J2

L~~,~'~OT;..::;"';:.E::..D_ _ _~-A~---::A~:__~-A:__--_:A~:::_-------

40P2&3/ZZ PRINTER

Note 1.' Grounding Option -- Inserting Option Screw A on corr,ponent side of 410151 circuit card connects -24 Vdc circuit common to chassis. Inserting Option Screw B on component side of 410151 circuit
card conne-cts -24 Vdc circuit common to +11.3 Vdc circuit common. Inserting Option Screw A or B into
noncomponent side of card leaves connection open. Refer to Option 61.
Page 38

ISS 3, SECTION

582-210~400

40P253 FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR FEED PRINTER SCHEMATIC (Cant)

p,oo--- - - - - --.------ - ---,
,loll

I

• ·1'"<:

I

·'n

I II
I

.,

:

I
I
II
_____ _
L-~--"V
~-t----T-

~----~~

I

~

41001.
MOTOR CONTROL!
CARD

Note 2: Motor control circuit card 410019
directly replaced 410155.

G

D----------------~~._~

ON PTR
CHASIS

:=====::;~

JU5 TO

PltlflTER 151

CONNECTOR

410071 PRINTER LOGIC CIRCUIT CARD

PI03

JIO'

I
I

I

- 24 'IDC fOR LOGIC
-24 VOC fOR MAGNETS

+ .
~

M~~~~~ :;=~

0..-4

INTERL.OCKED MOTOR
"i"1.3 '1DC NOIII,UNREG.+

P'O.--~
FLAG
IIIISIOO

TCA-'
IllS 10 I

:s

· 1===~
>

.!:!!!!!!!!...
o FIMAL.!

PIN
• MALlE PIN

X NO PI" PIIES!_T

Page 39
39 Pages

SECTION 582-210-500
Issue 3, December 1981

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard
"DATASPEED*" 40 PRINTER
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

1.

CONTENTS
PAGE
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1

2.

TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

3.

TROUBLESHOOTING............

14

1.

GENERAL

This section provides the testing and
troubleshooting for the DATASPEED 40
printer - friction and tractor feed, 80- and 132column (Fig. 1). DATASPEED 40 is hereafter referred to as 40-type.

1.03

Printer off-line checkout is covered in Part
2, Table A; troubleshooting is covered in
Part 3, Table B (80-column friction feed printer),
Table C (80-column tractor feed printer) and Table
D (132-column tractor feed printer).
1.04

Before troubleshooting the printer, the
general information preceding Table B
should be carefully reviewed.

1.01

1.02

This section is being reissued to incorporate the 40P203 and 40P204 (132-column
printers), ac input and motor control assemblies
(late design) for the 40P101 and 40P102 printers,
and the 410019 circuit card assembly used on
the 40P154, 40P253, 40P201, 40P202, 40P203
and 40P204 printers.

1.05

Associated Printer BSP Sections:

582-210-100
582-210-200
582-210-400
582-210-700
582-210-702.
582-210-750

Note: When ordering replaceable components,
unless otherwise specified, prefix each part number with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410055).

40P101 or 40P102
80-Column Friction Feed

40P253
80-Column Forms
Access Tractor Feed

Description and Operation
Installation
Wiring
Adjustments and Lubrication
Disassembly/Reassembly and Parts
Routine Maintenance

40P151, 40P153 or 40P154
80-Column Tractor Feed

40P201, 40P202, 40P203 or 40P204
132-Column Tractor Feed

Fig. 1-DATASPEED 40 Printers
*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1973, 1975, 1977, 1978, 1979 and 1981 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582-210-500
2.

TESTING

2.01

Table A checks the printer off-line operation. On-line testing should be performed with the Service
Test Center.

2.02

Testing should be performed after installation or on trouble calls to make sure the trouble has
been corrected and the printer is free of any other troubles.
TABLE A
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT

STEP
1

PROCEDURE

RESULTS

Preliminary requirements:

Forms LF Test

(a)

Ribbon and paper loaded.

(b)

Switches set as follows:

On

o

On

0

~~~
o

LF --1
Test --- Off
Forms -- Off (tractor feed only).
(c)

2

0

Off

0

0

I

Off

Cabinet cover closed.
80-Column Tractor Feed

80-Column Friction Feed
Forms LF Test

On

40P151 or 40P153

o

2

On

0

0

~~~
o '"

0

40P201, 40P202, 40P203 or 40P204

Page 2

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
~TEP

2

3

RESULTS

PROCEDURE
Turn power on.
ROP or KDP (Forms Access): Power switch
on cabinet form chute.

POWER ON indicator lights. Printer motor
should not turn on. IN SERVICE indicator
lights (ROP).

ROP: Power switch on pedestal and at rear of
cabinet.

IN SERVICE indicator lights. Tractor feed
printers (80- and 132-column), cabinet fan
turns on. Printer motor should not turn on.

KDP: Power switch on pedestal.

Controller fans turn on. Printer motor should
not turn on.

Forms Access: Open cabinet front access
doors and top lid and place the three Interlock switches in maintenance position (up
or outward).
Friction and Tractor Feed: Open cabinet
cover and place Interlock switch in maintenance position (up).

4

Operate Test switch to On for a few lines, then
to Off.

Printer motor turns on. Font identification
symbol(~:~, ~~, etc)prints in all columns on
printer equipped with 410640 or 410729
circuit card. On printer equipped with 410071,
410072, or 410076 circuit card, font identification symbol prints within margins specified by
Option 17.

Operate .LF switch to position 2 and again operate Test switch to On for a few lines, then to
Off.

The font identification symbol prints with
double line spacing.

Operate LF switch to position 1.

".A=='A=A=A==.A,
=A==A==A==A==flC.
"A=A=A=A=A,

=.A=.A=.A='A=.A;

Page 3

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP
5

RESULTS

PROCEDURE
Tilt printer (except forms access) into maintenance position.
Operate Test switch to On.
Alternately operate left and right ribbon reverse
sensing arms several times.

Ribbon feeding and reversing should be
smooth and positive. Ribbon should not
strain or curl during reversing operation.

SENSING
ARMS

Tractor Feed

Friction Feed

Forms Access

6

Operate Test switch to Off.

Printer motor turns off.

Friction Feed: Momentarily depress PAPER
button (red) on printer cabinet cover.

Paper feeds out as long as button is depressed.

Tractor Feed: Depress PAPER button on
printer cabinet cover.

Paper feeds out as long as button is depressed.

Depress FORM ADVANCE button on printer
cabine.t cover (Option 39b).

Paper feeds out as long as button is depressed.

Operate Forms switch to On (Option 39a).
Page 4

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP

RESULTS

PROCEDURE

6
IDepress FORM ADVANCE button on printer
(Cont) cabinet cover.

Paper feeds out until first line of next form is
reached, then stops.

Note: Form-out length will vary depending
upon form selector setting and color of belt.
FORM·OUT BELT SELECTION
Form Selector Setting

4

3

2

1

Part No.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
22

402571
402572
402573
402574
402575
402576
402577
402578
402579
402580

Length of Form, Inches

3·1/3t
3·2/3t
4
4·1/3
4·2/3
5
5·1/3t
5.2/3 t
6
7·1/3

2·1/2
2·3/4·
3
3·1{4"
3·1/2
3·3/4·
4
4·1/4"
4·1/2
5·1/2

5
5·1/2
6
6·1/2
7
7·1/2
8
8·1/2
9
11

Color
of
Belt
Amber
Dk Blue
Yellow
Brown

Red
Pink
LtGreen
Dk Green

LtBlue
White

*These settings are not used on 6 line per inch
printers.
tThese settings are not used on 8 line per inch
printers.
Note: Dark blue belt is factory furnished.
Forms Access: Momentarily depress
FORM switch (on cabinet form chute or
on underside of panel). (Forms switch on
printer Off -- Option 39b.)

Paper feeds out a line at a time as long
as switch is depressed.

Operate Forms switch on printer to
On (Option 39a).
Momentarily depress FORM switch on
cabinet.

Paper feeds out until first line of next form is
reached, then stops.

Note: Form-out length will vary depending
upon form selector setting and color of belt.
See Chart above.

Page 5

SECTION 582·210·500

TABLE A (Cont)
OFF·LINE CHECKOUT
STEP
7

PROCEDURE

RESULTS

ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START
key on opcon.

I =,=. =EI=II
1

INTRPT

IN
TEST" SERVICE

DATA
ERROR

1

OR TRANS START

Note: If TEST or TRANS START indicator
is not present, remove blocking key at left of
IN SERVICE key, depress key stem to start
test message; depress again to stop test meso
sage.

TEST or TRANS START indicator lights.
Printer motor turns on. Test message is
received by printer as shown. There should
be no overembossing on paper, missing, or
clipped characters. Print density should
be uniform over surface of each char·
acter and from one character to another..

TEST MESSAGE IF ROP IS EQUIPPED WITH 40CI03/AD OR 40CI03/AE CONTROLLER
Option 19a Enabled
~1"~$!~'(~'+.-.~0~i3~55~'S:~<'~?~ABPD~~GHi~K~MNip~is~urj~YZ~\i~
~! "~H1' ( B+~-. ~0B~3:f55~=';;9: ~(~;;?ifAFljjD't')jGH7~~K~MN;;P1is~JV9;;:yZ~\:;:'~
~! "~$H' (~~+~- ~0~"'3~55lilif::): ~<~;hiAB~DHGH'i.~K~MN:;P'::;fS~(JV~~YZ~\·~i

~I"fi$~~' (~~+~-: ~0~~3~55~~9 :'-d;h~AB1D1~Gtr~~K~MN;;Pi,j15~(Jv~hz'.'\1i~
~I ::~$~~: (!~+~-. ~0l.~3~55~~9: ~<~~?~AB~D~',fGH~~K~MN]P~~S 5J11~~V7.5\l::
~1_~$~~(!~+!-.~0m~3~55~~g:~<~~?1AF5D]lGH~~K~MN1P~~S~JV~jYZ~\·~
Option 19b Enabled

~~~#~%&~~) *~ ~~/~i2'fd~73'-;'; ~=>~'-il~'fc~EF?t"'f J~L ~:~0"'11QR;;'T1~~wxH Utr~

~lR~~~~7%5;i; ~=~~@!~c~E·~Hf~~L~~Q=qR~~~~\IlX;~ [~f~!~ ~~#a%~~~ )~~:~.
:J@1¥]EF.::iiI.rlLl';:Q1~R:r.1f.l"X~H J;J.d1 ;;;]#:Jj%~~i) ~~.1,,"j112.:4~ '7~11, ~
1Q~QR1'r11WXl~ [11 ~3 1~1;I~%~:'l!j )!~ ,1"U"!1~j4H781:;]; 1=~1:!l~JjC~EFtnJ:!
Option 19c Enabled

'"#$1&'( )*+.-.!0123455789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQPSrUVWXYZ[\1:_

1:#$%&'()*+.-./a12~455?99:;(=)?@A3CDEFGHIJrL~NOPQRSrJVWxvZ[\l~_
! #$%&'( )*+.-./312~456799;;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ?3rUVWIYZ[\J
,R#$%&'()*+,_. 01234557S9:;<=)?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSrUVWXYz[\]--

Note 1: The test message will print as shown below if Option 19c is enabled and Option 38
(Data Stacking) is enabled in the 40CI03/AE RO controller (410582 circuit card).
!"#$%&'O*+,-·/0123456789
:; = ?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]/'o.. .
!"#$%&'()*+,-./012345678
9:; = ?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
!"#$%&'O*+,-./0123456789:;= ?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMN

Note 2:
Page 6

PQRSTUVWXYZ [\J/'o.. .
J/'o..
.
OPQRSTUVWXYZ [\

Type carrier in sample test is~~~(80.column) or ~~~132.column).

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP

RESULTS

PROCEDURE

7
TEST MESSAGE IF ROP IS EQUIPPED WITH 40C303/AA 40C303/AD or 40C303/AC
(Cont) INTERGRATED CONTROLLER

Note 1: With 40C303/AA or 40C303/AD controller, Option 19c and Options 121a and
131a (on diode matrix circuit card) must be enabled to transmit test message.
Note 2: With 40C303/AC controller, Option 19a or Option 19c must be enabled to transmit
test message.
Note 3: Type carrier in sample test is ~~~ (80-column) or ~~~ (132-columnl.

!"#$I&'()* •• -./0123456789:;<=)?@AECDEJGHIJKLMNOPQRS1UV~XYZ[\]-

!"#$I&'()*+.-./0123456?89:;<=)?~A~CDEFGHIJKLMNOP~RSTUVWXYZ[\1-
I"K$I&'()*+.-./012~456?89:;<=)?@ABCDEJGHIJKLMNOP~RS1UVWXYZ[\]-
!"#~%&'()*+.-./01234567B9:;<=)?~ABCDE'GRIJ'LMNOP~RS1UVWXYZr\1--

KDP: Keyboard approximately five lines of
FOX message or transmit miscellaneous text
message to printer - include every character in
font followed by GS.
Home cursor and depress PRINT LOCAL key.

THE
THE
THE
THE
THE

QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN

FOX JUMPED
FOX JUMPED
FOX JUMPED
FOX JUMPED
FOX JUMPED

OVER THE
OVER THE
OVER THE
OVER THE
OVER THE

Printer receives FOX or text message. There
should be no overembossing on paper,
missing, or clipped characters. Print density
should be uniform over surface of each
character and from one character to
another.
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567891!l
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567891!l
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567891!l
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567891!l
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567891!l
When message ending character GS is
received, printer stops printing.
With Option 18a selected, no paper feeds
out.
Friction Feed: With Option 18b or
18c selected, paper feeds out 16 lines.
Tractor Feed: With Option 18b or 18c
selected,
(a) Forms switch ON (Option 39a):
Form advances to first line of next
form.
(b) Forms switch OFF (Option 39b):
Form feeds out 16 lines or until
form-out contact closes, whichever
occurs first.
With 410640 or 410729 logic card, motor
turns off immediately.
With 410071, 410072 or 410076 logic card
motor turns off after 20 seconds.
Page 7

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP
8

ROP: Depress the TEST or TRANS START
key on the opcon again.

9

KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text message
followed by FF and a message ending character.

THE
THE
THE
THE

QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN
QUICK BROWN

Note:

Page 8

RESULTS

PROCEDURE

. TEST or TRANS START indicator on opcon
extinguishes and printer stops printing.
With Option 18a selected, no paper feeds out.
Friction Feed: With Option 18b or 18c
selected, paper feeds out 16 lines.
Tractor Feed: With Option 18b or 18c
selected:
(a) Forms switch ON (Option 39a):
Form advances to first line of next form.
(b) Forms switch OFF (Option 39b):
Form feeds out 16 lines or until form-out
contact closes, whichever occurs first.
With 410640 or 410729 logic card, motor
turns off immediately.
With 410071, 410072 or 410076 logic card,
motor turns off after 20 seconds.
Printer motor turns on; text message is
printed:
Friction Feed: Printer line feeds at end of
text message.
Tractor Feed: With Forms switch ON
(Option 39a), paper feeds out until first line
of next form is reached, then stops.
With Forms switch OFF (Option 39b),
paper feeds out one line when FF character
is received.

FOX JUMPED OVER THE
FOX JUMPED OVER THE
FOX JUMPED OVER THE
FOX JUMPED OVER THE

The FF character is not printed.

LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567890
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567890
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567890
LAZY DOG'S BACK 1234567890

l!"},J

When message ending character is received,
printer stops printing.
With Option 18a selected, no paper feeds out.
Friction Feed: With Option 18b or 18c
selected, paper feeds out 16 lines.
Tractor Feed: With Option 18b or 18c
selected:
(a) Forms switch ON (Option 39a): Form
advances to first line of next form.
(b) Forms switch OFF (Option 39b): Form
feeds out 16 lines or until form-out
contact closes, whichever occurs first.
With 410640 or 410729 logic card, motor
turns off immediately.
With 410071, 410072 or 410076 logic
card, motor turns off after 20 seconds.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP
10

RESULTS

PROCEDURE
KDP: Prepare and transmit following text
message to printer:
Type 25 Vs, a RETURN, hold down SHIFT
and type 25 underlines followed by vertical tab
ABC ETX.

vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
____________
J

~~

~"

25

--

Home cursor and depress PRINT LOCAL key.

__ . ______________________ VT ABC EX
~~---------~

/

25
Printer motor turns on.
With 410004, 410005, 410014 or 410015
circuit card in display logic, printer prints:

ABC
With 410006 or 410016 circuit card in
display logic, printer prints:

vyvyvyvyvyvyvyvyvyvyvyvyv_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
ABC

When message ending character ETX is
received, printer stops printing.
With Option 18a selected, no paper feeds out.
Friction Feed: With Option 18b or 18c
selected, paper feeds out 16 lines.
Tractor Feed:
selected:
(a)

With Option 18b or 18c

Forms switch ON (Option 39a): Form
advances to first line of next form.

(b) Forms switch OFF (Option 39b): Form
feeds out 16 lines or until form-out
contact closes, whichever occurs first.
With 410640 or 410729 logic card, motor
turns off immediately.
With 410071, 410072 or 410076 logic
card motor turns off after 20 seconds.
Page 9

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP
11

PROCEDURE
KDP Tractor Feed: Transmit miscellaneous
text (or FOX) message followed by several FF
characters and a message ending character.

RESULTS
Printer motor turns on; text message is
printed properly. With Forms switch ON
(Option 39a), printer forms out until first
line of next form is reached, then stops.
With Forms switch OFF (Option 39b),
paper feeds out one line when FF characters are received.
When message ending character is received,
printer stops printing.
With Option 18a selected, no paper feeds
out.
With Option 18b or 18c selected:
(a)

Forms switch ON (Option 39a): Form
advances to first line of next form.

(b)

Forms switch OFF (Option 39b): Form
feeds out 16 lines or until form-out
contact closes, whichever occurs first.

With 410640 or 410729 logic card, motor
turns off immediately.
With 410071, 410072 or 410076 logic card,
motor turns off after 20 seconds.
12

Tractor Feed:
printer.

Tear off forms at bottom of

ROP: Depress the TEST or TRANS START
key on the opcon.

Pag~

10

KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text (enough
to completely fill form) followed by several
(NEW LINEs and a message ending character.
(PRINT LOCAL).

Printer motor turns on; printer receives text
message correctly.

KDP and ROP: Allow last form to feed
completely out of printer, or on forms access
printer, past the paper-out switch.

Printer stops printing and motor turns off.

Note: On the forms access printer the last
form does not feed out of printer.

Note: On 132-column printer or on 80column tractor feed printer equipped with
410071 or 410076 circuit card, with Option
48a, paper-out indication occurs when form
is partly through printer; with Option 48b,
paper-out indication does not occur until
form is completely out of printer. Forms
access printer requires Option 48a.

ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START key
on opcon.

TEST or TRANS START indicator on opcon
extinguishes.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF-LINE CHECKOUT
STEP

PROCEDURE

RESULTS

12
Friction Feed:
(Cont) ROP: Depress TRANS START or TEST key
on opcon.
KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text followed
by several NEW LINEs and a message ending
character. (PRINT LOCAL).
ROP and KDP: Lift paper roll off cradle
while printer is receiving message.

LOW PAPER indicator lights. Printer
receives message. Printer motor remains
on while message is being received.

ROP: Depress the TEST or TRANS START
key on the opcon.

When TEST or TRANS START key is
depressed (ROP) or the message ending
character is received (KDP):
With Option 18a selected, no paper feeds
out.
With Option 18b or 18c selected, paper
feeds out 16 lines.
With the 410640 logic card, motor turns
off immediately. With 410076 logic card,
motor turns off after 20 seconds.

13

ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START
key on opcon.
KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text followed
by a message ending character. (PRINT
LOCAL).

Printer motor does not turn on.

ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START
key on opcon again.

TEST or TRANS START indicator on opcon
extinguishes.

Friction Feed:

Lower paper roll to cradle.

Tractor Feed Printer Without Paper Jam
Alarm Mechanism: Reload forms.

Page 11

SECTION 582·210·500
TABLE A (Cont)
OFF·LINE CHECKOUT
STEP
14

PROCEDURE

RESULTS

Tractor Feed Printer With Paper Jam Alarm
Mechanism Only:
KDP: Depress the LOCAL key on the opcon.
KDP and ROP: Remove paper from tractors
and close tractor lids. Install a piece of paper in
the paper chute and over the paper·out sensing
mechanism.
ROP: Depress the TRANS START key on
the opcon.
KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text followed
by a message ending character. Depress the
PRINT LOCAL key on the opcon.

Printer motor turns on. Printer starts to
receive message. Motor turns off and
PAPER button on cabinet lights.

ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START
key on opcon.
KDP and ROP: Reset the paper jam alarm.
(To reset, rotate knurled wheel toward rear
until it stops). Push on blue painted tab of
actuator (old style), or the blue plastic
actuator (new style) until it detents into
reset condition.
Reload forms.

TEST or TRANS START indicator on
opcon extinguishes.

New Style Jam Assembly

15

KNURLED WHEEL
Old Style Jam Assembly

Forms Access: Release (by momentarily
depressing) the three cabinet Interlock
switches from maintenance position.
Friction and Tractor Feed: Release (by
momentarily depressing) the cabinet Inter·
lock switch from maintenance position.
ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START
key on opcon.
KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text meso
sage followed by a message ending character
(PRINT LOCAL).

Page 12

Printer motor should not turn on.

ISS 3, SECTION 582·210·500

TABLE A (Cont)
OFF·LINE CHECKOUT
PROCEDURE

STEP
16

RESULTS

Forms Access: Close the front access
doors and top lid.
Friction and Tractor Feed: Close the
cabinet cover.
KDP: Transmit miscellaneous text message
followed by a message ending character
(PRINT LOCAL).
While message is being sent, disconnect printer
SSI cable at rear of cabinet.

Printer motor turns on; text message is
printed.
With Option l8a, no feed out occurs.
With Option l8b or l8c, feed out occurs.
Printer motor turns off.

ROP: Depress TEST or TRANS START key
on opcon.

TEST or TRANS START indicator on
ope on extinguishes.

Reconnect printer SSI cable at rear of cabinet.

End of Test

Page 13

SECTION 582-210-500
3.

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.01

The following test apparatus is required to
troubleshoot the printer. If it is not available, the recommended corrective procedure is
replacement of the complete printer for all troubles
which are not clearly evident and easily rectified.

3.02

80-Column Printer

The troubleshooting information consists
of step-by-step procedures to determine
which subcomponent, part, or adjustment is
causing failure.
To use the troubleshooting information,
always start with Analysis Question 1 to
isolate the trouble. If replacement of the indicated
defective component does not clear the trouble,
replace the next higher order of component, if
possible.
3.03

When installing a replacement component,
make certain that all options (if present)
in this component are implemented for proper set
operation.
Where more than one component is specified for replacement, they should be substituted one at a time in the order specified. The
original component should be replaced if the
trouble is not corrected before making the next
indicated substitution.

3.07

*402617 Gauge
402779 Line Cord With Switch
402780 Interlock Strapping Plug (Friction Feed)
402781 AC Line Cord Adapter (Tractor Feed)
402782 Interlock Strapping Plug (Tractor Feed)
*402868 Gauge
*402878 Gauge
408646 Printer Test Assembly
408649 Test Cable
408650 Test Cable

3.04

3.05

Once the trouble has been corrected, the
terminal should be checked out to be sure
that it is performing properly.
3.06

The following cautions must be observed
when troubleshooting the printer.

Caution 1 : Turn off all power or signal sources
before removing or replacing any component.
Caution 2: To avoid possible internal damage
to MOS circuitry whenever the 410071,410072,
410076. 410640, or 410729 printer circuit
card is removed, the 346392 static ground strap
must be worn. The strap is not to be worn over
clothing but must contact the skin tightly. The
ground strap must be connected to ground
(either "earth" ground or frame ground) via
its associated clip.

132-Column Printer
*402716 Left Gauge
*402717 Right Gauge
402779 Line Cord With Switch
402781 AC Line Cord Adapter
402782 Interlock Strapping Plug
*402868 Gauge
*402878 Gauge
408646 Printer Test Assembly
408648 Test Cable
*These items used in adjustments of the printer.
3.08

When replacing the 410071, 410076,
410640 (80-column), 410072, or 410729
(132-column) printer circuit card, make sure the
following procedures are followed:
{a)

Duplicate all options on the new card
present on the old card.

Note: If replacing an early design 410640 or
410729 card with a late design 410076 or 410072
card, additional options on the late design card
must be selected.
(b)

Perform the Power Supply Voltage adjustment before installing the new card.

(c)

Perform the Impeller Shaft Sensor and
Flag Sensor adjustments after installing
the new card.

Attach static
ground strap
tightly to
wrist as
shown.
Page 14

( d)
3.09

0 bserve the grounding procedures.

When the type carrier is replaced, it may
be necessary to refine the Impeller Shaft
to Carrier Phasing (Final) adjustment.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
3.10

When replacing the 410681, 410150 or 410151 circuit card, perform the Power Supply Voltage
adjustment.

3.11

Miscellaneous plugs and connectors are shown for the 80- and 132-column printers (Fig. 2, 3, 4, 5,
and 6). Complete wiring information is available in Section 582-210-400.

Fl
FUSE
PI09

FIOO
FUSE
(Right Rear
View)

400905 AC Input
and Motor Control Assembly
(See Note)

~~

0 0 0~ ~

402402
MOTOR

411040 AC Input And Motor Control Assembly With 402402 Motor. (See Note)
All previous design ac input and motor control assemblies must be replaced with the solid state
411040 ac input and motor control assembly that can only be used with the 402402 motor.

Note:

Fig. 2-80-Column Friction Feed
Page 15

SECTION 582-210-500

Note: 40P153 has additional
wires at terminals 5, 6, 7, 8
and 9 of JU3.
J3

K100RELAY

TRANSFORMER
ASSEMBLY
K100 RELAY
ASSEMBLY

410150
4106Hl
CIRCUIT CARD
K102 RELAY
ASSEMBLY

Early Design

410082
CmCUITCARD

K101 RELAY
ASSEMBLY

410150 OR 410681
CmCUIT CARD

Late Design
Fig. 3 - 80-Column Tractor Feed (40P151 or 40P153)
Page 16

ISS 3, SECTION 582-21Q.500

(Rear View)
PI09

@]'-'m
----TRANSFORMER

a~sembly

Note:
The 410
been replaced 155 circuit card
(all connect' by the 410019
.
has
Ions are the same).CIrCUIt card assembly

F'Ig. 4 - 80-Column T ractor Feed (40P154)

Page 17

SECTION 582-210-500

(Rear View)

O
PI0,2

11

@

.

::~F2

FUSE
,.l-Fl FUSE

410151 CIRCUIT CARD

FI00

410151 CIRCUIT CARD

a~sembly

Note:
The 410 155 circuit card
been
replaced
by the 410019 .
has
(all connect'
Ions are the same),CIrCUIt card assembly
Fig, 5 -- F ormsA ccess 80-C o1umn Tractor Feed (40P253)
Page 18

PI03

Fa FUSE
F4FUSE----------~,

PI05

PI04
(Rear View)

Note: The 410155 circuit card assembly has
been replaced by the 410019 circuit card assembly
(all connections are the same).
Fig. 6 -- 132-Column Tractor Feed
Page 19

IS&JTIUN

ots~-~lU-oUU

TABLEB
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
"

1. Remove printer from
cabinet.
Connect 402779 line cord
with switch to J100 connector on printer.
Connect 402780 interlock
strapping plug into P106
connector on printer.
Set printer Test switch to
Off.
Set printer LF switch to
position 1.

Go to 3.

Go to 2.

4027~

~
-

,
,

INTERLOCK
STRAPPING
PLUG

402779 LINE CORD
wrruSw=H

~

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Does printer motor run?
2. Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.
Remove 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card from printer.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Does printe,r motor run?

Replace 400960 or 402632 ac
input and motor control assembly with 411040 ac input and
motor control assembly.
Note: Sevllral motors and ac
input and motor control assemblies have been used in friction
feed printers. The motors and ac
input and motor control assemblies are not interchangeable. See
chart below.
ACINPUTAND
MOTOR CONTROL
ASSEMBLY

MOTOR

40090&

400270

Replace 410076 (or 410640) circuit
card.
Before installing new 410076 (or
410640) circuit card, check voltages.
Connect 408646 test assembly to
J3 connector.

Caution: Observe caution label
on 408649 cable when connecting plug to J3 connector.

Connect voltmeter leads between
TP1 and TP3 on 408646 test
assembly and place 402779 line
:;::'n;:ediate*
400960
400-270
cord with switch to On. Note
1-......;;.--+-----+---11 meter reading and adjust for
IL-Lo_te_Deo_ic.;..n_*......._ _4_0_26_3_2_ _L.4_0_2_40_2...J -24 V dc ~1 % at R4 resistor on
410681 circuit card (early design)
*All previous design ac input and or R9 resistor on 410150 circuit
motor control assemblies have
card (late design).
been replaced by the solid state
411040 ac input and motor
control assembly which can
only be used with the 402402
motor.
Early Deailn ..

Page 20

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

· (Cont)

410076 CIRCUIT CARD
(Replaces early design
410640 circuit card.)

After installing new 410076 (or
410640) circuit card, check
Impeller Shaft Sensor (FiJ,18.l.)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustments; remake if necessary.

410681 OR 410150
CIRCUIT CARD

· Operate printer Test switch
to On.

Go to 23.

Go to 4.

Check F100 fuse. If blown, replace with new F100 fuse (1 A
SL-BL, MDL-1) (143306).

If mechanical bind is not clearly

Does printer motor run?
· Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.
Are motor gears and associated drive mechanisms free
to operate (no mechanical
binds)?

evident and easily rectified, install new printer.·

If fuse blows again, go to 5.

Check thermal overload protector on motor; depress reset
button on fan end of motor.

FUSEF100

Note: The 400270 motor
(early design) has overload
protection which resets automatically upon cooling.
Go to 10.

Page 21

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

4. (Cont)
400270
MOTOR
(Early Design)

402402 MOTOR ...::::=-_____~
(Late Design) .

5. Disconnect JlOl connector.
Replace FlOO fuse.

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to Off.

Go to 6.

Remove 400960 or 402632 ac
input and motor control assembly from printer and replace
with 411040 assembly.
Reinstall 411040 assembly
on printer.

Does FlOO fuse blow?
6. Reconnect JlOl connector.

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to Off.

Disconnect PI OS connector.

Locate and clear short circuit in
transformer cabling.

Replace FlOO fuse.

Check if transformer is shorted
to ground - if so, install new
400901 transformer.

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Does FlOO fuse blow?

Page 22

Go to 7.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION
7. Reconnect P108 connector.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to Off.

Go to 8.
F100 FUSE

Disconnect J109 connector.

Replace 410150 circuit card.

Replace F100 fuse.

When new 410150 circuit card
is installed, check and refine (if
necessary) Power Supply Voltage
adjustment.

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.

If trouble is not corrected,

replace 400908 power supply
assembly.

Does F100 fuse blow?
8. Reconnect J109 connector.
Disconnect J105 connector.
Replace F100 fuse.

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to Off.
Replace 400903 (40P101) or
407209 (40P102) top cover

assem~blY.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

410150
CIRCUIT CARD
(Replaces early design
410681 circuit card.)

Go to 9.

JI05

~.'"

~ //~'

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.

--<

•

//

"'l~ ,_/~

Does F100 fuse blow?
9. Reconnect J105 connector.
Replace F100 fuse.
Remove 410076 (or
410640) circuit card.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Does F100 fuse blow?

Replace entire printer.

Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
Before installing new 410076 (or
410640) circuit card, check Power
Supply Voltage adjustment.
After installing new 410076 (or
410640) circuit card, check
Impeller Shaft Sensor {Fi.!!!!lJ
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustments; remake if necessary.

Page 23

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

o. Remove 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
Connect 408646 test assembly to J3 connector on
printer.

Caution: Observe caution
label on 408649 cable when
connecting plug to J3 connector.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to Off.
Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

Go to 1l.

Before installing new 410076 (or
410640) circuit card, check Power
Supply Voltage adjustment.-After installing 410076 (or
410640) circuit card, check
!gl~eller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjust·
ments; remake if necessary.

Operate MTR switch on
408646 test assembly to On.
Does printer motor run?
11. Check for -24 V dc :1"1 % at
TP1 and TP3 on 408646 test
assembly.

Go to 12. (40P101 only)
Go to 13. (40P102)

Is -24 V dc present?

Check F1 fuse on 410150 circuit
card.

Note: The 410681 circuit card
is the early design version of
410150 circuit card. The 410681
circuit card does not have a fuse.
If fuse is blown, replace with new

321955 fuse (2-1/2 A F-B).
If fuse is not blown, replace

410150 circuit card. Check and
refine Power Supply Voltage
adjustment (if necessary).
Go to 13.
12. 40P101 Only
Go to 18.
Measure -5 V dc at TP5 and
TP3 on 408646 test assembly.

Replace 410150 (late design) or
410681 (early design) circuit card.
Check and refine Power Supply
Voltage adjustment (if necessary).

Is -5 V dc present?
Replace 400903 cover assembly.

Note: Step 12 does not
apply to 40P102.

Page 24

Replace entire printer.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cant)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
13. Disconnect J101 connector
on 400960, 402632 or
411040 ac input and
motor control assembly.
Measure 115 V ac±10% on
Pl01 connector, terminal 1
to 3.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 400960 or 402632
ac input and motor control
assembly with 411040 ac
input and motor control
assembly.
Go to 14.

Is 115 V ac present?

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 400960 or 402632 ac
input and motor control assembly with 411040 ac input and
motor control assembly.

Note: Several motors and ac
input and motor control assemblies have been used in friction
feed printers. The motors and ac
input and motor control assemblies are not interchangeable. See
chart below.
ACINPUTAND
MOTOR CONTROL
ASSEMBLY

MOTOR

Early Design

*

400905

400270

Intermediate
Design

*

400960

400270

402632

402402

Late Design

*

*All previous design ac input
and motor control assemblies
have been replaced by the
solid state 411040 ac input
and motor control assembly
which can only be used with
the 402402 motor.

14. Disconnect P108 connector
on 400908 power supply.

Reconnect Pl08 connector.

Replace 400901 transformer.

Go to 15.
Measure 28 V ac±3% on
Pl08 connector, terminal 1
to 3.
Is 28 V ac present?

Page 25

SECTION 582·210·500
TABLE B (Cont)
80·COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
15. Disconnect JI09 connector
on 400908 power supply.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Reconnect JI09 connector.
Go to 16.

Measure ·24 V dc:t1% (two
places) on PI09 connector,
terminal 5 to 6 and terminal
4 to 5.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
If voltage is present but not -24

V dc:l%, refine adjustmentR4 resistor on 410681 circuit
card (early design); R 9 resistor
on 410150 circuit card (late
design).
Replace 400908 power supply.

Note: Place (+) probe on
terminal 5.
Is ·24 V dc present?
410681 CIRCUIT CARD
(Early Design)

\C~ OL~

B~?~n"u[

+-

R4 RESISTOR

•
410150 CIRCUIT CARD
(Late Design)

70 '0

10

.0 '0 20
90 60

'0

PI09

\ ~~O~~H~~
QO n¢~Hr~n

~rP=-O
~~W~ ~lJ
DOQQ

=

R9 RESISTOR

Page 26

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Replace Q2 transistor (318835)
on 400903 or 407209 top cover
assembly.
Replace 400903 or 407209 top
cover assembly.
Note: When replacing Q2 transistor, apply thermal joint compound to base of transistor
and base of 177113 insulator.
The 402318 insulator does not
need thermal joint compound.

16. Remove 400903 top cover
assembly (40P101) or
407209 top cover assembly
(40P102) mounting screws.
Disconnect J105 connector
on 400903 or 407209 top
cover assembly.
Measure -24 V dc±!% (two
places) on J105 connector,
terminal 1 to 2 and terminal
2 to 3.

Note: Place (+) probe on
terminal 2.
Is -24 V dc present (two
places)?

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Check continuity from P105
connector to J3 connector.
P105
J3
4 ~(-----« L
1 (

<9

2(
3 (

(N
( 12

If no continuity repair broken

cable.

Q2
TRANSISTOR

Reconnect J105 connector.
Go to 17.

Remove mounting screws and
swing connector bracket outward
to expose connector.

17. Disconnect interlock plug
from P106 connector.
Check for -24 V dc at terminals 1 and 2 on P106
connector.

Check continuity from P106
connector to J110 connector.
Reconnect interlock plug.

Is -24 V dc present?

P106
Go to 18.

Note: Place (+) probe
on terminal 1.

1

2

J110

-----<(3
(
<2

~(

If no continuity repair broken
cable.

Page 27

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
18. Operate 402779 line
cord with switch on.
Place printer Test switch to
On.
Does TEST lamp on 408646
test assembly light?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

If printer has a 402632 ac input
and motor control assembly
replace with a 411040 assembly.

Check wiring back to Test switch.
Replace 402861 Test switch.

If printer has a 400905 or

400460 ac input and motor control assembly replace with a
411040 assembly and a 402402
motor.
Go to 19.
PI06

CONNECTOR
BRACKET

400960 or 402632 AC Input

md Motm Control A=mbly

@
tEl
400905 AC Input and Motor
Control Assembly

402402

MOTOR

411040 AC Input and Motor
Control Assembly With Motor
Page 28

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
SO-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
19 Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.
Disconnect J107 connector.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace entire printer.
400270
MOTOR
(Early Design)

Measure the following resistances between indicated
terminals on J107 connector:
400270 Motor (Early design)
or
402402 Motor (Late design)
General Electric
Terminal 1 to 2 - 33 ohms
Terminal 1 to 3 - 45 ohms
Terminal 2 to 3 - 12 ohms
(All readings±10%)
402402 Motor (Late design)
Robbins & Myers
Terminal 1 to 2 -- 19 ohms
Terminal 1 to 3 -- 30 ohms
Terminal 2 to 3 - 11 ohms
(All readings±10%)

Replace 402402 motor.
NO
RESET
BUTTON
AT
FAR END

ROUND
BEARING
ON 402402
MOTOR
~ G~~~~e Design)

~.' "'rem'

~
(Left Side View)

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Note: Several motors and ac input
and motor control assemblies have
been used in friction feed printers.
The motors and ac input and
motor control assemblies are not
interchangeable. See chart beiOW:

Early Design

*

Intermediate
Design

*

Late Design

*

AC INPUT AND
MOTOR CONTROL
ASSEMBLY

MOTOR

400906

400270

400960

400270

402632

402402

*All previous design ac input

and motor control assemblies
have been replaced by the
solid state 411040 ac input
QUINTUPLE and motor control assembly
BEARING
ON 402402 which can only be used with
the 402402 motor.
MOTOR

(Late Design)
Robbins & Myers

Are measured resistances
correct?

Page 29

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN .FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLEsaOOTING
ANALYSIS QUES,TION
20. Is the impeller shaft being
.
driven?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 21.

Check the impeller shaft drive
belt. Replace if worn or broken
(400631).
Check the motor shaft sprocket.
Replace if worn or broken
(400280).

400280

21. Does printer line feed
properly with printer Test
switch On?

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Go to 25.

Failure symptoms are:
No line feed
Intermittent line feed
Continuous line feed.

Check line feed belts. Replace
if worn or broken (400634 or
400632).

Check line feed pawls for engagement with gear.
Check line feed bail spring.
Replace if broken or worn.
Check loose mounting of line
feed magnet assembly on its
core. Replace 400470 line feed
assembly if magnet coil is loose.
Go to 22.

CORE

Page 30

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

22. Remove 410076 (or
410640) circuit card.
Connect 408646 test assembly to J3, as shown.

Caution: Observe caution
label on 408649 cable
when connecting plug to
J3.

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Operate MTR switch on
408646 test assembly to On.
CABLE
Operate LF switch on 408646
test assembly to On.
Operate 402779 line cord with
switch Off.
Does the printer line feed?
Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

Go to 26.

After the card is installed, check
the Impleller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.
23. Check for -24 V dc ± 1 %
between TP2 and TP3 on
408646 test assembly.

Go to 24.

Refine -24 V dc adjustment if
voltage reading is outside toler-

Is -24 V dc ± 1 % present?

R9

Replace 410150 circuit card.
When circuit card is installed,
check Power Supply Voltage
adjustment; refine if necessary.
Page 31

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

24. Operate the 402779 line cord
with switch Off.

Check the following adjustments:

Disconnect P-3 test cable
from printer.

Clutch Shoe Release Arm
Line Feed Armature Gap
Line Feed Bar Eccentric and
Drive Belt Tension
Clutch Drive Belt Tension

Measure for 33 ohms resistance at J3 between
terminals 1 and K.
Is measured resistance
correct?

Replace front casting
assembly:
40P101- 400201 (early design)
or 400377 (late design)
40P102 - 402970

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 400470 line feed magnet
assembly.
o
POLARIZING

KEY

LO
LL

11

o
J3

25. Place printer LF1 - LF2
switch to position LF2.
Does the printer double
line space properly?

Go to 27.

Go to 26.

26. Remove 410076 (or
410640) circuit card
from printer.
Connect 408646 test
assembly to J3, as shown.

Caution: Observe caut.,m
label on 408649 cable
when connecting plug to
J3 connector.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch On.
Does the line feed lamp on
408646 test assembly light?

Replace 402861 switch.

/'

LF Telt

Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.

Page 32

2

On

~

0

~~
o 0
I

011

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION
27. Is the ribbon feed mechanism
opera~ing properly?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 28.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Check ribbon drive belt. Replace if worn or broken.

Ribbon spools rotating.
Ribbon reverse working.
No ribbon foldover.

Note: To check ribbon
reversing, manually operate
the reversing arms with
printer operating (printer
Test switch On).

400630
DRIVE BELT

Remove ribbon mechanism and
check the following springs.
Replace if broken.

Replace ribbon mechanism
402420.
28. Are any characters being
printed?

Go to 29.

Check the following adjustments:
(1) Impeller Shaft Sensor Gap
(2) Flag Sensor Gap
Check impeller sensor for a maximum of 145 ohms at J3 between
terminals Hand J.
Check flag sensor for a maximum
of 145 ohms at J3 between
terminals E and F.
Replace sensor (400615) if open
or resistance exceeds maximum
requirement.
Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.

Page 33

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMNFRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION
29. Is the carrier font symbol
the symbol printed?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
If! (exclamation) or_(under-

Go to 30.

line) are printed check the
following adjustments:

Font symbols:
~~

(1) Flag Sensor Gap
(2) Impeller Shaft Sensor Gap
(3) Flag Sensor Final

Up-Low

~!~ Monocase

Replace the 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

etc.

After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.
30. Are any columns not
printing?

Go to 31.

,Go to 35.

31. Are any of the following
groups of columns missing?

Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

Go to 32.

1-12
13-24
25-36
37-48
49-60
61-72
73-80
32. Of the columns that are
missing, are they all oddnumbered (example:
1,
3,19,71) or are they all
even-numbered (example:
2, 8, 42, 68)?

After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.

Check the position of the
antifreeze strip.
Check for oil on antifreeze
strip. If present, spray with
337449 Degreaser (Freon
TF).

"'-

~

'

If antifreeze strip is dis-

torted or missing, replace
entire printer.

Page 34

Go to 33.

f:\
ANTIFREEZE STRIP
(Clear Plastic Strip)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION
33. Are one or more columns
missing?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Check the following adjustments:

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 34.

(1) ImQeller Shaft Sensor GaQ
(2) Flag Sensor GaQ
(3) ImQeller Shaft Sensor
(Final)
Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
After the card is installed, check
the ImQeller Shaft Sensor {Final)
and Flag Sensor {Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.
Replace entire printer.
34. Are any characters not
printed?

Check type carrier for missing
pallets.

Place printer in service.

Replace type carrier.
Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
After the card is installed, check
the ImQeller Shaft Sensor {Final)
and Flag Sensor {Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.
35. Is the font symbol clipped
on the left or right?

Check the ImEeller Shaft to
Carrier Phasing Final adjustment.

Go to 36.

Page 35

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
36. Are adjacent characters in
the type carrier printed in
place of the proper character (T instead of S, B
instead of A, etc)?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Check the following adjustments:

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 37.

(1) Flag Sensor Gap
(2) Im,Qeller Shaft Sensor
Gap
Check that pallets and flags
are in proper position.
Type Carrier

Flag Position

400645AA
400629AB
400774AC
400775AD
400776AF
400778AH
400779AP
400784AN
400785AQ
408346AZ

43,107,171
12,108
44,108,172
108,172
12, 108
44,108,172
12,108
12,108
43,107,171
12,60,108,156

Note: For flag positions in type
carriers not listed above, refer to .
Section 582-210-702.
Replace entire printer.
37. Is copy free of horizontal
ink smudges caused by the
ribbon rubbing against the
paper.

Go to 38.

38. Is copy free of double print
or ghost images?

Go to 39.

Check the following adjustments:
(1) Ribbon Guide
(2) Pa~er Positioner
Check the following adjustments:
(1) Left Carrier S~rocket
(2) ltiglit Carner -~rocKet

132-COLUMN
0.070 INCH~ ..

80-COLUMN
0.125 INCH

Page 36

402878 GAUGE

Check that type pallets are
seated properly in carrier. Seat
pallets with 402878 gauge.
Replace type carrier.
Replace entire printer.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
39. Is the printed copy clear
and easily readable?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 40.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 402444 ribbon.
Check the following adjustments:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

40. Is printed copy free from
embossing (especially
noticeable on characters such
as hyphen or underline)?

Go to 41.

400645AA
400629AB
400774AC
400775AD
400776AF
400778AH
400779AP
400784AN
400785AQ
408346AZ

Backup Bar (Final)
Left Carrier Sprocket
Right Carrier Sprocket
Ribbon Guide
Paper Positioner

Check the Backup Bar (Final)
adjustment and type carner
pallet alignment.
Friction and Tractor 80-Column Friction and Tractor 80-Column Friction and Tractor 80-Column Friction and Tractor 80-Column Friction and Tractor 80-Column Eighths - Up-Low
Friction and Tractor 80-Column Fractions
Friction and Tractor 80-Column Eighths - Up-Low
Friction and Tractor 80-Column Friction and Tractor 80-Column Friction and Tractor 80-Column -

Monocase
Up-Low
Weather
Line Drawing
Fractions in One
Large Gothic With
Fractions in One
EBCDIC
EBCDIC Monocase
48-Character Set'

Check that type pallets are
seated properly in carrier. Seat
pallets with 402878 gauge.
Replace type carrier.
41. Is the print density uniform throughout the line
without gradual variations?

Go to 42.

42. Is the print density uniform
throughout the line without
random variations?

Go to 43.

Check the following adjustments:
(1) Left Carrier Sprocket
(2) Right Carrier Sprocket
(3) Backup Bar
Check the following adjustment:
\~per

Positioner

Replace entire printer.

Page 37

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
43. Are the bottoms of characters printed clearly (not
light) at both ends of the
line?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 44.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Check the following adjustments:
(1) Left Carrier Sprocket
(2) Right Carrier Sprocket
Replace printer.

44. Are all individual characters
Go to 45.
printed clearly when received?

Check type carrier for missing,
broken, distorted, or dirty type
pallets.
Replace type carrier.
Replace printer.

45. Are there erratic line feeds
or some characters printing
too high?

Friction Feed: Check for bind
in paper roll and throughout
paper routing path.

Go to 46.

Check tension of pressure roller.
Check for damaged paper guides
and paper positioner.
Check for damaged spindle.
Check that core of paper roll is
not damaged, and is not protruding on either side.
Replace front casting assembly:
40P101-- 400201 (early design)
or 400377 (late design)
40P102 -- 402970
46. Does the paper feed out
when the paper advance
pushbutton is operated?
(Printer in cabinet and SSI
connected.)

Note: SSI connected
(required for paper feed out
with the 410640 circuit card)
is not required for paper feed
out with the 410076 circuit
card.

Page 38

Go to 48.

Go to 47.

ISQ 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

47. Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.
Remove 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card from printer.
Connect 408646 test assembly as shown.

Caution: Observe caution
label on 408649 cable when
connecting plug to J3
connector.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch On.
Depress paper advance pushbutton on printer.
Does the paper advance
lamp on the 408646 test
assembly light?

TEST ASSEMBLY

Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

Replace 402631 switch.

After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.
48. Does the low paper indicator light when paper
roll is momentarily lifted?

Check the low paper switch
adjustment.

Place printer in service.

Go to 49.

Page 39

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE B (Cont)
80-COLUMN FRICTION FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

49. Operate 402779 line cord
with switch Off.
Remove 410076 (or
410640) circuit card
from printer.

Replace 402427 bulb.

~PARTOF

Connect 408646 test
assembly to J3 , as shown.

:

402631

3--0402427

Caution: Ubserve caution
label on 408649 cable
when connecting plug to

~402428

J3.

Operate the 402779 line cord
with switch On.
With the paper in, does the
NO LOW PAPER lamp on
the 408646 test assembly
light?
Lift paper roll. Does the NO
LOW PAPER lamp go out
and the LOW PAPER
indicator on the printer
light?

408646
TEST ASSEMBLY

408649
CABLE
0402500 SET OF PARTS

Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

Replace 400565 low paper switch.

After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary.

400565
SWITCH

Page 40

t~
138031

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLEC
80-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
1. Is the 80-column tractor
feed printer 40P151 or
40P153?
Is the 80-column tractor feed
printer 40P154 or 40P253?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Go to 2.

Go to 20.

2. Remove printer from cabinet.
Connect 402781 ac line cord
adapter and 402779 line cord
with switch to J1l3 connector.
Plug 402782 interlock strapping plug into J1l4.
Operate printer Test switch
to Off.

402781 AC LINE CORD

I

AD~ER
.\j

TO J113

;, 402779 LINE CORD

~

~/SWITCH
'-'Q

402782
INTERLOCK
STRAPPING
PLUG
TO J114

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Does printer motor run?

40P151 or 40P153 Tractor Feed
Printer.
Go to 3.
3. Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.

Go to 5.
J3

Replace 410076 (or 4106(0)
circuit canl.

Remove 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.

Before installing card, check
Power Supply Voltage adjustment.

Connect 408646 test assembly and 408649 cable as
shown.

After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft SensoL~Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adJustment; remake if necessary.

Caution: Observe caution
label on 408649 cable when
connecting plug to J3
connector.
Operate MTR switch on
408646 test assembly to Off.

CABLE
".----.:=---408646 TEST
ASSEMBLY

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Does printer motor run?

Go to 4.

Page 41

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE C (Cont)
80-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Replace KI01 relay (178306).
4. Separate 402620 or 402789
power module from printer,
leaving all cabling connected. 402423
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.

K100

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 402620 or 402789
power,IDodule.
K100
(Under
410082

402620 OR 40278'9
178306 POWER MODULE
1
(Late Design)

Measure 115 V ac ::1-10% between TP3 on 408646 test
assembly and terminal 2 on
KI0l relay.
[s 115 V ac present?

5. Operate printer Test switch
to On.

Go to 41.

Go to 6.

Check FlOO fuse. If blown,
replace with 143306 fuse
(1 A SL-BL MDL-l). If fuse
blows again, go to 7.

If mechanical bind is not clearly
evident and easily rectified, replace printer.

Does printer motor run?
6. Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.

Are the motor gears and
associated drive mechanisms
free to operate (no mechanical binds)?

Check thermal overload protector - depress red button on
fan end of motor. Go to 11.

RESET BUTTON
fAt top - Robbins
, & Myers motor)

RESET BUTTON
(On side - General
Electric motor)

(Rear View)

143306
1.0 A SL-BL FUSE (FlOO)
402402

7. Disconnect P112 connector.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch On.

Problem is test cable or
printer cable (P112 to J113).
Locate short. Replace F100 fuse
(143306).

Operatp 402779 line cord with
switch Off.
Go to 8.

Does bench fuse blow?

P112

FlOO

Page 42

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE C (Cont)
80-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
8. Reconnect P112 connector.
Disconnect J105 connector
on 402620 or 402789 power
module.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch Off.

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch Off.

Go to 10.

Go to 9.

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to On.
Does F100 fuse blow?
1----4.ll?fl20
OR 402789
POWER
MODULE
(Early Design)

402620
OR 402789
POWER
MODULE
(Late Design)

9. Reconnect J105 connector.
Remove 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to On.

Replace printer.

Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card. Before installing new
card, check power supply voltage.
After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adjustment; remake if necessary .

Does F100 fuse blow?
Page 43

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE C (Cont)
80-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
10. Reconnect J105 connector.
Remove 410150 circuit card.
Replace F100 fuse (143306).

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Check for short in 402620
or 402789 power module.
Replace 402620 or 402789
power module.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 410150 circuit card.
After circuit card is installed,
check the Power SitPly Voltage
adjustment; active necessary.

410150 (Late Design)

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to On.
Does F100 fuse blow?

I'P~~~~lt~'s;--~~02'f\?'O
OR 402789
POWER MODULE

b)j

(Early Design)

~~......,.;.

410150 (Late Design)
or
410681 (Early Design)
CIRCUIT CARD

",..----4()2620 OR 402789
POWER MODULE
(Late Design)

11. Remove 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card.
Connect 408646 test assembly to J3 connector as shown.
Caution: Observe caution
label on 408649 cable when
.connecting plug to J3
connector
408646 TEST

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch to On.

Page 44

100 0,

OJ!lV~~V.1'

UU£oI-£oI'&'V-UVV

TABLE C (Cont)
80·COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
11. (Cont)
Operate MTR switch on
408646 test assembly to On.
Does motor run?

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 410076 (or 410640)
circuit card. Before installing
the new card, check the
power supply voltage.
After the card is installed, check
the Impeller Shaft Sensor (Final)
and Flag Sensor (Final) adJustment; remake if necessary.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
to 12.

is present but not
V dc +1%, adjust R-9
resistor on 410150 circuit card.
Check F1 (long fuse on top
right of 410150 circuit card).
Replace 321955 fuse if blown.
If fuse blows again, replace
410150 circuit card.
Check the Power Supply Voltage
adjustment; refine if necessary .
Replace Q-2 transistor (318835).
Replace 402620 or 402789
power module.

12. Check for ·24 V dc!l% be·
Go to 13.
tween TP3 and TP2, TP3 and
TP1 on 408646 test assembly.
Is ·24 V de present?

(Rear View)
318835
Q2
TRANSISTOR
R·9

I

~J
""{//
.~/\

Fl

13. Does TEST lamp on 408646
test assembly light?

Go to 14.

In'''p'''''''' 402861 test switch.

14. Check for ·5 V dc between
TP3 and TP5 on 408646
test assembly.

Operate 402779 line cord with
switch Off.

I~O<'P"'~~

Is ·5 V dc present?

Go to 15.

410150 circuit card.

Check the Power Supply
~oltage adjustment; refine
necessary.
Page 45

TABLE C (Cont)
80-COLUMNTRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

ANA4YSIS QUESTION··
15. Separate 402620 or 402789
power module froIl)..printer
leaving all cabling connected.

Go to 16.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace K101 relay 178306.

Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Operate MTR switch on
408646 test assembly to On.
Measure 115 V ac ±l 0%
between TP3 on 408646
test assembly and terminal
4 on K100 relay.
Is 115 V ac present?

T.ERMINAL~l'I
."
,

TERMINAL 4

0

Jv~ ~

402423
K100
v.~"
(Under 410082 card)

16. Measure 115 V ac±lO%
between TP3 on 408646
test assembly and terminal
3 onK100 relay.

40P151
Go to 19.
40P153 - Go to 17.

Replace K100 relay (402423).

Go to 18.

Check F3 and F4 fuses.
If blown, replace with
129919 fuse, 4.0 A SL-BL.

Is 115 V ac present?
17. 40P153 Onl~
Operate 402 79 line cord
with switch to Off.

Go to 18.

Disconnect Jll 7 connector
from power module.
Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to On.
Measure 14 V ac between
terminals 1 and 3 and
between terminals 3 and 5
on P117 connector.
Is 14 V·ac present?

Page.46

TEST SWITCH
J117

.F3 FUSE
P112

F4 FUSE

•

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE C (Cont)
SO-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANAL YSIS QUESTION
IS. Measure 9.2 V ac between
terminals 2 and 3 and
between terminals 3 and
4 on P11 7 connector.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Reconnect J11 7.
Go to 19.

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Replace 402789 power
module.

Is 9.2 V ac present?
402620 OR 402789
POWER MODULE
(Early Design)

19. Operate 402779 line cord
with switch to Off.
Disconnect J107 connector
on cable running to the
motor.
Measure the following
resistances on J107
connector:
402402 Motor - General Electric
Terminal 1 to 2 33 ohms

20 OR 402789
POWER MODULE
(Late Design)

Terminal 1 to 3 - 45 ohms
Terminal 2 to 3 - 12 ohms
(all readings t 10%).
402402 Motor- Robbins_& M...Y.f.r~
Terminal 1 to 2 - 19 ohms
JI07 CONNECTOR

Tf'rmin,,11 to 3 - 30 ohms

Terminal 2 to 3 - 11 ohms

ROUND BEARING
ON 402402 MOTOR
General Electric

(all readings ± 10%)
QUINTUPLE BEARING
ON 402402 MOTOR
Robbins & Myers
(Left Side View)

Are resistances correct?
(Left Side View)

Replace entire printer.

Replace 402402 motor.

Page 47

SECTION 582-210-500
TABLE C (Cont)
80-COLUMN TRACTOR FEED PRINTER TROUBLESHOOTING
ANALYSIS QUESTION
20. Remove printer from
cabinet.

"YES" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE DIRECTIVE
Go to 23.

Go to 21.

402779 LINE CORD
WITH SWITCH

\

Connect the 402781 ac line
cord adapter and 402779
line cord with switch to
Jl13 connector.

'O""~}

 ~=~~~~~~

RIGHT
REVERSING
LEVER

?;!=~;:;:C:>=/:.=I=' ~to ~
8

DRIVE PIN

Note:

Late Design - No adjustment required if 402816 spool mounting disc assemblies are present.
402816 SPOOL
MOUNTING DISC
ASSEMBLY

FELT WASHER
SPRING

SPOOL MOUNTING DISC

Page 7

SECTION 582-210-700
CLUTCH BIDREC GAP (Friction Feed Printers) (Early Design)
• Clutch engage.

CLUTCH ADJUSTING
PLATE
LUTCH ADJUSTING
DISC POST
(Early Printers Only)

Requirement
Gap between clutch adjusting disc post and
shoe release lever
Min 0.002 inch --- Max 0.018 inch
from machines operated under 100 hours -Min 0.002 inch --- Max 0.025 inch
for machines operated over 100 hours.
To Adjust
If requirement cannot be met, replace clutch
shoes and/or clutch drums.

(Rear View)

SHOE RELEASE LEVER

CLUTCH SHOE RELEASE ARM SPRING
• Engage clutch .
• Hold clutch disc .
• Pull with scale on shoe release arm tangent
to the clutch.
Requirement
Min 16 oz --- Max 22 oz
to move the shoe release arm into contact
with the stop lug.

SHOE
RELEASE ARM

STOP LUG

To Adjust
Remove clutch assembly and replace 150241
spring.

o
DRUM

(Left Side View)

DISC

Page 8

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
CLUTCH MAGNET AND LATCH SPRING
Requirement
The clutch disc should be in the center of
the latch spring, and the shoe release arm
should be central to the end of the stop
lever as gauged by eye.
To Adjust
Remove line feed magnet assembly. Loosen
mounting screws friction tight. Position stop
lever and latch spring. Tighten mounting
screws.

Note:

LATCH SPRING

.-p
(Bottom View)

STOP

LEVER

Perform CLUTCH STOP LEVER adjustment after reassembling line feed.magnet assembly.

CLUTCH SHOE RELEASE ARM
Requirement
There should be
Min 0.065" --- Max 0.095"
gap between the shoe release arm and the stop lug while the clutch is engaged.
To Measure
Momentarily disengage clutch by pulling against shoe release arm. After reengaging the clutch momentarily apply 16 ounces of tension on shoe release arm in a direction to give a maximum gap. Rotate
clutch disc in a direction to close the gap with sufficient force to overcome the disc spring tension until
clutch disc is at rest against its positive stop. While holding clutch disc against its stop, measure gap between shoe release arm and stop lug of the clutch disc.
To Adjust
Loosen two plate clamp screws friction tight.
Rotate clutch disc until the requirement is
met. Tighten clamp plate screws.

CLUTCH DISC

Note: This adjustment is to be made before
the clutch assembly is assembled to the line
feed mechanism mounting plate and before
the plastic output pulley is installed.
To Check the Requirement When the Clutch
Assembly is Installed in a Unit:
Hold the clutch drum pulley to prevent it from
moving. Trip the clutch magnet. While holding
the clutch drum pulley from rotating momentarily apply 16 ounces to shoe release arm in a
direction to give a maximum gap. Rotate clutch
drum pulley in a direction to close the gap with
sufficient force to take up all the play. While
holding clutch drum pulley in this position
measure the gap.

Page 9

SECTION 582-210-700
CLUTCH STOP LEVER
(Early and Late besign)

MAGNET ASSEMllLY
MOUNTING SCREW

Requirement
The top surface of the
clutch stop lever shoUld be
Min flush --" Max 0.005 inch
overflush with the top surface of the shoe release arm.
To Adjust (Early Design)
Loosen magnet assembly
post and mounting screw
friction tight. Position
magnet assembly to meet
requirement using the pry
points. Tighten mounting
screw and mounting post.

(Left Side View)

(Early Design)

/
\

SHOE
RELEASE
ARM

CLUTCH
DRUM

MAGNET ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING POST

MAGNET ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING NUT
ARMATURE STOP
CLUTCH

To Adjust (Late Design)
Loosen magnet assembly
mounting nut and armature
stop lever mounting screw
friction tight. Position armaturestop lever so that the
clutch stop lever meets the
requirement. Tighten armature stop lever mounting
screw and nut securely. Check
the other 5 clutch positions.

MAGNET ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING POST

f1't:-~\ /
t /...

~2lJ1- (O~

l.u":'~'~~~

/

SHOE
RELEASE
ARM
(Late Design)

LINE FEED ARMATURE GAP
(Early and Late Design)
Requirement
A 0.025 inch gauge shall enter
the armature and magnet core
measured in Iirie with the
outer surface of the l)1agnet
core but will not pass beyond
the inidpoint of the pole face.
To Adjust (Early Design)
With locknut lo.osened, make
the adjustment using the adjusting screw. Tighten locknut.
Page 10

(Early Design)

A 0.025 INCH GAUGE WILL NOT
PASS MIDPOINT OF POLE 'PIECE

ARMATURE
ASSEMBLY

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
LINE FEED ARMATURE GAP (Cont)

MAGNET ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING NUT
MAGNET ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING POST
AND NUT

To Adjust (Late Design)
Loosen the magnet assembly
mounting post and nut
friction tight. Rotate the
magnet assembly about the
mounting post to meet the
requirement.

(Late Design)

LINE FEED BARS

LINE FEED BAR ECCENTRIC AND DRIVE
BELT TENSION
(Late Design)
Requirement (A)
Feed bars should be parallel to each other as
gauged by eye.
To Check
Manually energize line feed magnet and rotate
line feed clutch sprocket. Latch line feed
clutch. Requirement (A) is considered met if
the center line of feed bar eccentric alignment
hole is in line with rear surface of line feed bar
(or top surface of line feed bar on forms access
printer).
Requirement (B)
With a force of 5 ounces applied perpendicular
to drive belt approximately midway along its
free length, the belt should deflect
Min 1/16 inch --- Max 1/8 inch
from a line tangent to both pulleys.

80-Column Friction or Tractor Feed or
132-Column Tractor Feed Printer

To Adjust
Loosen the nut mounting the feed bar shaft
assembly to the mounting plate and move
feed bar shaft assembly left or right to meet
requirements. Tighten mounting nut securely.

MOUNTING NUT
(Behind Mounting Plate)
FEED BAR SHAFT ASSEMBLY
FEED BAR ECCENTRIC

(Left Side View)

Forms Access Printer
Page 11

SECTION 582-210-700
LINE FEED BAR ECCENTRIC AND DRIVE
BELT TENSION (Cont)
(Early Design)
Requirement (1)
Feed bar eccentric adjusting screws should
be positioned at right angles to line feed bar
rear surface as gauged by eye.
To Check (1)
Manually energize line feed magnet and rotate
line feed clutch sprocket. Latch line feed
CLUTCH
clutch.
SPROCKET

To Adjust (1)
Loosen feed bar eccentric adjusting screws.
Rotate eccentrics to meet requirement.
Tighten adjusting screws.

LINE FEED
MOUNTING
PLATE

~---o
(Behind Mounting
Plate)

Q_----

Requirement (2)
With a force of 5 ounces applied perpendicular
to drive belt approximately midway along its
free length, the belt should deflect
Min 1/16 inch --- Max 1/8 inch
from a line tangent to both pulleys.
To Adjust (2)
Remove circuit card. Loosen mounting nut.
Postion feed bar shaft assembly to meet
requirement. Tighten mounting nut.

(Left Side View)
(Early Design)

LOW PAPER SWITCH
(Friction Feed Printer _. Under Power)
Requirement
The switch adjusting plate should be positioned
in the center of the adjusting range. This
position will give a low paper indication with
approximately
Min 3/16 inch --- Max 1/4 inch
of paper remaining on the roll. Remove cover
to provide access to the low paper switch.
To Check
Remove paper spindle. Place a roll of paper
which has between 3/16 inch and 1/4 inch
of paper remaining on the roll. Plug in ac
power cord. The low paper lamp shall light.
To Adjust
Loosen mounting screws that secure the
switch adjusting plate, friction tight. Position
plate to meet requirement. Tighten mounting
screws.

Page 12

LOW PAPER
SENSOR
(Left Side View)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
MASK
(40P102 Friction Feed Printer Only)
Requirement
There shall be some clearance between the top and bottom edges of the mask slot and the top and
bottom of the No.1 and No. 80 hammers.
To Adjust
Pull pressure release lever forward. Loosen two mask mounting screws friction tight. Position mask to
meet requirement. Tighten screws.

LEFT RIBBON BRACKET
(Friction Feed Only)

Note:

This adjustment does not apply to late design units equipped with "black" bracket.

Requirement
The right surface of the bracket shall be flush to the casting.
To Adjust
Loosen bracket mounting screws. Position bracket to meet requirement. Tighten screws.

MOUNTING
SCREWS

Page 13

SECTION 582-210-700
PAPER-OUT SWITCH (Early and Late Design)
(80-Column Tractor Feed Printer)
(Early Design)
Requirement
With a 9/64-inch rod or 400136 lifter inserted in loop of paper-out spring, the paper-out switch should
operate when loop is pressed toward paper guide and should operate in the other direction when spring
is allowed to return. Determine by ear (clicking noise) or by placing the leads of an ohmmeter across
pins 10 and 11 of connector J-3. The ohmmeter should give a closed circuit reading before pressing
spring down, and open after releasing.
To Adjust
With clamp screw friction tight, position switch to meet requirement, using pry points. Tighten
clamp screw.

<.

~~A/UIDE

400136 LIFTER OR

9/64-INCH ROD

r::====*== PAPER· OUT SPRlNG ~:=:-:=-==='::::~~~_J

CLAMP SCREW

(Early Design)

Page 14

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
PAPER-OUT SWITCH (Early and Late Design) (Cont)
(80-Column Tractor Feed Pinter)
(Late Design)
Requirement
With a flat plate positioned over the opening in the paper guide and the paper-out actuator biased
against the flat plate, a test lamp should be ON or an ohmmeter should indicate a closed circuit. Passing
a 0.010 inch flat gauge between the actuator and the flat plate should cause the lamp to go OFF or an
ohmmeter to indicate an open circuit.

Note: When the 0.010 inch flat gauge and the flat plate are removed and the flat plate is again positioned over the paper guide opening, the lamp should be ON or an ohmmeter should indicate a closed
circuit.
To Adjust
Place a lamp or ohmmeter across pins 1 and 3 of connector J114 on 40P150 through 40P153 printers
or across pins 7 and 10 of connector P109 on 40P154 printer. With the clamp screw friction tight and
a flat plate over the paper guide opening, move the switch in the direction indicated by (2) - until the
end of adjustment range is reached. Position the 0.010 gauge between the actuator and the flat plate
and move the switch in the direction indicated by CD -until lamp goes OFF or ohmmeter indicates an
open circuit. Tighten clamp screw and recheck requirement.

CLAMP SCREW

(Side View)

00-

Just Underflush
to
0.010 Inch
Underflush

o

(Front View)

FLAT PLATE

,:~~

,I

1,,-EARLY DESIGN
OPENING

MOUNTI~G /
SCREWS/

REDESIGNED
OPENING

\ \

~\
PAPER-OUT
ACTUATOR

MOUNTING
BRACKET

Page 15

SECTION 582-210-700
PAPER-OUT SWITCH (Early and Late Design)
(132-Column Tractor Feed Printer)

(Early Design)

(Early Design)
Requirement
The paper-out switch should trip when paperout switch arm is positioned
Min 0.075 inch --- Max: 0.095 inch
from rear paper guide.
To Check
Place a gauge between end of paper-out switch
arm and rear paper guide. The switch should
trip before arm contacts 0.075-inch gauge and
should not trip when lightly held against a
0.095-inch gauge.
To Adjust
Loosen two switch clamp screws friction tight.
Position switch about its pivot point to meet
requirement. Tighten clamp screws.
(Late Design)
(1) Requirement
The paper-out switch should trip when the
paper-out switch arm is positioned
Min 0.075 inch
from the rear paper guide.
(2) Requirement
With the paper-out switch arm touching the
rear paper guide there should be
some clearance
between the switch case and the switch lever.
To Measure
Place a 0.075 inch gauge between the end of
the paper-out switch arm and the rear paper
guide. The switch should trip before the arm
contacts the gauge. Remove the gauge and
position the lever against the rear paper guides
while checking for some clearance between the
switch case and the switch lever.
To Adjust
Loosen the two switch clamp screws friction
tight. Position the switch about its pivot point
to meet these requirements. Tighten the clamp
screws.

Page 16

(Late Design)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
PAPER-OUT SWITCH (Forms Access Printer)
Requirement
With the left tractor lid closed, under its own
spring load, the "NC" contact will make the
transition to an "open" condition when the
switch-actuator is
Min 0.040 inch --- Max 0.060 inch
from the tractor lid.

Note: The transition point may be determined
by the "clicking noise" or by checking the continuity across pins 1 and 4 of connector JI04.
To Adjust
Bend switch lever in an area between the lever
pivot and actuator contact, to meet requirement.

SWITCH

ACTUATOR

LEFT TRACTOR LIlJ

PAPER JAM ALARM (For 80- or 132-column tractor feed printers
equipped with paper jam alarm mechanism)
Requirement
There should be
Min 0.020 inch---Max 0.040 inch
between the top of the latch and bottom of the
actuator when the cam follower is in the trip
position.

ECCENTRIC
POST

(Position to this
side of mounting
hole prior to
adjustment.)

To Adjust
Loosen the eccentric post mounting nut friction
tight. Rotate eccentric to meet requirement.
Tighten mounting nut.

Latch and cam follower
in tripped position.

Page 17

SECTION 582-210-700
PAPER GUIDE POSITIONING (40P101 Friction Feed Printer)
(Early and Interim Design)

Note: This adjustment does not apply to late design 40P101 printer equipped with a 400377 front
casting assembly.
Requirement (Interim Design)
The paper guide should be flush against the upper part of the casting at both right and left sides.
To Adjust
Remove type carrier and ribbon. Loosen the two mounting screws, position guide against the
casting, and tighten screws.

Note: (Interim Design and Early Design) This is a manufacturing adjustment and should not be disturbed
unless the printer paper guide has been disassembled.
PAPER GUIDE
FLUSRHERE

(Interim Design)

Requirement (Early Design)
There should be
Min some --- Max 0.010 inch
clearance between paper guide and paper guide adjusting screw.
To Adjust
Remove type carrier and ribbon. Position paper guide adjusting screws to meet requirement.

(Early Design)
(Left Side View)

Page 18

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
MOTOR FAN SPACING (Early and Late Design)
(Early Design)
For motors without thermal overload switch:
Requirement
There shall be
1/4 inch --- ± 1/32 inch
between motor bearing housing and fan hub when
the shaft endplay is taken up to make this gap a
minimum.
(Late Design)
For motors with thermal overload switch:
Requirement
There shall be
15/32 inch --- ± 1/32 inch
between motor bearing housing and fan hub when
the shaft endplay is taken up to make this gap a
minimum.
To Adjust
With setscrew loose, push fan in or out to meet
requirement. Tighten setscrew.

Note: Early design motors (those without a thermal
overload switch button) have the fan spaced at 7/16
inch with the use of a 7/16 inch spacer.

SETSCREW

IMPELLER SHAFT SENSOR GAP
Requirement
Min 0.008 inch --- Max 0.020 inch
between teeth of timing wheel and sensor pole
piece.
To Adjust
Loosen locking screw. Adjust gap to meet requirement. Tighten locking screw.

Note: It is preferable to use nonmagnetic gauges to check requirement.
Steel gauges are attracted by the sensor
magnet making it difficult to gauge
the adjustment.

TIMING WHEEL

r
c:~~'ii'.~~i
TIMING

(Left View)

~ SENSOR

80-Column Printer

MAGNETIC FLAG
SENSOR

Page 19

SECTION 582-210-700
FLAG SENSOR GAP
Requirement
There should be
Min 0.010 inch
clearance between the closest flag and
the magnetic sensor pole piece and
Max 0.030 inch
clearance between any flag and the
magnetic sensor.
(Front View)

To Adjust
Loosen sensor locking screw. Adjust
gap to meet requirement. Tighten
locking screw.
SO-Column Friction, Tractor, or Forms Access Printer

SENSOR
MOUNTING

(Front View)

BRACKET

SENSOR CLAMP
SCREW

(Top View)

132-Column Printer

Note: It is preferable to use nonmagnetic gauges to check requirement.
Steel gauges are attracted by the sensor
magnet making it difficult to gauge
the adjustment.

Page 20

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
IMPELLER SHAFT SENSOR (Preliminary)

SCREW MOUNTING
BRACKET TAB

ADJUSTING
SCREW

Requirement
There shall be a gap of approximately
0.100 inch between the bottom of the adjusting screw head and the top of the sensor
mounting bracket tab.
To Adjust
Tum adjusting screw to meet requirement.

IMPELLER SHAFT

IMPELLER SHAFT TO CARRIER PHASING (Preliminary)
Requirement
Right edge of knurled adjusting collar to be
flush with step on threaded collar.
To Adjust
Rotate knurled collar while pushing impeller
shaft gear to the left.

./~~

IMPELLER
SHAFTGEAR"""'-

.~

KNURLED
ADJUSTING
COLLAR

~

HREADED
COLLAR

FLAG SENSOR (Preliminary)
Requirement
Indicator to be at midpoint of the range scale.
I

To Adjust
With the two locking screws loosened, adjust
magnetic flag sensor to midrange.

/

" '"

---- '

LOCKING
SCREWS

I
I
I
\
\

\
CARRIER
FLAG
PALLET

,

RANGE
SCALE

"- ....

~

\\"-

Note: The final range adjustments require the printer be operated in the Test mode and be printing
a legible font identification symbol in some columns. The IMPELLER SHAFT TO CARRIER PHASING
(Preliminary) and FLAG SENSOR (Preliminary) adjustments may have to be readjusted to gain this
level of operation as follows:
Step (1): Operate the test switch to determine if printer will operate. If no printing, or a character
other than the font identification symbol occurs, reposition the flag sensor left or right
until the font identification symbol or a portion oUt is printed.
Step (2): Refine the IMPELLER SHAFT TO CARRIER PHASING adjustment to obtain a legible
font identification symbol.
Page 21

SECTION 582-210-700
INSTALLATION OF 408765 ADJUSTING GAUGES FOR BACKUP BAR TO CARRIER TRACK
ADJUSTMENT (132-Column or Forms Access Printer)
0Remove ribbon.
0Remove tear bar assembly (forms access printer only).
Remove type carrier.
BACKUP BAR TO CARRIER TRACK
(132-Column or Forms Access Printer)

Note: This is a manufacturing adjustment and should not be disturbed unless carrier track channel has
been replaced or disassembled.
Requirement
The backup bar should just touch engaging surfaces of 408765 gauges two of which are positioned
adjacent to backup bar mounting screws.
To Adjust
With the two backup bar mounting screws friction tight, and the two 408765 gauges in place on carrier
track channel, apply finger pressure to backup bar to lightly contact gauges with engaging surfaces.
Hold in this position and tighten the two backup bar mounting screws.

Note:

On 132 column printer, the column indicator must be removed to make the adjustments.
Forms Access Printer

132-Column Printer

408765
GAUGES (2\

BACKUP BAR

ENGAGING
SURFACES

ENGAGING
SURFACES

Note: If the BACKUP BAR TO CARRIER TRACK adjustment is made, the BACKUP BAR (Final
Under Power), LEFT and RIGHT CARRIER SPROCKETS and RIBBON GUIDES adjustments must
also be made.
Page 22

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
INSTALLATION OF 402868 ADJUSTING GAUGE FOR BACKUP BAR ADJUSTMENT (80-Column
Friction or Tractor Feed or 132-Column Tractor Feed)
Note: For optimum print quality and maximum ribbon life the unit should be adjusted after being
at room ambient of 65 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit with all power off for at least three hours.

• Remove type carrier.
• Remove old ribbon and install a new ribbon.
• On units equipped with late design print hammer bumper (black and red), insert a single sheet of
paper. On units equipped with early design print hammer bumper (black), insert four (4) thicknesses
of single-ply paper without carbons.
• Insert 402868 adjusting gauge on type carrier track with front edge against backup bar. On 80-column
printer, position gauge so it is centered in relation to no. 1 and no. 80 print hammers. On 132-column
printer, position gauge first at the left end, then at the right end of the carrier track.
BACKUP BAR

TYPE CARRIER
TRACK

Late Design

Early Design
Friction Feed Printer

Note: On 80-column tractor feed printer or
late design friction feed printer, carrier top
guide must be removed to install 402868
gauge.
402868 GAUGE
BACKUP BAR

132-Column Tractor Feed Printer

80-Column Tractor Feed Printer
Page 23

SECTION 582-210-700
INSTALLATION OF 402868 ADJUSTING GAUGE FOR BACKUP BAR ADJUSTMENT (Cont)
(Forms Access Printer)

Note:
For optimum print quality and maximum ribbon life the unit should be adjusted after being
at room ambient of 65 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit with all power off for at least three hours.

•
•
•
•

Remove old ribbon.
Remove tear bar assembly.
Remove type carrier.
Install nevI ribbon and insert
single-ply paper.
• Insert 402868 gauge on type
carrier track against backup bar.

40P253 Forms Access Printer
INSTALLATION OF 402617 ADJUSTING GAUGE (Forms Access Printer)

Note: If using early design 402617 gauge (with spacers assembled on the posts) the spacers must be
removed.
• With ac power off, remove paper and ribbon.
• Remove tear bar assembly.
• Remove type carrier.
Insert 402617 gauge on type carrier track with front edge
against backup bar. Position gauge so protrusions at rear
line up with no. 1 and no. 80 print hammers.

(Right Top View)

(Left Top View)

GAUGE
LOCATION

Page 24

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700

INSTALLATION OF 402617 ADJUSTING GAUGE (Cont) (80-Column Friction or Tractor)
0With ac power off, remove paper and ribbon.
With type carrier removed, insert 402617 gauge on type carrier track with front edge against backup
bar. Position gauge so protrusions at rear line up with no. 1 and no. 80 print hammers.

POSTS ARE REMOVED
FOR FRICTION FEED
PRINTER GAUGING
(Spacers on posts
are present on early
design only and are
not required for
any adjustment
procedure.)

BACKUP
BAR

80-Column Tractor
Feed Printer
(Left Front View)

TYPE CARRIER
TRACK

(Left Front View)

Early Design

80-Column Friction
Feed Printer

Late Design

INSTALLATION OF 402716 AND 402717 GAUGES (132-Column Tractor Feed Printer)

0.- With ac power off, remove paper and ribbon.
@Remove type carrier per instructions on cover.
G)Position 402716 (left) and 402717 (right) gauges on top of track and against backup bar.
HAMMERS

(Left Top View)

(Right Top View)
GAUGE
LOCATION

Page 25

SECTION 582-210-700
PRINT
HAMMER
BANK

RIBBON-PAPER
SHIELD
BRACKET

RIBBON-PAPER
SHIELD BRACKET
MOUNTING SCREWS

RIBBON GUIDE
(40P253 Forms Access Printer)
Requirement
With the 402617 gauge held against the backup bar of the carrier track assembly there should be
Min Some -- Max 0.006 inch
between the gauge points and the ribbon-paper shield.
Install 402617 gauge. See Page 24.
To Adjust
With the ribbon-paper shield bracket mounting screws friction tight, position the shield bracket to
meet requirement. Tighten two mounting screws.

Page 26

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
RIBBON GUIDE (Preliminary)
(Friction Feed Printer)
Requirement
The right and left ribbon guides should just touch the adjusting gauge.
To Adjust
Loosen left and right ribbon guide mounting screws friction tight. With gauge held by hand against
the backup bar, push right and left ribbon guides by hand into contact with the adjusting gauge.
Tighten mounting screws.
MOUNTING SCREW

MOUNTING SCREWS

Note: The left ribbon guide is
flexible and therefore should not
be forced against the gauge.

TRACK

RIBBON GUIDE (Preliminary)
(80-Column Tractor Feed Printer)
Requirement
The right and left ribbon guides should hold the ribbon shield against the adjusting gauge at the point
of contact.
To Adjust
With mounting screws friction tight, push right and left ribbon guides and ribbon shield into contact
with the adjusting gauge. Tighten mounting screws.
MOUNTING
SCREW

MOUNTING
SCREWS

MOUNTING
SCREW
LEFT RIBBON
GUIDE

Page 27

SECTION 582-210-700
RIBBON GUIDE (Preliminary) (Cont)
(132-Column Tractor Feed Printer)
Requirement
The left and right ribbon guides should just touch the 402716 and 402717 adjusting gauges.
To Adjust
Loosen ribbon guide mounting screws friction tight. Position the 402716 and 402717 gtmges against the
backup bar and position the ribbon guides against the gauge surface. Tighten the ribbon guide mounting
screws.

402716

GAUGE

BACKUP
BAR

TRACK

Page 28

402717

GAUGE

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-70tJ
BACKUP BAR (Final-Under Power)
Requirement
The overall printing density shall be uniform and acceptable across the full width of the page. If the
whole character is present and legible, some variation in density is allowed, provided the density
variation is not consistently repeated.

Note: When the unit is properly adjusted for acceptable density, adequate ribbon life will also be
achieved; however, if the printer is adjusted for darker density levels, ribbon life will be proportionately
reduced.
PAPER

TOP GUIDE
(132-Column Tractor Feed
or Early Design Friction
Feed Printer Only)

HAMMER\

(Left Side View)

::J

It=~~~~~~~~=-----BACKUPBAR

CARRIER TRACK

Position gauge against
the backup bar.

Area
1

Area
2

Area
3

Area
4

Area
5

Area
6

Area
7

402868 GAUGE

On 80-column or forms access units: No visible printing in Areas 2, 4, and 6.
On 132-column units: No visible printing in Areas 2 and 4 with gauge positioned at left end of track or
Areas 6 and 4 with gauge positioned at right end of track. Occasional light marks permissible in Areas
6 and 2 when gauge is at left and right ends, respectively.

Page 29

SECTION 582-210-700
BACKUP BAR (Final - Under Power) (Cont)
To Adjust
With unit turned on, hold 402868 gauge firmly against backup bar. Place printer test switch in ON
position and pass a steel object over flag sensor to initiate hammer firing.
402868 GAUGE

Y

MOUNTING
SCREWS (4)

BACKUP
BAR

TYPE CARRIER
TRACK

On 80-Column or Forms Access Units: Loosen
four (4) mounting screws friction tight and tum
two (2) adjusting screws until some printing
occurs in only Areas 1 and 7. From this point
tum both left and right adjusting screws clockwise until Areas 3 and 5 show evidence of some
printing but not necessarily in all columns. This
also applies to Areas 1 and 7 where printing
will become darker but still may have blank
spaces. No printing is permitted in Areas 2, 4
and 6. Tighten four (4) mounting screws.

Friction or
Tractor Feed

Forms Access

On 132-Column Units: Printed pattern should
be noted with gauge positioned at left end of
track and again with gauge positioned at right end
of track. Loosen five (5) track assembly mounting

Caution: Do not
loosen these screws.

132-Column

adjustin~:~I'~~~;~iiiei;i~i~il~

screws until some printing occurs in only Areas 1
at (2)
each end of
and 7 when
gauge
is and
positioned
screws
friction
tight
tum two
track. From this point tum both left and right
adjusting screws clockwise until Areas 3 and 5
show evidence of some printing, but not
necessarily in all columns. This also applies to
Areas 1 and 7 where printing will become darker IIrft;:::l~:IO.-.....:I
but still may have blank spaces. No printing is
permitted in Areas 2 and 4 when gauge is
positioned at left end of track or Areas 6 and 4
ADJUSTING SCREW
when gauge is positioned at right end of track.
Due to relative length of gauge with respect to
132-column page and tolerances of associated
Caution: Do not
piece parts, it is permissible to observe occassional
loosen these screws.
light marks in Areas 6 and 2 when gauge is at the
left and right ends, respectively. Tighten five (5)
track assembly screws.
Page 30

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
BACKUP BAR (Final-- Under Power) (Cont)
To Check
Install the type carrier. Insert a single sheet of paper and with a random test, check the copy density for
conformance to the requirement.
On units equipped with early design print hammer bumper (black), if printed copy is not satisfactory, repeat the adjustment using three (3) thicknesses of paper and recheck copy for density with the type
carrier and a single sheet of paper installed. If further density is required (in isolated cases), the printer
may be adjusted using two (2) or one (1) thickness of paper.

Note 1:

Each time the BACKUP BAR (final) adjustment is made, the following adjustments must also

be made:
LEFT AND RIGHT CARRIER SPROCKETS
RIBBON GUIDES (Final) (See Note 2.)

Note 2:

On the forms access printer, the ribbon guide adjustment need not be remade unless the carrier
track channel has been replaced or disassembled.

Page 31

SECTION 582-210-700
LEFT CARRIER SPROCKET(8V-Column Friction, Tractor Feed, or Fo.ms Access Printers)
Requirement
Rear surface of sprocket flange should clear
adjusting gauge by
Min some --- Max 0.006 inch.

LEFT CARRIER
SPROCKET

40'26·17 GAUGE:

Install 402617 gauge. See Pages 24 or 25.
To Check.
.
Rotate carrier release lever clgckwiseurttil rear
rim of sprocket just touches bdttOllH)f gauge.
Take up play in sprocket assembly evenly to'
rear of printer. .

C::::;J>~
NUT
fFop, View).

.

t""'

SPROCKET

FLANGE

SHAFT

To Adjust (Tractor Feed,. 40P102 and Late Design 40PI01 Friction Feed, and 40P253 Forms Access)
Position the sprocket by turning nut at front of sprocket to meet requirement.
To Adjust (Early Design 40P101 Friction Feed only)
Position sprocket by turning nut at front of sprocket to meet .requirement while holding shaft with
an Allen wrench.

(132-Column Printers)
Requirement
The rear surface of the sprocket flange should
clear the adjusting gauge by
Min some --- Max 0.006 inch
at its closest point when sprocket is in its
normal operating position.
Install 402716 gauge. See Page 25.
To Check
Rotate carrier release lever clockwise until rear
rim of sprocket just touches bottom of gauge.
Take up play in sprocket assembly evenly to
rear of printer.
To Adjust
Position 402716 gauge against backup. bar.
While holding the finger lever of sprocket hub
parallel to track assembly and rotating the
sprocket, turn adjusting nut clockwise until
base of sprocket flange just contacts the gauge
at its closest point. Turn adjusting nut back
counterclockwise some to 45 degrees. This
is equivalent to some to 0·.004 inch.

Page 32

(Top V'i'ew)

3.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
RIGHT CARRIER SPROCKET (80-Column Friction, Tractor Feed, or
Forms Access Printers)

HUB CLAMPING SCREWS
(See Note.)

Requirement
Rear surface of sprocket should clear adjusting
gauge by
Min some --- Max 0.006 inch.
To Adjust
Loosen two hub clamping screws (or one screw
and. one nut if so equipped). Turn nut at front
of sprocket to meet requirement. Tighten
hub clamping screws (or screw and nut).

Note: Some printers have one hub clamping
screw and one hub clamping nut instead of two
hub clamping screws.

RIGHT
CARRIER
SPROCKET

RIBBON DRIVE
BELT

(Top View)

NUT

(132-Column Printers)
Requirement
The rear surface of right carrier sprocket flange
should clear gauge by
Min some --- Max 0.006 inch
at its closest point.

HUB CLAMP
SCREWS

To Adjust
Position 402717 gauge against backup bar.
Turn adjusting nut clockwise until rear surface
of sprocket flange just contacts the gauge.
Turn adjusting nut back counterclockwise
some to 45 degrees. This is equivalent to
some to 0.004 mch. Tighten hub clamp screws
securely.
ADJUSTING
NUT
(Top View)

Page 33

SECTION 582-210-700
RIBBON GUIDE (Final)
(Friction Feed Printer)
Requirement (1)
There should be
Min 0.010 inch clearance
between ribbon guides and the face of a flag pallet on carriers having three fonts and the face of a font
identification pallet on carriers having two fonts.
To Adjust
Loosen ribbon guide mounting screws friction tight. Position guide to meet requirement. Tighten
mounting screws. Repeat the procedure with the other ribbon guide.
Requirement (2)
There should be
Min 0.006 inch clearance
between the ribbon guides and all pallet faces.
To Adjust
Seat pallets against the rear surface of the front flange of the left sprocket.
Friction Feed
Printer

I

-I.
MOUNTING SCREWS

I

i

See Req 1
and Req 2.

I

II~

~~i
~
~

(Left Side View)

PALLET
(See (1) Req
and (2) Req)

LEFT RIBBON GUIDE

PRY POINT

PRY
POINT
(Right Side View)
RIGHT RIBBON GUIDE

RIBBON GUIDE (Final)
(80-Column Tractor Feed Printer)
Requirement (1)
There should be
Min 0.010 inch clearance
between the ribbon shield where it contacts the ribbon guides and the face of a flag pallet on carriers
having three fonts and the face of a font identification pallet on carriers having two fonts.
To Adjust
Loosen ribbon guide mounting screws friction tight. Position guide to meet requirement. Tighten
mounting screws. Repeat procedure with other ribbon guide.
Requirement (2)
There should be
Min 0.006 inch clearance
between the ribbon shield where it contacts the ribbon guides and all pallet faces.
To Adjust
Seat pallets against rear surface of front flange of left sprocket.

I--

PALLET
(See (1) Req
and (2) Req)

--ll:

1~jf=
!rO~RIBBON

J/". ~~

~
Page 34

SHIELD
LEFT RIBBON GUIDE

SPRING
RIGHT RIBBON
GUIDE
MOUNTING SCREW

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
RIBBON GUIDE (Final) (Cont)
(132-Column Tractor Feed Printer)
Requirement (A)
The left and right ribbon guides should be 0.006 inch to just touching the 402716 and 402717
adjusting gauges.
To Adjust
Loosen ribbon guide mounting screws friction tight. Position the 402716 and 402717 gauges against
the backup bar and position the ribbon guides against the gauge surface. Tighten the ribbon guide
mounting screws.
BACKUP
BAR

II

402717
GAUGE\

LEFT RIBBON
GUIDE

Note: The following requirement is a final functional check to assure adequate clearance between type
pallets and ribbon guides and is made with a type carrier installed. Too much clearance between pallets
and ribbon guides may cause ribbon smudge on the paper, making it difficult to make the PAPER
POSITIONER adjustment.
Requirement (B)
There shall be a minimum of 0.010 inch clearance between the closest pallet and the ribbon guides.
To Check
Seat all pallets against the rear surface of the front flange of the left sprocket. Position a 0.010 flat
gauge against the ribbon guide and rotate the type carrier one complete revolution by turning impeller
gear by hand clockwise. Repeat the procedure with the other ribbon guide.
To Adjust
Recheck the following adjustments:
BACKUP BAR (Final)
LEFT AND RIGHT CARRIER SPROCKETS
RIBBON GUIDES (Final)

~IA1~
bd ~
GUIDE

Page 35

SECTION 582-210-700
IMPELLER SHAFT SENSOR (Final- Under Power)
Requirement
The impeller sensor is to be positioned 2-3/4
clockwise turns from a point where any
further counterclockwise motion of the
adjusting screw would cause a column or
columns not to print.
To Adjust
Step (A)

Step (B)
Step (C)

With the unit in the Test position
and printing the font identification symbol, tum impeller sensor
adjusting screw (with a nut driver)
COUNTERCLOCKWISE through
a range where all columns print (approximately 5 to 10 turns) until a
column or columns does not
print.
Slowly turn the adjusting screw
CLOCKWISE just until all columns print for at least ten lines.
Turn the adjusting screw CLOCK'
WISE an additional 2-3/4
turns.

SCREW MOUNTING
BRACKET TAB

ADJUSTING
SCREW

MAGNETIC FLAG
SENSOR
IMPELLER SHAFT

Note 1: If while performing Step (A), a printing speed hesitation occurs before an individual column fails
to print, reposition the flag sensor slightly to the right to enable printing to continue while completing
the adjustment. See FLAG SENSOR ADJUSTMENT (Final).
Note 2: The impeller shaft sensor is adjusted at the factory using equipment and techniques not available
in the field. This adjustment should not be disturbed unless the unit has been disassembled, the printer
logic card replaced, or there is sufficient reason to believe the sensor is not adjusted properly.

Page 36

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700

IMPELLER SHAFT TO CARRIER PHASING (Final- Under Power)
Requirement
Printed characters must be printed
fully from left to right.
To Adjust
Print some font identification characters
using test switch. Turn printer off, disconnect
ac power. If right portion of character is
missing, turn knurled adjusting collar clockwise
while holding impeller shaft gear away from
collar.

(Right Front
View)

IMPELLER
SHAFT GEAR

If left portion of character is missing, turn

knurled adjusting collar counterclockwise while
holding impeller gear away from collar. Turn
ac power on and repeat test to make sure requirement is met.

KNURLED
ADJUSTING
COLLAR

When multicopies are used, phasing should be
adjusted to minimize clipping on the last copy
with !!Q clipping on the original.

Tractor Feed Printer and
Friction Feed Printer

Note: If the IMPELLER SHAFT TO CARRIER PHASING adjustment is readjusted by a substantial
amount, the flag sensor position may have to be readjusted. See FLAG SENSOR (Final).
FLAG SENSOR (Final -- Under Power)
Requirement
Flag sensor must be in approximately the midpoint between failure points of its range.
ToCheck
Print some font identification characters using the test switch.
To Adjust
Loosen locking screw(s) friction tight. While printing font identification symbol, slowly move the
flag sensor to the left until a different character or no character is printing. Note reading on the range
scale. Slowly move the flag sensor to the right until a different character or no character is printing.
Note reading on the range scale. Position the flag sensor midway between the two failure points.
Turn the printer off and tighten locking screw(s).
LOCKING
SCREWS

RANGE
SCALE

(Front Views)

INDICATOR

_RANGE
SCALE

TractotFeed
and Fotms
Access Printer

MAGNETIC
FLAG
SENSOR

Friction
Feed.
Prihter

MAGNETIC
. FLAG
SENSOR

PageS7.

SECTION 582-210-700
PAPER POSITIONER (Under Power)
(80-Column Friction, Tractor Feed, or 132-Column Tractor Feed)
Requirement (A)
"The paper should be positioned as close to ribbon as possible without causing printed copy to become
illegible due to ribbon smudging after a one minute printer idle period.
Requirement (B)
There should be no smudge when printing a text message (not the font identification symbol).
Tractor Feed Printer

Friction Feed Printer
(Left Side View)

CLAMP SCREW

PAPER POSITIONER
ARM
PAPER POSITIONER
SHAFT

PAPER POSITIONING
SHAFT

Note 1: These requirements do not apply when printing within two lines of a fold of fanfold paper.
To Adjust
Loosen clamp screws on left and right paper positioner arms and adjust arms to just eliminate marking
on either side of paper. Paper should remain as close as possible to ribbon without marking to minimize
impact noise and vertical misalignment. Tighten clamp screws.
PAPER POSITIONING
SHAFT

SINGLE COpy
PAPER
/(See Notes 1 and 2)

BACKSTOP

MULTICOPY
PAPER

BACKSTOP
CLAMP
SCREW

/

c~ cs~~
TYPE PALLET

(See Notes 1 and 2)

RIBBON

.-=r----~ B~ER
TYPEPALLET~,~.~

Tractor Feed
Staples or other means of fastening copies together
should not be used until tested to insure that their
presence will not interfere with the ribbon, printer
hammers, or type pallets.

TRANSFER MEDIUM
OR CARBON PAPER

Note 2: Tractor Feed Printers Only - The factory final adjustment is made with a standard original plus
three copies paper on the 132-column printer and with a standard original plus five copies paper on 80column printer. Upon installation a refinement of this adjustment may be necessary dictated by the actual
paper weight and number of copies being used.
Page 38

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
PALLET TO RIBBON-PAPER SHIELD CLEARANCE
(Forms Access Printer)
Requirement
With the type carrier installed and rotated a minimum
of two revolutions, there should be a minimum of
0.006 inch clearance between all pallet faces and
the ribbon-paper shield when measured at the left
and right shield posts.
To Check
Position a 0.006 flat gauge against the
ribbon-paper shield at the shield post
and rotate the type carrier one complete
revolution by turning impeller gear by
hand clockwise. Repeat the procedure
at the other shield post.

RIGHT
SHIELD
POST

To Adjust
Check that all pallets are seated per
TYPE CARRIER PALLET ALIGNMENT. Recheck the following
adjustments:
RIBBON GUIDE
LEFT CARRIER SPROCKET
RIGHT CARRIER SPROCKET

RIBBON
PAPER
SHIELD

TEAR BAR (Preliminary)
(40P253 Forms Access Printer)
Requirement
There should be a gap of
Min 0.045 inch --- Max 0.050 inch
between ribbon paper shield and tear bar.
To Adjust
The tear bar mounting screws (2) and tear bar assembly securing screws (2) should be friction tight and
the tear bar adjusting screws turned counterclockwise to make the measured gap less than the requirement. Turn tear bar adjusting screws clockwise until a 0.045 inch gauge just passes freely. Tighten
four mounting screws.

Note: If the printer is utilized in a ribbonless application, the gap between the ribbon paper shield and
tear bar should be Min 0.075 inch --- Max 0.080 inch and the adjustment is considered final.
0.045"

ro"
o.or

SHIELD POST

R1BBONPAP~HAM~~~ANK
SHI\:
- -- -

SHIELD
-- -

~
TEAR BAR
MOUNTING SCREW

RIBBON·

0.045"

POI~~j\i oJ~o"
1

~~Tt
TEAR BAR ASSEMBLY
SECURING SCREWS

Page 39

SECTION 582-210-700
TOP:COVER
MOUNTING seRE"

~
(A)
(B)

Note: Tear bar adjusting screws
should not be disturbed. See
TEAR BAR AND TOP COVER
(Final) adjustment.

TOP COVER (Preliminary)
(Forms Access Printer)
Requirement
The gap requirement between the top cover and tear bar is determined by the thickness of the forms
stock used, as follows:
(A) If form thickness is 0.005 inch to 0.010 inch, gap should be
Min 0.020 inch --- Max 0.030 inch
(B) If form thickness is 0.010 inch to 0.018 inch, gap should be
Min 0.025 inch --- Max 0.040 inch
(C) If form thickness is 0.018 inch to 0.025 inch, gap should be
Min 0.030 inch --- Max 0.050 inch

To Adjust
With the top co~ermounting screws (4) friction tight, position the top cover to meet reqllired gap' (per
form thickness used) when measured near. ends of tear bar. Tighten the top cover mounting screws
and recheck gap.

Note 1:

Printer is factory adjusted to meet Requirement (A).

Nbte2: .If the printer is utilized in

a ribbonless application, this adjustment is considered final.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700

TOP COVER
MOUNTING
SCREWS (4) r----------------,

TEAR BAR ASSEMBLY
SECURING SCREWS
' - -_ _
,_Q=_''

1

~ TEjBAR

~7
TEAR BAR
MOUNTING SCREW

~-----===r=\"
TEAR BAR
ADJUSTING SCREWS

TEAR BAR
MOUNTING SCREW

TEAR BAR AND TOP COVER (Final)
(Forms Access)
Requirement
The printed character in a line of copy should not become illegible due to ink being deposited on the
paper when printer is running idle for one minute.
To Adjust
Step (A)

With printer power off, loosen tear bar mounting screws (2) and tear bar assembly securing
screws (2). Reduce the gap between tear bar and top cover by turning adjusting screws
counterclockwise in increments of 1/6 turn (one flat of hex), but not more than three,
while applying finger pressure on tear bar to reduce gap. Tighten the tear bar assembly
securing screws (2) after each increment and recheck requirement. When requirement
is met, tighten tear bar mounting screws (2).

Step (B)

Reposition the top cover to provide applicable top cover to tear bar gap, dependent on
thickness of forms stock used. See TOP COVER (Prehmmary) requirement. Tighten the
top cover mounting screws (4) and recheck gap.

When refinement of these adjustments is required, some increase in audible noise and a lessening
of print density may occur.

Note:

Page 41

SECTION 582-210-700

TYPE CARRIER PALLET ALIGNMENT
Requirement
The pallet location in the carrier shall be
0.125 inch --- 80-column printer
0_070 inch -- 132-column printer
from the stem end to the rear surface of the carrier.

~

~ ~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~

80-Column Printer

132-Column Printer

To Adjust
Move all pallets from position No.1 to position No.2.
Position No.1
Position No.2

....oIF=O

C1..__

--~-[)

Place type carrier into proper slot on the 402878 gauge. Seat all pallets into bottom of channel.

402878 GAUGE

Page 42

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
FORM-OUT CONTACT GAP (Preliminary) (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
Requirement
With form-out contacts fully open, gap between contacts should be
Min 0.020 inch --- Max 0.030 inch.
To Check
Depress the form selector lever.
To Adjust
Form contact spring to meet requirement.

FORM SELECTOR
LEVER

Note: This contact is manufactured within the
requirement and will remain so unless one or
both contact springs have been deformed. If
adjustment is required, adjust the spring which
shows sign of such deformation.

FORM SELECTOR
LEVER GUIDE

FORM-OUT
CONTACT

FORM SELECTOR LEVER GUIDE (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
Requirement
There should be up to 0.005 inch clearance between guide and form selector lever and selectorleyer
must operate freely.
FORM SELECTOR
LEVER

GUIDE

\~~

GUIDE MOUNTING
SCREWS
FORM-OUT CONTACT

To Check
Form selector biased toward contact housing and selector lever operated through its entire range of
motion.
To Adjust
Loosen the guide mounting screw friction tight and position guide to meet requirement. Tighten
mounting screws.

Page 43

SECTION 582-210-700

FORM-OUT
BELT

IDLER
ARM ASSEMBLY

FORM-OUT BELT IDLER ARM (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
-Position form-out belt against respective sprocket flanges.
Requirement (A)
The centerline of the idler arm assembly should be position'ed approximately 90 degrees to th,! flat
(straight portion between sprockets) of the belt.
Requirement (B)
There should be a minimum of 1/32 inch between the right edge of the idler arm assembly and the
forilled tab on the pivot nUt plate.
To Adjust
Loosen idler arm adjustment knob friction tight. With belt engaged in both sprockets and against the
flanges of each sprocket, move the adjusting nut along elongated slot until requirements ate met.
Tighten knob.

Note: . With the 402850white belt it may notbe ilOssible to meetrequirelllent (A) because oflength 6f
slot. The requirement will be considered met when the nut has been positioned against the left end of slot.

Page 44

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
FORM-OUT CONTACT LATERAL (Preliminary) (Tractor Feed Printers)
(Early Design Only)
CONTACT ASSEMBLY
.

ReqUirement
.
Form-out contact assembly should be POSltioned on form selector lever such that the
form-out contact tip is
Min 0.215 inch --- Max 0.231 inch
from outside surface of the form selector
lever.

~e
.

MOUNTING SCREWS
FORM SELECTOR
FORM-OUT
LEVER
CONTACT

q

1

0

To Adjust
Loosen two contact assembly mounting screws and position contact to meet requirement. Tighten
mounting screws.

Note 1: This adjustment must be made before form selector lever is assembled to contact housing
bracket.
Note 2: Factory Adjusted - Should not normally require adjustment unless contact assembly has been
removed.
FORM-OUT CONTACT LATERAL (Final) (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
(Early Design and Late Design)
Requirement (A)
The contact should be centered (as gauged by eye) on the short cam lobes.
Requirement (B)
The form-out contact must not touch the adjacent cam lobes when in positions 3 and 4.

Req A

Req B

To Check (A)
With the form-out belt positioned against the flange of the form-out drive gear and in position No.4.
To Check (B)
Rotate form-out gear.

Late Design
(Screw Accessibility)

To Adjust (Early Design)
Disassemble and refine FORM-OUT CONTACT LATERAL
(Preliminary).
To Adjust (Late Design)
Loosen the two contact assembly mounting screws and
position contact to meet requirements. Tighten
mounting screws.

Page 45

SECTION 582-210-700
FORM-OUT GEAR BACKLASH (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
Requirement
There should be a barely perceptible backlash between the form-out gear and line feed gear, checked
at three positions of the form-out gear approximately 120 degrees apart. (While holding paper advance
knob stationary, rotate form-out gear.)

Note:

Disengage feed pawls to check form-out gear 120 degrees apart.

To Adjust
With clamp nuts friction tight (3 places), move form-out mechanism by its rear projection to meet
requirement. Tighten clamp nuts.

FORM-OUT
GEAR

LINE FEED
GEAR

REAR PROJECTION

PIVOT POST CLAMP NUT
PAPER ADVANCE
KNOB

Page 46

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
FORM-OUT CONTACT TO BELT SPACING (Preliminary) (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
Requirement
The high side of the eccentric bushing shall be positioned approximately 90 degrees to the form-out
contact arm as shown.
To Adjust
Loosen the eccentric bushing clamp screw and position the eccentric to meet requirement.
FORM SELECTOR
LEVER
CLAMP SCREW

ECCENTRIC POST--_ _ _ _ _U:.
"-==-::J~"P

(Clamp Nut On

Opposite Side)

CLAMP NUT

(Left View)

Tractor Feed
ECCENTRIC POST

ECCENTRIC
BUSHING

(Clamp Nut on

Opposite Side)

FORM·OUT
CONTACT
JUST TOUCHING

Forms Access
Requirement
With the form selector lever seated in the No.4 position detent groove, the form-out contact shall
be just touching the form-out belt.
To Adjust
Loosen the eccentric post clamp nut friction tight and position the eccentric post to meet requirement.
Note: Keep eccentric post toward right side of slot.

Page 47

SECTION 582-210-700

FORM-OUT CONTACT TO BELT SPACING (Final) (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
Requirement (A)
The contact shall have started to rise off the surface of the belt by
Min some --- Max 0.006 inch
when contacting the full width cam lobe.

Tractor Feed

Take Up Play
This Direction---------,

IDLER
PULLEY
LINE FEED GEAR

REAR PROJECTION

Take Up Play
This Direction-----,
Forms Access

To Check
• Latch the line feed clutch.
• Position form selector lever in. the fourth detent position.
• Move line feed pawls out of engagement with line feed gear.
• Rotate paper advance knob until the slope part of the contact just touches the long cam.
• Reengage line feed pawls. (See examples below.)
• Reengage paper advance knob.
Examples

li";":JOhin'
Feed Pawls
(Properly Engaged)

Page 48

Feed Pawls on top
of Line Feed Gear
(Not Engaged)

Feed Pawls
(Advanced)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-21t)-700

FORM-OUT CONTACT TO BELT SPAcING (Final) (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers) (Cont)
To Check (Cont)
The some to 0.006 inch clearance adjustment Will be considered met when the following conditions
are present:
When the form-out belt idler pulley is rotated CCW with a force sufficient to take up the form-out gear
and the form-out belt teeth to pulley backlash and then released, the contact tip touches the surface of
the belt.
When the form-out belt idler pulley is rotated CW with a force sufficient to take up the form-out gear
and the form-out belt teeth to pulley backlash and then released, the contact tip is raised off the surface of the belt by the form-out cam.
FORM-OUT BELT

cw

ccw

IDLER GEAR

To Adjust
With eccentric bushing clamp screw friction tight, rotate eccentric bushing to position form-out contact
left or right to meet Requirement (A). Tighten Eccentric bushing clamp screw.
Perform form-out contact phasing Requirement (C). This step must be performed to properly
phase the form-out mechanism.,

Notf!':'

Page 49

SECTION 582-210-700
FORM-OUT CONTACT TO BELT SPACING (Final) (Tractor Feed and Fonns Access Printers)(Cont)
Requirement (B)
The contact point gap shall be
Min 0.015 inch --- Max 0.020 inch
with the contact touching the fonn-out belt surface at a point the equivalent of 1/2 line feed space.
on the belt to the right of the full cam lobe, approximately 0.030 inch.
ECCENTRIC BUSHING

Take Up Play
This Direction

---l
J

ECCENTRIC POST(Clamp Nut On
Opposite Side)
FORM·OUT BELT

FU'

J;':.--~-

@})
PAPER ADVANCE KNOB

----Move line feed pawl in
this direction to disengage ~
from the line feed gear.
0.030"

I

Take Up Play _
This Direction::1

E~g~~iN~C

,

<
"

To Check
Move the line feed pawls out of engagement with the line feed gear and rotate paper advance knob to
position fonn-out belt wide cam lobe approximately 0.030 inch to left of fonn-out contact "V", as
gauged by eye.
To Adjust
Loosen the eccentric post clamp nut friction tight. Using very light pressure take up the play of the
contact housing against eccentric post and rotate the eccentric post to move contact up or down to
meet Requirement (B). Keep eccentric post toward the right side of slot. Tighten eccentric post clamp nut.

Note 1: Perfonn fonn-out contact phasing Requirement (C). This step must be perfonned to
properly phase the fonn-out mechanism.
Note 2: I(at any time the line feed gear is rotated with the line feed pawls disengaged, as when
replacing the line feed, fonn-out or paper handling assemblies, the fonn-out mechanism must be
properly phased (Note 1).
Page 50

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700

.fQBM-OUT CQNTACT TO BELT SPACING (Final) - Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers (Cont)
Requirement (C) (Form-Out Contact Phasing)
"V" part of contacts should be positioned in center of long cam as gauged by eye.
eLatch the line feed clutch.
ePosition form selector lever in the fourth detent position.
eMove feed pawls out of engagement with the line feed gear.
-Rotate paper advance knob until the slope part of the contact just touches the long cam.

~Just Touches

- Reengage the line feed pawls.
• Reengage paper advance knob.
To Check
(1) Manually energize line feed magnet.
(2) Rotate line feed clutch.
(3) Latch line feed clutch.

To Adjust, Recheck Form-Out Contact to Belt Spacing (Final) Requirements (A) and (B).

Page 51

SECTiON 582:210-700
TRACTOR PHASING (Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printers)
Requirement
The phasing marks on the right and left tractors should be in line with each other.
To Adjust
Remove left tractor from splined shaft, turn
tractor, and reassemble on splined shaft with
its phasing mark at the same spline shaft
groove as phasing mark of other tractor.

Forms Access Printer

PHASING
MARK

Note: Factory adjusted; should not normally
require adjustment unless tractors are removed
or replaced.
Tractor Feed Printer

TRACTOR
SIDE PLATE

TRACTOR LID (Tractor Feed Printers)
Requirement
The upper paper guide should contact the side plate of both rightand left tractors.
To Adjust
Loosen tractor side plate upper mounting screws friction tight. Position left-hand tractor side plate
approximately in the center of its adjustment range and tighten its mounting screws. Position right-hand
tractor side plate to meet requirement. Tighten right-hand tractor mounting screw.

FEED
BELT

SIDE PLATE

>;0--,;--- SPLINE DRIVE

/ - OIRECTION
OF DRIVE

Page 52

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
RIBBON TRACKING (For Tractor Feed Printers equipped with new ribbon tracking parts but not
equipped with reinker mechanism)

Note: This adjustment does not apply to 40P253 Forms Access Printer.
Requirement
If a new ribbon does not track as described, the roller posts should be checked for squareness. The
posts carrying the front roller must be vertical (in reference to the ribbon guide top plate) as gauged by
eye. The posts carrying the rear rollers must be vertical in the front to rear direction and the right
roller should lean towards the right by a slight amount (less than 1 0 ) and the left roller should lean
towards the left by a slight amount (less than 1 0 ).
VERTICAL
~

II

~ ~lIn

o

L

-~ ---

~~---R~tt:RS

VERTICAL
~

HAMMER
BANK

<'

n

1I!1~t-_ _ _--'
1

RIBBON DIRECTION
I
___ ~-------------4

-- --

t!

S------

E:)
~-s-f
-- --

E0

~

~

RIBBON DIRECTION

REAR
ROLLERS

-.jf--~:::@,=~-====::.
U

i---VERTICAL AS GAUGED~
BY EYE

I

I

ffi

ffi

FRONT _ _
,
ROLLERS.~

LEFT SIDE

~

(Front View)

!
ffi

ttJ

f

E0

VERTICAL AS
GAUGED ----j
BY EYE

I

ffi

~

(Side View)

RIGHT SIDE

To Check
Using a new ribbon and with unit running, check position of ribbon on the rear rollers of the right and
left ribbon guide arms as follows:
If ribbon is being wound on the right-hand spool, the ribbon should ride against lower flange of the

right roller; however, it should not ride either so low as to cause a permanent curl to form in the
ribbon or higher than 1/16 inch above the lower flange. For left roller, the ribbon should ride with no
curl to 1/4 inch above lower flange.
If ribbon is being wound on the left-hand spool, the ribbon should ride against lower flange of the left
roller; however, it should not ride either so low as to cause a permanent curl to form in the ribbon or,

higher than 1/16 inch above lower flange. For right roller, the ribbon should ride with no curl to
1/4 inch above lower flange.
If rollers do not meet requirement or ribbon is not tracking properly, the vertical alignment of the

roller posts may be refined. To lower ribbon track, increase the amount the rear rollers lean outwards
(the right roller to the right and the left roller to the left). To raise ribbon track, do the opposite.
Caution must be used not to overadjust. A 1/4-inch spin-tight socket wrench will slip over roller post
and can be used for adjusting.
Page 53

SECTION 582·210·700
RIBBON TRACKING (For 80· or 132·Column Tractor Feed Printers equipped with reinker mechanism
and for 40P253 Forms Access Printer)
Requirement
With the ribbon tracking in its lowest position on the right hand roiler, ribbon moving in either
direction, the ribbon should not ride so low as to cause a curl to form on. the lower flange of the roller
or any higher than Max 1/16 inch above the lower flange.
~
1/16" Max

REAR
ROLLERS

~-------------- - ------- -~
~~-----~LE~
.

------ -----------u-

SIDE

FRONT VIEW

R~~T'

,

Requirement
With the ribbon tracking in its lowest position on the left hand roller, ribbon moving in either
direction, the ribbon should not ride so low as to cause a curl to form on the lower flange of the
roller or any higher than Max 1/16 inch above the lower flange.
REAR

ROLLERS~

~: ~ :::::::.---.:.:::::.::::---:::EJ.:~-.r-LEFT
RIGHT
~
'SIDE
FRONT VIEW
SIDE
To Check
Using a new ribbon and the unit running, check the position of the ribbon on the rear rollers of
the right and left ribbon guide arms as the ribbon moves towards the right and then as it moves
towards the left. See that the ribbon is tracking properly in both directions; if not, refine the
adjustment. Tighten the right and left adjusting bracket mounting screws and eccentric clamp screws.
To Adjust
If the new ribbon does not track per this requirement, loosen the right and left adjusting bracket
mounting screws and eccentric clamp screws. If the ribbon is tracking high on the right hand roller,
rotate the high point on the eccentric toward the left. If it is tracking low, move the high point on
the eccentric towards the right. If the ribbon is tracking high on the left hand roller, rotate the high
point on the eccentric towards the right. If it is tracking low, move the high point on the eccentric
towards the left.

ECCENTRIC
SCREW

ECCENTRIC
SCREW

Printer With Reinker Mechanism
Page 54

ISS 3, SECTION f'82-210-700
RIBBON TRACKING (For 80- or 132-Column Tractor Feed Printers equipped with reinker mechanism
and for 40P253 Forms Access Printer) (Cont)
RIGHT

t;l;:BIlt.;ll:;"""!I- ECCENTRIC

MOUNTING
SCREW

SCREW

40P253 Forms Access Printer

Note: On units equipped with reinker mechanism, if the ribbon cannot be made to track properly, check
and see that the posts on the ribbon feed mechanism are square and that the retainer bracket (408989 on
80-column or 402903 on 132-column) has the correct angle for the guide posts. The correct angle between
the top surface of the bracket and the top surface of the two ears, used to mount the ribbon guide posts,
should be approximately 234 degrees on SO-column printer or 229 degrees on 132-column printer.

SO-Column Printer

132-Column Printer
Page 55

SECTION 582-210-700
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Requirement
Voltage reading should be -24 V dc

±. 1 %.

Tractor Feed Printers
CABLE AND PLUG CONNECTIONS
Remove printer logic circuit card.
Plug the 402779 line cord with switch into the 402781 line cord adapter. Plug the 402781 adapter into
Jl13 connector, the top rack and panel connector located on the left rear side of the printer.
With the switch on the 402779 line cord in the OFF position, plug the line cord into a three-prong
grounded power source.
Plug the 402782 jumper plug into Jl14 connector, located immediately below Jl13 on the left rear side
of the printer.
402781 LINE CURD
TO
.11I:l\..

~

~

TO
.11 J 4

~~o\--.1 11:J

402779
LINE
CORD
W/SWITCH

ADAPTO~

~

Friction Feed Printers
CABLE AND PLUG CONNECTIONS
Remove printer logic circuit card.
Plug the 402779 line cord with switch into the ac power connector (3-pin connector), J100, located at
the left rear side of the printer. Verify that the switch is in the OFF position. Plug the other end of the
402779 line cord with switch into a three-prong grounded power source.
Plug the 402780 jumper plug into PI06 located at the right rear top side of the printer.

PI06

402780
JUMPER PLUG

~

~
..

Page 56

'

ISS 3; SECTION 582-210·700
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Cont)
Connect applicable test cable (shown below) to the 408646 test assembly.
Tractor Feed
132·Column

408648
CABLE

408646
TEST
ASSEMBLY
TEST ASSEMBLY

Caution:

TEST ASSEMBLY

Observe caution label, on 408648, 408649, or 408650 when connecting plug.

To Check
With a volt-ohmmeter, check -24 V dc'!'l % between TP1 and TP3 on the 408646 test assembly. Operate
402779 line cord with switch to ON.
To Adjust
If voltage is outside the required limits, adjust R9 resistor on voltage regulator circuit card.

"~."
@

..

o

ACCESS HOLE FOR
ADJUSTING R9

80-Column Friction Feed

.
(Rear View:)

132-Column Tractor Feed
Page 57

SECTION 582-210-700
3.
3.01

LUBRICATION
Friction Feed Printers

LUBRICATION - FRONT AND TOP
02 Ribbon
Mechanism
(3 Holes)
06

01

01

Ribbon Guide Rollers
(4 Places - Each

G Front Flange of
Left Idler Sprocket
(Rear Surface)

Side)
LEFT CARRIER
SPROCKET

Pressure
Roller Shaft
Bearings
(6 PlacesEach Side\

402816 DISC ASSEMBLIES

01 Sprocket Shaft Behind
Adjusting Nut
02

S Felt Washer
SPOOL MOUNTING
DISC

402816 Disc Assembly
Page 58

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION --- FRONT·

-- II

01

Paper Tensioner
Roller Bearings
and Pivots

Page 59

SECTION 582.210·700
LUBRICATION - LEFT SIDE

Impeller Shaft
Assembly

01

Hooks, Spring
(Each End)
01

03 Sleeve Oil Hole

Page 60

ISS 3, SECTION 582·210·700
LUBRICATION - LEFT SIDE (Cont)

01

Feed Roller Shaft
Bearing (Each Side)

Paper Feed
Clutch Drive
Pulley Bearing

Left Ribbon Guide
Bracket Pivot
All Belts and
Magnet

Caution: Do not overlubricate
paper feed clutch and pulley bearing.
Overlubrication of these parts will cause
oil to be thrown on the circuit card.

Paper Feed Clutch
Felt Wick

(Top View)

Page 61

SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION - LEFT SIDE (Cont)

Note: Lubrication for these parts is done at the time of disassembly or extensive overhaul, refer to
Section 582-210-702.

02

Hooks
Each End
(3 Springs)

G Cam Surfaces
(6 Places)

Page 62

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION -- RIGHT SIDE

01

Hooks
(Each End)
Phasing Mechanism
Hooks (Each End)

01

Impeller
Driven Gear
(Teeth)

Cross Shaft Beanngs
(Pack Bearings
Each End)
TKS-103 (Beacon No. 325)

S Type Carrier
Lubricating Pad
IMPELLER SHAFT MAGNETIC
SENSOR MOUNTING BRACKET

Note:

The type carrier must be removed
to gain access to the wick.
01

Mounting
Posts (3 Posts)~-«l(»)//.~

Page 63

SECTION 582-210-700
3.02

Tractor Feed Printers (80- or 132-Column or Forms AcceSs)

Note: Lubrication points for 80" or 132-Column or Fonns Aocess Tractor Feed Printer are the same
unless otherwise specified..
LUBRICATION - FRONT AND TOP

Paper Positioner Assembly
(Each Side)
(Not applicable to
Forms Access Printer)

01

Springs (Each 'End,
2 Springs)

01
Motor Shaft Bearing Holes
(Both Ends~
02

Ribbon Mechanism

Note: The type carrier
must be removed to gain
access to the pad.
Ribbon Guide Rollers

(4 Places)

01
402816 RIBBON DRIVE SPOOLS

LEFT ,CARRIER
SPROCKET

Sprodftet,Shaft Behind
Adjusting Nut

01

S Felt Washer
SPOOL'MOUNTING DISC

Page 64

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION - LEFT SIDE OF PRINTER

01

Left Ribbon Guide
Bracket Pivot

Gear
Teeth
01

G

Stop Lever
Engaging
Surface
04

01

Eccentrics
(Approximately)

Roller Feed
Shaft

Feed Bar Shaft
(Each End)'----f+T.'

01 Pivot (Each End)
01

Hooks (Each
End of Spring)

02

03

Sleeve Oil Hole

Sleeve End
of Shaft

01

G

Hooks
Each End
(3 Springs)

Cam Surfaces (6 Places)

Note: Lubrication for these parts is done at the time of disassembly or extensive overhaul, refer to
Section 582-210-702.
Page 65

SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION - LEFT SIDE OF PRINTER (Cont)

Caution: Do not overlubricate paper feed clutch
and pulley bearing. Overlubrication of these parts
will cause oil to be thrown on the circuit card.
Paper Feed Clutch Drive
Pulley Bearing

01
S

(Top View)

Paper Feed Clutch
Felt Wick
Impeller Shaft Magnetic
Sensor Mounting Bracket

LUBRICATION - RIGHT SIDE OF PRINTER

D

01

Impeller Shaft
Assembly

Mounting Posts
(3 Posts)

d._-=~-tlJ~--u 1

Phasing Mechanism
Hooks (Each End)
Impeller Driven
Gear Teeth

Note: Type carrier must
be removed to gain access
to the wick.

Carrier
Lubricating Pad

Page 66

Shaft Bearings
(Pack Bearings,
Each End)
TKS-103
(Beacon No. 325)
Right Ribbon
Guide Bracket

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION -- FORM-OUT ASSEMBLY

Form-Out Assembly

~7rh~~;a!.,)\--- __ 01 Eccentric Bushing
F"""=:::'------G Form-Out Gear

Page 67

LUBRICATION - TRACTOR MECHANISM
01 Lid Springs
(Each End)

o

80- or 132-Column

01

Spline Shaft
Light Film

o

Forms Access
01

Lid Spring

o

Spline Shaft
(Light Film)

/

01

Support Shaft
(Light Film)

Lid Spring

Eccentric Pivot

01

Spring
(Each End)

Paper Jam Alarm mechanism
on left tractor (if unit is so
equipped). (Not applicable to
forms access printer.)

01 Torsion Spring
Pivot

Spring Washer
(Both Sides)
P~e68

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-700
LUBRICATION - LEFT AND RIGHT ARM ASSEMBLIES
Reinker Mechanism on left and right arm assemblies (if unit is so equipped). (Not applicable to forms
access printer.)

01
At Post (Surface
of the RoUer Shall
be Free of Oil)

01

Lever
At Each Loop
End of Spring

Bushing With
Latch Under
Flange

Bushing With 01
Latch Under
Flange

At Each Loop
End of Spring

At Pivot
Post of
Detent
Lever

Page 69
69 Pages

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-210-702
Issue 3, September 1979
"DATASPEED*" 40 PRINTER
DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBLY AND PARTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

l.

GENERAL ......................

2.

DISASSEMBLY AND
REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES ......

3

A.

80-Column Friction Feed Printer .

3

402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly ......
Type Carrier .....................
402945 Mask w /Bracket ............
400470 Line Feed Assembly
and Belt.........................
Feed Bar Drive Belt Replacement .....
Impeller Sliaft Drive Belt
Replacement .....................
Sprocket Conversion ...............
400908 Power Supply Assembly ......
400905 AC Input and Motor
Control Assemblies ................
400960 or 402632 AC Input and
Motor Control Assemblies ...........
400903 or 407209 Cover Assembly ...
410076 or 410640 Circuit Card
Assembly ........................
400201, 400377 or 402970
Front Casting Assembly ............
400300 Right Casting Assembly ......
400001 Print Head Assembly ........
402402 Motor Assembly ............
400955 Low Paper Switch Assembly ..
400901 Transformer ...............

4
5
6

B.

80-Column Tractor
Feed Printer .................

402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly ......
Type Carriers.....................
410071,400076 or 410640
Circuit Card Assembly ..............
402533 or 402911 Base Assembly ....
402625 Left Arm Assembly .........
402460 Paper Handling Assembly .....
402507 and 402508 Tractor
Assembly ........................
402622 Right Casting Assembly ......
400001 Print Head Assembly ........
402626 Right Arm Assembly ........

2

6
7
7
8
8

CONTENTS

PAGE

402430 Front Plate and 402623
Rear Guide Assemblies .••.•........
402570 F~rm-Out Assembly ....•....
402621 Line Feed Assembly .........
400632 Feed Bar Drive Belt .•.......
400631 Impeller Shaft Drive Belt •....
402402 Motor Assembly ............
400901, 402785 or 402982
Transformer Assembly .....•.......
402620, 402789 or 402978
Power Module Assembly ............
318835 Transistor .................
402613 Paper-Out Switch ...........
410155 Motor Control Circuit
Card Assembly ...................
410150 or 410151 Regulator
Circuit Card Assembly ..............
Form-Out Belt...........•........

29
30
30
31
31
31
32
34
35
36
36
37
38

9
C.
10
11
12
13
15
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
24
24
25
25
26
27
28
29

80-Column Forms Access
Printer ..•...................

402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly ......
Type Carrier .....................
Ribbon Shield ....................
Form-Out Belt....................
408763 Form-Out Assembly ..•......
408745 Line Feed Assembly .........
400632 Feed Bar Drive Belt .........
400631 Impeller Shaft Drive Belt .....
410071 Circuit Card Assembly .......
Front Casting/paper Handling
AsseID.1!ly, ,_. , .... _'.' ... _.._............
408721 or 408722 Tractor
Assembly.........•..............
Top Cover .......................
402978 Power Module Assemb!y......
318835 Transistor ............•....
402982 Transformer Assembly .......
410155 Motor Control Circuit
Card Assembly ...................
410151 Regulator Circuit Card
Assembly........................
402402 Motor Assembly: ...... , .....
Base Assembly.............•......
Right Casting Assembly ........•....
400001 Print Head Assembly ........

39
40
40
41
42
43
43
44
44
45
46
47
48
48
49
50
50
51
5)
52
53
54

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1974, 1976, and 1979 by Teletype COlporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-210-702
CONTENTS
D.

PAGE

132"Column Tractor Feed Printer,.

402444 Ribbon. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ..
Type Carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
410072, or 410729 Logic Circuit
Card Assembly ... " . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..
402675 Base Assembly.. . . . . . .. . . ..
402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly . . . ...
402660 Paper Handling Assembly. . . ..
402621 Lii:leFeed Assembly.,. .......
400632 Feed Bar Drive Belt . . . . . . . ..
400631 Impeller Shaft Drive Belt. . . ..
4B2725 ,Front Plate Assembly. . . .. ...
402686 Ribbon Shield . . . . . . . . . . . ..
402720 Power Module Assembly .....
318835 Transistor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
402861 Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ..
410151 Regulator Circuit
Card Assembly . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
410155 Motor Control
Circuit, Card. Assembly.. •. . . . . . . . . ..
Right Casting Assembly. • . . .. . . . . . ..
402680 Print Head Assembly . . . . . . ..
402402 Motor Assembly. . . . . . . . . ...
408032' Fill'!:.••.•..••.•••..••.•. "
402742 Transformer Assembly. . . . . ..
Left Arm Assembly .......... ; . . . ..
Right Arm Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Form-Out Belt.......... ',' ., ...... " ..
402570 Form-Out.AssemblY .........,
402507 or 402598 Tractor
Assembly ............ ~.. . . . . . . . ..

3.

PARTS .... ',',' ','" ........... _..

55
56
56
57
57
58
58
59
59
60'
60
61
61
62
62
63

1.04

Refer to Section 570-005-800, "Maintenance Tools," for a complete listing of
the various types' of hand tools available for
maintenance of TELETYPE ® equipment.
1.05

Use 124828 maintenance pad to protect bench top or floor coverings from
oil, grease, and dirt during disassembly and reassembly of the printer unit.

71

1.07

72

1.01

This section provides disassembly/reassembly and parts information for the
DATASPEE» 40: printer (SO-column friction and
tractor feed, 132-column tractor feed, and
80-coJ:umn forms access).
1.02

This section is, reissued to iacorporate
40P102 80-column:friction feed printer
(noise reduced), 40Pll:l4 80-column tractor feed
printer,4OP25lf 80~column forms access ,printer.
4OP202 132-column tractor feed printer, and
updated disassembly/reassembly and parts information.
When ordering replaceable comp0nen'ils,
unless otherwise ,specified,prefix each part number
with the letters "1'.1'" (ie, TP410055).

Page 2

Caution: Certain parts of the major subassemblies cannot be reassembled without specialized
techniques or eqUipment. Do NOT attempt to
disassemble to levels beyond those specifically
illustrated in Parts 2 or 3.

After disassembly, and reassembly of
the various mechanisms, certain adjustments must be remade to insure proper
operation. These adjustments are listed in
appropriate ,steps within the t,ext. Refer to
Section 582-210-700 if other adjustment
requirements
were
accidentally
disturbed
during the disassembly procedures.

GENERAL

Note-:

A convenient order for disassembly of' the
major subassemblies in the printer is provided in Part 2. Preceding the actual disassembly
Procedures for each printer are line drawings showing the location of the major subassemblies. Further disassembly to the parts level can be accomplished by referring to the illustrations in Part 3.

63
64
65
66
66
67
68
69
70
71

Numerical Index ••....., ..... """ •.. 17'2
1.

1. 03

1.06

Before returning the, printer to service, make a visual inspection to" see
if lubrication is required. See, Section 582210-700 for geneml lUbrication requirements.
1.08

Retaining rings, are made.o£ spiingccSteel
and have the. tendency tO'release suddenly tlpO'n removal. To minimize the loss of these
retaining rings, it is suggested that the following
procedure be followed:
(a)

Hold the retainer with one hand to
prevent it from rotating.

(b)

Place the blade of a screwdriver in one
of the slots of the retainer.

Rotate the' blade of the screwdriver in a
direction to increase the diameter of the
retainer until it pops off gently against your finger.
(c)

1.09

Avoid loss of springs during disassembly by
holding one end of the spring with your
fingers while gently removing the opposite end
from its attached point using a spring hook. 00
NOT STRETCH OR DISTORT .SPRINGS.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
1.10

Reference in the procedures to left or right,
up or down, and top or bottom, etc, refer
to the printer in its normal operating position as
viewed facing the ribbon mechanism.

Caution: Do not attempt removal of any subassembly or part without first removing the
printer from the cabinet. All ac power to the
printer must be off during disassembly.
1.11

Remove any paper supply which may be
loaded in the printer. To remove the printer
from the cabinet, reverse the procedures in Section
582-210-200 covering installation of the printer.
1.12

When removing a subassembly from the
printer, do not force or pry any parts to provide the necessary clearance for removal. No force
is required to .accomplish a removal procedure.
Follow the removal procedure and note how each
part is removed and the sequence of its removal so
that proper reassembly can be accomplished. For
reassembly, reverse the removal procedure except
where different instructions are given.

1.13

The following tools are recommended for
use during the disassembly and reassembly
procedures:
73404
75503
75765
89954
89955
95368
100982
108285
108286
125752
129534
129530
152835
160396
346392
402840

2.

DISASSEMBL Y AND REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

A.

Friction Feed Printer

Tommy wrench (2 required)
Spring hook-push
Spring hook-pull
1/4-inch nut driver wrench
5/16-inch nut driver wrench
Screwdriver (2-inch)
Screwdriver (6-inch medium)
Long-nose pliers
Cutting pliers
3/16-inch nut driver wrench
1/4-inch open end wrench
3/4-inch open end wrench
5/16-inch open end wrench
Retaining ring pliers
Static discharge strap
Terminal extractor

Note: Unless otherwise specified, assemblies
are common to 40P101 and 40P102 printers.
5,400960, AND 402632
AC INPUT AND
MOTOR CONTROL
ASSEMBLIES
(2.09)

SPROCKET
CONVERSION
(2.07)

(2.06)

Note: To remove a subassembly, go to the procedure referenced in parentheses. Number sequence
does not imply a strict adherence to disassembly, as many subassemblies are independent of each
other for removal.
Page 3

SECTIO'&

582~210-702
402402
MOTOR AND
MOTORF
(2.15)

400001
PRINT HEAD
ASSEMBL
(2.14) . - - - - ~,'IIII""':<

(40P101)
OR 407209 (40P102)
COVER
ASSEMBLY
(2.10)

-""V'U~U

OR 410076
CIRCUIT
CARD
ASSEMBLY
(2.11)

Note:

Foam rollers on the paper feed roller and
plastic mask are pecUliar to the 40P102 noise
reduced printer or 40P101 printer equipped with
acoustical noise reduction parts (407104 modificationkit).
FOAM ROLLERS

(Front View)

2.01 402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly
• Remove the ribbon (402444-not shown).
Q)Remove three screws w/lockwashers (184056).
, Note: Only two screws w/lockwashers (184056)
are used with late design front casting.
0Remove ribbon feed assembly (402420).
®Move to right to remove belt (400630).
In reassembly, perform the Ribbon Feed Drive
Belt Tension adjustment.
Page 4

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
2.02

Type Carrier

 Remove the left mounting screw (184056).
@ Loosen the right mounting screw and then
pivot the switch bracket up approximately
90 degrees.

(Right Side View)

@Remove four screws (173974), lockwashers
(45815), and flat washers (3438) holding
transformer to the pan. Slide transformer
up and out.

MOTOR

TRANSFORMER

(Top View)

Page 19

SECTION

582~210-702

@Loosen three motor adjusting screws friction
tight.
0Press motor inward and up to release belt
tension. Remove belt (400631).
®Remove the top mounting screw (99082) and
lockwasher (93985). Remove the bottom left
mounting screw (151723) and lockwasher
(45815). Remove bottom right mounting screw
(153442), lockwasher (45815) and flat washer
(41663). Remove motor assembly.

Note: On late design, remove the top mounting
screw (99082) and lockwasher (93985) and the
three motor adjusting screws (99082), lockwashers
(93985) and flat washers (44048) to remove
motor assembly.

In reassembly, make sure fan blade is properly
remounted and does not touch mounting plate of
paper-out assembly. Plug cable connectors.

In reassembly, perform Impeller Shaft Belt
Tension adjustment. Check Low Paper Switch
adjustment.
2.16

400955 Low Paper Switch Assembly

• Remove the cover - see 2.10.
0Remove screw (184056) from left side.
®From right side remove screw (151631), lockwasher (2191), and flat washer (7002). Unplug
connector from associated cable connector.
Remove low paper switch assembly (400955).

CONNECTOR

(Left Side View)

Page 20

In reasembly, make sure the connectors are
plugged together.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
2.17

400901 Transformer

TRANSFORMER

• Remove the cover - see 2.10.

Unplug P106 sensor and P103 power supply
cables from the 410071 card.

Note: When replacing the 410071, 410076, or
410640 circuit card with a NEW card, remake the
Impeller Shaft Sensor and Flag Sensor adjustments.

~CONNECT

TO
GROUND

346392

Service personnel are ~ to be connected
directly to ground but rather through a high
resistance discharge path of a minimum of
one megohm where 115 Vac is present.
This resistance is built into the grounding
strap (346392).
2.21

402533 Base Assembly (used on 40P151 or
40P153) or 402911 Base Assembly (used
on 40P154).
• Remove circuit card _.- see 2.20.

G) Remove four ring retainers and spacers.

® Loosen two connector bracket mounting screws.
@ Remove post that secures connector bracket to
base.

410071

CARD

Caution: When handling circuit cards with MOS
devices such as the 410071, 410076, or 410640
circuit card, personnel must wear a static protection grounding strap (346392 or equivalent). The
Page 24

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

2.22

402625 Left Ann Assembly

• Remove ribbon. See 2.18,

®.

• Remove type carrier. See 2.19.

CD Unhook spring (402905) from left arm assembly
spring post.
@Unhook idler sprocket spring (400226).
@Remove two screws.

2.23

402460 Paper Handling Assembly

CD Remove four screws.
@Remove two plugs, P102 and PU6.
@Move feed bars to rear and lift paper
handling assembly (402460) by handle.
In reasseJilbly, reset form-out contact
to belt phasing as follows:
FORM'()UT
/CONTACT

• Move line feed pawls out of engagement
with the line feed gear.
• Rotate the paper advance knob until the
slope part of the contact just touches the
long cam.
• Release the line feed pawls.

~
CAM

Page 25

SECTION 582-210-702
2.24

402507 or 402508 Tractor Assembly

• Remove 402460 paper handling assembly
(2.23).
• Remove 402570 form·out assembly (2.29).

G:> R,emove ring retainer from left side plate.
@ Remove ring retainer.
@ Remove left and right tractor clamps.
@ Slide inner shaft out.
@ Move tractors forward and slide out outer
shaft.

®

Remove ring retainer that secures left knob.
Remove flat washer, spring, and knob.

(j) Remove ring retainer that secures
sprocket. Slide washer and sprocket
off of shaft.

@ Remove two screws that secure oilite
bearing to right side of frame. Slide
shaft out to right.

@ Loosen two Phillip head screws on tractor
assembly that is to be replaced.
BELT

@

Remove torsion spring on tractor assembly.

PINS?f~

OVERLAP~,

FEED
BELT

• Slide tractor assembly to right to remove.

Note 1: To replace a 402877 tractor belt, loosen
two Phillip head screws on tractor assembly. The
new belt should be installed with the overlap in
direction illustrated.
Note 2: During reassembly of tractor assembly
to the shaft, perform Tractor Phasing and Tractor
Lid adjustments. Perform the adjustments in 2.29
in reassembly of form-out assembly.

Page 26

I-

DIRECTION
OF DRIVE

11:)1:) 3,

2.25

1:)~l:1'lUN bl:S~-;UU-'/U~

402622 Right Casting Assembly

• Remove type carrier - see 2.19.
• Remove circuit card - see 2.20.
• Remove front plate - see 2.28.
• Remove paper handling -, see 2.23.
• Remove power module - see 2.35.

 Loosen screw holding the sensor. Remove
sensor.

® Be careful not to lose spacer (400931).
@

Remove two screws w/lockwashers (184057)
holding bottom pan to casting.

@ Remove shoulder screw (400923), lockwasher

(45815), and nut (112626); remove two screws
(153442) and lockwasher (45815); remove
right casting assembly.

In reassembly, follow through with 2.35, 2.23,
2.28,2.20, and 2.19. Perform adjustments in
2.2'3 and 2.28. Check the Impeller Shaft Sensor
Gap and Flag Sensor Gap adjustments. On
pnnting test, the Impeller Shaft to Carrier
Phasing, the Impeller Shaft Sensor, and ~
Sensor adjustments may have to be checKeif.

Page 27

l:)J!:("Vl'lUN 5H2-2lU-7U2

2.26

400001 Print Head Assembly

Warning: If a trouble is isolated to the Print Head
Assembly, the complete printer should be replaced.
Disassembly information shown is for repair shop
location reference.
• Remove type carrier - see 2.19.
• Remove circuit card - see 2.20.
• Remove front plate -_. see 2.28.
• Remove right casting - see 2.25.
Q)Remove clutch drive belt.

® Loosen three motor adjusting screws friction
tight. Press motor inward and up to release
belt tension.
@Remove impeller shaft drive belt.
@At left casting, remove shoulder screw
(400293), lockwasher( 45815), and nut
(112626).
@Also remove two screws (153442) and lockwashers (45815). Remove print head assembly
(400001).

Note: It is suggested that when the right
casting is removed, a 3-inch piece of wood
be placed under the right end of the print
head to keep it from dropping.
In reassembly, be sure to follow all the procedures
and perform all the adjustments in 2.25 and 2.32.
Page 28

',t.,
ffl7f ..
,

.;:J,

I

-\

WOODBLOCK

ISS 3, SECTION 582·210·702
2.27

402626 Right Arm Assembly

• Remove ribbon - see 2.18,

0 .

• Stand printer on rear.

a> Remove two screws (400499), two lock·

washers (2191) and two flat washers (7002).
This frees the flag sensor mounting bracket
(402450) which should be moved aside.

® Remove remaining screw (151631) and lock·
washer (2191) fastening right arm assembly
to frame.
In reassembly, remake the Flag Sensor Gap and
the Flag Sensor Final adjustments.
2.28

402430 Front Plate and 402623 Rear
Guide Assemblies

•. Remove ribbon feed assembly. See 2.18.
• Remove type carrier. See 2.19.
• Remove left arm assembly. See 2.22.

o

• Stand printer on rear.

m.Remove four mounting screws and carefully

remove both the front plate assembly (402430)
and rear guide assembly (402623).
o

Caution: Do not lose four
separate the two assemblies.

spa~~c!e~ S~W~h~I~'C~h

___

@

L~~=::~~~~~~~====:~
402623 REAR

In reassembly, make the Ribbon Mechanism Drive

GUIDE ASSEMBLY

Belt adjustment.
Page 29.

SECTION. 582-210-702

2.29

402570 F.orm-Out Assembly

CD Rem.ove three nuts and l.ockwashers.
@Disc.onnect Pl16 and rem.ove lower connector
J1l6 from bracket.
In reassembly, remake Gear Backlash adjustment.
Reset form-out contact to belt phasing as follows:
• Move line feed pawls out of engagement with the
line feed gear.
• Rotate the paper advance knob until the slope
part of the contact just touches the long carn.
• Release the line feed pawls.

2.30

402621 Line Feed Assembly

CD Slide belt off.
@Disconnect one end.of spring (402905).
@,pnearly design, remove three screws (151723),
three lockwashers (45815), and two flat washers
(3438).
On late design, remove two screws (151723),
two lockwashers (45815), and one flat washer
(3438).

FORM-OUT

~CONTACT

I

CAM

@Remove WHITE-BLACK and BLACK wires from
rear of coil. Reconnect these wires FIRST during
reassembly.
In reassembly, remake Clutch Drive Belt Tension
adjustment. Reset form-out contact to belt phasing
as follows:
• Move line feed pawls out of engagement with the
line feed gear.
• Rotate the paper advance knob until the slope
part of the contact just touches the long carn.
• Release the line feed pawls.

~. FORM-OUT

~

I

CAM

)age 30

CONTACT

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

2.3]

400632 Feed Bar Drive Belt

• Remove 402621 line feed assembly (2.30).
(DRemove 112626 nut, 45815lockwasher and
3438 flat washer.
®Remove 153442 screw and 45815 lockwasher.
®Remove plate and 400632 feed bar drive belt.
Replace belt.
In reassembly, perform Line Feed Bar Eccentric
and Drive Belt Tension adjustment and the
adjustments in 2.30.
2.32

400631 Impeller Shaft Drive Belt

CD Remove 400634 clutch drive belt.
®Loosen three motor adjusting screws friction
tight. Press motor inward and up to release
belt tension.
®Remove worn 400631 belt and replace with
new belt.
In reassembly, perform Impeller Shaft Drive Belt
Tension adjustment. Check Clutch Drive Belt
Tension adjustment.
2.33

402402 Motor Assembly

• Remove paper handling assembly
(40P151 and 40P153 only). See 2.23.
• Remove power module. See 2.35.
(DRemove four screws.
® Remove impeller shaft drive belt.
®Unplug P107 (located at power module
on 40P151 or 40P153 or at motor
control circuit card assembly on 40Pl54).
In reassembly, make Impeller Shaft Drive Belt
Tension adjustment.

01
(POWER MODULE)

(MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY)

Page 31

SECTION 582-210-702
400901 Transform~r (402620 power
module assembly), 402785 Transformer
Assembly (402789 power module assembly) or
402982 Transformer Assembly (402978 power
module assembly).
2.34

2.34a. 400901 Transformer
• Remove power module. See 2.35a.
Q)Cut the protective tubing at the transformer
terminals and unsolder four wires (W, BK, Y,
BR).
@Remove four nuts, lockwashers, and flat
washers that mount the transformer.

Note: In reassembly, reverse the disassembly
procedure and resolder the four wires to the
transformer terminals (W to 1, BK to 2, Y to 3,
BR to 4). After terminating wires, bend transformer terminals toward core. Nestle wires
between the winding and the core. The wires
must not protrude beyond the top of the core.
Perform the adjustment in 2.23.

402620 POWER MODULE ASSEMBLY

2.346. 402785 Transformer Assembly
• Remove power module. See 2.35a.
Q)Remove the P1l7 plug from frame.
@Remove the two capacitor mounting
bracket screws.
®Cut the protective tUbing at the top
terminals of the transformer and
unsolder four wires (BK, BK, Y, BR).
@)Removefourtransformermounting nuts,
lockwashers, flat washers and the cable clamp.

® Remove the nut and lockwasher that secure
the braided ground strap.
@Remove the P105 plug from the fuse
mounting bracket.
402789 POWER MODULE ASSEMBLY

Page 32

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
erform Top Cover
(Preliminary) aajustment.
2.53

402978 Power Module Assembly

• Remove circuit card (2.49).
{D Remove two top mounting screws.
®Remove two right side mounting screws.

® Remove two left side mounting screws and
cable clamp.

@Remove screw and lockwasher that secure
braided ground strap ort left side.
@Disconnect three connectors and lift assembly
off printer.
Removal of lower screw on left side is
facilitated by sliding connector mounting
oracKetto -rear. Refi'fOvel'eaFmounttng post
from bracket, loosen two mounting screws
that hold bottom of bracket to frame, and
slide bracket to rear until cover mounting
screw is accessible.
Note:

Page 48

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
2.54

318835 Transistor

• Remove 402978 power module assembly (2.53).
(DUnsolder white and slate leads to transistor terminals.
®Remove transistor mounting hardware as illustrated below.
®Remove transistor.
In reassembly, make sure all wires are mounted, and thermal compound is applied
to bases of insulator and transistor.

402536
402537
318835

177m

\.

\

,~ ,~

(0'"
\

)v0 ,~,

110435

"

,331082

,,"ou

,,/"

1

1-1'-

.-!

318821
\"

125011

155861

Page 49

SECTION 582-210-702 .
2.55

402982 Transformer Asse'lllbly

• Remove power module assembly (2.53).
Q)Remove the P117 plug from frame.
®Remove the four capacitor clamp mounting nuts,
lockwashers, flat washers, the insulator, two
lockwashers and bushings.
@Remove the screw that mounts the 410151 card.
Remove the card and two J102 connector mounting
screws and lockwashers.
@Cut the protective tubing at the top terminals of
the transformer and unsolder seven wires (BR, BL,
Y, BR, R, G, 0).
®Remove four nuts, lockwashers, and flat washers
that mount the transformer.
®Remove the nut and lockwasher that secure the
braided-ground strap.
G)Remove two fuse bracket mounting screws.

Note: When installing a new 402982 transformer assembly, transfer the two 129919 fuses
from the fuse holders on the old assembly to
the fuse holders on the new assembly. The
seven wires must be resoldered to terminals
(BR to 1, BL to 2, Y to 3, BR to 4, R to 6,
G to 7, 0 to 8). After terminating wires, bend
transformer terminals toward core. Nestle
wires between the winding and the core. Wires
must not protrude beyond top of core.
2,56

(Rear View)

41Ol55 MOJoI Control Circuit Card Assembly

• Remove power module assembly
(2.53).
Q)Disconnect P105 connector from card
assembly.
@Disconnect motor connector.
@Removecable clamp(s).
@Remove two screws that secure
motor control circuit card
assembly.
• Remove asse'lllbly.

Page 56

(Rear View)

ISS 8. SECTION 582"210-702
2.57

410151 Regulator Circuit Card Assembly

• Remove power module assembly (2.58).
(!lRemove screw w/lockwasher that secures circuit card.
@Slide circuit card out from J102 receptacle.

410151
CIRCUI'l' CARD

405181

FUSE

(Other Side)

321955

FUSE

(Other Side)

2.58

402402 Motor Assembly

• Remove power module assembly (2.53).
(!lRemove four screws.
@Remove impeller shaft drive belt.
@UnplugP107.

In reassembly. make Impeller Shaft
Drive Belt Tension adjustment.

(Motor Control Circuit Card Assembly)

Page 51

SECTION 582-210-702

2.59

Base Assembly

• Stand printer on rear.

o Remove four screws (two each side) securing
side brackets to power module adapter strip.

o Remove two screws securing front casting/paper
handling assembly to base frame front plate.

0) Remove screw and lockwasher associated with
ground strap.

Page 52

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
2.60

Right Casting Assembly

-...,

• Remove top cover (2.52).
• Remove type carrier (2.42).

I
I
I
I

• Remove circuit card (2.49).
• Remove front casting/paper handling (2.50).
• Remove power module (2.53).
• Remove base assembly (2.59).

0960 or 402632 AC Input and Motor Control Assembly (Friction Feed Only)
126
40090S Power Supply Assembly (Friction Feed)
402620 and 4027S9 Power Module (Early Design) (Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
127, 128
129, 130
402620 and 4027S9 Power Module Assemblies (Late Design) (Tractor Feed - 80-Column)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
DATASPEED 40 FRICTION AND TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
PARTS (Cont)
CONTENTS
FIGURE
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78

PAGE
402720 Power Module (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)
131
132, 133
402978 Power Module (Tractor Feed - 80-Column - 40P154 and Forms Access 40P253)
134
400903 and 407209 Cover Assembly (Friction Feed Only)
135
Top Plate (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)
136
Switch Assembly (Friction Feed Only)
136
400580 Main Printer Cable (Friction Feed Only)
402623 Rear Guide Assembly (Tractor Feed - 8O-Column)
137
402570 Form-Out - Assembly (Tractor Feed - 80 and 132-Column)
138
408763 Form-Out Assembly (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)
139
403380 Modification Kit for Multicopy Roll and Single Copy Fanfold
140
Paper (40PI01 Friction Feed Only)
408990 (80-Column) and 407790 (132-Column) Modification Kits to Provide
141, 142, 143
a Reinking Device for Tractor Feed Printers
402920 Modification Kit to Provide Paper Jam Alarm (80 and 132-Column)
144
400645AA Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed 80-Column) (Monocase)
145
400629AB Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Up/Low)
146
400774AC Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column),
(Weather Monocase)
147
400775AD Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Line Drawing Monocase)
148
400776AF Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Fractions in One-Eighths - Up/Low)
149
400777 AG Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Up/Low)
150
400778AH Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Large Gothic W/Fractions)
151
400780AL Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Monocase)
152
400783AM Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 8O-Column)
(EBCDIC Up/Low)
153
400784ANCarrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(EBCDIC - Up/Low)
154
400779AP Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
155
(Fractions in one Eighths - Up/Low)
400785AQ Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
156
(EBCDIC Monocase)
400887AS Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)
157
(EBCDIC Monocase)
408177 AT Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 8O-Column)
158
(ASCII Monocase)
408178AU Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (ASCII Monocase)
159
408269AV Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Monocase)
160
408270AW Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Monocase)
161
408271AX Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)
(Spec_ Alpha/Num.-Monocase)
162
408346AZ Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
163
408390BB Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(ASCII Up/Low)
164
408391BC Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (ASCII Up/Low)
165
408392BD Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
166
(ASCII Monocase)

Page 73

SECTION682.210.702

DATASPEED 40 FRICTION AND TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
PARTS (Cant)
CONTENTS

FIGURE

79

so
81
82

83

PAGE
408393BE Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed 408518BF' Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed 408521 BJ Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed (Large Gothic w/Fractions)
408522BK Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed (EBCDIC Monocase)
408523BL Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed (EBCDIC Up/Low)

132·Column) (ASCII Monocase)
132·Column)
132·Colun;m)

167
168
169

132·Column)

170
132·Column)

171

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
MODIFICATION KITS
402866- Modification Kit to Provide Improved Ribbon Tracking for 80-Column Tractor Feed Printer.
(Specification 50836S)
402887 - Modification Kit to Provide the 410072 Circuit Card. and 402980 Lower Pan.
(Specification 50894S)
402920-Modification Kit to Provide 80 and 132 Column Tractor Feed Printers with a Paper Jam Alarm.
(Specification 50901S)
402936-Modification Kit to Install Replaceable Ribbon Shield on 80-Column Tractor Feed Printers.
(Specification 50868S)
403380- Modification Kit to Provide a Multicopy Roll and Single Copy Fanfold Paper on Friction Feed Printers.
(Specification 50815S)
405905-Modification Kit to Provide a New Paper Spindle to Friction Feed Printers.
(Specification 50819S)
406337-Modification Kit to Provide Relay Noise Suppression to 80-Column Tractor Feed Printer Power Modules.
(Specification 50940S)
406338-Modification Kit to Provide Relay Noise Suppression to 80-Column Tractor Feed Printer Power Modules.
(Specification 50940S)
407790- Modification Kit to Provide a Reinking Device on 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer.
(Specification 50905S)
408680-Modification Kit to Provide a Late Design Wire Form Actuator on 80-Column Tractor Feed Printers.
(Specification 50882S)
408681-Modification Kit to Provide a Redesigned Paper Out Switch.
(Specification 50904S)
408990-Modification Kit to Provide a Reinking Device on OO-Column Tractor Feed Printer.
(Specification 50913S)

Page 75

SECTION 582-210-702

40PIOl/** Friction Feed Printer (80-Column)

40PI02/** Friction Feed Printer
(Noise Reduced - 80 Column)

40P151/** 40P153/** and 4OP154/** Tractor Feed Printer (80-Column)

40P201/** and 4OP202/** Tractor Feed
Printer (132-Column)
40P253/*" Forms Access Tractor
Feed Printer

Page 76

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
=;]~~:-

~~"':iii-'~~~~1

__--_400180 Printer W/Base

IL_-----

See Figs. 5'7 thru 83
for Type Carrier
Arrangement.

Fig. 1-40PI0l/** DATASPEED 40 Impact Printer (Friction Feed)

_ - - - - - - 402969 Printer W/Base
::._ _- - See Figs. 57 thru 83
for Type Carrier
Arrangement.

---------- 410076 Circuit Card
Assembly

Fig. 2-40PI02/**DATASPEED 40 Impact Printer (Noise Reduced - Friction Feed)
NOTE: 410076 or 410640 Card is used in 4OP150/**,
40P151/** or 40P153/**.410071 Card is used in 40P154/**.
402600 Used on 40PI50/**
402425 Used on 40PI51/**
402830 Used on 40PI53/**
408656 Used on 40P154/**
Printer With Base
410071,410076 or
410640 Circuit Card
Assembly
(See Note)

'-

I

',,-,

Fig. 3-40PI50/**, 40P151/**, 40PI53/** and 40PI54/**
DATASPEED 40 Impact Printer (Tractor Feed - 80-Column)

Page 77

SECTION 582..2:1.0-702
.$ee Figs. 57 thru 83 for
'l)pI! Carrier Arrangements.

410072 or 410729
CirCuit Card Assembly

/

-",-~

CD 402700 used on 4OP200/** does not include 402570
form-out assembly (for 40P201l** and 40P202/**
applications) and 402980 lower pan (for applications utilizing 410072 card)_
NOTE: 410072 or 410729 Card is used in 40P200/** and
40P201/**. 410072 is used in 40P202/**.
Fig. 4-40P200/**, 40P201/** and 40P202/** DATASPEED 40 Impact Printer (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)

411003 Printer W/Base
See Figs. 57 thru 83 for
Type Carrier Arrangements.

410071 Circuit Card
Assembly

Fig. 5-40P253/** DATASPEED 40 Forms Access Printer (Tractor Feed - 80.column)

Page 78

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Printer With Base Includes
400280 Sprocket With
Flange
NOTE: 410640 or 410076 Printer Logic
Circuit Card and Type Carrier Not Part of Printer' w/Base.

(
I

I

I
I

3646",~_
338728-tf

Fig. 6-Printer Base (Friction Feed - BO·Column)

Page 79

SECTION 582-210-702

®~. 401647 (P112)

~
,

Printer With Base Includes

@ 401647 (P101)

400280 Sprocket With "'~--_VJ

I

,

CD400615

t.i"

F1ange

64 ~320418
..k"I@@402778(Jl17)y)341 7
I

~

1iY/
13).

\

@

:1

1

~

~-119653

@)410076 . ]
or410640 _
0,410071 .
@)402525l

 4086 73J""",..6~_-~

CD 402408 Cable Assembly (40P150·40P153)
®'346401 Cable Assembly (40P150-40P152)
~ -::
~
'@346424 Cable Assembly (40P153)
~
~
~ ~.@402804 Cable Assembly (40Pl54)
~
~
-2:Yi402639 Lo!Jic Cable Assembly (40Pl54)
~
~
6 Peculiar to (40P150-40P153)
~ ~
7 Peculiar to (40Pl54)
8 Part of 408673
Fi!l_ 7-Printer Base (Tractor Feed - 80-Column)

Page 80

ISS 3, SECTI ON
_ 582-210-702

@~107116
"

<~
~~@-f1-@..
I€>

I

~.
I

\ (Jj::..-~
320418

t.

'I .

~I~
~

402543

I

......
" -

,

•

:

:

(j)341647

,/

0

""'y "'"'"
~~

~::::::=
T

11262'
45815

~~~~~
' I @ M (~~~<:>7 045815~.
5 1 1 , . .,. . . _
d

I

A

'

I

402675

,

@147877

~

\

:? ---

~..I..

,

I

~\

~

,

402699

:~~~~~~~~~~~~
402699

0.402861

402666@3413\
6
67
03j3b
...402516
.t# /'

402515~ ,.I,

@'02416

--~

.Q-

-:?;;

-.@4oo556
403882 (Lor"
403883 (Right)

"""'"

II

@405037
,
~(::&;

,~-

~/---:~~~~~~~~~2:::~

I

~

107116

~

---~~s~_" ~C--®408994
4$1-

@408993~
~

UJ.J
-125004

\
343582

"""""""""""
~



'-

<'

I

'

t?

I

107116

A

I

""
184057

iJ.

~\ ~\

/~402109
jJ

~

g

__

r

--"

--...J,

I

II

/

Ref. Right
Side Frame

I
I

~408761

~

V\

i---4~~~~ j///
I

___ __..

___

/ /

®

_.
_ _

320418

II

~~

/'

_I"

r~~?;:;?i ill,

'('<1':1:"~:
:11 '1:1],11

r-J

408746

I

153841

184059

iC>:)~;:i i

I I~~----J
I ,
, ,402519

408748~

I

184056

~~-184056

\

<:?»/-'
\(

/~l

---r- --

,/
408/741
2191/" ~~_______
"'
I 2658

'

~

--- ---408759

'I

----~
•.."

Il.. __

"

rI

- 9,1',),

r--J
I

1: : II'
:%<.:.:..,4
~) ~, i i: i

~ ,;;"': ),c,)_.~v

~

'--l

~1:'0:I

a

r

r---J

d

\~

all/

~_". ~

/'1

3640}/

402912

&

408743
154263
\

;J]
U~'

~

I,

320418

40\,7

402983
\

\

!/45815
I
184056
I
'1l2626

,:
121246_rl
0341649 (Jll4)4"""'.<>____

<~

.

I

!f):

~-1?1 34164~'(Jll3)

198670

184056

p.]

~~

'I \

112626

~,:~:;/<-(

®401647(P101) 402449

e:".___

3/598

:----r.:

::( :
326\023. Y \.V¢C,<

)zt/

I

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

I
I
'---------184056

....

~/

93985

99082'-~_>

Early Design 400198

\

: 400280
; (60 Hz)
2191-:

/

~- 184057

•

1'f'

121244

~
'~ "~I
*
--,/;~,!
• ~/ / ,,,'''' " ,
45815

-

~

17

/

/'

/

i ,(

:

,

112626:
,/'

~ 4?':~--7~'1~

I :,

----;/':i--/-;, L___

" , "';A""
, -.,.,.: ---'{i:l
f/~,
'''' ,',r''-'il~
l / ~j,,,>
~ I~ ""'0-____ - \ "i-':¥-'

/ ",

<-----

'00317

-- --->--'

®

I'

\ ' '"' ' -" " '

,','"A

-----~
.,/

/

/

MIm'""'b1

/' /'

Shaft Assem y

.,/
.,/

/

/

.,/

/'

/'

/'

-::r .-.;.;;;-_

/402402

r::::-.\

408032

4

6966 '-

,

I
)

328282

~1~681
\',
---

/
402769

I

-

/
401649

Ea

rly Design

(Friction Feed)
. 15,.-Left Casting and 402402 Motor
Flg.

Page 87

SECTION 582-210-702
® 341367
~"-@125005
\ ® 341366
' .,.,@90791
100631
Iff ____ 153841
2,34\1704
/@184990®402416\V

®1400921

0341649

~

tf;J

/ ®

~p::>

\

'\

~82702_W

I

/

®402861_€J"
'

/?1
~

,

/~/

i

I"@402746,rlS:-::-.
~~

- _ 402526

, ~

--:> _~ 124612~
~

././
./

-

/./

153442

~< ____ 1246~~985//
0.40503,7- -

\

/

~
~
W
,

~O

-

~

~

~C
_

~j/

2191

~0111342

®

/' ,/

402614

),.
/" \

~

r

CD40~~

-CD 400221

0~

0400~27"@'"

~

.~

®.

.------;0-02-7-0- - - - - ,

,

402769

401649
Early Design

•

-1

~

/

4!!S

6' ~I
:2:2
r! "......,

'--1

\

t;;)

t:::J

I

~t-

..-

j"

\
0: 402625 Left Ann Assembly
,;
401649 ®: 402639 Logic Cable Assembly (Used on 40P154)
@: Peculiar to 40PI54
@: Part of 402866 Modification Kit (Specification 50836S)
®.Peculiar to 40P150 through 40pis3.

Fig. 16-Left Casting Assembly and 402402 Motor (Tractor Feed - 80-Column)

Page 88

----~

121244.

0402590
402402

328282

~r~81_'I(
/

~

~

I

~

184057-

.~) (i)188230

---""

125802 ®400198

h~

--

1

/><---~ I

I

..,.....

I

1~~
I

3438:"''''(~~

l.-

I

I
J

.40:l615
(SO Hz)
184057_
\
153817

~ 0·@1l9651
--0402459./
151630 I
I
,.I
Ir-~_-J .///,.-~/

~
-era
..
~
r1
I / '-W ~..-1r
or] ~~
/lJ 2?
~ ,.

~

I . --__

.

184057

1 --

2}91

402524

e

CD 341705
CD 147877

55,64

~
_

H
I

400~

'.

@ Ul~

®' I

.-'

188230

"

400~26

400227
173907

_\

~

400282
(50 Hz)

'-198670

////>

:

l.__

Early Desi;-402718

,/

I

W

343582

~/

~.-'''
/~;--107116

CD 405037

\

/'itJ
125004

~

@

CD 341649

153841-~

\
CD 341691

/--A:"\

/~...

I

\

t3J

~;~

\

CD 402416

:)

I

i --,
r--

//;?( ~----1

ll:;~

400631:

I

CD 346352
: 400280
/
2191.......... ! (60 Hz)

~

3598_:

~

\

402402

401649

CD402639 Logic Cable Assembly
Fig. 17 -Left Casting Assembly and 402402 Motor (Tractor Feed - J32-Column)

Page 89

SECTION 582-210-702
198670- ,

/~

/

I

~

o

. 400282 ..........
(50Hz)
'~

I

"-.

I

408728

I

312921
I
,
I

4~05.56,
~
~~ .
-.

li--153841

400631

'I

TI

400282~
(50 HZ)

~ -,453344.

198670

.

} "

:

~' ___400280
(60 HZ)

/..,p"

19867Q
,/
,

__
:

----0

l

125005

402718-~~ ...'1
2191 ____ ~
I
...... l e i
~
_",:
~ ......:.~1~~- ....---Ref. 408741
/

Early Design

84990

I

•

i,~
...<- 1 .......~ •• '
~....'
~

./

402888.........
__

z~

400293

........ "

>

124612 93985

\ \

151152

I -

I(!p ,'"I

/ : ...

"".(}e

I
I

©.....

,
I

"Il
~

.

.,

~,

".ff ,

364,0'" ~
',a"''QI? ®
/I'
q. Q1f'" 402820 ' ,...
\:::1152893 ~'

'0

<':::-$-_

1'_119651
402862

~
,

h

. . r . . ""
""\ v
119651

Page 90

C'I

" ..

I
I

r-"t_

--~

___ ::~::58\

-----.I

112626

----~/
,'//'';>.Ij"1
,\:
~Y!J
---{/'
/ ••.•

I

J!

I

-....J;J~I

<:: - !/\:=i:~/;/ ~-':::~=-"'.'7"
/;:'-~\
' till
.,4'"
-1 f
I

I~~""O-:...&6"
. . . . ~ ....

J.....

-

" ....

,

.\,' \

~02402
/

I

I

~fli

I ~

.j ....

.. t
:,

'f-'...'Ji:.""T
Ref. Impeller
Shaft Assembly

0-

"408707

~

184057
~

--335330

CD 341705
....:1])147877·

~

-- -

C

~

--~ _

107116

®

df

-,..,

.... "

"

/'408751

r
I/' ~
/'

A.

,

....

....
" ........ /....

_ ... - --'

~

~

_,~
V

~I

....

198~70

k;_____

--r __ £1..:

r

" I

: 411025

: .....,

-t=L

-- __ 'z::.i

45815

I

®

8:: --

nl0 -

1---

~

1'-\

~-- ~

©~;---- -- 0J~eQ'~~

,...... V

..

-

-

\

-: ~ -____ ~2~6~~

~

\.~- --

CD402861

I

93985
~ • .:::.

~@.t:;-44048

\

408738

~

~~__

---__
411024
-- -- __

I

124612

\

~0791- ~

3598

I-

1M!
~

.

(j) 341649

CD 341704
\

I.»

402590
____ 408705

401649
CD 400921

\

~

,.,;1

~ ~)

,

CD 405037
/

CD 3413\67
408032/
CD 341366
/
l.:_,;:J

Jf.T.1

,,;:;P p:>
CD 346352
/

~

.~

!

\
CD 341691

(!)402639 Logic Cable Assem bly

\
~
Q)402416
Fig. 18-Left Casting Assembly and 402402 Motor (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)

ISS 3, SECTION 582·210·702

1-119651

400450

~-312315

,

~

400449
402965

'f-8449
./

I

'l

I

I
I

yt]119651

I

332167

I

".,

~

......-184057

/'

("
I

+-2191

 - - : : V "
\
-.. / '®44048
®400309·

i
.

\../

~(

-...........416. 63

. . . . . . . 45815
112626-

:

-312918

0408655SensorCableAssembly
® 400315 Gear Hub Assembly

Fig. 22-Right Casting Assembly (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)

Page 94

I

84r9

\../1/

I

(' /
®400121-

I

402745

0

I

. ~
~ _400316

~ '~,

119654 80403_,--",

(

,

~~-- ~
I~-

I
.
-1-.DI

, II

~I

400977

400482

/

400979

->

./

"t)

-~-"t)~I:70
tl

)""402849

f) ;~:O- /t!~ ____
~
- ~'I ~3598
,

_!,.
/

I..

;7002
F / '191

400978
,

/
---(0
400976
F d
'(J) 402994 Set of Parts
® 400472 Outch Assembly. Line ee
Fig. 26-408745 Line Feed Assembly ( F orms Access - Tractor Feed)

Page 98

I

®-fi

~--J

' -'-400632

__ _

151442

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
112626
41663

I

\r~~5815
~
~

,.,.~,,,
,.,."

/,,/'

152893
\
400536

I
~

______

400211
-=-~-I-

_ ___

-- ______

_____ _____

J

125011

~~...
I I
3640

I

~I

'_400395

-____ ;~I.
-i~~.
-=-~~5815

=-

--- -- ----

-"':=---_
-~

""- =
--~

-

148172

--- -400511

~I

~

400213

~

---..J

/

400535

I

~

70314

I

~

2191-1
151631-A

Fig. 27-400201 Front Casting Assembly (Friction Feed - 40PI0l Early Design)

Page 99

SECTION 582-210-702

-1
-I

~~.
;

19867»01
I"Ir:r

I

,

I

; .' -----'08996
~~ -408995
~
400231
:~/

.........

I

/

I

402858

. Assembly (Friction Feed 40PIOI-Late Design)
Fig. 28-400377 Front Castmg

Page 103

SECTION 582·21()"702

.------- 176419

40053t

r-:-~
I

I

_

_

Q

...

I
I

'---400521

(ij-_----i

"

_

152893

'Ji

: 3640"

-J

@)'

QP \2191

1.-

'

,J722

~

_ (8"

~. !

87402

~I

. _______ "50n
.'1'
---400393
___
--0

400518
400517

I

{J' /,./~
.

'250n
3640

, ..

~
'~--.._

------~
'-r...T~

119648-a.::fL
_, 119651151152
\I
-- __ __

r-- -----l..__

'

400528

~ ~·t-.~\ ~/~iJ
-~... ~

0_

. /

/

'-.

---

402913

0125011

/

'

/

-1

(Dn0434

Page 104

",/
/184056
.

119651

,),.01

•

c- '--- ~--,
-----400528

-. -.

__

-.

REF. 400461

41663
-Ci)45815

CD Not Part of 400"77
v

'

'"

..,,""""N,(
F ' 28-400377 Front Criesign)(Cont,)
Ig. _ 40PIOl _ Late

®

/4005173640
_

,/

(--.:;,-,/--::-/~
j' ©

~
/~,"
/
-- Q\.k_
/ / '" ~/<~'::---CD
,~\~--~"
~/~, 17\153442~
~-'

'i'3640/'
\
0,40046,2

18. ,
/ ' 4005
_

125011

Friotion F""

ISS 8, SECTION 582-210-702
22746 .........

r-~~ 400538
I ~_ - __ ~ 119649
I

l

~

~

\-

-.f?'tc.~

119649

~-~.,/.:...-- 402914
/

. --i ~5"~-c::;::.v'\

~

.

119649

f

~

_-...I

~ - ~ -~-----

400532 or 403456

r-.:. _

400382

\

I

-- _ __ 119649

I

--

l

//

//

////

--....:~

/

/

r-o...

J/@fv.J
II

I"1:-.1 . . . . . .

~

/
119651

r'i)~1-

:I

t'

-{J/

_~400523

~

/(J-119648

~

- - 400587
--. __

"
I

/400524

I

'~- --fil\
....

! RIGHT
REF.

12/8357

~_~.. ,.,.<../_-,(J

R::I <;,
\:7!-&,_

BEARING---J
RETAINER: II

~-?:

I

L

119649
400519
/
3640

/

- - ~~_/ J51',..,1l"\5~

fRErAINERJ
-

./

119649

REF. LEFT I
BEARING :
(J

//
,//

400527

\

...........

1

184068

//

~~-

400517
\ 3640

I

.-- -- --J

//

~

2247

1I

~-==-1§:k"\

~=t:5 .
119651

I

40053\3 1196,49

~-~
-~.~. 400538
~-@ @..-

I

• I

22746

400525

~

~~---;Z:--'9
rIT .~ ~ I

I
1
I

Fig. 28-400377 Front Castin Ass·
. . .
Late Design) (Cont.) g
embly (FnctiOn Feed 40PIOI

\

b1/~
......'
'

REF. RIGHT
PIVOT LINK
Page 105

SECTION 582-210-702

REF. LEFT

----

119651

~
400450

- - __ -.

---

"Y
~

--

\

400436

rO
-~d
,:>" --r ~~
~

--

----...,

__

!

r/ 1

400449

~

l

---

I

-~---_':

--..., ..
•

400456 - - -

I

"

4004351

I

I

L

'4!10

I

",J

400461

------

/

.<1'

---_
W

-

/45815
/'"
184056
: _ 112626
\

_

VI"

.-('
..... - : ;

1~ 400434

",/ ,,"
.e

'"

/

/)

,, / /

III

,,,'-

:0.--,

"'/"'C~:;--@-4~~3-"\

CD153442

-qp

~~45815

119651
CD Not Part of 400377

Fig. 28-400377 Front Casting Assembly (Friction Feed 40P101
Late Design) (Cant.)

Page 106

ISS 3 , SECTION 582-210-702

,_400395
._45815

-'T
_ _ _ _-

--148172

~~~~

.Early Design

(400395

312315

2191~if

..

./45815
~.-117535

Early Design 402860

I

1/1}.· :

198670

~ ....

.

Co

//1

II
I

,,
I
I

1-"'/

2191
154047"-

'\r'/
. . ~--/........

~
d

f!J'..~184060

Page 107

SECTION 582-210-70245815

~l_

400537

. I~"'.~~
153442 I
~~ ~_
3438

I

()--' 176419.
!

-

402966

,

55063"

CD Not Part of 402970 Front Casting
Assembly.
. Front Castmg
. - Assem bly(Fnction .Feed Fig. 29-402970

Page 108

~OPI02) (Cont.)

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

22746 ...........

r__ ~~
A00538
I -..--__
~
I ~-_

I

-~_
~_ /~
~ ~..,..' '::"'---402914

l11964 0
__

~
·
~

r' t:

:

-_~11%49 11;649

IJ.

\

,,~~

--l

400533

I
I

.......

"

I
I~" 400538

119649

-c::-~-c:::->----

400533

~

\

~~
~-!J..

403456

-..J

22746

~

/'"

-----

-~
\

r119649
I -- --_
I
----

---- 400382

L__

40038~' '!ZJl
):,

:1~
" f

Ref. Front Casting

..!~i
~

i"--':::-~"

)..f~...~ It".
.~'t..--..-:;.~--..~~ -"",;l/i"'r=fl
-..;;.--~-~ II _
-",",~

-<-.:"..--___

Ref. 402958

.................:.............

I

:
I

I

c.7'~~-)~

)_:>:1':.:; I

:

I

I!r-

~

3598
\ 2191402954

k

../

/,,"

119649
402959

\

\

)

">:::::~.:
/,;>"-

l

"

I

/

_~/~ ...:"rl/

"~--'-" .---

~~

402%8

Ref. 402957

~
~

-_{JJI

\

r--~

-,119649

-.--_/

402961

-, tI!,~ --- - .. /
I ~49084 ~c:sl~
C

130696/

,./

~_~1l9652

~- -~\--_~--__
&I

-...

....---........":.:::-

l -- ------"I

~

/

I

184068

I

. . . .: :-. . . . . ---::'>1- i' /" . . I

f';:-';:-~

402956

t:\,

YIII i'

._ ----_"...-.:._"....:_~7

\

~/

..

\

fo.

(

~ ~~~-::-:.-:.-:...%~

__

--,

I
I
I
-- --J

'/

"
" "

,I

:~~:::-_.. .. \

--

128357

I
I

1402%~
II
~ I~I

LP::.- - I

;>--f1-

I~ ~;.- - ~
402964~_

--..

...j-;:.

//
402954
//
\:./

, .-1~l-~-_:.~;;
'\ "I
;.V~

[Ref. 402953

/
402955 49084\\' .:
1306%
,,1:
Fig. 29-402970 Front Casting Assembly (Friction Feed - 40P102) (Cont.)
'.'

Page 109

SECTION 582-210-702

Ref. Front Casting

-- -- -119651

~

-- -- - 400436
\

I

400450-Y

402951-

k/~
11
n-

~
I

I

L

(lij

,-f!J1'
91577

I
I
I

I

- - - --

~400435

-- -- -- -, "'"

l

./

.
400456~

I

.,.

----

...,.

--

,J

~.,.

' .......<45815

•

8-1112626

400461

• 'I •

/

\

!IF"

"

,," @

.e

"

0«'

........ ' ) ~.------'400434
"'" , 94674
",,,'

AI.,.

184056

,"'"

./"'"

~

..-

-· ........ --n

<"-,,~41663

119651
--/......

2191

7002//151631

I

~

f402671 (Left)

402670
~OU72 (Right)
CD'402661 Cable Assembly (Early Design)
®1402906 Cable Assembly (Late Design)
.®:408681 Modification Kit (Specification 50904S)
@:402726 Track i\ssembly

Fig. 31-402725 Front Plate Assembly (Tractor Feed - 132-Colwnn)

Page 112

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

45815

\

//»

er'~~
\

198670

3438

//'

./:::: ~ <-/'./<_____ - - ____ __

~'"
,
~

--, '>

74014
~
/'

55064

,

~g~
<

~>

'

~

'\

/

408714

~

\~/
, -",>

3646

,/

~;I

400209

~
/
3598

--7002

_Jl_6345

2191~

IM"O

/'-...7002

g' \
\

~00221

3438

408719

/

\

400227

400226

-411008

408716

/'

402723--#

CD

/'

)cl
/

/b

~-7002

/

"2191

6345

Fig. 32-Fro?t Casting Assembly (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)

Page 113

SECTION 582-210-702

411016-

(j) Peculiar to Printer With 8 Lines Per Inch Spacing.
®453346 peculiar to serial numbers between
82206 and 90187.
Fig. 32-Front Casting Assembly (Forms Access - Tractor Feed) (Cont.)

Page 114

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

~

402505- IJ

/ / ...

I·;.-,;.". ... . .,. ":A I'

, .. ,) ~·~r;~;/.~.._
,,_-I;I~
--

-"'-']'-'~<~-:.""_""

I - • .:....'

\
\

\\~;..

,-:;\ I

('0

"""----...,

-®

I

" ' " ,,

r"·--1
'.~

c.: .....

<_

45815 _

_

I

I

I
I
I

....... _

' .... ~

··I::;:'-~-'"

~-:

.·:...·..1

/

..-

®

\

I

_::, -

170018

'I

I I...,:..,--,...
:',',/
"- -'"'
:"'-"'; i ';
~,

I

I ©-- -,I :'(",~
I
~ ~I :7-:

•

1

I

\

L -.....

•

,___

~-&;\

~

I
I

\"&{

["n!

_ --..:._:::
.•"

~- .............

..........
~/I·
'I
•

~

_.

I . . . . . . . . . . . . . I,,) ;<:<:~ J
-~ \'("~
......i....- :,.,.----~ \.,;, 402483
Ref, 411000
rI _---,/. -_ I,:-~
,:). ~151152
3640 \

I

\ \ ;..J..;.'!
.....--.. . ."'i=--~-. +-:.
v
~ II"W- ®! "',! !
"1
:: :
•

®408740
@408713

'--'..2._.;,.(~:>~
.._
J~ i 1119653
"-":::71'0;;',,-••-')<.-:::.-:-- '(

r---J
L

I

I.'
I
~

t

.. -

402477

................

I

I••••:.1
"

I

" -.. _..

I

I"~:

Ref. 411000

l

---

I

152445

','-J,,-;' ••.•: .......... _

:-f'~~l.."-'"
()
r (: I

1'!)J-6··

/
70886

___ ___

411009

-

-..
I

I "

I
'-.....J

_6

->

@(-3438
.... iI)

0--

~~411021

1
J~
312918

/

~

0402648
4282~_ \.

0400920

,24
..... _
/93117:

I i It--~~:
I I

"(;.J

•
119654
408721 (Early Design)-406450 (Late Design)

- ..... _

156450

I

----- _J

119654
/

~--

-l_

/

408756

-~.

/
119654

408722 (Early Design)406451 (Late Design)

CD 408757 Cable Assembly
® Peculiar to Printer W/6 Lines Per Inch Spacing
@; Peculiar to Printer W18 Lines Per Inch Spacing

Fig. 33-Paper Handling Assembly (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)

Page 115

SECTION 582-210-702

0400450

0119651

I

I

~

~....... ~

...

0400450

r'@~

402896
(Ribbon should meet Teletype
Specification TKS-I06)

I

--

....
\ --,; -cD184056

Q) 119651

-.'
~
~ ~
"'> \'\

_

""'", . . . . -

....

402816

-

I ,,-'

~-402841
~1---402870

'~--;;!~~847
~
~

,.

~~.......
04'00450
0"""'~
/
/'

r~(~~

•
---- 402842
.. "'--....--402843
(Front View)
""- ''-...150411
\
""-110743
151880

1

---""''''-Al...

~'------0, 119651

- ----400446
-----402869
--402844

):i)

...."r

\

"
\

0

'\

Spool

\

~ ~/
~/
)1

CD 402444 Ribbon wlTwin

I)

I

400448 _---" ......

119651
,;

76474_____

.......

,;

@)~ 45815
~

(Rear View)

o Not Part of 402420
Ribbon Feed Assembly_
Fig. 34-402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly (Friction Feed Only)

Page 116

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702



/
-' ~ 1e; sf);J-<:::I-45815

(REAR VIEW)

)(IJf

""If',OT'OO,kS"1~

Note: 402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly is
Not Used with 40P254 and 40P255.

o Not part of 402420

Ribbon Feed Assembly.

Fig. 36-402420 Ribbon Feed Assembly (Forms Access - Tractor Feed)

Page 118

•

i

I (\-1 I
,'-'II
t'
!I

(?JeV'-'0402863

\

400448

.......

:;;;>

'\,

\ 110743
151880

'\. \

... - --'
/J
-)

~... ,

0 7002 @,/
402869
0400450
10)3646
\
402874
0 3598
0119651

f1I\

7-_

...

......

~~
,

)'
,: J
hf)'
I' :,;-';';'
!
'I
- _ ,
l(i)402734 \. "---«

,...

-- 402841

;'(O!

~

~

\:.I

"

\' "

.''\

~

:

l

.....---..r'

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
400424

\
~
~

400424 .

,,/"l

ay"
~

:
I

I

/

'1

~"/"II

I r,;.."

I\!J
I
I

I
I

I
I
I

I

I

I

I
I
I

3640

152893 ___

\Y'~'/

3640

\ @)/

.,'

152893--'#

Fig. 37-402422 Ribbon Feed Frame Assembly (Late Design)

Page 119

SECTION 582-210-702

19 c:ro

;Early Design
0405904

,I

'400552

@400579

0156450

\

\

\@93118

..

l

11>.".,.1

/

---0-

o 400565400579)
(Part of

I
\

\

\

401b49 (Part of
400579)

,
0

0 138031

A

,"I

rI'/'
/,/

__./
/

3598

/

-@If!\

(J.

~

Q

405903

_.

-----

151632

~
I
~ ____ 2191

!Y.

1-

0
,f'

I
G {"-~
!

\

\--0

'11/

150904
I 36273

\

2191

151632

36273

\

/

400553

~

3598

359~~
@. ~
-@.~"-184057

\

~,.Jbi

..,.~

\

€

7/ '

2191//

1/

/

1/

/

/

2191

--@./

,

_ @~ ./

./

\//~
I

400964

--J/ ~\

400546

2191

3606

3599

CD 405905 Modification Kit
400545

~

~400541

2191/
Fig. 38-400540 Paper Container Assembly (Friction Feed)

Page 120

(Specification 50819S)
@ 400955 Low Paper
Switc\l Assembly

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

r

70885
(Present
-,m.\
on Early @40261
402505-P--@_~ ~esign @402472
70886 ~
~~Only)\....

402549

/

--V- ~ 7~886
\ ~ 'l7@.©

152445

~-

\

128357

II'
(3--1

402477\
402505
Early Design
r:/ Late Design
119651
:

,40

I"Ir0rr:.~[~248'

~~

\

402480

125011
3640

t

I. -

,I

0

/ /

402488

-~I
15115(

40249~'1:
(Right)
402489
(Left)

~

402483
/

__

402484

~ wc(-

--r--.-.

---,/
~

L_

---_

l

I
-.J

125011~~
310 /
151152 .

CD 402898

I
I

1534~2

f-. _

112626-~
Late Design

I
I

3646

Earlv Design I
...., /

&

I

I

I

r--_
-IICD 4138;\ _- -402771-_ _ ~41385
1

(Left)

l '";;.:
402475

-r --__

402496

,,~

-0.
/

~ 402506

---~:~
L{;~2635
(RIGHT)

(i) 402897
CD 402507 Left Form Feed Assembly
@402508 Right Form Feed Assembly
CD ® 402877
@)6 Lines Per Inch Spacing
(Belt)
@'8 Lines Per Inch Spacing
Fig. 39-402460 Paper Handling Assembly (Tractor Feed - 80·Column)

Page 121

SECTION 582-210-702

402474

3640
\

/

~-

3640

/

151880\

/

./'

/-~ ~-\\

--~~-~-~~~

./

/~,~~~~

402474

< ~ ~-J! ~__~:~-,.
40249'

______

;/490

~

82463

402467
\

402485

/4028

I l19651
/.

i t

768~04

I

\'
-

11%49

~/ ~ 1~
\ ~~
I

~

/
402469

. /I.r

I I

IL

7.r
/

119649

-/402492
/
/

I

119648

402481

/

119648

402470

. 39-402460 Paper Han dling Assembly (Tractor Feed - 80·Column) (Cont.)
Fig.

Page 122

1'~!

768Q4

119651

-~~~-~~~~----~~l

402482

'\~2491

. /./
119 651

-{J

:::::::::-:::

::

~

CS""

402820

402821

I I

I

402820
125011

402468

~ ~---(1J

125011

/';;'2478
\

~
~®-')..
~-"""'402467
~~ __ ..~::;

II r

~~

402471

~_'»
8246'

119651
/

•

/,~

21

402471

-J

'640

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
70885
(Present '4'
402505-20-1:\
on Early~40261~
~-~ ~esign @402472
70886 ~
~Only)
1'52445
'\ (9J73419
~t)-

\

©....

\

G--,

t

©

402477\
402505
vEarly Design
,
Late Design
119651

-i--,

II L: ; 4 0

I

~

!
i

~,..,

:(:

\

i"1(0), '~6-(K- /3640

125011,

t

:'

,

_~ / 0

/

I

402488

--~~

151152~

40249~'1
(Right)
402489
(Left)

_

402483
/

402484

®-~@/
WG--

"/~

125011/
3640

r--

:

Late Design

......

"

f- _

I
153442 I
Early Design:

i/

::

Ji

r----J

\

-

402771
(Left)
402507

I

I
L,

'CD 402898

I

---,I

1 CD 41385
i

151152

I

3646

11262;~~

L-7~~'......

~

@_74334

--.L_

- __ I

'I

:

,

I
--.J

402772
(Right)
402475

CD @402877
(Belt)

402508
@402897
,CD'402507 Left Form Feed Assembly
'@1402508 Right Form Feed Assembly
@ 6 Lines Per Inch Spacing
® 8 Lines Per Inch Spacing

Fig, 40-402660 Paper Handling Assembly (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)

Page 123

SECTION 582-210-70.2

402474

/

364\0,

c::t&.~ -_

0.;

/--...

151880 / 3 6 4 0

/

\

It- ___' \

/

402474

~ "'"'--~=~--~

~\ ~ ~'/
;,.,6
i --___:>,
~_~~~~:
/

02654

82463
402485

402467
\

_ _ •• __ '""'"

/4028 21

82463

119651
,
/
402820
'5
0
11
'
1
2

!
I

/
119651

:

4,02820

,,

65

1

.-:'
,,/ 651
, .... / 11

~~..____'J--~~r(_~40:~67
'I ~~
~-. :~;;

119649

402658

,

:::::::::::-:::::: - ' -

ii

~

~/~

! \

_f)

~-~ '___

I

'

125011

/4024\78

---/

\

:

119651 I

~, ' "~
71
\ :J~"\
-------------------1
i

402471

:

@-.."

3640

I

I

'

,

'V

\

/

402492

19648

,

-

402491
119648

- - - - - -

/

__

402657

'.
,
Paper Handling
. Assembly (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Cont.)
FIg. 40-402660

Page 124

@.

1.

//;_.
-f.)

402668

402482

.1. .

7680<

~

3640

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

153803
402629

151722

\-

\

178306

~"y

402418

400972

Early Design
Fig. 41-400960 or 402632 AC Input and Motor Control Assembly (Friction Feed Only)

Page 125

SECTION 582-210-702

~

. [410150 (Late Design)
~10681 (Early Design)

~\

"1

321955 (Used on
410150 Card Only)

156874

93984



182612

(;!!

,',

;0

,/:';/

/155~

CD 402743---

\

I /

~

-.

151610107116
2191 c...g /7002
_
'-......@
325218
400912
•
®400907

e,

~

345

--

f--'

151610-1

q..>
~

402747

®
®
®
®

~

@i:.

-'

400906

\

~.1917002
_

A

@400926~

-,

\

@",-r
0

~\
184067

,

/154697 .
/402513

-@~

~O.
~\

~

3438 /
0402777
45815

I

\ r / /
~~~,6l ~

~

\

'\
410151
&402861

\CDI912007/CD341674 CD 401648

I

i~
v; ~'

'..

32~;~81

......

i

'l~"-v-«)
111,\ '7002121244
/
1\
184060
2191
16345
@341648

402541

\
77902
CD 185677 CD®341647

l-:

6345 ....""'r

3640

~;

\

~

..

325218__

~I
~

_

~d5911,!/.
~-::-..L
/
_2191 I
~/ ~
110435
I 402738.,., ........ 121243 I

,//
1121244

~

6345

?_-/~ --184056

Ii ,.)1J

(b.

402740-

~

""

".o?

~-:
---154697
18,056
CD""
:
8'" ~
.JI'
........
~~z~
~
~ 1
~:
2 32041~2~-'
~_ --> < __ ~
. . ~. '" ~ ,)

Part Of®--

2191

318835

)

182182

/

~

402537
'\155861 ~ • ./' ""'"

/®177113-()r' A

L.-......

151630

331082

"" 125011

.
107116

154697~~-

.......y
'\
II

3598

2191

110435~\

-,

\

402536

~

e;a :"- ....

0182182

331082

:\

~~)

.......

154697

.

~ ~318835

,r-;--.. c

/@- ..,..

0347639

155861

j!) -154056

1

\

.- .... 1~

/

Ref. 402109

7002

10\ '

tf\./.. -;

J.

184/lf' -

I
0143306

402537"
,'"
177113
~

121790

~

<.....

107116

(jig,

125011____ ..... bJ

184055

---402750

2191

0185677

.~

3598

~

0341~47

tJ
I

0341674

r!P'0401648

(5) 402984 DC Power Cable Assembly
0402977 AC Input Assembly

Fig. 46-402978 Power Module (Tractor Feed - 80-Column - 40P154 and Fonns Access 40P253)

Page 132

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

------_____
.
(Part of 346697·
Cable)

'~.
/

400615FlagSensor __ \

Front of Printer

... " / ',
. '"

.
"'-t-_

~~0926
~

<:rcuit Card
Connector

NOTE: Switch Assem'?!y is
Part of 400580 Main Pnnter
Cable.

Fig. 50-400580 Main Printer Cable (Friction Feed Only)

Page 186

.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

151073

11:~:~1l07~4~

51\073 Q) 408676

Q) 408677

'\",""

"'"
402601---:;..@ "'"

3438

~~

//@@)

~

(/ -:-

q -------~

~~

\

45815
151724

• ,. I
I
~~.:

I
~@)\

/
151724

EARLY DESIGN

(.--

/
402604

402610

.

'-----:@
1

156057

"~~

@)"

~


~

2191 7002 )q

%

/

~

36~0~~6/,r~~
iff"
"1-,
402563·

~

-

~

-~

Z

:;::;~

~

.

/'

......
402545

/

/

//'//'/if
/

~---~-__;:7

'"

!i:..,.n1t,,~///

it.. ~

//

/

~---.&~/-

~

i®
/' . . .

~~~

)

.Ii.

/(:3) \ 40~66

~
~

/
402572

128357

"402557

Fig. 52-402570 Fonn-Out - Assembly (Tractor Feed - 80 and 132-Column)

Page 138

402560

Oil

L------7'

I
119652

,,~

/~

\ '7002
2191

-03606

----------".

=l

/

_

~

78824

402406

" ......

~~/

2191"

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Form Selector Setting
3
4
2
1
Length of Form, Inches
5
10
"3-1/3 2-1/2
5-1/2 11
"3-2/3 e2-3/4
4
3
6
12
6-1/2 13
"4-1/3 e3-1/4
7
14
"4-2/3 3-1/2
5
7-1/2 15
e3-3/4
8
16
"5-1/3 4
8-1/2 17
"5-2/3 e4-1/4
9
18
4-1/2
6
.7-1/3 5-1/2
11
22
.. Six Lines Per Inch
e Eight Lines Per Inch

TP
Part No.

Color
of
Belt

402571
402572
402573
402574
402575
402576
402577
402578
402579
402580

Amber
Dk Blue
Yellow
Brown
Red
Pink
LtGreen
Dk Green
LtBlue
White

.

3606

\

'\

402560
EARLY DESIGN

Page 139

SECTION 582·210·702.

Ref. Paper Handling

Ref. Printer

Ref. Cover or Cabinet

-,

?'i'?Z:'

qil.,~.:~~~~~~~~:-_...
,r ~"~~ ~":':'-'>_

..a
_~ -b""'/,

/

./

I

r- - __

,/

./

I
I

407801

.,...)

.,....,...

I

I

\

~

I

I

I

\

"--402459

11965_

9

407798

\

402452

/' /' /'

I

125011

~ ~~110743

,

\

74701

./

./
./

<--./

<:,/ -- --..

-...----

--..
@
-- -- ~~
'II ..J

11r4 :' , / /

151073

/

\

<111'"

~/

""

~'CJ!"",

-

?
@

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

3397161
3498162
3599163
36100164
37101165
38102166
39103167
40104168
41 105169
42106170
43,107,171
44108172
45109173
46,110,174
47,111,175
48,112,176

400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696
400697

A
B
C

A
R.

D

E
F
G
H

I
J
K
L
M
N

0
P

C
POSITION
NUMBER

49113177
50114178
51115179
52116180
53117181
54,118,182
55119183
56120,184
57121185
58122186
59,123,187
60124188
61,125189
62126,190
63,127,191
64,128,192

H

PART
NO.

A
R.

400698 Q
400699
R
400700
S
400701
T
400702
U
400703
V
400704 W
400705
X
y
400706
400707
Z
[
400708
'\
400709
400710
J
400711 1\
400712
400745 =A=

.-..

Fig. 57-400645AA Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column) (Monocase)

Page 145

SECTION 582.210-702

I

. _
402755 Flag -

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position.

..,.-'~

~~

. /'i@"
I

c
POSITION
NUMBER

197
2,98
3,99
4100
5101
6102
7103
8104
9105
101:06
11107
12108
13109
14110
15111
16112
17113
18,114
19115
20,116
21117
22118
23119
24120

PART
NO.

400746
400650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672

H

A
R.
~a;

!

"

1:1:

$
%
&
I

(

.
)

+

/

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

POsITION
NUMBER

25121
26122
27123
28124
29125
30126
31127
32128
33129

PART
NO.

400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680
400681

-34;tge.

~

35131
36132
37133
38134
39135
40 136
41137
42,138
43,139
44,140
45141
46142
47,143
48144

400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696

c
H

A
R.
8
9
:

<
=

>
?
@

A
B
C
D

E
F
G
H

I
J
K
L

M
N
0

/~

I"• I.""

C
PART
NO.

H

49145
400697
50146
400698
51147
400699
52148
400700
53149
400701
54150
400702
55151
400703
56152
400704
57153
400705
58.lM . 400"J0Q.
400707
59155
400708
60156
400709
61157
400710
62158
63159
400711
400712
64160
400713
65161
400714
66,162
400715
67,163
68,164
400716
400717
69,165
400718
70166
400719
71,167
72168
400864

P
Q
R
S
T
U
V

POSITION
NUMBER

A
R.

W
X
y
Z

C

"'J
-",
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

POSITION
NUMBER

73169
74170
75,171
76172
77173
78174
79175
80176
81 177
82,1'18
83179
84180
85181
86182
87183
88184
89,185
90,186
91,187
92,188
93,189
94,190
95,191
96,192

PART
NO.

400721
400722
400723
400724
400725
400726
400727
400728
400865
400866400731
400732
400733
400734
400735
400736
400737
400867
400739
400740
40074.1
400742
400743

m
n
0

p
Q.

r

s

t
u
v

w

x
y

z
{

:
1
~

-- -

Fig. 58-400629AB Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column) (Up!Low)

Page 146

h
i
j
k
I

. ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Pallet - See Chan Below for
Pan Number
PoIitioD.

aud

: '"

,

: '

./'1
aud, ~e!'J"/ /

402755 Flag -

~"

Positions 44, 108,

.' "

1,65,129
266130
367131
468132
569133
670,134
771 135
872,136
9,73,137
1074138
11,75,139
1276,140
13,77141
14,78,142
15,79,143
16,80,144

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

,

/liQ

c

c

c
POSITION
NUMBER

.-

POSITION
NUMBER

-

400747 .;~;:: 17,81,145
400762
1882146
400651
19,83147
"
400652 #
2084148
400653 $
2185149
400654 %
2286,150
400767
2387151
400768
2488152
/
(
2589153
400657
)
400658
26 90154
27,91,155
400659
*
2892156
400660
+
400661
29.93,157
. 3094158
400662
31,95,159
400663
/
32,96,160
400664

"

PART
NO.

400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672
400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680

H

A
R.
(IJ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:

;

<

>
?

POSITION
NUMBER

3397161
3498162
3599163
36100164
37101165
38102166
39103167
40 104168
41 105169
42106170
43,107,171
44108172
45109,173
46,110,174
47,111,175
48,112,176

Fig. 59-4OO774AC Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction
(Weather Monocase)

PART
NO.

400773
400682
400683.
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696

H

A
R.

ED
A
B
C
D

E
F
G
H

I
J
K
L

M
N
0

.-

~

I,·

POSITION
NUMBER

C
H

PART
NO.

A
R.

49113177
50114178
51115179
52116180
53117181
54,118182
55119183
56120184
57121 185
58122186
59,123,187
60124188
61,125189
62126,190
63,127,191
64,128,192

400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400771
400772
400770
400711
400712

P
Q

R
S
T
U
V

W

X
y
Z

<»
@

0

"

aud Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
Page 1·

SECTION 682-210.102 .

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position.

402755 Flag Positions 108 and 172

~

~~~-~-~

NOTE:

Positions 161 through 192 have

apallets.

c
POSITION
NUMBER

165
266
3,67
468
5,69
670
7,71
8,72.

9,73
1074
11,75
1276
1377
1478
1579
1680
1781
1882
1983
2084
21,85
2286
23,1I7
2488

PART
NO.

400748
400650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672

H

A
R.

:a:
!

"

It
$
%

&

,

(
)

*
+

/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

c

c
H

A

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

R.

2589
2690
2791
26.92
29,93
3094
3i 95
3296
33,97
3498
3599
36100
37101
38102
39103
40 104
41105
42106
43107
44108
45109
46110
47111
48112

400673
8
400674
9
:
400675
;
400676
400677
<
400678
400679
>
400680
?
.-ID0681
@
400682 A
B
400683
400684 C
D
400685
400686 E
400687. F
400688
G
400689 H
I
400690
400691
J
400692 K
400693 L
400694 M
400695
N
400696 0

49113
50114
51,115
52116
53,117
54118
55119
56120
57,121
58122
59123
60 124
61,125
62126
63127
64128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136

H

A
R.

400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704

P

U
V
W

4OO'1e5

X

400706
400707
400708
400709
400710
400711
400712
400789
400790
400791
400792
400793
400794
400795
400796

Y

Q

R
S
T

Z
[

,
]
1\

r

-,

L....J

=
=
.=
II

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

A
R.

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
l45
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160

400797
400798
400799
400800
400801
400802
400803
400804
400805
400806
400807
400808
400809
400810
400811
400812
400813
400814
400815
400816
400817
400818
400819

Fig. 60-400775AD Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Line Drawing Monocase)

Page 148

C
H

AI
III

\
/

.....-

•
t

,""

.
.. .
"-

-

.L
T

+I
I-

-l

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position.

402755 Flag Positions 12 and 108

y

~~"'-

/'

c
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

197
298
3,99
4100
5 101
6,102
7103
8104
9,105
10,106
11 107
12108
13109
14 110
15,111
16 112
17,113
18,114
19,115
20,116
21,117
22118
23,119
24120

400750
400820
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400823
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672

H

A
R.

=A=~=

..
_It

1/8

$
%

&

,
(

)

112
+

/

~
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

POSITION
NUMBER

25121
26122
27123
28124
29125
30126
31127
32128
33129
34130
35131
36132
37133
38134
39135
40136
41,137
42,138
43,139
44,140
45,141
46142
47,143
48144

H

A
R
8
9

<
c

>
?
1/4
A
B

C
D

E
F
G

H
I
J
K

L

M
N
0

~

,

~

I.'

c

c

PART
NO.

400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680
400821
400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696

~

POSITION
NUMBER

49145
50146
51,147
52148
53,149
54150
55 151
56152
57153
58154
59155
60156
61 157
62158
63,159
64160
65,161
66,162
67,163
68,164
69,165
70166
71,167
72,168

PART
NO.

400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400826
400709
400825
400822
400824
400713
400714
400715
400716
400717
400718
400719
400864

H

A
R.
P
Q
R

S
T
U
V

W
X
Y

Z

7/8
"3/4
3/8
5/8

,

a
b
c
d
e
f
9

C
POSITION
NUMBER

73169
74170
75,171
76172
77173
78174
79175
80176
81 177
82178
83,179
84 180
85181
86182
87183
88184
89,185
90,186
91,187
92,188
93,189
94,190
95,191
96,192

PAFT
NO.

H

400721
400722
400723
400724
400725
400726
400727
400728
400865
400866
400731
400732
400733
400734
400735
400736
400737
400867
400739
400740
400741
400742
400743

h

A
R.

i

i
k
I

m
n
0

p
q
r

s.
t
u
v

'x"
y

z
(

:
)

-

-- -

Fig. 61-400776AF Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80·Column)
(Fractions in One-Eighths - Up/Low)

Page 149

SECTION 682-210-702

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position.

402755 Flag Positions 68, 164 and 260

~~

~

~,~

~
I."

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NUMBER

1,97,193
2,98,194
3,99,195
4,100,196
5,101,197
6,102,198
7,103,199
8,104,200
9,105,201
10.106,202
11.107,203
12,108,204
13,109,205
14,110,206
15,111,207
16,112,208
17,113,209
18,114,210
19,115,211
20,116,212
21,117,213
22,118,214
23,119,315
24,120,216
25,121,217
26,122,218
27,123,219
28,124,220
29,125,221
:10,126,222
31,127,223
32,128,224

400751
40065
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672
400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680

CHAR

POSITION
NUMBER

=,,=
=a=
!

33,129,225

400681

Ii!>

~~~

~

A
B
C

..

•$
%
&
1

(
)

*

+

I

11
1
2
3
4
I)

6
7
8
9
:
;

<
=

>
?

35,131,227
36,132,228
37,133,229
38,134,230
39,135,231
40,136,232
41,la7,2aa
42,138,2a4
43,139,235
44,140,236
45,141,237
46,142,2a8
47,143,239
48,144,240
49,145,241
50,146,242
51,147,243
52,148,244
53,149,245
54,150,246
55,151,247
56,152,248
57,153,249
58,154,250
59,155,251
60,156,252
61,157,253
62,158,254
63,159,255
64,160,256

PART
NUMBER

400683
400684
.400685
400686
400687
400688
4UUII1I9
4UUII9U
400691
400692
400693
4UUII94
400695
4UUII911
4UUII9"'
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400708 "
400709
400710
400711
400712

CHAR

D

E
F
G

H
I
J
K

L

M

N
0

P
Q

R
S

T
U
V
W

X
Y
Z
[

'\
]
/\

-

POSITION
NUMBER
65,161,257
66162258
67163259
68164260
69,165,261
70,166262
71,167263
72,168,264
73,169,265
74,170,266
75,171,267
76,172,268
71,173,269
78,174,270
79,175,271
80,176,272
81,177,273
82,178,274
83,179,275
84,180,276
85,181,277
86,182278
87183279
88,184,280
89185281
90186282
91,187,283
92,188,284
93189285
94,190,286
95,191,287
96,192,288

PART
NUMBBR
400713
400714
400715
400716
400717
400718
400719
400864
400721
400722
400723
400724
400725
400726
400727
400728
400865
400866
400731
400732
400733
400734
400735
400736
400737
400867
400739
400740
400741
400742
400743

---

Fig. 62-400777AG Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Up/Low)

Page 160

CHAR

,
•

b
c

d

e
f

I
h
i

i
k
I
.m
D

0

P
q
r

•t
u
y

w
II

Y

z

~

-I

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

C
H

POSITION
NUMBER

A

PART
NO.

R.
1,65,129
266130
367131
468132
569133
670134
771135
872136
973137
1074138
11 75,139
1276,140
1377141
14,78142
15,79,143
16,80,144

400752
400850
400859
400652
196778
400654
196774
400656
400657
400658
400853
400660
400661
400662
400663
400861

:11:
1/8

"

#

$
%
&
I

(

)

1/2
+

,

/

1781,145
1882146
1983147
2084148
2185149.
2286150
2387151
2488152
2589153
26 90154
27,91 155
28 92156
2993157
3094158
31,95,159
32,96,160

400857
400858
196766
196767
196768
196769
196770
196771
196772
196773
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680

C
H
A
R.
f'/J

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:

;,
<:

-

>
?

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

C
H
A

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

49113177
50114178
51115179
52116 ISO
53117181
54118182
55119183
56120184
57121185
58122186
59,123,187
60124188
61125189
62126 190
63,127,191
64,128,192

196755
196756
196757
196758
196759
196760
196761
196762
196763
196764
196765
400856
400709
400855
400852
400854

R.
3397161
3498162
3599163
36 100164
37101165
38102166
39103167
40 104168
41105169
42106170
43,107,171
44108172
45109173
46,110174
47,111,175
48,112,176

400851
1%740
196741
196742
1%743
196744
196745
196746
196747
196748
196749
196750
196751
196752
196753
196754

1/4
A
B
C
D

E
F
G

H
I
J
K
L

M
.N
0

C
H
A
R.

P
Q
R

S
T
U
V

W
X
Y

Z
7/8
\

3/4
3/8
5/8 ,

Fig. 63-400778AH Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Large Gothic W/Fractions)

Page 151

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag _
Positions 4, 68, 132, 164 and 228

~~

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position.

~~

~

~
'-~
I.'

POSITION
NUMBER
1,65,129,193,257
2,66,130,194,258
3,67,131,195,259
~,132,1l!6,260

5,69,133,197,261
6,.70,134,198,262
7 71135 199 263
8,72,136,200,264
9,73,137,201,265
10,74,138,202,266
11 7-5139203267
1276 140 204 268
13,77,141,205,269
14,78,142,206,270
15,79,143,207,271
16,80,144,208,272
17,81,145,209,273
1882146210,274
19,83,147,211,275
20,84,148,212,276
21,85,149,213,277
22,86;i50,214,278
23,87,151,215,279
2488 152 216 280
25,89,153,217,281
26,90,154,218,282
2791155219,283
28 92 156 220 284
29,93,157,221,285
30,94,158,222,286
31 95 159 223 287
32,96,160,224,288

PART
NUMBER
400755
400650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668400669
400670
400671
400672
400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680

CHAR
=.#._-

;::J=

..
'$"
!

%

&
I

(
)

*
+

I
~
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;

<

>
?

POSITION
NUMBER
3397161225
3498162226
3599163227
36100164228
37,101,165,229
38102166230
39103167 231
40104 168232
41 105169233
42,106,170,234
43107 171 235
44 108 172 236
45,109,173,237.
46,110,174,238
47 ill 175239
48 112 176 240
49 113 177 241
50 114 178 242
51 115,179,243
52,116,180,244
53 117 181,24.5
54 118 182 246
55119183247
56120184248
57 121 185 249
58122186250
59 123 187 251
60124 188252
61 125189 253
62126 190 254
63127 191 255
64,128,192,256

PART
NUMBER
400681
400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696
400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400708
400709
400710
400711
400712

Fig. 64-400780AL Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Monocase)

Page 152

CHAR

•
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

J
K
L
M
N
0
P

....!i
R

S
T
U

V
W

X
Y

Z

C
\

J
1\

-

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Pallet - III CIIIrt BIlow fer
402755 Flag _

Part Number _

PoIitioL

~

Positions 68, 164 and 260

~~~~~

POSITION
NUMBER
1,97,193
2,98,194
3,99,195
4,100,196
5,101,197
6,102;198
7,103,199
8,104,200
9,105,201
10,1UII,2u2
f--j 1,1 07 ,203
! 2,108,204
13,109,205
14,1l0,206
15,1ll,207
16,1l2,208
17,ll3,209
18,1l4,210
19,1l5,2ll
20,ll6,212
21,117,213
22,ll8,214
23,ll9,215
24,120,216
25,121,217
26,122,218
27,123,219
28,124,220
29,125,221
30,126,222
31,127,223
32,128,224

PART
NUMBER
400756
40u650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
,400661
40066'2
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672
,400673
400674
400675
400676
400677

CHAR
_L

=ttI=

..
!

It

$
%
&
I

(
)

•
+

I

P
1
2
3
4
Ii

6
7
8
9
:
(

40067~

-

400679
400680

>
?

POSmON
NUMBER

PART
NUMBER

400681
33,129,225
;'4,llIu,226
4UUIIIII1I
400683
35,131,227
36,132,228
400684
400685
37,133,229
400686
38,134,230
39,135,231
400687
400688
40,136,232
41,1;,7,2;,3
4UUOII"
42,1;,8,2;,4
4UUO"U
43,139,235
~
400692
44,140,236
400693
45,141,237
411,142,2;'11
4UUO"4
47,143,239
4UUO"0
48,144;240 " "'4Ulltnrlll "
400'97
49,145,241
400uS8
50,146,242
400699
51,147,243
52,148,244
400700
400701
53,149,245
400702
54,150,246
400703
55,151,247
400704
56,152,248
57,153,249
400705
400706
58,154,250
400707
59,155,251
60,156,252
400.833
400709
61,157.253
400834
62,158,254
63,159,255
400835
400712
64,160,256

CHAR
@

A
B
C
D
E
F

G
H
I
J
K
L

M
N
'0
P
Q
R
S

T
U
V
W
X
Y

Z
-,
\

I

t

POSITION
NUMBER
65,161,257
66162258
67163259
68164 260
69,165,261
70,166,262
71,167,263
72,168,264
73,169,265
74,170,266
75,171,267
76,172,268
77,173,269
78,174,270
79,175,271
"80,176;272
81,177,273
82,178,274
83,179,275
84,180,276
85,181,277
JI§ 182,278
87183279
88,184,280
89185281
90186282
91,187,283
92,188,284
93189285
94,190,286
95,191,287
96,192,288

PART

NUMBER
400713
400714
400715
400716
400717
400718
400719
400864
400721
400722
400723
400724
400725
400726
400727
400728
400865
400866
400731
400732
400733
400734
400735
400736
400737
400867
400739
400740
400741
400742
400743

CHAR
\

•
b
e
d
e
f

II
h
i

i
k

1
m
n
0

I

P
q
r

•t
u
v
'It'
II

~

z

~

)

,

Fig. 65-400783 AM Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - SO-Column)
(EBCDIC UP/Low)

Page 153

SECTION 582.210·702

POSITION
NUMBER

400757
400650.
3,119
400651
4100
400652
5,101
400653
6102
400654
7103
400655
8104
400656
9105
400657
10106
400658
c 11 107
400659
12108
400660
13109
400661
-l4UO·· . 40066Z
15 III
400663
16112
400664
17113
400665
18,114
400666
19,115
400667
20,116
400668
21,117
400669
22118
400670
23,119
400671
24120
400672
197
2,98

C

--

H

PART
NO.

A
R.
EA~

..!

..

It
$
%

&
I

(
)
w

+
--

... _.-.

/

11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

25121
26122

PART
NO.

400673
400674
.. 2'1;123
400675
28124
400676
29125
400677
30126
400678
31127
400679
32128
400680
33129
400681
34130
400682
35131
400683
36132
400684
37133
400685
···38134 .. 400686
400687
39135
400688
40136
41137
400689
42,138
400690
43139
400691
44,140
400692
45141
400693
46142
400694
47,143
400695
48144
400696

H

A
R.

POSITION
NUMBER

49145
50146
:
51";147
52148
53149
<
54150
:;>
55151
?
.-56152·
@
57153
58154
A
B
59155
60 156
C
61157
D ....
E
62158
F
63,159
64160
G
65161
H
66,162
I
J
67,163
K
68,164
69,165
L
M
70 166
71,167
N
72168
0
8
9

C

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

400697
P
400698 Q
R
400699
400700
S
400701
T
400702
U
400703
V
400704 W
400705
X
400706· Y
400707. Z
400833 -,
400709·· ....
400834
I
400835
400712 \
400713
a
400714
400715
b
c
400716
400717
d
e
400718
f
400719
400864
1/

,

,

POSITION
NUMBER

73169
74170
75171
76172
77173
78174
19175
80176
81 177
82178
83179
84180
-85I81
86182
87183
88184
89,185
90,186
91,187
92,188
93,189
94,190
95,1'91
96,192

Fig. 66-400784ANCarrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 8O-Column)

(EBCDIC - Up/Low)

Page 154

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

400721
h
400722· i
j
400723
k
400724
I
400725
A00726 ill
n
400727
400728 • 0
400865 .J2..
q
400866
·400731 .c.c.L
400732
s
400733" ·C·
u
400734
v
400735
'jj
400736
x
400737
400867
Y
z
400739
{
400740
400741
:
400742
1
400743
~

-- -

ISS 3, SECTION 682-210-702

402755 FlagPositions 12 and 108

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A

400758
400650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672

:~~

!

..
#

$

%
&

,

(
)

*+
,
-

.

/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

C

C
PART
NO.

POSITION
NUMBER

R.

1,97
2 98
399
4 100
5, 101
6 102
7, 103
8, 104
9, 105
10, 106
11,107
12, 108
13, 109
14,110
15,111
16,112
17,113
18,114
19,115
20,116
21,117
22,118
23,119
24 120

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

25, 121
26, 122
27, 123
28, 124
29, 125
30, 126
31,127
32, 128
33, 129
34, 130
35, 131
36, 132
37, 133
38,134
39 135
40, 136
41, 137
42, 138
43, 139
44, 140
45, 141
46, 142
47, 143
48, 144

~

400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680
400804
400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696

H

A
R.
8
9
:
;

<

=
>
?
oj.

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

I

J
K
L
M
N

0

POSITION
NUMBER
49 145
50, 146
51 147
52,148
53,149
54, 150
55, 151
56, 152
57, 153
58, 154
59, 155
60, 156
61, 157
62, 158
63, 159
64,160
65, 161
66 162
67, 163
68 164
69, 165
70 166
71,167
72 168

PART
NO.
400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400820
400821
400822
400711
400813
400713
400714
400715
400716
400717
400718
400719
400864

H

A
R.
P
Q

R
S

T
U
V
W

X
Y
Z

1a

\

:e
~

,

a
b

c
d

e
f
g

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

73 169
74, 170
75,171
76,172
77,173
78, 174
79, 175
80, 176
81,177
82,178
83,179
84, 180
85, 181
86, 182
87 183
88,184
89, 185
90186
91, 187
92, 188
93, 189
94, 190
95, 191
96,192

400721
400722
400723
400724
400725
400726
400727
400728
400865
400866
400731
400732
400733
400734
400735
400736
400737
400867
400739
400823
400824
400825
400826

-

h
i
j
k

1

m
n
0

P
q
r
5

t
u
v

w

x
Y

z

'2
·11
~

a

Fig. 67-400779AP Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 8O-Column)
(Fractions in one Eighths - Up/Low)
Page 166

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag -

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

1 65129
266130
367131
468132
569133
670134
771 135
872136
973137
1074138
11,75,139
1276,140
13,77141
14,78,142
15,7<:l,143

400650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665

~16,8&l.t.4

C
H
A
R.
!

"

tt
$
%

&

,

(
)
w

+

/

0

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

17,81,145
1882146
1983147
2084148
2185149
2286,150
2387151
2488152
2589153
2690154
27,91,155
2892156
29.93,157
3094158
31,95,159
32,96 160

400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672
400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680
400681

C
H
A
R.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;

<
=

>
?
@

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

3397161
3498162
3599163
36 100164
37101 165
38102166
39103167
40104168
41 105169
42106170
43,107,17.1
44108172
45109,173
46,110,174
47,111,175
48,112,176

400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
400694
400695
400696
400697

C
H
A
R.
A
B.

C
D
E
F

·C
H
I
J
K
L

M
N

0
P

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

49113177
50114178
51115179
52116180
53,117181
54,118,182
55119183
56120,184
57121 185
58122186
59,123,187
60124,188
61,125189
62,126,190
63,127,191
64,128,192

400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400833
400709
400834
400835
400712
400759

Fig. 68-400785AQ Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed (EBCDIC Monocase)

Page 156

SO·Column)

C
H
A
R.
Q

R
S
T
U
V
W

X
Y
Z

,
.t-,

-

~~

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

402755' Flag Positions 4, 68, 132, 164 and 228

~~.

POSITION
NUMBER

1,65,129,193,257
2,66,130,194,258
3,67,131,195,259
4,68,132,1!!.6,260
5,69,133,197,261
6,70,134,198,262
771 1115 199 263
8,72,136,200,264
9,73,137,201,265
10,74,138,202,266
11 75 139 203 267
12 76 140 204 268
13,77,141,205,269
14,78,142,206,270
~ '3,207,271
16,80,ld,208,272
17,81,145,209,273
1882.146210274
19,83,147,211,275
20,84,148,212,276
21,85,149,213,277
22,86,150,214,278
23,87,151,215,279
2488 152 216 280
25 89 153,217,281
26,90,154,218,282
2791 155219,283
28 92 156 220 284
29 93 157,221',285
30,94,158,222,286
3195159,223,287
32,96,160,224,288

PART
NUMBER

400888
400650
400651
400652
400653
400654
400655
400656
400657
400658
400659
400660
400661
400662
400663
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672
400673
400674
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680

CHAR

=;.=

:!.;::

.,..
!

$
%
&
/

(
)

•
+

,
I

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:

<

-

>
?

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position.

~,~

POSITION
NUMBER

3397161225
3498162226
3599 i63 227
36100164228
37,101,T65,229
38 102 166 230
39103167 231
40104168232
41 105 169 233
42,106,170,234
43107 171 235
44 108 172 236
45,109,173,237
46,110,174,238
47111175239
48112176240
49 113 177 241
50 114 178 242
51 115,179243
52,116,180,244
53,117,181,245
54 118 182 246
55119 183 247
56120184248
57 l21 185 249
58122 186250
59 123 187 251
60124 188 252
61 125 189 253
62126 190 254
63127 191 255
64,128,192,256

~

PART
NUMBER

CHAR

.

400681
400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691
400692
400693
40069'
400695
400696
400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400103
400704
400705
400706
40070'1'
400833
400709
400834
400835
400712

A

B
C

D

E
F
G
H
I
'J
K
L
M
N
0
P

Q
R

S
T
U

V
W
X
Y
Z

-,
\

,
I

-

Fig. 69-400887AS Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (iBCDIC Monocase)

Page 157

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Positions 44, 108 and 172

.

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

~~1
., .... --

",.

/

C
POSITION
NUMBER
1,33,60 to
65,97,124
to 129,161,
188 to 192
2,66,130
3,67,131
4,68,132
5,69,133
6, 70, 134
7,71,135
8, 72, 136
9,73,137
10, 74, 138
11,75,139
12, 76, 140
13, 77, 141

PART
NO.

400889
408139
408126
408137
408133
408129
408131
408132
408128
408127
408125
408123
408119

H

A
R.
'!f~

I
n

y
$

%
&
{
}

*+
,

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

14,78 142
15, 79, 143
16,80,144
17,81,145
18,82,146
19,83,147
20,84,148
21,85,149
22,86,150
23,87,151
24,88,152
25,89,153
26,90,154
27,91,155
28, 92, 156
29,93,157

408150
408118
408124
408117
408108
408109
408110
408111
408112
408113
408114
408115
408116
408120
408121
408136

H

A

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

30,94,158
31,95,159
32,%,160
34 98, 162
35,99,163
36, 100, 164
37, 101, 165
38, 102, 166
39, 103, 167
40, 104, 168
41, 105, 169
42,106, 170
43,107,171
44,108,172
45,109,173
46, 110, 174

408122
408138
408130
408082
408083
408084
408085
408086
408087
408088
408089
408090
408091
408092
408093
408094

-

R.

I

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
:

;

J

A
R.
rl
?

A

B
C
D
E

F
G
H

I

J
K

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

47, Ill, 175
48,112,176
49,113,177
50,114,178
51, 115, 179
52, 116, 180'
53,117, 181
54,118,182
55, 119, 183
56, 120, 184
57, 121, 185
58, 122, 186
59, 123, 187

408095
408096
408097
408098
408099
408100
408101
408102
408103
408104
408105
408106
408107

R.

L
M

Fig. 70-408177AT Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(ASCII Monocase)

Page 158

H

A
N
0
P
Q

R

S
T
U

V
W

X
y

Z

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

402755 FJagPositions 4,68, 132, 164 and 228

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

1,33,60 to 65,97,
124 to 129, 161, 188
400890
to 193, 225, 252 to
257
2,66.130.194,258 408139
3,67,131,195.259 408126
4,68,132,196,260 408137
5.69,133,197,261 408133
6, 70, 134, 198,262 408129
7.71,135,199,263 408131
8. 72, 136. 200, 264 408132
9,73,137,201,265 408128
10,74,138,202,266 408127
11,75,139,203,267 408125
12, 76, 140, 204, 268 408123
13. 77, 141, 205, 269 408119
14. 78, 142, 206. 270 408150
15. 79. 143, 207, 271 408118
16,80,144.208,272 408124
17,81,145,209,273 408117
18,82,146,210,274 408108

c
H

A
R.

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

19,83,147211,275
20,84.148,212,276
f6~ 21,85,149,213,277
22,86.150,214,278
I 23,87,151,215,279
" 24,88,152,216.280
Y 25,89,153,217,281
$
26,90.154.218,282
% 27.91,155,219,283
& 28,92,156,220,284
, 29.93.157.221,285
{
30.94.158,222,286
}
31,95,159,223,287
*+ 32,96,160,224,288
34.98,162,226
, 35,99,163,227
36, 100. 164. 228
37,101,165,229
/
38,102,166,230
39,103,167,231
0
40.104,168,232
1

-

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

PART
NO.
408109
408110
408111
408112
408113
408114
408115
408116
408120
408121
408136
408122
408138
408130
408082
408083
408084
408085
408086
408087
408088

H

A
R.
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9
:
;

.r
-

n
?
A
B
C
D
E

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

41,105,169,233
42, 106, 170, 234
43. 107, 171, 235
44, 108, 172,236
45,109,173,237
46. 110, 174, 238
47, 111, 175, 239
48. 112, 176, 240
49, 113, 177, 241
50,114,178,242
51,115,179,243
52, 116, 180, 244
53, 117, 181, 245
54, 118, 182, 246
55,119,183,247
56, 120, 184, 248
57, 121, 185, 249
58, 122, 186, 250
59.123.187.251

408089
408090
408091
408092
408093
408094
408095
4080%
408097
408098
408099
408100
408101
408102
408103
408104
408105
408106
408107

H
I
J
K
L
M
N
0
P
Q

R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z

F
G

Fig. 71-408178AU Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132.Column)
(ASCII Monocase)

Page 159

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Positions 44, 108 and 172

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

v1
.....

",

... '"

/

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

1,65,129
2,66,130
3,67,131
4,68,132
5,69,133
6,70,134
7,71,135
8, 72, 136
9,73,137
10,74,138
11,75,139
12,76,140
13,77,141
14,78, 142
15, 79, 143
16,80,144

400891
408241
408225
408233
408228
408234
408236
408216
408217
408218
408221
408220
408219
408232
408215
408222

H

A
R.
A

~v~

!

"

#
$

%

.
C
(
)

T

,
-

/

C

C

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

17,81,145
18,82,146
19,83,147
20,84,148
21,85,149
22,86,150
23,87,151
24,88,152
25,89,153
26,90,154
27,91,155
28,92,156
29,93,157
30,94,158
31,95,159
32,96,160

408214
408205
408206
408207
408208
408209
408210
408211
408212
408213
408239
408240
408230
408223
408229
408224

H

A
R.
D
1
2
3
'1
5
6
7

8
9

:

;
<
~

>
?

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

33,97, 161
34,98,162
35,99,163
36, 100, 164
37, 101, 165
38, 102, 166
39, 103, 167
40, 104, 168
41, lOS, 169
42,106,170
43.107,171
44,108,172
45,109,173
46,110,174
47,111,175
48, 112, 176

408226
408179
408180
408181
408182
408183
408184
408185
408186
408187
408188
408189
408190
408191
408192
408193

@

A
R.

C

POSITION
NUMBER

49.113,177
50,114,178
B 51,115,179
C 52,116,180
0
53,117,181
E 54.118,182
F 55,119, 183
G 56, 120, 184
H 57, 121, 185
I
58, 122, 186
J
59, 123, 187
K 60, 124, 188
L 61, 125, 189
M 62,126,190
N 63,127,191
0
64,128,192
A

PART
NO.
408194
408195
408196
408197
408198
408199
408200
408201
408202
408203
408204
408231
408238
408237
408242
408235

Fig. 72-408269AV Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)
(Monocase)

Page 160

H

A
R.
P
Q

R
S
T
U
V
W
X
y

Z
,

I
0
A

-

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Positions 4, 68, 132, 164 and 228

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

'\,~1

"",",,"'h=_

c
POSITION
NUMBER
1,65,129,193,257
2,66,130,194,258
3,67, 131, 19~259
4,68,132,196,260
5,69,133,197,261
6,70,134,198,262
7,71,135,199,263
8,72,136,200,264
9,73,137,201,265
10,74,138,202,266
11,75,139,203,267
12,76,140,204,268
13,77,141,205,269
14,78,142,206,270
15,79,143,207,271
16,80,144,208,272
17,81,145,209,273
18,82,146,210,274
19,83,147,211,275
20,84,148,212,276
21,85,149,213,277
22,86,150,214,278

PART
NO.
400892
408241
408225
408233
408228
408234
408236
408216
408217
408218
408221
408220
408219
408232
408215
408222
408214
408205
408206
408207
408208
408209

H

A
R.
A-.

-w

..
!

It
'};

%

£:

,
(

)
'.'

+

,

/

0
1
2
3
4

5

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

c
H

A

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

45,109,173,237
46,110,174,238
47,111,175,239
48, 112, 176,240
49, 113, 177,241
50, 114, 178, 242
51, 115, 179,243
52, 116, 180, 244
53, 117, 181,245
54, 118, 182, 246
55,119,183,247
56,120,184,248
57,121,185,249
58,122,186,250
59,123,187,251
60, 124, 188, 252
61,125,189,253
62,126,190,254
63,127,191,255
64,128,192,256

408190
408191
408192
408193
408194
408195
408196
408197
408198
408199
408200
408201
408202
408203
408204
408231
408238
408237
408242
408235

L
M
N
0

R.

23,87,151,215,279
24,88,152,216,280
25,89,153,217,281
26,90,154,218,282
27,91,155,219,283
28,92,156,220,284
29,93,157,221,285
30,94,158,222,286
31,95,159,223,287
32,96,160,224,288
33,97,161,225
34,98,162,226
35,99,163,227
36,100,164,228
37,101,165,229
38,102,166,230
39,103,167,231
40,104,168,232
41, 105, 169, 233
42,106,170,234
43,107,171,235
44,108,172,236

408210
408211
408212
408213
408239
408240
408230
408223
408229
408224
408226
408179
408180
408181
408182
408183
408184
408185
408186
408187
408188
408189

6
7
8
9

:
;

<
~

>
?
@

A
B

C
D
E
F
G
H

I
J

A
R.

p

Q

R
S
T
U
V

w
X
y

Z

,

I
0
A

-

K

Fig. 73-408270AW Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (Monocase)

Page 161

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 FlagPositions 20, 68, 116, 164, 212 and 260

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

v"1
""

"" .... -'

/

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

1,49,97,145,193,241
2,50,98,146,194,242
3,51,99,147,195,243
4,52, 100, 148, 196, 244
5,53,101,149,197,245
6,54, 102, 150, 198, 246
7,55, 103,151, 199, 247
8, 56, 104, 152, 200, 248
9,57,105,153,201,249
10,58,106,154,202,250
11,59,107,155,203,251
12,60,108,156,204,252
13,61,109,157,205,253
14,62,110,158,206,254
15,63,111,159,207,255
16,64,112,160,208,256
17,65,113,161,209,257
18,66,114,162,210,258
19,67,115,163,211,259
20,68,116,164,212,260
21,69,117,165,213,261
22,70, 118, 166,214,262
23,71, 119, 167, 215, 263
24, 72, 120, 168, 216, 264

400893
408205
408206
408207
408208
408209
408210
408211
408212
408213
408214
408228
408219
408232
408215
408222
408226
408179
408180
408181
408182
408183
408184
408185

H

A
R.
~~~
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
0

$
I

-

.

/
@

A
B
C
0
E
F

G

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

25,73,121,169,217,265
26,74,122,170,218,266
27,75,123,171,219267
28,76,124,172,220,268
29,77,125,173,221,269
30,78,126,174,222,270
31,79,127,175,223,271
32,80,128,176,224,272
33,81,129,177,225,273
34,82,130,178,226,274
35,83,131,179,227,275
36,84,132,180,228,276
37,85,133,181,229,277
38,86,134,182,230,278
39,87,135,183,231,279
40,88,136,184,232,280
41,89,137,185,233,281
42,90,138,186,234,282
43,91,139,187,235,283
44,92,140,188,236,284
4593,141,189,237,285
46,94,142,190,238,286
47,95,143,191,239,287
48,96,144,192,240,288

408186
408187
408188
408189
408190
408191
408192
408193
408194
408195
408196
408197
408198
408199
408200
408201
408202
408203
408204
408221
408233
408234
408236
408237

H
I

A
R.

J
K
L
M
N
0

P
Q
R

S
T
U

V
W
X
Y

Z
~"

#
%
£.

Fig. 74-408271 AX Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)
(Spec. Alpha/Num.-Monocase)

Page 162

tl

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Positions 12, 60, 108 and 156.

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

\

~

POSITION
NUMBER
1',49,97,145
2 50,98,146
3, 51,99, 147
4, 52, 100, 148
5,53,101,149
6,54,102,150
7,55,103,151
8,56,104,152
9,57,105,153
10,58,106,154
11, 59. 107, 155
12,60,108,156
13,61,109,157
14,62, 1l0, 158
15,63,111,159
16 64 112, 160

PART
NO.
400895
408205
408206
408207
408208
408209
408210
408211
408212
408213
408214
408228
408219
408232
408215
408222

c
H

A
R.
CA

~s-:

1
2

3
4

5
6
7
8
9
0
$

,

-

/

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

17,65, 113, 161
18, 66, 114 162
19,67,115,163
20, 68, 116, 164
21,69,117,165
22, 70, 118, 166
23,71,119,167
24,72,120,168
25,73,121,169
26,74, 122, 170
27,75,123.171
28,76,124,172
29,77,125,173
30,78,126,174
31,79,127,175
32, 80, 128, 176

408226
408179
408180
408181
408182
408183
408184
408185
408186
408187
408188
408189
408190
408191
408192
408193

c
H

A
R.
@

A
B
C
0
E
F

G
H

I

J
K
L
M
N
0

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

33,81,129,177
34 82,130, 178
35,83,131,179
36,84,132,180
37,85,133,181
38,86,134,182
39,87,135.183
40,88,136,184
41,89, 137, 185
42. 90, 138, 186
43,91,139,187
44.92.140,188
45,93,141,189
46,94,142,190
47,95,143,191
48,96,144,192

408194
408195
408196
408197
408198
408199
408200
408201
408202
408203
408204
408221
408233
408234
408236
408237

P
Q

R
S
T
U

V
W

X
y

Z
);(

tt
%
[
Cl

Fig. 75-408346AZ Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80-Column)

Page 163

SECTION 582-210-702

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part
and Position

C
POSITION
NUMBER
1,65,
97, 161
2,98
3 99
4,100
5,101
6 102
7, 103
8. 104
9, 105
10,106
11,107
12, 108
13,109
14,110
15.111
16,112
17,113
18,114
19,115
20 116
21,117
22 118
23,119

PART
NO.
400838
408469
408465
408477
408483
408476
408478
408466
408470
408471
408456
408457
408462
408458
408461
408460
408403
408394
408395
408396
408397
408398
408399

H
A
R.
~

!

"

#
$

%
&
I

(
)

*'
+

-."
I

0
1
2

3
4
5

6

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

24 120
25, 121
26 122
27 123
28. 124
29, 125
30, 126
31,127
32, 128
33, 129
34,130
35; 131
36, 132
37,133
38,134
39,135
40, 136
41 137
42.138
43 139
44,140
45 141
46, 142
47. 143

408400
408401
408402
408463
408464
408472
408459
408473
408468
408479
408404
408405

H
A

PART
NO.

H
A
R.

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

48144
49, 145
50 146
51,147
52, 148
53, 149
54,150
55,151
56,152
57 153
58, 154
59, 155
60,156
61 157
62, 158
63, 159
64, 160
, 66.162
67, 163
68,164
69, 165
70, 166
71,167
72168

408418
408419
408420
408421
408422
408423
408424
408425
408426
408427
408428
408429
408474
408485
408475
408480
408467
408430
408431
408432
408433
408434
408435
408436

0

73, 169

108437

P

74,170
75,171
76 172
77, 173
78, 174
79. 175
80,176
81, 177
82, 178
83 179
84, 180
85, 181
86,182
87,183
88,184
89, 185
90, 186
91, 187
92 188
93 189
94 190
95,191
96 192

408438

R.

408406

408407
408408
408409
408410
408411
408412
408413
408414
408415
408416
408417

7
8
9
:
;

<
>
?
@

A
B
C
D

E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N

C

POSITION
NUMBER

Q

R
S

T
U

V
W
X

y
Z
[

\
]

"

-a
b

c
d

e
f
9

R.

Fig. 76-40839OBB Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - SO-Column)
(ASCII UP/Low)

Page 164

H
A

h

•i
W8439 ' j

' k
l
408442 m
~08440

W8441

408443
408444
408445
408446

n
0

P
q

W8447

r,

408448

s

W8449

t

408450
408451
408452
408453
408454
408455
408508
408484
408509
408506
408487

u

v
w
x
Y

z
{

I
}

-

•

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Pooitioo.68, 164 md 260

.?\=""

Pallet - See Chart Below for
md _tioo

y~
/'

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A

400839
408469
408465
408477
408483
408476
408478
408466
408470
408471
408456
408457
408462
408458
408461
408460
408403
408394
408395
408396
408397
408398
408399

24,120,216
25,121,217
! 26,122,218
" 27,123,219
# 28,124,220
$ 29,125,221
% 30, 126, 222
& 31,127,223
I
32,128,224
(
33, 129, 225
)
34,130,226
*+ 35,131,227
36,132,228
, 37,133,229
38,134,230
39,135,231
40,136,232
/
0 41,137,233
1 42, 138, 234
2 43,139,235
3 44,140,236
4 45, 141, 237
5 46,142,238
6 47,143,239

fg~

-

.

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

R.

1. 65, 97
'161,193,257
2,98,194
3,99,195
4,100,196
5, 101, 197
6,102,198
7, 103, 199
8,104,200
9,105,201
10,106,202
11, 107,203
12, 108,204
13,109,205
14,110,206
15, 111,207
16,112,208
17,113,209
18,114,210
19,115,211
20,116,212
21,117,213
22,118,214
23, 119,215

... "",

408400
408401
408402
408463
408464
408472
408459
408473
408468
408479
408404
408405
408406
408407
408408
408409
408410
408411
408412
408413
408414
408415
408416
408417

H

A
R.

POSITION
NUMBER

48,144,240
49,145,241
50,146,242
51,147,243
52,148,244
< 53,149,245
- 54,150,246
> 55,151,247
? 56,152,248
@ 57, 153, 249
A 58,154,250
B 59,155,251
C 60,156,252
D 61,157,253
E 62,158,254
F 63,159,255
G 64,160,256
H 66,162,258
67,163,259
I
J 68,164,260
K 69, 165,261
L 70,166,262
M 71, 167, 263
N 72,168,264
7

8
9
:
;

PART
NO.
408418
408419
408420
408421
408422
408423
408424
408425
408426
408427
408428
408429
408474
408485
408475
408480
408467
408430
408431
408432
408433
408434
408435
408436

H

A
R.

C
POSITION
NUMBER

73,169,265
74,170,266
Q
75,171,267
R 76,172,268
S 77,173,269
T 78,174,270
U 79,175,271
V 80,176,272
W 81, 177 273
X 82,178,274
Y 83,179,275
Z 84,180,276
[
85,181,277
\ 86,182,278
]
87,183,279
A
88,184,280
89,185,281
a 90,186,282
b 91,187,283
c 92,188,284
d 93,189,285
e 94,190,286
95,191,287
f
9 96,192,288
0
P

-

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

408437
408438
408439
408440
408441
408442
408443
408444
408445
408446
408447
408448
408449
408450
408451
408452
408453
408454
408455
408508
408484
408509
408506
408487

h

;
j
k
L
m
n
0

p
q
r

s
t

u

v
w

x
Y

z
{
I

I

}
N

•

Fig. 77-408391BC Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132·Column) (ASCII Up/Low)
Page 165

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Positions 44, 108 and 172

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

1,65.129
2,66,130
3,67,131
468 132
5,69,133
6.70.134
7,71,135
8,72,136
9,73, 137
10,74,138
11.75.139
12,76.140
13,77,141
14,78,142
15,79,143
1680 144

400840
408469
408465
407477
408483
408476
408478
408466
408470
408471
408456
408457
408462
408458
408461
408460

:II)

A
R.
!

"

#

$
%

&
I

(
)

*
,

+

-

.
/

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Pallet Number and Position

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

17,81 145
18,82,146
19,83,147
2084 148
21,85.149
22.86,150
23,87,151
24.88.152
25 89, 153
26,90,154
27,91,155
28,92.156
29,93,157
30,94,158
31,95,159
32,96,160

408403
408394
408395
408396
408397
408398
408399
408400
408401
408402
408463
408464
408472
408459
408473
408468

H

A
R.

POSITION
NUMBER

33,97.161
34.98.162
35,99,163
36 100, 164
4 37. 101, 165
5 38. 102, 166
6 39. 103. 167
7 40, 104, 168
8 41, 105, 169
9 42.106,170
: 43, 107. 171
; 44,108, 172
< 45.109. 173
= 46,110,174
> 47, 111. 175
? 48,112,176

0
1
2
3

PART
NO.

H

408479
408404
408405
408406
408407
408408
408409
408410
408411
408412
408413
408414
408415
408416
408417
408418

@

A
R.
A
B
C
0
E
F
G

H
I

J
K
L
M
N

0

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

49,113,177
50.114,178
51, 115, 179
52, 116 180
53, 117, 181
54,118 182
55,119,183
56, 120 184
57, 121, 185
58, 122. 186
59, 123, 187
60,124.188
61, 125, 189
62, 126, 190
63, 127, 191
64, 128 192

408419
408420
408421
408422
408423
408424
408425
408426
408427
408428
408429
408474
408485
408475
408480
408467

H

A
R.
P
Q

R
S
T
U
V
W
X
y
Z
[

\
]
A

-

Fig. 78-408392BD Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Friction and Tractor Feed - 80·Column) (ASCII Monocase)
Page 166

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

,/'\=..,""

402755 F1ag - .
p.,.ti~ 4, 68, 132, 164 ~d 228

Pallet - See Chart Below for

y

.!C'IiItK~

~

"'",

",

_tioo

....

-'

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

1.65.129193.257
2,66,130,194,258
3,67,131.195.259
4,68 132,196.260
5,69,133.197,261
6,70,134.198,262
7,71,135.199,263
8,72,136,200,264
9.73,137,201,265
10,74,138,202,266
11.75,139.203,267
12.76.140.204,268
13,77.141,205,269
14.78,142,206,270
15.79.143,207,271
16.80.144,208,272
17,81,145.209,273
18.82.146,210,274
19,83,147,211,275
20.84.148,212,276
21,85,149.213,277
22,86,150214,278

400841
408469
408465
408477
408483
408476
408478
408466
408470
408471
408456
408457
408462
408458
408461
408460
408403
408394
408395
408396
408397
408398

['~

A
R.
!

"
#
$
%

&
I

(

)

*+

,

-

.
/

0
1
2
3
4
5

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

23,87.151 215,279
24,88,152,216,280
25.89.153.217.281
26,90,154.218,282
27,91,155,219.283
28,92.156,220,284
29.93.157.221.285
30,94,158,222,286
31.95.159.223.287
32,96,160,224,288
33.97.161,225
34,98,162226
35,99.163,227
36,100.164,228
37,101,165,229
38,102,166,230
39. 103, 167. 231
40,104,168,232
41,105,169,233
42.106,170,234
43,107,171,235
44,108,172,236

408399
408400
408401
408402
408463
408464
408472
408459
408473
408468
408479
408404
408405
408406
408407
408408
408409
408410
408411
408412
408413
408414

6
7
8

A
R.

9
:
;

<
=

>
?
@

A
B
C
D
E

F
G
H
I
J
K

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

45. 109. 173. 237
46, 110, 174, 238
47, Ill, 175,239
48,112, 176,240
49 113.177,241
50,114,178,242
51.115.179,243
52. 116, 180. 244
53,117,181,245
54,118,182,246
55, 119, 183, 247
56, 120, 184, 248
57,121,185,249
58, 122, 186, 250
59,123,187,251
60,124,188,252
61,125,189,253
62,126,190,254
63 127 191 255
64,128.192.256

408415
408416
408417
408418
408419
408420
408421
408422
408423
408424
408425
408426
408427
408428
408429
408474
408485
408475
408480
408467

C
H

A
R.
L

M
N

0
P
Q

R

S
T
U
V
W

x.

y
Z
[

\
]
A

-

Fig. 79-408393BE Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132·Column) (ASCII Monocase)
Page 167

SECTION 582-210-702
402755 Flag ~
Positions 20; 68, 116,
164,212 and 260",

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

~

A/~ _~
/

/

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

25,73,121·,169; 217, 265
26,74,122,170,218,266
27,75,123,171,219,267
28,76;124,172,220,268
29,77,125,173,221,269
30,78,126,174,222,270
31,79,127,175,223,271
32,80,128,176,224,272
33,81,129,177,225,273
34,82,130,178,226,274
35,83,131,179,227,275
36,84,132,180,228,276
37,85,133,181,229,277
38,86,134,182,230,278
39,87,135,183,231,279
40,88,136,184,232,280
41,89,137,185,233,281
42,90,138,186,234,282
43,91,139,187,235,283
44,92,140,188,236,284
45,93,141,189237,285
46,94,142,190,238,286
47,95,143,191,239,287
48,96,144,192,240288

400692
400693
400694
400695
400696
400697
400698
400699
400700
400701
400702
400703
400704
400705
400706
400707
400663
400660
400659
400661
400656
400653
400652
400681

K
L
M
N
0

R.

1,49,97,145,193,241
2,50,98,146; 194,242
3,51,99,147,195,243
4,52,100,148,196,244
5,53,101,149,197,245
6.54,102,150,198,246
7,55; 103, 151, 199,247
8, 56, 104, 152, 200, 248
9,57,105,153,201,249
10,58,106,154,202,250
11,59 107,155,203,251
1260,108,156,204,252
13,61,109,157,205,253
14,62,110,158,206,254
15,63, Ill, 159,207,255
16,64,112,160,208,256
17,65,113,161,209,257
18,66,114,162,210,258
19,67,115,163,211,259
20,68,116,164;212,260
21 69,117 165,213261
22,70,118,166,214,252
23,71,119,167,215,263
24,72,120,168,216,264

400842
400655
400662
400664
400665
400666
400667
400668
400669
400670
400671
400672
400673
400674
400682
400683
400684
400685
400686
400687
400688
400689
400690
400691

J
&

-

/

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B

C
D
E
F
G
H
I

J

Fig. 80",408518BF Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column)

Page 168

A
R.

P

Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X

'£

z

+

*,
,

$
#
@

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

,/'\='" "'"

402755 FlagP""tio~ 4, 68, 132, 164 md228

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Po",oo

y~

~~~/

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A

400845
400850
400859
400652
196778
400654
196774
400656
400657
400658
400853
400660
400661
400662
400663
400861
400857
400858
196766
196767
196768
196769

:~~
I

..

~

II

$

%
&
,
(

)
I

2

+

,

-

.

I

0
1

2
3
4
5

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

R.

1,65,129 193,257
2,66,130,194,258
3,67,131,195,259
4,68.132,196,260
5,69,133,197,261
6,70, 134 198 262
7,71,135,199,263
8, 72, 136, 200, 264
9, 73, 137, 201, 265
10, 74, 138, 202, 266
11,75,139,203,267
12, 76, 140, 204, 268
13, 77, 141, 205, 269
14, 78, 142, 206, 270
15,79,143,207,271
16,80,144,208,272
17,81,145,209,273
18,82,146,210,274
19,83,147,211,275
20,84,148,212,276
21,85,149,213,277
22,86,150,214,278

//'

23,87,151,215,279
24,88,152,216,280
25,89,153,217,281
26,90,154,218,282
27,91,155, 21~283
28,92,156,220,284
29,93,157,221,285
30,94,158,222,286
31, 95, 159, 223, 287
32,96,160,224,288
33,97,161,225
34,98,162,226
35,99,163,227
36,100,164,228
37,101,165,229
38,102,166,230
39,103,167,231
40, 104, 168, 232
41, 105, 169, 233
42,106,170,234
43, 107, 171, 235
44,108,172,236

196770
196771
196772
196773
400675
400676
400677
400678
400679
400680
400851
196740
196741
196742
196743
196744
196745
196746
196747
196748
196749
196750

H

A
R.

6
7
B
9
:
;

<
=
>
?
I

4

A

B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A
R.

45,109,173,237
46, 110, 174, 238
47,111,175,239
48, 112, 176,240
49, 113, 177, 241
50, 114, 178, 242
51, 115, 179,243
52, 116, 180, 244
53,117,181,245
54,118,182,246
55,119,183,247
56,120,184,248
57,121,185,249
58,122,186,250
59,123,187,251
60, 124, 188, 252
61,125,189,253
62,126,190,254
63,127,191,255
64,128,192,256

196751
196752
196753
196754
196755
196756
196757
196758
196759
196760
196761
196762
196763
196764
196765
400856
400709
400855
400852
400854

L
M
N

0
P
Q

R
S
T
U
V
W

X
Y
Z
7

8

\
3

8

5

8

J
K

Fig. 81-408521BJ Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-CoIumn) (Large Gothic w/Fractions)
Page 169

SECTION 582-210-702

402755 F1agPositions 4, 68, 132, 164 and 228

C
POSiTION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

A

400846
·408469
408465
408477
408483
408476
408478
408503
408470
408471
408456
408457
408462
408458
408461
408460
408403
408394
408395
408396
408397
408398

~~

!

"

#
$

X
&
I

(
)

*
,

+

-.
I

0
1
2
3
4
5

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H
A

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

R.

R.

1,65,129,193,257
2,66 130,194 258
3,67 131 195,259
4 68 132 196 260
5,69,133,197,261
6,70,134,198,262
771,135,199,263
8,72,136,200,264
9,73,137,201,265
10;74,138,202,266
11,75,139203267
12,76 140204,268
13,77,141,205,269
14,78,142,206,270
15,79143,207,271
1680,144,208,272
17,81,145,209,273
18,82,146,210,274
19,83 147 211 275
20,84,148,212,276
21,85,149,213277
22,86 150 214 278

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

23,87 151 215,279
24,88,152216,280
2589153217,281
2690,154 218,282
2791 155 219,283
2892,156 220,284
29,93,157221,285
30,94,158,222,286
3195 159,223,287
32,96,160,224,288
33,97,161 225
34,98,162 226
35,99,163,227
36,100,164,228
37,101,165,229
38,102,166,230
39,103,167,231
40,104,168,232
41,105,169,233
42,106,170,234
43 107 171 235
44,108,172,236

408399
408400
408401
408402
408463
408464
408472
408459
408473
408468
408479
408404
408405
408406
408407
408408
.408409
408410
4084ll
408412
408413
408414

6
7
8
9
:
;

<
=
>
?
61
A
B·
C
D
E

F
G
H
I
J
K

45,109,173,237
46, 1l0, 174 238
47, Ill, 175,239
48, 112, 176, 240
49, ll3, 177, 241
50,114,178,242
51,115,179,243
52, ll6, 180,244
53, 117 181 245
54, 118, 182, 246
55, 119, 183, 247
56,120,184,248
57,121,185,249
58,122,186,250
59, 123, 187, 251 ,
60,124,188,252
61,125,189,253
62,126,190,254
63,127,191,255
64,128,192,256

A
R.

408415 L
408416 M
408417 N
408418 0
408419 P
408420 Q
408421 R
408422 S
408423 T
408424 U
408425 V
408426 W
408427 .X
408428 Y
408429 .Z
400833 .,
408485 \
408484
I
400835 ¢
4085ll -

Fig, 82-408522BK Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132·Column) (EBCDIC Monocase)

Page 170

H

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

402755 Flag Positions 68, 164 and 260

Pallet - See Chart Below for
Part Number and Position

y1
...... '"

::'

-'

C
POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

1,97,193
2,98, 194
3,99,195
4, 100, 1%
5, 101, 197
6, 102,198
7, 103, 199
8,104,200
9, 105,201
10, 106, 202
11,107,203
12,108,204
13,109,205
14,110,206
15, 111, 207
16,112,208
17,113,209
18, 114,210
19, 115, 211
20,116,212
21, 117,213
22,118,214
23,119,215
24 120 216

400847
408469
408465
408477
408483
408476
408478
408503
408470
408471
408456
408457
408462
408458
408461
408460
408403
408394
408395
4083%
408397
408398
408399
408400

PART
NO.

H

25,121,217
! 26,122,218
" 27,123,219
# 28,124,220
$
29,125,221
% 30, 126, 222
& 31, 127 223
I
32, 128, 224
(
33 129, 225
)
34, 130, 226
35, 131, 227
*t 36,
132, 228
, 37,133,229
38, 134, 230
39, 135, 231
I
40,136,232
0 41,137,233
1 42,138,234
2 43,139,235
3 44, 140 236
4 45,141,237
5 46,142,238
6 47, 143, 239
7 48,144,240

408401
408402
408463
408464
408472
408459
408473
408468
408479
408404
408405
408406
408407
408408
408409
408410
408411
408412
408413
408414
408415
408416
408417
408418

8

A
R.
~~~

-.

C

C
POSITION
NUMBER

H

A
R.

POSITION
NUMBER

49, 145,241
9 50,146,242
51,147,243
:
;
52,148,244
< 53,149,245
= 54,150,246
> 55, 151, 247
? 56,152,248
iil 57, 153, 249
A 58, 154, 250
B
59,155,251
C 60,156,252D 61,157,253
E 62,158,254
F 63, 159, 255
G 64,160,256
H 65,161,257
I
66, 162 258
J
67, 163, 259
K 68,164,260
L 69, 165, 261
M 70, 166 262
N 71 167,263
0 72,168,264

C

PART
NO.

H

408419
408420
408421
408422
408423
408424
408425
408426
408427
408428
408429
400833
408485
408484
400835
408511
408504
408430
408431
408432
408433
408434
408435
408436

73,169,265
Q
74,170,266
R 75,171,267
S 76,172,268
T 77,173,269
U 78 174,270
V 79,175,271
W 80,176,272
X 81,177,273
Y 82,178,274
Z 83,179,275
.... 84,180,276
85,181,277
\
I 86,182,278
¢
87,183,279
-\ 88,184,280
89,185,281
a 90,186,282
b 91,187,283
c
92,188,284
d
93, 189 285
e 94,190,286
95,191,287
f
%,192,288
9

A
R.
P

POSITION
NUMBER

PART
NO.

H

.A
R.

408437
408438
408439
408440
408441
408442
408443
408444
408445
408446
408447
408448
408449
408450
408451
408452
408453
408454
408455
408508
400741
408509
408506

-

h

;
j
k

l

m
n
0

P
q

r
s
t
u

v
w
x
Y

z
{
I

I

}
N

-

Fig. 83-408523BL Carrier and Type Pallet Arrangement (Tractor Feed - 132-Column) (EBCDIC Up/Low)

Page 171

SECTION 582-210-702
Numerical Index
Part
Number
315M
1178
1210
2191

2247
2422
2658
2669
2836
3438

3598

3599
3606
3624
3640

3646
5599
6345
7002

8330
8449
22746
34432
35826
36273
41385
41663

Page 172

Description and
Page Number
Coil, Magnet 97
Screw, 2-56 x 7/16 Fil
112
Screw, 2-56 x 5/8 Fil144
Lockwasher 80,81,82,87 to
95,97 to 100,103,104,
107,109,111,112,113,120,
121,123,125 to 132,134,
136,138,139,144
Washer, Flat 101,105
Lockwasher 144
Nut, 6-32 Hex 82
Lockwasher 79,91,98,
112
Spring 116,117,118
Washer, Flat 88,96,97,
100,103,108,112,113,
115,128,129,131,133,
137
Nut 6-40 Hex 82,87,88,
89,90,97,98,109,112,
113,118,120,125,126,
127,128,129,132,144
Nut 4-40 Hex 95,101,
111,120,127,144
Nut, 6-40 Hex 120,121,
123,125,138,139
Washer, Flat 115
Lockwasher 80,81,82,87,
88,94,95,97 to 101,103,
104,105,107,108, Ill,
115,119,121 to 125,127,
129,131,132,140,144
Lockwasher 79,80,82,98,
112,113,114,118,121,
123,144
Nut, 8-32 Hex 143
Nut, 6-32 Hex 112,113,
127,130,131,134
Washer, Flat 88,91 to 95.
97,98,111,112,113,118,
120,125,128,131,132,
136,138,144
Washer, Flat III
Spacer .094" Thk 91,111
Spring 101,105,109
Washer, Flat 112
Washer, Flat 98
Washer, Flat 120
Spring 97,121,123
Washer Flat 91,92,93,
94,99,100,102,104,
106,108,110

Part
Number
42823
44048
45815

49084
55063
55064
55219
70314
70885
70886
71073
73419
74014
74334
74701
74805
76461
76474
76804
76966
77902
78596
78824
80403
80986
82463
82702
82861
84579
84990
87402
87932
88891
90684
90790
90791
91577
92265
93117

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Washer, Flat 115,144
Washer,Flat 87,88,89,
90,91,92,93,94
Lockwasher 80,81,82,87,
88,90 to 94,96 to 100,
102,103,104,106,107,
108,110 to 118,128,
129,131,133,137
Spring 109
Spring 108
Washer, Flat 88,89,100,113
Screw, 8-32 x 3/8 Fil114
Washer, Flat 99
Washer, Spring 121,123
Washer, Flat 115,121,123
Washer, Flat 112
Washer, Flat 123
Screw, 10-32 x 3/4 Hex
113
Washer, Flat 121,123
Spring 141,142
Screw, 10-32 x 3/4 Hex 112
Washer, Flat 91
Nut, 10-32 Hex 116,117,
118
Spring 122,124
Setscrew, 10-32 86,87,
88,89,90
Screw, 6-40 x 2-3/8 Rd
127,129,131,134
Washer, Friction 100
Spring 138,139
Screw, Shoulder 97,98
Lockwasher 138,139
Spring 122,124
Screw, 6-40 x 9/32 Flat
88,89,92,93
Spring 120
Washer, Flat 91,92,93,94
Screw, 6-40 xl/4 Flat
88,89,90
Spring 100,104,140
Screw, 8-32 Hex 144
Spring 111
Spacer 86
Washer, Flat 111
Lockwasher 88,89,90,127,
129,136
Spring 102,106,110
Screw, 2-56 x 1/8 Rd 112,
136
Lockwasher 112,115,138
139

93118
.93984
93985

Lockwasher 120
Lockwasher 101,120,126
Lockwasher 87,88,89,90,
97,98
Washer, Cup 110
Lockwasher 126,127,132,134
Screw, 6-40 x 13/64 Fil
111,135
Spring 97,98
Lockwasher 79,80,81,82,
86,89,90,96,125,126,127,
128,130,131,132
Screw, 4-40 x 3/16 Fil 100,
104,108
Nut, 4-40 Hex 127,129,131,
132,134
Spring 95
Lockwasher 94,116,117,
118,127,137,141,142
Spring 88,89,92,93,94,141,
142
Nut, 10-32 Hex 80,81,82,87,
88,90,91,92,93,94,97,98,
99,102,106,110,121,123,
128,129,131,133
Spring 144
Post, Spring 101
Washer, Flat 103,107,111,
114
Screw, 10-32 It 1/4 Rd 126,
127,132,134
Ring, Retaining 100,101,
104,105,108,122,124,131,
140
Ring, Retaining 101,105,
109,122,124,131,140,144
Ring, Retaining 91
Ring, Retaining 88 to 94,
100,101,102,104,105,106,
108,110,116,117,118,120.to
124,140,141,142,144
Ring, Retaining 97,98,109,
119,138,139
Ring, Retaining 80,81,82,
115
Ring, Retaining 97,98,115
Clamp, 1/810 Cable 82,98
Clamp, 3/16 10 Cable 120,
125,131,132,144
Clamp, 1/410 Cable 87:88,
93,131,136
Clamp, 5/16 ID Cable
80,81,96

9467~

98642,
99737
101386
107116
110434
110435
110438
n0743
111342
112626

112634
114215
117535
119332
119648
119649
119650
119651

119652
119653
119654
121242
121243
121244
121245

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Part
Number
121246
121249
121409
121790
123973
124223
124241
124244
124612
124681
125004
125005
125011

125181
125268
125307
125733
125802
128357
129765
129919
130696
138031
138034
143306
147877
148172
150029
150241
150383
150411
150904
150978
151073
151152

151442

Description and
Page Number
Clamp, 3/8 ID Cable 82,132
Clamp, 5/8 ID Cable 128
Washer, Insulating 80,81,
82
Screw, 6-40 x 1-7/8 Hex
132
Spring 95
Screw, 6-40 Shoulder 120
Spacer 103, 107
Washer, Felt 140
Screw, 8-32 x 1/2 Hex 87,
88,89,90,114
Setscrew, 6-40 87,88
Screw, 8-32 x 1/4 Rd 80,
81,82,89
Screw, 2-56 x 3/16 Rd 80,
81,88;89,90,127,129
Washer, Flat 95,99,100,
101,103,104,107,108,111,
120 to 125,127,129,131,
132,134,140,141,142
Screw, 2-56 x 3/8 Fil138,
139
Spring 116,117,118
Washer, Flat 112
Washer, Flat 103,108
Washer, Flat 88
Ring Retaining 101,105,
109,121,123,138,139,140
Shim, _020" Thk 144
Fuse, SL-BL 4 Amp 128,
129,131,133
Washer_ Felt 109
Bushing, Insulating 120
Plate, Clamp 138,139
Fuse, SL-BL 1 Amp 125,
128,130,131,132
Terminal, Receptacle Type
80,81,82,88,89,90,131,133
Washer, Flat 99,107
Wick, Felt 97,98
Spring 97,98
Spacer, _149" Thk 132
Washer, Flat 116,117,118
Block, Right Paper Spindle
120
Screw, 6-40 x 1-1/8 Fil 98
Screw, 4-40 x 5/32 Fil 94,
137,141,142
Screw, 4-40 x 3/16 Hex 90,
100,103,104,107,108,115
120,121,123,125,127,130
140
Screw, 6-40 x 1/2 Hex 97,
98,114,128,144

Part
Number
151565
151610
151629
151630
151631
151632
15-1634
151686
151694
151722
151723
151724
151737
151880
151939
152445
152893
153441
153442
153484
153538
153803
153817
153841
154047
154056
154263
154697
155861
156057
156450
156833

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Bushing, Shoulder 138,139 156874
Washer, Flat 127,129,131, 156887
134
158316
Nut, 6-40 Lug 91,93,95
162886
Screw, 6-40 x 1/4 Hex 80,
88,111,131,136
163536
Screw, 6-40 x 5/16 Hex 92, 164427
164958
93,94,97,98,99,112,120
Screw, 6-40 x 3/8 Hex 120, 170018
125,144
173907
Bearing, Ball 91,92,93,94
173974
Screw, 4-40 x 3/8 Fil126
Screw, 6-40 x 11/32 Fillli 173979
Screw, 6-40 x 3/16 Hex 100, 176418
176419
104,125,126
Screw, 10-32 x 3/8 Hex 90
177113
to 94,96,97,98
Screw, 10-32 x 5/8 Hex 112,
178306
113,137
Screw, 4-40 x 11/64 Hex 97,
181204
98,138,139
Nut, 4-40 Hex 88,116,117, 181424
181999
118,122,124,141,142
182182
Grommet, Rubber 126
182523
Spring, Compression 115,
121,123
182612
Screw, 4-40 x 1/4 Hex 87,
94,99,100,101,103,104,107, 183464
184055
108,111,119,141,142,144
Screw, 10-32 x 7/16 Hex
184056
111,137
Screw, 10-32 x 1/2 Hex 88,
89,91,93,94,97,98,100,102.
104,106,108,110,121,123
Screw, 6-32 Spl 125,126,
128,130
184057
Screw, 6-40 x 7/16 Hex 125
Jumper, 5" Slate 125
Screw, 4-40 x 3/8 Hex 88,98,184059
127,129,131,132
Screw, 6-40 x 9/16 Hex 82, 184060
87 to 91,93,94,95,120,126
Post, Spring 99,103,107,112
184061
113
Bracket, Contact Box 132
184066
Bumper, Rubber 82
Grommet, Rubber 127,129,
184067
131,132
Lockwasher 127,129,
184068
131,132,134
Washer, Flat 137
185676
Screw, 2-56 x 1/2 Fil 112,
185677
115,120
Drum Assembly, Clutch 97,
185684
98

Description and
Page Number
Screw, 4-40 x 15/16 Fil 126
Screw, 10-32 x 9/16 Hex 112
Plate, Nut 112
Screw, 4-40 x 7/32 Hex 97,
98,138,139
Spacer, _562" Thk 126
Clip, Capacitor 125,127,130
Screw, 4-40 x 1/2 Hex 134
Bushing 115
Spacer 89
Screw, 10-32 x 5/16 Hex 91,
92,93,94,96
Head, Hammer 101
Ring, Retaining 97,98
Ring, Retaining 91 to 94,100,
104,108
Insulator 127,129,131,132,
134
Relay, Power 114,125,126,
128,130
Washer, Flat 114
Nut, 6-40 Sq 126
Insulator 127
Holder, Fuse 125,128 to 133
Clamp, 1-3/8" ID Mounting
126
Screw, 6-40 x 1-1/2 Hex 131
Post, Spring 144
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40 x
3/16 Hlx 125,126,128,130,132
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40 x
1/4 Hex.82,83,91,98,100,102,
104,106,108,110,111,114,
116,117,120,123,125,126,
127 to 131,133,134,136,139
Screw w7Lockwasher, 6-40 x
3/8 Hex 82,86 to 94,96,120,
121,123,126,128
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40 x
1/2 Hex 82
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40 x
9/16 Hex 107,127,131,132,
143
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40 x
5/8 Hex 103
Screw w/Lockwasher, 4-40 x
1/4 Hex 126
Screw w/Lockwasher, 4-40 x
5/16 Hex 127,129,131,132
Screw w7Lockwasher, 4-40 x
3/8 Hex 105,109
Terminal, Plug Type 133
Terminal, Receptacle Type
131,132,133
Plate, Fuse 128,132

Page 173

SECTION 582-210-702
Part
Number
185708
185871
188230
192007
192244
194816
194873
194956
196740
thru
196774
196778
198670

312315
312918
312919
312921
318821
318835
318845
320416
320418
320419
320420
320421
321955
325218
326023
328282
330299
331082
332167

Page 174

Description and
Page Number
Screw, 8·32 x 3/8 Hex
112
Screw w/Lockwasher, 8·32
x 3/8 Hex 143
Spring, Compression 88,89,
103,108,113
Terminal, Tab Type 128,
129,131,133
Washer, Spring 144
Spring 144
Disc, 6 Stop Adjusting 97,
98
Spring 97,98

Pallet, Type 151,169
Pallet, Type 151,169
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6·40
x 5/16 Hex 79 to 82,86 to
91,96,98,103,107,112,113
114,125
Thumbscrew, 6·40 92,103,
107
Strap, Cable 94,112,115
130,133
Strap, Cable 130
Strap, Cable 80,87,88,89,
90
Bushing, Insulating 127,
129,131,132,134
Transistor 127,129,131,
132,134
Jumper 79,96,125
Terminal, Ring Type 131,
132
Terminal, Ring Type 80,
81,82,127 to 133
Terminal, Ring Type 133
Terminal, Ring Type 131,
132
Terminal, Ring Type 131,
132
Fuse, 2.5 Amp 126,127,
131,132
Washer, Insulating 127,129
131,134
Screw, 440 x 9/32 Hex
80,81,82,122,124
Fan 87,88
Clip, Speed 120
Screw 4·40 x 3/8 Nylon
127,128,129,131,132
Clamp 91,92,93,94

Part
Number
332378
332379
334233
334351
335330
336810
337871
338538
338539
338727
338728
341366
341367
341647

341648

341649
341674
341691
341704
341705
343582
346251
346352
346401
346415
346421
346424
346434
346435
346697
346702
346746
347637

Description and
Page Numoer
Shoe, Secondary Clutch
97,98
Shoe, Primary Clutch 97,98
Bar 97,98
Washer, Flat 97,98,138,
139
Jumper 90
Plate, Identification 93,94
Plate, Identification 93
Disc w/Post 97,98
Arm, Trip 97,98
Isolator, Bushing 80
Isolator, Bushing 79
Terminal, Plug Type 80,81,
82,88,89,90,131,133
Terminal, Receptacle Type
80,81,82,88,89,90,131,133
Terminal, Receptacle Type
80,81,82,126,130,131,132,
133
Terminal, Receptacle Type
80,81,82,126,128,129,130,
131,133
Connector, 15 Pt Plug 80,
81,82,88,89,90,95,131,133
Connector, 3 Pt Receptacle
131,132,133
Connector, 15 Pt Recepta·
cle 80,81,82,88,89,90,95,
131,133
Terminal, Receptacle Type
80,81,82,88,89,90,95,112,
115,131,133
Terminal, Plug Type 80,8i,
82,88,89,90,112,131,133
Cable Assembly 81,89,
131
Fastener 112
Connector, 40 Pt Recepta·
cle 80,81,82,88,89,90,131,
133
Cable Assembly 80
Post 130
Jumper 130
Cable Assembly 80
Cable Assembly 130
Cable Assembly 129,130
Cable Assembly 136
Connector, 4 Pt R1lcepta·
cle 136
Stud 130
Connector, 3 Pt Recepta
cle 94,95

Part
Number
347639
347663
347664
347665
400001
400039
400062
400063
400065
400075
400079
400121
400180
400197
400198
400201
400204
400207
400209
400211
400213
400221
400226
400227
400231

Description and
Page Number
Connector, 6 Pt Recepta·
cle 132
Terminal, Plug Type 94,
95
Terminal, Plug Type 94,
95
Terminal, Plug Type
132
Head Assembly, Print 72
Spacer 95
Collar 95
Nut, Adjusting 95
Gear, 24T 95
Ring, Retaining 95
Retainer 95
Gear, 57T 91,92,93,94
Printer w/Base 77
Cover w/Tubing 100,
104
Shield 87,88
Casting Assembly, Front
72,99,100,101,102
Casting w/Track 99
Bar, Backup 99,107
Screw, Adjusting 99,103,
107,111,112,113
Guide, Top 99,107
Post 99
Sprocket Assembly, Idler
88,89,99,100,103,108,113
Spring 89,100,103,108,
113
Nut, Self.Locking 88,89,
100,103,108,113
Wick, Felt 99,103,107,
III

400232
400270
400280
400282
400286
400290
400293
400304
400305
400307
400308

Clip 99,103,107,111
Motor, Induction 87,88,
125
Sprocket w/Flange 79,
80,87 to 90
Sprocket w/ Flange 87
to 90
Plate, Motor Mounting
87
Casting, Left 87
Screw, 10·32 Shoulder
87,90,91,94
Casting, Right 91
Shaft 91
Screw, 8·32 Spl 91 to
94
Ring, Retaining 91 to 94

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702

Part
Number
400309
400311
400312
400313
400315
400316
400317
400377
400379
400380
400382
400383
400384
400393
400394
400395
400401
400402
400403
400404
400405
400406
400413
400414
400416
400418
400420
400421
400422
400423
400424
400434
400435
400436
400441
400446
400447
400448
400449
400450
400451
400453
400454
400456
400457

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Hub. Gear 91 to 94
400460
Screw, 10-32 x 13/16 Hex
91 to 94
400461
Washer, Spring 91 to 94
Nut, Adjusting 91 to 94
400462
Hub Assembly, Gear 91 to
94
400463
Washer, Flat 91 to 94
400470
Post Threaded 87
400472
Casting Assembly, Front 72,
400473
103 to 106
Guide, Paper 103
400474
Plate, Cover 134
400475
400482
Bracket 105,109
400483
Bracket 105,109
400486
Guide; Paper 103,107
Retainer, Left Bearing 104 400488
Retainer, Right Bearing 104 400499
Screw, 10-32 x 1/2 Hex 99,
400505
103,107
400511
Base Assembly 79
400516
Isolator, Bushing 79
400517
Plate, Cover 134
400518
Pan 96
400519
Screw 8-32 Shoulder 79
400521
Screw, 10-32 Shoulder 79
400523
Plate 119
400524
Plate 119
400525
Rack 119
Lever 119
400527
Spring, Torsion 116,117,
400528
118
Latch 119
400529
Gear -U9
Gear 119
400530
Gear 119
Spring, Torsion 102,106,
400532
110
400533
Pin 91,102,106,110
Lever, Release 102,106,110 400535
400536
Pulley & Gear w/Flange
400537
116,117,118
Disc, Friction 116,117,118 400538
Arm, Left Sensing 116,117,
400540
118
Arm, Right Sensing 116,
117,118
400541
Post 91,102,106
400542
Roller 88,91,92,102,106,
400543
110,116,117,118
400544
Sprocket 91,92,93,94,143 400545
Washer, SpI1l6,1l7,118
400546
Screw, 6-40 Sp191,92
400547
Arm, Left 102,106,110
400548
Post 91
400549

Description and
Page Number
Guide, Right Ribbon 100,
104,108
Bracket, Left 100,102,104,
106,108,110
Guide, Left Ribbon 100,
104,108
Clamp, Bearing 91
Feed Assembly, Line 72,97
Clutch Assembly, Line Feed
97,98
Post 97,98
Sprocket, 72T 97,98
Sprocket, lOOT 97,98
Bar, Line Feed 97,98
Bail w/Roller & Stud 97,98
Post 97
Bracket w/Core 97,98
Screw, 6-40 x 5/16 Hex 91,
92,93,94
Bracket w/Bushing 126
Bracket, Mounting 99
Bearing, Sleeve 97,98
Post 100,101,104,105
Link, Pivot 100,104
Bracket, Mounting 101,105
Gear, 42T 100,104
Rod 101,105
Roller, Pressure 101,105
Shaft, Pressure Roller 101,
105
Lever, Release 101,1 05
Lever, Adjusting 100,104,
108
Support, Left Paper Straightener 101
Support, Right Paper
Straightener 101
Tubing 101,105
Guide, Paper 101,105,109
Guide, Paper 99
Guide, Paper 99
Bearing, Sleeve 100,104,108
Link, Paper Straightener
101,105,109
Container Assembly, Paper
72,120
Knob 120
Retainer, Left Bearing 100
Retainer, Right Bearing 100
Cover, Circuit Card 120
Tray, Paper 120
Container, Paper 120
Support, Paper Tray 91
Post 101
Post 101

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

400551
400552
400553
400554
400556
400565
400569
400570
400571
400579
400580
400587
400588
400589
400615
400629AB

Support, Left-J>aper Tray 87
Spindle, Paper Roll 120
Block, Left 120
Stud, Ball 120
Bumper, Flange 81,90,120
Switch 120
Bracket, Mounting 120
Lever, Low Paper 120
Plate, Switch Adjusting 120
Cable Assembly 120
Cable Assembly 73,95,136
Bail w/Post, Left 101,105
Bail w/Post, Right 101,105
Rod, Guide 101,105
Sensor 80,81,94,95,136
Carrier Arrangement, AB
Type 73,146
400630
Belt, Toothed 116,117,118
400631
Belt, Toothed 87,88,89,90
400632
Belt, Toothed 97,98
400634
Belt, Toothed 87,88,90
400635
Belt, Toothed 117
400645AD Carrier Arrangement, AD
Type 73,145
400650
Pallet, Type 145,146,
148,150,152 to 157
400651
Pallet, Type 145 to 150,
152 to 157
400652
Pallet, Type 145 to 157,
168,169
400653
Pallet, Type 145 to 150,
152 to 157,168
400654
Pallet, Type 145 to 157,169
400655
Pallet, Type 145,146,148
to 150,152 to 157,168
-100656
Pallet,Type 145,146,148
to 157,168,169
400657
Pallet, Type 145to 157.169
Pallet, Type 145 to 157,169
400658
400659
Pallet, Type 145 to 148,
150,152 to 157,168
400660
thru
400663
Pallet, Type 145 to 157,
168,169
400664
thru
400674
Pallet,'l'ype 145 to 150,
152 to 157,168
400675
thru
400680
Pallet, Type 145 to 157,
169
400681
Pallet, Type145,146,148,150
152,153,154,156,157,168

Page 175

SECTION 582-210-702
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

400775AD CaJTier Arrangement, AD
Type 73,148
Pallet, Type 145 to 150,152 400776AF Carrier Arrangement, AF
Type 73,149
to 157,168
400777AG Carrier Arrangement, AG
400708
Pallet, Type 145,146,148,
Type 73,150
150,152
400709
Pallet, Type 145,146,148 to 400778AH Carrier Arrangement, AH
Type 73,151
154,156,157,169
400779.AP... Carrier Arrangement, AP
400710
Pallet, Type 145,146,148,
Type 73,155
150,152
400780AL Carrier Arrangement, AL
400711
PaIiet, Type 145 to 150,
Type 73,152
152,155
400783AM Carrier Arrangement, AM
400712
Pallet, Type 145 to 148,
Type 73,153
150,152 to 154,156,157
400784AN Carrier Arrangement, AN
400713
Type 73,154
thru
400785AQ Carrier Arrangement, AQ
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
400719
Type 73,156
153,154,155
400789
400721
thru
thru
Pallet, Type 148
400803
400727
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
Pallet, Type 148,155
400804
153,154,155
400805
400731
thru
thru
Pallet, Type 148
400812
400737
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
Pallet, Type 148,155
400813
153,154,155
400814
400739
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
thru
153,154,155
Pallet, Type 148
400819
400740
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
400820
153,154
thru
400741
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
400826
Pallet, Type 149,155
153,154,171
Pallet, Type 153,154,156,
400833
400742
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
157,170,171
153,154
400834
Pallet, Type 153,154,156,157
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
400743
400835
Pallet, Type 153,154,156,
153,154
157,170,171
400745
Pallet, TYpe 145
400838
Pallet, Type 164
400746
Pallet, Type 146
Pallet, Type 165
400839
Pallet, Type 147
400747
400840
Pallet, Type 166
Pallet, Type 148
400748
400841
Pallet, Type 167
400750
Pallet, Type 149
400842
Pallet, Type 168
400751
Pallet, Type 150
400845
Pallet, Type 169
400752
Pallet, Type 151
400846
Pallet, Type 170
400755
Pallet, Type 152
400847
Pallet, Type 171
400756
Pallet, Type 153
400757
Pallet, Type 154
400850
400758
Pallet, Type 155
thru
400759
Pallet, Type 156
400859
Pallet, Type 151,169
400762
Pallet, Type 147
400861
Pallet, Type 151,169
400767
Pallet, Type 147
400864
Pallet, Type 147
400768
thru
400770
400867
Pallet, Type 146,149,150,
thru
153,154,155
Pallet, Type 147
400773
400887AS Carrier Arrangement, AS
400774AC Carrier Arrangement AC
Type 73,157
Type 73,147
400682
thru
400707

Page 176

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

400888
400889
400890
400891
400892
400893
400895
400901
400903
400904
400906
400907

Pallet, Type 157
Pallet, Type 158
Pallet, Type 159
Pallet, Type 160
Pallet, Type 161
Pallet, Type 162
Pallet, Type 163
Transformer 96,128,129
Cover Assembly 73,134
Transformer w/Cable 96
Capacitor 127,131,132,134
Resistor, 38 Ohm 127,129,
130,131,134
Power Supply 72,126
Capacitor 126,128,130,131,
132
Cable Assembly 96,134
Cable Assembly 126
Clamp, Capacitor 127,134
'Connector, 4 Pt Receptacle 115,134
Connector, Power 80,81,82
88,89,90,95,112,131,133,
136
Connector, Card 126,127,
129,130,131,132,136
Spacer 91,94,95
Post, Mounting 95
Wheel, Timing 95
Screw, 6-40 Adjusting 95
Bracket w/Nut 95
Plate wIPost 95
Arm, Right 91
Bracket, Sensor 91
Sprocket, 38T 91,92,94,
143
Bracket, Switch 136
Spacer 95
Shield, Cable 91
Bracket 126
Resistor 126,128,130
Switch Assembly, Low
Paper 120
Bracket 97
Guard 134
Control Assembly, Motor
72,125
Bracket 125
Bracket 125
Plate 125
Post 120,125
Post 125,134
Insulator 125
Cable, Interlock 125
Relay 125

400908
400912
400916
400917
400918
400920
400921

400926
400931
400932
400933
400934
400935
400936
400939
400940
400941
400942
400946
400948
400952
400953
400955
400957
400958
400960
400961
400962
400963
400964
400965
400966
400967
400968

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
Part
Number
400969
400970
400971
400972
400976
400977
400978
400979
400988
400989
400990
400993
400994
400995
400997
400998
401150
401623
401646
401647
401648
401649
402109
402401
402402
402403
402404
402405
402406
402407
402408
402410
402416
402418
402419
402420
402421
402422
402423
402425
402427
402428
402430
402432

Description and
Page Number
Capacitor 125
Filter 125
. Cable, Power 125
Shield 125
Ring, Retaining 97,98
Ring, Retaining 97,98
Post 97,98
Eccen tric 97,98
Pawl Assembly, Line Feed
97
Pawl Assembly 97
Armature 97,98
Strip, Anti-Freeze 97,98
Spacer 97,98
Bracket 97,98
Lever 97,98
Magnet Assembly 97
Connector, 9 Pt Receptacle
126
Connector, 9 Pt Plug 134
Connector, 3 Pt Receptacle
128,130
Connector, 3 Pt Receptacle
80,81,82,133,136
Connector, 3 Pt Plug 126,
128,130,131,132
Connector, 3 Pt Plug 87
to 90,120
Strap 82,132
Cable Assembly 127
Motor 72,87 to 90,125
Filter 128,130
Capacitor 128,130
Cable Assembly 128
Cable Assembly 138,139
Network 128
Cable Assembly 80,90,95
Connector, 4 Pt Receptacle 112,144
Connector, 2 Pt Plug 80,
81,82,88,89,90,131,133
Diode 125,128,130
Cable Assembly 112,121
Feed Assembly, Ribbon
72,116,117,118
Plate, Rear 119
Frame Assembly 116 to
119,143
Relay 125,128,130
Printer w/Base 77
Lamp 136
Nut, Reflector 136
Plate Assembly, Front 72,
111
Shaft, Cross 92,93,94

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

402436
402440
402443
402444

Plate, Front 119
Frame Assemply, Front III
Bracket 111
Ribbon w/Twin Spools 116,
117,118
Guide, Left 111
Guide, Right 111
Bushing 80,81,82
Bracket 92,93,94
Lever, Release 88,89,92,93,
94,141,142
Arm, Right 92
Arm, Left 88
Bracket, Left 88
Bracket, Right 92,93
Pin 88,89,92,93,94,141,
142
Paper Handling Assembly
72,121,122
Bracket 121
Handle 121,123
Tubing 121
Shaft 121
Link, Pivot 122,124
Roller 122
Guide, Paper 122
Shaft 122
Post 122,124
Gear, 30T 121,123
Post 122,124
Clip, Line Indicator 121,
123
Knob, Paper Advance 115,
121,123
Lever, Paper Release 122,
124
Post 121,123
Spring, Torsion 122,124
Spring, Torsion 97,122,124
Bearing 115,121,123
Spacer 121,123
Link wIPost 122,124
Shaft 121
Knob w/Insert 121,123
Clamp, Top Left 121,123
Shaft 122
Link, Left 122,124
Link, Right 122,124
Bail, Roller Release 122
Clamp, Top Right 121,123
Clamp, Lower 121,123
Plate, Cover 121
Retainer 121,123
Set of Parts 136
Retainer, Ring 115,121,123

402506
402507

Retainer, Ring 121,123
Tractor, Form Feed 121,
123
Tractor, Form Feed 121,
123
Switch 112
Post 98
Bushing 127,131,132
Post 80,81
Post 80,81
Bracket 92
Plate 80,82
Bar, Line Feed 97
Casting, Right 92,93
Casting, Left 88,89
Pan, Lower 80
Plate 88,89,92,93
Bracket 127,129
Bracket 127,129
Chassis, Power Module
127,128,129,130
Plate, Nut 127,129
Bracket 128,130
Base,80,82
Guard 127,129,131,132
Post 127,129,131,132
Screw, 10-32 SpI80,81,83
Post 127,129,131
Pin, Guide 80,81
Bracket, Connector 81
Plate 138
Guide 138,139
Post, Detent 138,139
Post 121,123
Bushing, Eccentric 138,139
Knob w/Insert 138
Spring, Torsion 139
Post, Eccentric 138,139
Sprocket, 32T 138,139
Nut, Spl 138,139
Bracket wiNut 138,139
Bail w/Post 138,139
Gear, 60T 138,139
Bracket 138,139
Plate, Identification 94
Form-Out Assembly 73,78
138
Belt, Amber 138,139
Belt, Dark Blue 138,139
Belt, Yellow 138,139
Belt, Brown 138,139
Belt, Red 138,139
Belt, Pink 138,139
Belt, Light Green 138,139
Belt, Dark Green 138,139

402446
402447
402449
402450
402452
402454
402455
402456
402458
402459
402460
402461
402464
402465
402466
402467
402468
402469
402470
402471
402472
402474
402475
402477
402478
402480
402481
402482
402483
402484
402485
402487
402488
402489
402490
402491
402492
402493
402495
402496
402497
402499
402500
402505

402508
402510
402512
402513
402515
402516
402517
402519
402520
402522
402524
402525
402526
402527
402529
402530
402531
402532
402533
402536
402537
402539
402541
402543
402544
402545
402546
402547
402549
402550
402551
402552
402556
402557
402560
402563
402565
402566
402568
402569
402570
402571
402572
402573
402574
402575
402576
402577
402578

Page 177

SECTION 582-210-702

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

402579
402580
402590
402591
402600
402601
402604
402607
402610
402612
402613
402614
402615
402616
402620

Belt, Light Blue 138,139
Belt, White 138,139
Spring, Left 88,89,90,142
Spring, Right 92,93,94,141
Printer w/Base 77
Bushing 137
Guide Assembly, Rear 137
Plate, Spring 137
Spring 137
Plate w/Post 88
Switch Assembly 88
Bushing 88
Washer, Spring 88
Gear, 30T 121,123
Module Assembly, Power
72,127,128,129,130
Feed Assembly, Line 72,
97
Casting Assembly, Right
72,92
Guide Assembly, Rear 73,
137
Arm Assembly, Left 88
Arm Assembly, Right 92
Insulator 125
Connector, 12 Pt Receptacle 127,129,130
Switch, Button 136
Control Assembly, Motor
72,125
Guide, Left 121
Guide, Right 121
Capacitor 125
Cable Assembly 80,81,82,
88,89,90,131,133
Lever, Paper-Out 112
Bracket 112
Plate, Nut 112
Switch 112,115,144
Shaft 123
Bracket 123
Bail 124
Tubing 123
Shaft 77,124
Shaft, Paper Guide 124
Roller 124
Paper Handling Assembly
72,123,124
Cable Assembly 112
Bracket 123
Chassis, Power Module 131
Pan 81
Plate 81
Shaft, Top Support 123
Guide, Paper 124

402670
402671
402672
402673
402674
402675
402680

Casting, Front l12
Guide, Left Ribbon 112
Guide, Right Ribbon 112
Arm, Left 89
Arm, Right 93,94
Base 81
Head Assembly, Print 72,
85
Screw, 6-40 x 13/16 Hex
93,94,143
Spacer, Belt 93,94,143
Guide, Rear Paper 112
Plate, Cover 123
Shield, Ribbon 112
Deflector, Paper 112
Clamp 112
Screw, 10-32 Shoulder 93
Strip, Damping 112
Isolator, Ring 81,82
Printer w/Base 78
Bar, Backup 112
Guide, Track 112
Shield 80,89,90
Guide, Front Paper 112
Module, Power 73,131
Bracket, Left 89
Sprocket, 38T 93
Post 112,113
Plate Assembly, Front 72,
112
Track Assembly 112
Wick, Felt 112
Post 112,118
Bracket 131
Label 131
Bracket 131
Cable Assembly 131
Transformer 131
Filter 131
Plate 92,93,94
Plate, Switch 88,89,90
Clamp 131,132
Shield 132
Retainer III
Shield, Ribbon III
Spacer III
Flag 145 to 171
Bracket III
Guide, Top 111,143
Bar, Backup III
Collar 87,88
Guide, Left 121,123,144
Guide, Right 121,123
Label 125
Indicator, Column 111,143

402777

Connector, 5 Pt Receptacle 128,129,131,133
Connector, 5 Pt Plug 80,
81,82,133
Transformer 129,131,133
Transformer w/Cable 128,
129
Bracket 128,130
Chassis 127,128,129,130
Module, Power 72,127,128,
129,130
Shield III
Cable 81,95
Cable 81,82,133
Bracket 86
Insulator 86
Disc Assembly, Spool
Mounting 116,117
Guide, Right III
Bushing, Eccentric 94,
122,124,141,142
Link, Positioning 122,
124
Spacer 111
Printer w/Base 77
Post 116,117,118
Clip, Spring 116,117,118
Bushing 116,117,118
Disc, Spool Mounting 116,
117,118
Washer, Flat 116,117,118
Thumbscrew 103,107,111
Casting 103,105,106,107
Bracket 103,107
Switch 80,81,82,88,89,90,
95,127,129,130,131,133,
136
Rollet 88,89,90,92,93,94,
141,142
Roller 11 7 ,118
Post 111,112,114,143
Bracket III
Modification Kit 75,88,92,
111,117
Washer, Felt 116,117,118
Spacer 116,117,118
Spring 116,117,118
Belt, Paper Feed 121,123,
144
Modification Kit 75,81
Shield 80,90
Stop, Armature 97,98
Label, Fuse 125,127,129,
131,132
Bracket 128,129

402621
402622
402623
402625
402626
402629
402630
402631
402632
402634
402635
402636
402639
402644
402645
402646
402648
402652
402653
402654
402655
402656
402657
402658
402660
402661
402662
402663
402664
402666
402667
402668

Page 178

402681
402682
402684
402685
402686
402687
402688
402689
402698
402699
402700
402713
402714
402718
402719
402720
402721
402722
402723
402725
402726
402727
402734
402738
402739
402740
402741
402742
402743
402745
402746
402747
402750
402752
402753
402754
402755
402756
402757
402758
402769
402771
402772
402774
402775

402778
402784
402785
402787
402788
402789
402798
402803
402804
402811
402812
402816
402817
402820
402821
402822
402830
402841
402842
402843
402844
402847
402854
402858
402860
402861

402862
402863
402864
402865
402866
402869
402870
402874
402877
402887
402888
402890
402891
402892

ISS 3, SECTION 582-210-702
Part
Number
402895
402896
402897
402898
402899
402903
402904
402905
402906
402911
402912
402913
402914
402920
402922
402924
402936
402938
402943
402945
402950
402951
402952
402953
402954
402955
402956
402957
402958
402959
402960
402961
402962
402963
402964
402965
402966
402968
402969
402970
402972
402973
402974
402975
402976
402977
402978

Description and
Page Number
Bracket 131,133
Label 116,117,118
Plate, Right Lid w/Side
121,123
Plate, Left Lid w/Side
121,123
Bumper 97,98
Retainer 112
Post 112,114
Spring 97,98
Cable Assembly 112
Base 80,83
Clamp 82
Shaft, Paper Positioning
100,104
Shaft, Paper Positioning
101,105,109
Modification Kit 73,75,
144
Knob w/Insert 139
Tractor, Form Feed 144
Modification Kit 75,111
Brace 121
Guide, Rear 137
Mask 107
Roller, Feed 108
Post 110
Post 108
Link, Pivot 108,109
Link w/Po.st 109
Lever, Right 109
Lever, Left 109
Retainer, Right Bearing
108,109
Retainer, Left Bearing 108,
109
Lever, Release 109
Lever 109
Roller 109
Rod 109
Rod, Paper Adjusting 108
Shaft, Roller 109
Post 91
Gear, 42T 108
Rod, Release 109
Printer w/Base 77
Casting Assembly, Front 72,
107,108,109,110
Bracket 132
Bracket 132
Chassis 132,133
Filter 132
Filter Assembly 132
Input Assembly, AC 132
Module, Power 73,132,133

Part
Number
402980
402981
402982
402983
402984
402988
402992
402993
402994
403380
403383
403384
403385
403386
403387
403389
403390
403391
403394
403456
403486
403882
403883
405037
405181
405183
405903
405904
405905
406263
406270
406279
406280
406281
406283
406337
406338
406449
406450
406451
407208
407209
407775
407777
407782
407784
407785
407786
407788
407789
407790

Description and
Page Number

Pan, Lower 78,81
Post 132
Transformer Assembly 133
Bracket 80,81,82
Cable Assembly 132
Handle 112
Drum, Clutch 97,98
Post 97
Set of Parts 97,98
Modification Kit 73,75,140
Bail w/Post, Right 140
Bail w/Post, Left 140
Roller, Pressure 140
Link, Right 140
Link, Left 140
Plate 140
Window 140
Guide 140
Shaft, Pressure Roller 140
Tubing 105,109
Guard Sensor 94
Rail 80,81,82
Rail 80,81,82
Connector, 6 Pt Receptacle 80,81,82,88,89,90,131
Fuse, Plug-Iii 131,132
Connector, 9 Pt Receptacle 131
Plate 120
Spindle, Paper Roll 120
Modification Kit 75,120
Cover 125
Alarm Assembly, Jam 144
Arm Assembly, Left 142
Arm Assembly, Left 142
Arm Assembly, Right 141
Nut w/Washer, 6-32 112
Modification Kit 75,130
Modification Kit 75,130
Shaft, Support 115
Tractor, Form Feed 115
Tractor, Form Feed 115
Cable Assembly 134
Cover Assembly 73,134
Lever w/Post 141,142
Maintenance Kit 143
Bushingw/Latch 141,142,
143
Arm w/Post, Left 142
Arm w/Post, Right 141
Bracket 143
Roller 141,142
Retainer 141,142
Modification Kit 73,75,141,
142,143

Part
Number
407791
407792
407793
407794
407795
407796
407797
407798
407799
407800
407801
408032
408082
thru
408133
408136
thru
408139
408150
408177AT

Description and
Page Number
Spacer 143
Bracket, Right 94,141
Bracket, Left 142
Bracket, Left 142
Bracket, Left 142
Bracket, Right 94,141
Screw, 4-40 Shoulder 141,
142
Lever, Left 142
Lever, Right 141
Maintenance Kit 143
Bushing 141,142
Fan w/Hub 87,88,89;90
Pallet, Type 158,159

Pallet, Type 158,159
Pallet, Type 158,159
Carrier Arrangement, AT
Type 73,158
408178AU Carrier Arrangement, AU
Type 73,159
408179
thru
408215
Pallet, Type 160 to 163
408216
Pallet, Type 160,161
408217
Pallet, Type 160,161
408218
Pallet, Type 160,161
408219
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408220
Pallet, Type 160,161
408221
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408222
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408223
Pallet, Type 160,161
408224
Pallet, Type 160,161
408225
Pallet, Type 160,161
408226
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408228
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408229
Pallet, Type 160,161
408230
Pallet, Type 160,161
408231
Pallet, Type 160,161
408232
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408233
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408234
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,
163
408235
Pallet, Type 160,161
408236
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,163

Page 179

SECTION 582-210-702
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

408237
Pallet, Type 160,161,162,163
408238
thru
408242
Pallet, Type 160,161
408269AV Carrier Arrangement, AV
Type 73,160
408270AW Carrier Arrangement, AW
Type 73,161
408271AX Carrier Arrangement, AX
Type 73,162
408346AZ Carrier Arrangement, AZ
Type 73,163
.408390BB Carrier Arrangement, BB
Type 73,164
408391BC Carrier Arrangement, BC
Type 73,165
408392BD Carrier Arrangement, BD
Type 73,166
408393BE Carrier Arrangement, BE
Type 74,167
408394
thru
408429
Pallet, Type 164 toJ67,
170,171
408430
thru
408455
Pallet, Type 164,165,171
408456
thru
408465
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167,170,171
408466
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167
408467
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167
408468
thru
408473
Pallet, Type 164 to 167,
170,171
408474
Pallet, Type 164,165,
166,167
408475
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167
408476
thru
408479
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167,170,171
408480
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167
408483
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167,170,171
408484
Pallet, Type 164,165,170,
17.1
408485
Pallet, Type 164,165,166,
167,170,171

Page 180

Part
Number
408487
408503
408504
408506

Description and
Page Number

Pallet, Type 164,1:65
Pallet, Type 170,171
Pallet, Type 171
Pallet, Type 164,165,
171
408508
Pallet, Type 164,165,
171
408509
Pallet, Type 164,165,
171
408511
Pallet, Type 170,171
408518BF Carrier Arrangement, BF
Type 74,168
408521BJ Carrier Arrangement, BJ
Type 74,169
408522BK .Carrier Arrangement, BK
Type 74,170
408523BL Carrier Arrangement, BL
Type 74,171
408621
Lid wIBaH 144
Sprocket 144
408626
408627
Actuator 144
408628
Switch w/Cable 144
408629
Spacer 144
408630
Plate, Nut 144
Cam, Feed 144
408631
408632
Cam 144
408634
Retainer 144
408636
Frame, Side 144
408637
Insulator 144
Latch 144
408638
408639
Follower, Cam 144
408655
Cable Assembly 94,95
Printer wIBase 77
408656
408657
Shield wIPost 80
408661
Bracket 89
408662
Bracket 93
408673
Pan, Lower 80
408676
Lever 137
408677
Bracket 137
408680
Modification Kit 75, 137
408681
Modification Kit 75,112
408682
Post 144
Post, Eccentric 144
408684
408685
Post 1.44
408686
Spring, Torsion 144
408701
Post, Spring 98
408705
Pin 90
408706
Plate, Mounting 98
408707
Arm, Left 90
408709
Plate w/Bracket 139
408711
Casting, Front 118
408712
Plate, Mounting 139
408713
Gear, 30T 115
408714
Bracket 113
408716
Guide, Front Paper 113

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

408717
408718
408719
408721
408722
408727
408728
408733
408737
408738
408740
408741
408742
408743
408744
408745
408746
408748
408751
408756
408757
408759
408761
408763
408989
408990

Guide, Front Paper 113
Clamp 113
Guide, Rear Paper 113
Tractor, Form Feed 115
Tractor, Form Feed 115
Post 98
Shield 90
Bar, Backup 114
Casting, Right 94
Casting, Left 90
Gear, 30T 115
Brace, Rear 82,90
Brace, Lower 82
Frame, Left 82
Frame, Right 82
Feed Assembly, Line 72,98
Post 82
Post 82
Strap 90
Actuator, Switch 115
Cable Assembly 115
Spacer 82
Spacer 82
Form-Out Assembly 73,139
Bracket 143
Modification Kit 73,75,
141,142,143
Cover, Switch 80
Cover, Switch 80
Cover, Switch 81
Cover, Switch 81
Bar 103,107
Guide 103,107
Indicator 103
Card, Circuit 77,78,80,83
Card, Circuit 78,81
Card, Circuit 77,79,80
Card, Circuit 130
Card, Circuit 126,127,129
Card, Circuit 131,132
Card, Circuit 86
Card, Circuit 77,79
Card, Circuit 126,127
Card; Circuit 78,81
Casting, Front 113,114,115
Printerw/Base 78
Shaft, Support 115
Retainer 115
Clamp 113
Shaft, Drive 115
Shield, Pressure 113
Guide, Paper Entry 113
Shield 113
Guide 114
Bracket 82

408991
408992
408993
408994
408995
408996
408997
410071
410072
410076
410082
410150
410151
410155
410640
410681
410729
411000
411003
411006
411007
411008
411009
411011
411012
411013
411014
411015

ISS 3, SECTION 582·210·702
Part
Number
411016
411018
411019
411020
411021

Description and
Page Number
Bar, Tear 114
Spacer 114
Cover, Top 135
Plate 133
Knob w/lnsert 115

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

411023
411024
411025
411026
411028

Grommet 133
Bracket 90,139
Bracket, Adjusting 90
Guide 114
Guide, Track 114

411029
411030
453344
453346

Pan, Lower 83
Screw, 10-32 Spl114
Label BO,87,88,89,90
Screw, 10-32 Spl1l4

Page 181
181 Pages

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCoStandard

SECTION 582-210-750
Issue 2, November 1978
"DATASPEED*'\ 410 PRINTER
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL

1.

GENERAL ....................

1

2.

PRINTER REMOVAL FROM
CABINET .....................

1

This section .contains the routine maintenance to be performed on the DATASPEED 40 printer. DATASPEED 40 hereafter
referred to as 40 type.

FRICTION FEED (Adjacent) ......

1

1.02

FRICTION FEED (Under
Monitor) ......................

2

TRACTOR FEED (Procedures
Apply to Adjacent Printer as
Part of a KDP or ROP, 80 and
132 Column) ...................

This section is being reissued to incorporate 40P253 forms access 80-column
tractor feed printer and 40P102 80-column friction feed printer (noise reduced).
1.03

3

All references to left or right and front or
rear consider the printer in its normal
operating position with the ribbon facing· the
attendant.

FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR
FEED ...... , .................

1.04
3

Unless otherwise specified, the instructions apply to the friction and tractor feed
printers, 80 and 132 columns.

ALL PRINTERS ................

4

1.05

Routine maintenance on the printer is to
be performed at customer's convenience

TYPE CARRIER REMOVAL
AND CLEANING ...............

4

REMOVAL ....................

4

A. Friction Feed ...............
B. Tractor Feed ................
C. Forms Access Tractor Feed .....

4
5
5

CLEANING ....................

6

4.

CLEANING ....................

6

5.

CHECKS ......................

12

6.

LUBRICATION ................

16

7.

PRINTER REASSEMBLY
INTO CABINET ................

16

8.

CABINET CHECKS .............

16

9.

TESTING .....................

16

3.

1.01

every 2000 hours of running time or one year,
whichever comes first. Routine intervals should
be even shorter in dirty or corrosive environments.
1.06

Turn set ac power off prior to any maintenance on the printer.

1.07

Follow locally prescribed safety practices
when maintaining the printer (including
wearing safety glasses).

1.08

Printer adjustments referenced in this section are covered in Section 582-210-700.

Note: When ordering replaceable components,
unless otherwise specified, prefix each part number with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410055).
2.

PRINTER REMOVAL FROM CABINET

FRICTION FEED (Adjacent)

Note 1: The following procedures apply to
printer as part of a KDP or for an ROP.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1978 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-210-750

Note 2: Only the printer in a KDP arrangement
is shown.
Note 3: Make sure ac power is off before removing the printer.
2.01

To remove friction feed printer (adjacent)
from cabinet:

(a) Open cover.
(b) Disconnect the interlock cable connector
.
(Fig. 1).
(c)

(g)
out.

FRICTION FEED (Under Monitor)

Note:

Make sure power to station is off.

2.02

To remove friction feed printer (under
monitor) from cabinet:

(a)

Remove paper roll.

(d) Release printer and raise to the tilt position by depressing left and right release
levers (Fig. 1) and lifting printer.

Grasp printer securely from underside;
depress detents (Fig. 2) and slide printer

Open lid; lift slide release latches (Fig. 3)
and slide printer forward.

(b) Release paper latch and remove paper
(keep spindle with printer).
(c)

Disconnect cabinet interlock (Fig. 3).

(d) Depress release levers (Fig. 3) and raise
printer.

Fig. 1
(e)

Disconnect ac power connector (Fig. 2).

(f)

Disconnect SSI cable connector from
printer cable connector (Fig. 2).
DETENTS

Fig. 3

Fig. 2
Page 2

(e)

Disconnect ac power connector (Fig. 4).

(f)

Disconnect SSI cable connector (Fig. 4).

(g)

Grasp printer securely from underside;
depress detents (Fig. 4) and slide printer

out.

ISS 2, SECTION 582-210-750
Pull printer forward by grasping handle at
top (Fig. 6), and sliding off mounting
tracks.

(e)

DETENT
ACPOWER
CONNECTOR

Fig. 4

TRACTOR FEED (Procedures Apply to Adjacent
Printer as Part of a KDP or ROP, 80 and 132
Column)
2.03

Fig. 6

To remove tractor feed printer from
cabinet:

FORMS ACCESS TRACTOR FEED

(a)

Open cover.

2.04

(b)

Remove paper.

(c)

Release printer to tilt position by depressing left and right latchlevers to rear (Fig.5).

(a)

To remove the forms access tractor feed
printer from cabinet:
Open the left front cabinet door (Fig. 7).

(b) Push the top cover release latch (Fig. 7)
and lift top cover to its full open position.
(c)

Remove forms from printer by opening
left and righttractor lids (Fig. 7).

40P253/ZZ PRINTER
ACCESS FOR
TOP COVER
RELEASE
LATCH

l'RACTOR
LIDS
LATCH LEVERS

Fig. 5
FORMS

(d)

Insert screwdriver in right track and pry
detent up (Fig. 6).

Fig. 7
Page 3

SECTION 582-210-750
(d)

Disconnect cabinet connector bracket
(with P113, P114 and J115) from left
rear of printer.
(e)

Lift printer release latches (Fig. 8) and
slide printer forward (approximately 1/2inch).

ALL PRINTERS
2.05

Place printer on 124828 protective pad or
equivalent (Fig. 10).

2.06

Remove ribbon.

PRINTER RELEASE
LATCH
(One on Each Side
of Printer)

Fig. 10

~'----',I~-LL

CABINET
RAIL
ASSEMBLY

3.

TYPE CARRIER REMOVAL AND CLEANING

REMOVAL

(Right Side View)

Fig. 8

A.

Friction Feed

3.01
(f)

To remove type carrier from friction feed
printer:

Lift printer up and out of cabinet (Fig. 9).
(a)

Release thumb lever on left ribbon guide
bracket (Fig. 11) allowing bracket to swing
to the left.
(b)

Loosen thumbscrew on right ribbon guide
bracket (Fig. 11); swing bracket to the
right.

CABINET
CONNECTOR
BRACKET-

1HUMBSCR'W~

CUTOUTS
(For Printer Slide
Release Latches)

Fig. 9
Page 4

Fig. 11

ISS 2, SECTION 582-210-750
(c)

On late design units (carrier top guide
secured to backup bar with three thumbscrews), remove the carrier top guide (Fig. 14).
(d)

Lift finger lever on left pulley and hold.
Remove type carrier starting at right pulley
as shown (Fig. 12). Release finger lever.

THUMBSCREWS
AND LOCKWASHERS
CARRIER
TOP GUIDE

TYPE
CARRIER

Fig. 14
(c)

Lift finger lever on left pulley and hold.
Remove type carrier starting at right pulley
as shown (Fig. 15). Release finger lever.

TYPE
CARRIER

RIGHT
PULLEY

Fig. 12
B.

Tractor Feed

3.02

To remove type carrier from tractor feed
printer:
RIGHT
PULLEY

(a)

Release thumb levers on left and right ribbon guide brackets allowing brackets to
spring to sides of printer (Fig. 13).

Fig. 15
C.

THUMB LEVERS

Forms Access Tractor Feed

3.03

To remove type carrier from forms access
tractor feed printer:

(a)

Depress thumb lever on right ribbon guide
bracket allowing bracket to spring open
(Fig. 16).

THUMB
LEVER

Fig. 13
(b)

On 80-column tractor feed printer, remove
three thumbscrews and lockwashers securing carrier top guide; remove guide (Fig. 14).

Fig. 16

Page 5

SECTION 582.210-750
(b J Remove the tear bar assembly by removing
the two securing screws (hex. head), lockwashers and flat wllShers (Fig. 17).

DIRECTION OF
TYPE CARRIER

Danger: Exercise care in handling tear bar to prevent injury from the. tear edge. Careless handling
of the tear bar may produce a burr on the tearing
edge which may impair feedinlf of paper forms.

TYPE CARRIER

RIGHT PULLEY

Fig. 18

CLEANING
3.04

Clean type carrier with brush and mineral
spirits. Care should be taken that the cus'tomer's furniture is· not damaged. Inspect type
carrier. Replace any pallets that are worn, missing,
or mutilated. Set type carrier aside.
Fig. 17
4.
(c)

Lift finger lever on left pulley and hold.
Remove type carrier starting at right pulley
as shown (Fig. 18). Release finger lever.

Page 6

4.01

CLEANING

Check that the printed instructions on the
printer cover are legible. Clean with cloth.
See Fig. 19, 20, 21 and 22.

ISS 2, SECTION 582-210-750

Ribbon Loading
1. Ribbon is to wind and
unwind at bottom of
spool.
2. Put new spool on freewheeling spindle.
3. Using routing shown,
pass ribbon between
paper and type carrier.
4. Attach ribbon to empty
spool and wind until
eyelet is on spool.
5. Put spool on spindle
and wind up slack on
free· wheeling spool.

Paper Loading
1. Release pressure roller and
load with paper unrolling
as shown.
2. Fold paper approximately
45 degrees in either
direction.
3. Rotate paper until leading
edge appears under
pressure roller shaft. Be
sure paper is not between
type pallets and ribbon.
4. Pull through approximately
12 inches of paper and
align edge of paper roll.
5. Engage pressure roller
with paper, insert paper
through window opening and close cover.

Test
On

t

Off

Fig. 19-80-Column Friction Feed Printer
Page 7

SECTION 582-210-750

Form Selection
Form Selector Setting
4

1

Color
of
Belt

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
22

Amher
Blue
Yellow
Brown
Red
Pink
Lt Green
Green
Lt Blue
White

Length of Form
3-1/3
3-2/3
4
4-1/3
4-2/3
5
5-1/3
5-2/3
6
7-1/3

2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5-1/2

5
5-1/2
6
6-1/2
7
7-1/2
8
8-1/2
9
11

Ribbon Loading
1. Ribbon is to wind and unwind
at bottom of spooL
2_ Put new spool on free-wheeling
spindle_
3_ Using routing shown, pass ribbon
between paper and type carrier_
4_ Attach ribbon to empty spool
and wind until eyelet is on spooL
Put spool on spindle and wind
up slack on free-wheeling spooL

Remove ribbon and swing
ribbon guides out by
pressing thumb levers_
2_ Lift finger lever and remove
carrier starting at right pulley_
3_ Install new carrier starting at
left pulley, follow above
instruction in reverse_
Rotate carrier by hand in
direction shown, aligning
any protruding type pallets,
to prevent snagging_
5_ Option switch selection
should agree with font
arrangement of type
carrier.

Se~"'" I

Fo=
Depress when
changing belts_

Idler Assembly
Loosen and move thumbscrew until idler assembly
is approximately at right
angles to slot_

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Release paper guides and open tractors.
Fold one form down. If multiple
forms,separate.
Sight down paper path and thread
paper, keeping to the left.
Close tractors and paper guides.
Set right tractor for paper width.
Set left tractor for left margin.
Pull knob and turn to align form.

LF
2

Test
On

1

Off

t t

Fig. 2(}-SO-Column Tractor Feed Printer
Page 8

ISS 2, SECTION 582-210-750
Form Selection

Type Carrier Changing
Color
of
Belt

1

10 Amber
11 Dk. Blue
12
13
14
*3-3/4
15
4
16
*4-1/4
17
4-1/2
18
5-1/2
22
.........;..--L_....;...l-_-L_.J.._ _-::!LJ
t For six lines· per inch.
For eight lines per inch.

*

Forms
On

LF
2

Off

1

t

Ribbon Loading
Hold the ribbon spools approximately 18 inches apart and pull
the ribbon taut. Using a downward sawing motion, starting on
right side, slide the ribbon
between the plastic shield and
the steel tear edge. With the ribbon properly in position below
the tear edge, pass the ribbon
around on the rollers and between
the posts. The top edge of ribbon
on the rollers should be in front at
the posts. Wind sufficient ribbon
on empty spool so that second
eyelet is wound on spool. Install
spools as shown and take up ribbon slack on free-wheeling spool.

t

1. Remove ribbon and swing
right ribbon guide out by
pressing thumb lever.
2. Remove tear bar assembly
and two securing screws.
3. Lift finger lever and
remove carrier, startin~
at right pulley.
4. Install new carrier on the
pulley, then follow above
instructions in reverse.
Push forward on tear bar
while tightening securing
screws.
5. Rotate carrier by hand
in direction shown.
Align any protruding
type pallets to prevent
snags.
6. Option switch selection
should agree with font
arrangement of type
carrier.
7. Carrier changing may
require type centering.
Follow type centering
instructions.

1. Disconnect ac power after
printing with test switch.
2. Push in on gear and hold
while turning collar clockwise for character clipped
on right side and counterclockwise for character
clipped on left side.
Depress when
changing belts.

Idler Assembly
Loosen and move thumbscrew until idler assembly
is approximately at right
angles to slot.

Paper Loading
1. Open tractor lid.
2. Fold a fonn down if multiple fonns become
separated.
3. Thread paper up into guide before engaging
feed holes.
4; Unlock and set right tractor for paper
width. Lock tractor.
5. Close tractor lids.
6. Unlock and set left margin. Lock margin.
7. Pull knob and rotate to position fonn tear
line with printer tear bar.

Note:

When a new fonn length has been
installed, execute one fonn feed and repeat Step 7.

Fig. 21--Fonns Access 80-Column Tractor Feed Printer
Page 9

SECTION 582-210-750
Form Selection
Form Selector Setting
1

4

Color
of
Belt

Length of Form
3-1/3
3·2/3
4
4-1/3
4-2/3
5
5·1/3
5·2/3
6
7·1/3

2·1/2
3
3·1/2
4
4·1/2
5·1/2

Forms
On

LF
2

Off

1

5
5'1/2
6
6-1/2
7
7·1/2
8
8-1/2
9
11

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
22

Amber
Blue
Yellow
Brown
Red
Pink
Lt Green
Green
Lt Blue
White

Ribbon Loading
1. Ribbon is to wind and
unwind at bottom of
spool.
2. Put new spool on freewheeling spindle.
3. Using routing shown,
pass ribbon between
paper and type carrier.
4. Attach ribbon to empty
spool and wind until eyelet
is on spool.
5. Put spool on spindle and
wind up slack on freewheeling spool.

! t

1. Disconnect ac power after
printing with test switch.
2. Hold gear from rotating
and tum collar clockwise
for character clipped on
right side and counterclockwise for character
clipped on left side.

Idler Assembly
Loosen and move thumbscrew
until idler assembly is approxi- .
mately at right angles to slot.

1. Remove ribbon and swing
ribbon guides out by
pressing thumb levers.
2. Lift finger lever and remove
carrier starting at right pulley.
3. Install new carrier starting at
left pulley, follow above
instrtuction in reverse.
4. Rotate carrier by hand in
direction shown, aligning
any protruding type
pallets, to prevent snagging.
5. Option switch selection
should agree with font
arrangement of type carrier.

Fig. 22-132-Column Tractor Feed Printer
Page 10

Paper Loading
1. Release paper guides and
open tractors.
2. Fold one form down, if
multiple forms, separate.
3. Sight down paper path
and thread paper, keeping
to the left.
4. Close tractors and paper
guides.
5. Set right tractor for paper
width.
6. Set left tractor for left
margin.
7. Pull knob and tum to align
form.

ISS 2. SECTION 582-210-750
4.02

Brush and/or vacuum dust and paper lint
that has accumulated on sides, front, and
top of printer and inside paper chute (Fig. 23).
Make sure customer's furnishings are not damaged.
Customer's area must be kept clean.

4.05

Remove printer logic circuit card. Vacuum
component side of circuit card. Remove
paper dust and debris that has accumulated. Spray
contacts and card fmgers with 337449 cleaner
(Fig. 26).

PRINTER LOGIC CIRCUIT CARD
(Used on 132-Column Tractor Feed Units)
CONTACTS

~.

CARD FINGERS
..

. (410076 or 410640 Only)

(-~~y

Fig. 23
4.03

Place a piece of cleaning paper between
line feed armature and pole piece (Fig. 24).
Manually hold armature against pole piece and
pull paper out. Perform operation twice. Discard
paper.

PRINTER LOGIC CIRCUIT CARD
(Used on Friction and Tractor Feed Units)

Fig. 26
4.06

Area between armature
and pole piece.

Brush and/or wipe any foreign material
away from the armatures and bottom of
paper guide. Spray the upper and lower antifreeze
strips across the entire bank and circuit card
fingers with 337449 cleaner (Fig. 27).
PAPER GUIDE

Fig. 24
4.04

Spray form-out contacts with 337449
cleaner (Fig. 25).
CONTACTS

LOWER
ARMATURE
BANK

Fig. 25

CIRCUIT
CARD
FINGERS

Fig. 27
Page 11

SECTION 582-210-750
5.

CHECKS

Check fiber gear on crosshaft for worn or
chipped teeth. Check for red oxide around
bearings. (See Fig. 28.) At the bearings, check that
inner race does not tum on shaft. If it does,
replace shaft. Check for play in shaft by lifting up
and down. Check for worn, dented, or pitted teeth
on right pulley (Fig. 28). If any of these conditions exist, replace printer.
5.01

Check ribbon for curling. If any curling occurs on
ribbon, perform RmBON TRACKING adjustment
after printer is reinstalled in cabinet.
5.03

Check ribbon feed drive belt for missing
teeth. Check for damage or worn areas on
ribbon discs (Fig. 30). Replace if necessary. If
belt is replaced, perform RIBBON FEED DRIVE
BELT TENSION adjustment.
RIBBON FEED
DRIVE BELT

FIBER GEAR

RIBBON
DISCS

Fig. 30
BEARINGS

5.04

Check for wear, detents, or pitting on left
sprocket flange (Fig. 31). Replace if necessary. If left sprocket is replaced, perform LEFT
CARRIER SPROCKET adjustment.

PULLEY

5.05

Fig. 28

5.02

Check for worn, chipped or cracked ribbon rollers; replace if necessary.

Check for wear and pitting on type carrier
track. Make sure type carrier lubricating
pad is in place and is not damaged. (See Fig. 31.)
Replace if necessary. If front plate is replaced,
perform BACKUP BAR adjustment.

Note:

Tractor feed printers should be equipped
with new style rollers. Check that new style rollers
have been properly. installed, with.the groove and
bulge downward (Fig. 29).

r1

(Bottom View)

GROOVE~BULGE
~

Fig. 29
Page 12

Fig. 31

ISS 2, SECTION 582-210-750

5.06

Rotate impeller shaft and check that shaft
rotates freely, with no binds in the two
supporting bearings. Check both ends of shaft for
any red oxide deposits near bearing area. (See Fig.
32.) If red oxide deposits are present, replace
printer.

5.10

Check for excessive wear on gear, feed bars
and roller (Fig. 34). Replace gear and/or
line feed mechanism. If line feed mechanism is
replaced, perform CLUTCH DRIVE BELT TENSION adjustment.

Fig. 32
5.07

Check impeller shaft drive belt for missing
teeth (Fig. 33). Replace if necessary. If
belt is replaced, perform the IMPELLER SHAFT
DRIVE BELT TENSION adjustment.
Check feed bar drive belt for missing teeth
(Fig. 33). Replace if necessary. If belt is
replaced, perform FEED BAR DRIVE BELT
TENTION adjustment.

Fig. 34

5.08

5.09

Check clutch drive belt for missing teeth
(Fig. 33). Replace if necessary. If belt is
replaced, perform CLUTCH DRIVE BELT TENSION adjustment.

5.11

Check that line feed coil is securely
mounted on its core. Check for discoloration due to overheating on line feed coil casing.
(See Fig. 35). If either of these conditions exist,
replace line feed mechanism and perform CLUTCH
DRIVEBEL'I' TENSION adjustment.

LINE FEED
CORE

CLUTCH
DRIVE BELT

Fig. 33

Fig. 35
Page 13

SECTION 582-210-7.50

5.12

Check for free rotation of motor shaft.
Check for cracks on motor fan. (See Fig.
36.) Replace if necessary. If motor fan is replaced,
perform MOTOR FAN SPACING adjustment.

(b) Check that the low paper sensor is not
deformed (Fig. 38). If deformed, replace
the low paper switch assembly and perform
LOW PAPER SWITCH adjustment.
MOUNTING SCREW

MOTOR FAN

SWITCH
PAPER
SPINDLE

Fig. 36
Check for wear, bends, cracks or deformities in left and right ribbon guides (Fig. 37).
Replace if necessary. If ribbon guides are replaced,
perform RIBBON GUIDE (Final) adjustment.

Fig. 38

5.13

5.14

Friction Feed Only:

(Left Side View)

(c)

On 40P102 printer, check mask for tears
at each end of slot (Fig. 39). Replace
402945 mask if necessary. If mask is replaced,
perform MASK adjustment.

(a)

Check for excessive wear or deformities
on paper and pressure rollers (Fig. 37).
Replace if necessary.

END OF SLOT

PRESSURE ROLLER

,i

MASK MOUNTING
SCREWS

--~

Friction Feed

RIGHT
RIBBON
GUIDE

Fig. 39
5.15

Tractor Feed Only:

Check for missing teeth or cams on formout belt (Fig. 40). Replace if necessary. If
form-ollt belt is replaced, perform FORM-OUT
CONTACT TO BELT SPACING (Final) adjustment.

(a)

Tractor Feed
Fig. 37
Page 14

Fig. 40

ISS 2, SEGTION582-210-750
(b) Check for missing, distorted, or tom mylar
strip tabs on front casting assembly (Fig.
41). On 80-column printer, replace any mylar
strip that has a rough surface with 402936 modification kit.

(d) On 80-column printer, check that paperout spring is not bent or deformed (Fig.
43). If bent or deformed, replace with 408680
modification kit.

~~~~::~P~AP~E:R~-OUTSPRlNG

Iii

PAPER-OUT
SWITCH

(Side View)

Fig. 43
On 132-column printer, check that paperout switch arm is not bent and that
paper-out switch operates properly (Fig. 44). If
defective, replace; then perform PAPER-OUT
SWITCH adjustment.

(e)

Fig. 41
Check for bends, cracks, or deformities in
tractors. Check for free operation of the
tractors. Check that no pins are missing on
tractors. Check amber drive belts for tears, distortion, or mutilation (Fig. 42). Replace if
necessary. When replacing tractors make sure
that the white dots or raised marks are in line
with each other horizontally across the shaft.

REAR PAPER
GUIDE

PAPER-OUT
SWITCH ARM

(c)

PIVOT POINT

CLAMP SCREWS

Early Design
REAR PAPER
GUIDE

PAPER-OUT
SWITCH ARM
SWITCH
LEVER

WHITE DOT OR RAISED MARK

Fig. 42

Late Design
Fig. 44
Page 15

SECTION 582-210-750
6.

LUBRICATION

6.01
7.

8.02

Lubricate printer per Section 582-210-700.
PRINTER REASSEMBLY INTO CABINET

7.01

Check for air circulation and make sure
motor and fans are working properly.

Remount printer in cabinet; reconnect ac,
SSI and interlock cables.

Replace the type carrier. Before replacing
type carrier, seat all pallets using 402878
gauge (Fig. 45). Gauge is marked for 80 column
and 132 column. Be sure to use the proper side
of gauge to match the printer being maintained.
Reinstall type carrier starting at left pulley.
Once carrier is in place, rotate impeller shaft by
hand one complete revolution of the carrier to
seat all pallets.

9.
9.01

TESTING
Test the printer for proper operation. The
test should include a check on the follow-

ing:

7.02

• Operation of PAPER button on the printer cabinet
• Operation of FORMS ADVANCE button (tractor feed)
• Proper printer test message operation with Test
switch On
• Simulation of low paper and paper out (friction
feed) or form out (tractor feed)
• Line feed; single or double.

402878 GAUGE

r~

____~~_'-~__~_~_~-_~_~____~Y
Fig. 45

7.03
8.

Reinstall the ribbon. Install paper.
CABINET CHECKS

8.01

Test operation of interlock switch; pull up
on switch plunger and apply power, then
lower plunger. Motor should stop. On the forms
access printer cabinet, test all three interlock
switches (one for each front access door and one
for top lid).

Page 16
16 Pages

Refer to the station BSP for detailed checkout
procedures. Extensive checkout should not be
necessary during routine maintenance. However,
the printer must be checked out sufficiently to
make sure a working unit is being returned to service. For this purpose, a brief off-line checkout
should suffice.
9.02

During the printer tests, the print quality
must be examined. Printed copy should
have no smudges; characters should not be clipped
on either side; no characters should be missing;
characters should be clear.
9.03

Return the unit to service following locally
prescribed practice.

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-211-400
Issue 2, May 1979
"DATASPEED*" 40 OPERATOR CONSOLES
KD AND ROP
WIRING

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL .....................

1

2.

WIRING DIAGRAMS .............

2

POWER DISTRIBUTION ..........

2

SSI INTERCONNECTION .........

3

ALARM .......................

4

0404WDP - DATASPEED
Opcon

40,

40K001

ROP

0492WDP -DATASPEED
Opcon

40,

40K003

ROP

0496WDP - DATASPEED
Opcon

40,

40K004

ROP

0403WDP - DATASPEED 40, 40K101 KD Opcon

1.

0449WDP -Synchronous DATASPEED 40,
40K104 KD Opcon

SENSING AMPLIFIER
KEYSWITCH ASSIGNMENT .......

5

40K001 RECEIVE-ONLY OPCON ...

9

40K004 RECEIVE-ONLY OPCON ...

10

40K003 RECEIVE-ONLY OPCON ...

11

CABLE ASSEMBLIES ............

12

0477WDP -Synchronous DATASPEED 40,
40K105 KD Data Entry Opcon
0511WDP -Synchronous DATASPEED 40,
40K203 KD External Numeric
Entry Opcon

GENERAL

1.01

This section provides wIrIng diagram
information for the two basic types of
DATASPEED .40 Operator Consoles. (Opcon),
KD and RO, shown in Fig. 1.

KDOPCON
(With Keyboard)

1.02

This section is reissued to incorporate
DATASPEED 40 40K003 and 40K004
ROP opcons, 40K203 KD opcon, and the latest
engineering changes available at this time.

Note: When ordering replaceable components,
unless otherwise specified, prefix each part
number with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410075).
1.03

Detailed actual and schematic wiring
diagrams and circuit descriptions for the
DATASPEED 40 Operator Consoles are provided in the following Wiring Diagram Packages
(WDP).

Fig. 1---Qperator Consoles

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
© 1977 and 1979 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-211-400
2.

WIRING DIAGRAMS (Fig. 2 through 14)

POWER DISTRIBUTION

JI

1

~
1

-9<
1

-4
1

--9<

-4<
1

CONT~~LLER

I

~
1

-9<
1

-*I
I

~
I

/

I",

(GI

'-.1
1
/ I",

(WI

"':

(PI

/ 1-<
'-.1

~
.-~.

___

B~

III
)A7)

__

B~

)A12

1

+

--~AI

~12VDC

>

+ 12VDC

>- .

·~--7VDC

1

~
I

SEE NOTE

'1

~
I

+
I

~
I

~

I

410055 OR 410075

Note: Ground strap is
present only on the 410075
circuit card, Issue IB or
later.

CONSOLE LOGIC

Fig. 2---Early Design 40KI0l and 40KI04 Opcons

JI

1

/91

~i
)7711

r.

(G~
101

2

I PI

4

12VDC

"'-I

TO
CONTROLLER

*+
"'-I
+
+
/41

BR

I

+12VOC

avoc

trI

CONSOLE LOGIC

Fig. 3--Late Design 40KI0l, 40KI04, 40K203 and 40KI05 Opcons
Page 2

ISS 2, SECTION 582-211-400
SSI INTERCONNECTION

r-;====-I
INFORMATION TO

_

CONTROllER (I;

~

INFORMATION TO
CONTROllER (N)

-<

INFOR M ATION TO
DEVICE (I)
INFORMATION TO
DEVICE (N)

XFMR I (403657)
5:1

JI

~

Is 14
5
I
:(R)···~IE
~3~~~_~1 3

__. /

1 (Y)

XFM:

I

---<
---<

2 (403657)
5: I

I

12

:E
1 3

PART OF CONSOLE lOGIC

Fig. 4.- -Late Design 40KIOl, 40KI04, 40K203 and 40KI05 Opcons

T

JI
INFORMATION TO
CONTROLLER (I)
INFORMATiON TO
CONTROllER (N)

INFORMATION TO
OEVICE (I)
INFORMATION
TO
DEVICE (N)

---<
---<
---<
---<

Is

B5

I (Bl)
1

13

I

86

4

(R)

1
12

I (BR)

I

IIC
2

T2

87

: (0)

II

1(401658)

·,:1.

3

88

I

(401658)

-1:1-3

IIC

+3

I.T.C. (NI

TZ

t

+4 2+

4

98

PART OF 410055 OR 410075

Fig. 5--Early Design 40KIOI and 40KI04 Op.:ons

Page 3

SECTION 582-211-400

ALARM

ALARM
SIGNAL
-12VDC

Fig. 6--Early Design 40K10l and 40K104 Opcons

MLA 3

A2
17

~

'"
CI>

'"'" Q'"

A4
20

A3
19

AI
21

'"~

...0 '"0<::>
'"

PART OF CONSOLE LOGIC

Fig. 7-Late Design 40K10l, 40K104, 40K203 and 40K105 Opcons
Page 4

ISS 2, SECTION 582-211-400
SENSING AMPLIFIER KEYSWITCH ASSIGNMENT

SENSEAMP4~

CONSOLE LOGIC
CIRCUIT CARD

SENSE AMP 1

SENSE AMP 3

"KlOl-SENSE:CHART
SENSE
A,""
PIN NO.
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
28
27
26
24
23
20
19
17
16
15
14
13

~P

SENSE

1 SENSE _

{

\

•

=
p

+

2 SENSE _

-

--1

t

K

,

,

~ ~~.
I

5

6
H
T
5
N

(NOT USED)
SIR
G
LOCAL
R
URSOO RElUlI
4
0
3
C
'DE
y
SENO
Z
PRI~"T LOCAL
A
M
""INTON LINE
J
S
X
SPACE
L6
SHIFT (LEFTl
RECEIVE
IxMRDLlLEI
CAPS LOCK
SCROLL oa'"N SHIFT RIGHT
I£W LIi'E
CURSOR TAB SCROLL UP
SEG. ADV.
INTERRUPT
TAB
FlI'H SEND CONTRLf/lIGHT
-(REPEAT) CRCLLUl'fREP • (REPEAT)
-(REPEAT) ~ROLL QN(REP SPACEfl£PEATl
t (REPEAT) t (REPEAT) Xl(OPTION)
W
Q

o (2ERO)
9
8
L9
NOT USED
LID
0
FORM ENTER
RETURN
TAB SET
TAB CLEAR LINE INSERT
HIGH LIGHT LIi'E OELETE
CHAR . INSERT
L12
CHAR. DELETE
Lll
CHAR.OEL.(RE
CLEAR
CHAR. INS lREP! X2 (REPEAT)
- (REPEAT) NE~LINEIREP)

I

3 SENSE Al-P 4 SEKSE _

KEY TOP CHARACTER
X2(CI'lICN)
E
I
B
F
U
L
2
V
7

/

I

SENSE AMP 2

•

II
10

-

SE'&:

PIN NO.
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
28
27
26
24
23
20
19
17
16
15
14
13

9

40KI04 - SENSE AMP CHART
SE'lSE AlP 1 SENSE _

2 SENSE _

3

KEY TOP CHA.RACTER

r
\

•

P

+

-

o (ZERO)
9
PF5
NOT USED
PF~

PFI0
PF11
PFl2
PF9
PF8
PF7
CLEAr.
HAR. INS IREP!
- (REPEAT)

X2{cPTIC%I;)

1
U
L
7

E
B

F
2
V

w
K

Q

0
C
8

,

0

Z

A
S
X
SHIFT (LEFT)

SP~E

II
12
13

8

-1

16

6
H

t

T
5

(NOT USED)
PA2
PAl
I:URSOR RElUlI

N
G

IDE
SIR

PF4
PF3

PF2

SENSE AMP

14
7 15

At-P 4 SENSE NoP 5

R

+12V DC

(Typical)
KEYSWITCH
( See Sense Amp Chart)

4
3
Y
M

J
SPACE

ERASE II'I'UT
LOCAL
ONTROL !LEFT
LI'£ INSERT CAPS LOCK
SCROLL oortl~ SH!FT RlCitIT
Ui'E CELETE CURSOO TA3 SCROLL UP
I£WUi'E
CHAR . INSERT BACK TAB
TAB
PRINT LOCAL
CHAR. DELETE
PFl
XlN7RLfflGHT
(REPEAT)
MAR. DEL .IRE -(REPEAT) C"CFi(,LL LPlREP
X2 (REPEAT) -CREPEAT) CROLL ON(REP SPACEfl£PEAT)
t (REPEAT) XICCPTION)
nLINECREP • (REPEAT)

,

17
3 18
2 19
28 110
27 III
26 112
24 113
23 114
2
115
19 116
17117
16 118
15 119
14 120
13 121

Fig. 8-Early Design 40KIOI and 40KI04 Opcons
Page 5

SECTION 582-211-400
SENSE AMP 4

SENSE AMPl

~

)I

10

9

e
7

CONSOLE LOGIC
CIRCUIT CARD

II
12
13

SENSE AMP

14
15

6 16
17

+12 V DC

IB

(Typical)

KEYSWTICH

19
2B 110
27 III

(See Sense Amp Chart)

26 112
24 113
23 114
20 115

40K101 - SENSE AMP CHART
SENSE
AMP
PIN NO

SENSE

AMP

I

SENSE

AMP 2

AM;:' 3

SENSE

SENSE

AMP 4

CHARACTER

KE'fTOP

-

y

{

X TAA

E

,

8

I

8
F

t TEST \

L

2

7

P

U

V

6

TAe

I

w

+

K

0
0

CURSOR RETURN

C

HOME

"

10
9

\

8

P

AMP 5

S€NS€

1

14 120

H

I

19 116
17
117
16
liB
15
119
_~L3

6
T

121
.~-

5

-

3
2

0

12EROI

28
27

2'
23
20
19

0

I L 91

-

( LID)

26

TA8 CLEAR
HIGH LIGHT

17

( Llll

15

CLEAR

14

2
A

PRI~'T -LOCAL

S

PRINT ON LINE

CHAR. DLETE

CHAR. OLETE - RPT

CHAR. INSRT-RF QPTlON- APT

-

13

(L61

ILEFTI
CAPS LOCK
CURSR. TAe

RECEIVE

SHIFT

SCROL DOWN

SCROl uP
INTERRlPT
F(J;M SEIIl

AOV.

SEGMT.

R
4

..

SEt.{)

x

I NSAT

CHAR.

(LIZ)

16

;

RETURN
UNE INSERT
liNE DELETE

TA8 SET

G
5

LOCAL

9

,

FORM E>ITER

N

3
SIR

7

J

SPACE
CONTROL 1l1FT1
SHIFT !RIGHT)
NEW LINE

"

(TEST)

-.....

REPEAT

SCROL UP - RPT

REPEAT

t

REPEAT

SCROLOOHN~ SPACE - RPT
RETURN {TEST I
REPEAT

-RPT NEW UNE - RPT

I

:aNTRa.. I RlGHTI

> • -

REPEAT

•

40K104 - SENSE AMP CHART
S€NSE
AMP
PIN NO

SENSE

AMP

{

"

\

P

P

6

TA8

-

3

2'
23
20
19

0

("ss)

PF6

T
N

W

PAZ

G

PAl
TAB

5

HOME

4

0

Z

SIR

;

A

PF4

9

S
(LEFT)
LOCK

SHIFT
CAPS
CURSR.

CHAR.

16

PF7

CHAR. DLETE

INSAT

CHAR.Ol£TE -RPT

CHAR. lNSRT-RfJ'1 OPTlON-RPT{Vssl

-RP NEW UN' -RPTCVssl

R
7

...
J

PF3

x

ERASE INPUT
LINE DELETE

-

3

D

UNE INSERT

CLEAR

6

v
0

PF9

13

H

I

C

PF8

15

AMP 5

y

2

17

14

S€NS€

1

8
F

,

PF10
PFll
PF12

AMP 4

-

E

(ZERO)

PF5

SENSE

CHAAACTfR

U
I
K

+

5

AMP 3

S€NS£

8
I
L

{TEST I

7

26

XTRA

,

8

28
27

AMP 2

SENSE

K(YTOP

10
9

2

I

TA8

PF2
LOCAL
(NOT ASSIGNED)
( NOT ASSIGNED 1

BACK TAB

PRINT LOCAL

I

PFl

SPACE

CONTROL (LETT)

SHIFT_!R~
Nt.W LINE
II

(Tm-J

-.....

REPEAT

SCROt.. UP - RPT

REPEAT

SCROL DOWN - "!':' SPACE - RPT

t

REPEAT

•

REPEAT

<:oNTROL I RIGHT)

> . -

REFUT

E.INP=U~

Fig. 9-Late Design 40KIOl and 40KI04 Opcons
Page 6

-----~.--

ISS 2, SECTION 582-211-400
SENSE AMP 4

CONSOLE LOGIC
CIRCUIT CARD

'
---r'
I
I
~----J/~SENSE AMP 1

SENSE AMP 2

SENSE AMP 3

-.

40K105 - SENSE AMP CHART
SOSEMBLV

Fig. 15--341094 Cable Assembly for Early Design 40KI01 and 40K104 Opcons
401149
(USES 341648
CONNECTOR TERMINAL)
I

551

(I:
(2:
(3:
(4:
(51I
(6:
(71
(8:
(9:

DIP

5

CONNECTOR
I

BL
y

BR
G

R
P

0
G

-*:j
Ij
I

:)

:j
I)

TO CON50LE
LOGIC

:)

:)
C@

Fig. 16---346387 Cable Assembly for Late Design 40K101, 40KI04/203 and 40K105 Opcons
401149
(USES 341648
CONNECTOR TERMINAL)
I

(I:

BR
I I

I'

o
R

:

I

y

G

BL
P
W

@r%------------------------------Fig. 17--341099 Cable Assembly for the 40K001 Opcon
Page 12
12 Pages

TO
KEYSWITCHES

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-211-500
Issue 3, March 1979

"DATASPEED*" 40 OPERATOR CONSOLES KD AND RO
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL......................

1

2.

TESTING.......................

2

3.

TROUBLESHOOTING.. . . . . . . . . . . .

21

1.

GENERAL

This section contains procedures to test
and troubleshoot the two basic types of
DATASPEED 40 Operator Consoles (opcon), KD
and RO, shown in Fig. 1.

1.03

The testing and troubleshooting proce·
dures in this section apply to Asynchro·
nous DATASPEED 40 Opcons with full edit
features and Synchronous DATASPEED 40
Opcons.
1.04

The extent of the testing and trouble·
shooting procedures are limited to that
which is required for correction of troubles or
replacement of parts in field locations.

1.01

1.05

Repackage the opcon into its original
packaging details it was received in or
into the replacement opcon packaging details.
1.06

New packaging material and a packaging
specification can be ordered from Tele·
type Corporation or Western Electric Service
Center in the event the original packaging mao
terials are not available.

KDOPCON
(With Keyboard)

Packaging Specification:
• PS-28001 - For KD opcon
• PS-28002 - For RO opcon

ROOPCON
(Without Keyboard)

Fig. 1 - Operator Consoles
1.02

This section is reissued to incorporate
40K203, 40K003, 40K004, and the
latest engineering changes available at this time.
Teletype Change Notice (TCN) information, where
applicable, is also included. Because this is a general
revision, marginal arrows have been omitted.

Note: The 40K203 External Numeric Cluster
opcon is basically the same as a numeric cluster
located to the right of the keyboard data array.
The 40K104 and 40K203 opcons hereafter are
referred to as the 40K104, 203 opcon.

Note: When ordering replaceable components,
unless otherwise specified, prefix each part num·
ber with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410075).
Refer to Section 582-211-100 for infor·
mation providing description and opera·
tion of DATASPEED 40 opcons, 582-211-400
for wiring, and 582-211-700 for adjustment,
disassembly, reassembly, and parts information.
1.07

1.08

Reference manuals associated with the
DATASPEED 40 opcons are:

• 999.-300-121 How to Operatp. Asynchronous
DATASPEED 40 Keyboard·Display
• 999-301-121 How to Operate DATASPEED 40
Printer
·999-300-123 How to Operate Synchronous
DATASPEED 40 Keyboard-Display

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
© 1974 and 1979 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-211-500
2.

2.02

TESTING

2.01

Operational checkout procedures are presented in Tables A through D. Each table is
identified as to the opcon being tested. Use the
tables to assure complete operation of the opcon
after maintenance or to isolate a poorly defined
trouble area.

Perfonn the checkout in the order presented as applicable to the KD or RO opcon
being tested. The required response for each test
step is shown. If the opcon under test fails to respond correctly to a test step, go to 3. TROUBLESHOOTING.
2.03

The keytop identification of opcons provided in this section can be found in Fig. 2.

LINE

DLfTE

CHAR
DLETE

Asynchronous DATASPEED 40, 40K101 Opcon (Complete Complement)

40K203 Opcon
only.
9 -l----l
I .......-l-.::S'4-.:::
I

: 1-'-....j....:5=-+....:6=-i---I

: L..;-,-.:2=-+..:3~_*~
CHArt

I

~~-L=T~~~-L~~~~~~~~~~~~__~~r._~'=~~_~:=L=~n~.J~
I

MitT

/

__,-L-~__~

eACk

LL_-_-_.J._-_-_-_-_J __ __________ _
ENTER (SIR) Key top at the right side of the space bar is the CONTROL Key top in 40K104 opcon.
Synchronous DATASPEED 40, 40K104 (ASCII and EBCDIC) and 40K203/GAB opcons.

Note: Reset and Line Insert
keys will not repeat with 40/4.

CLEAR

[RASE

C'iAR
IfIISRT

C .... AR
l'IIlE
CL[T[ OLETE

NUM
LOCK

HOME

Synchronous DATASPEED 40, 40K105 Opcon (Data Entry)
Fig. 2-KD Opcon Keytop Arrangements
Page 2

ISS 3, SECTION 582.211·500
TABLE A
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40K10l OPERATOR CONSOLE
, " 11//,.

Note:

The ~IL~Lr indicator lights immediately when power to the set is turned on.

TEST
STEP

PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

On early design 40K10l opcon only:
1

Depress the

EJ[TI
RETURN

and

p

keys

simultaneously with additional force
and then release.
2

Depress the

I Iand [J keys
RETURN

ill

\11111"

indicator lamp lights (brightly) momen·

/1\\\

tarily indicating power to opcon.

'ill

~ indicator lamp lights (brightly) and re·

11\\\

simultaneously with additional force
and then release.

mains lighted indicating the loop·back test
mode is activated.

a. Place opcon into the caps mode by
depressing and latching the CAPS
LOCK key.

Note 1: Occasionally th~ operational lamps
may flash on and then off, or the alarm bell
may sound when the loop·back test mode is
activated. If this occurs, clear the test by
keys beyond
depressing the RETURN and

b. Depress the following keys while
observing lights for proper indica·
tion.

I

Depress Key
(or keys).

I I I;c I

their normal stop, and re-enter the test mode.

Note 2: Ignore any characters that may
appear on your screen during test.

I

Indicator Key

I

SE~D---------

Cor~rROL

A---------& A
SEND
REC
C
REC
CONTROL & C
LOCAL
D
CONTROL'& D
LOCAL
G
SIR
CONTROL & G
SIR
INTRPT
F
CONTROL & ACK
INTRPT
E
FORM SEND
CONTROL & E
FORM SEND
PRINT ON LINE
J
NEW LINE
PRINT ON LINE
PRINT LOCAL
0
CONTROL & 0
PRINT LOCAL
HIGH LIGHT
I
HIGH LIGHT
TAB
H
FORM ENTER
FORM ENTER
REC
CONTROL & C
REC
CURSR RETRN
SIR
CONTROL & G
SIR
CLEAR
PRINT ON LINE
NEW LINE
PRINT ON LINE
FORM ENTER
HOME
FORM ENTER

--

I

Indicator,
Condition

I

.l

UN
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

~FLASHE
OFF
7FLASHE:
OFF
1FLASH~

OFF
;;FLASHE
OFF

Page 3

SECTION 582-211-500

TABLE A (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40KIOI OPERATOR CONSOLE
EST
STEP

2
(Cont)

RESPONSE

PROCEDURE
c. On late design 40KIOI opcon
(interface/bell card not present), the
alarm may be sounded for testing
purposes by depressing the
key fully.
d. Depress the

I

RETURN

I I

~-P-l

RnURN

Iand I Ikeys
'pc

simultaneously with additional force
and then release.
3

The alarm sounds (loud-control turned toward
front; soft-control turned toward rear) as long
as RETURN key is fully depressed.

L_

ill

I

L\)UJ)~H ,-:.,.. SOFTER

indicator lamp extinguishes and returns

opcon to normal operating mode.

Depress each key on the keyboard portion of the opcon four or five times.
Lower portion of depressed
keys are displayed.

4

Page 4

Disengage the rc:;:;] key by depressing
~
it again momentarily. Again depress
each key on the keyboard portion of
the opcon four or five times.

The alpha characters described in Step 3 are
displayed in lower case (ie, abcdef, etc).

ISS 3, SECTION 582,211,500
TABLE A (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40KIOI OPERATOR CONSOLE
TEST
STEP
5

RESPONSE

PROCEDURE
Depress the left

B

key

together with each nonalpha key
(ie, !@"$, etc) on the ,keyboard
portion of the opcon.

-

,

,s

"
A

"

6

B

Depress the right

key together

~

)

~

\

K

The character on the upper portion of the
depressed key is displayed.

with one of the keys depressed in Step 5.
7

Depress the left

I

CONTROL

I key together

with the keys containing control characters fpur or five times each.
Dl EB EQ D2 D4 EM SB Us SI EC
SH Da ET DL BL GS RS VT FF
, NU CN EX '/, Sx So FS

K

Page 5

SECTION 582-211-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40K101 OPERATOR CONSOLE
TEST
STEP

8

RESPONSE

PROCEDURE

I Ikey together

Depress the right

CONTROL

The corresponding control character is
displayed.

with one of the keys depressed in Step 7.
9

Depress the

~,~

I
I
keys with additional force than is

and

,PAr f

.---.------- - -- -- --- - -------------.-................................................

~".

The space key repeatedly moves the cursor
to the right.

normally required.
10

Depress the

I I key. Then in

L

HOM'

sequence depress momentarily with
more force than normally required,
each cursor movement key shown.

::::r

IT- --- - -- -- --@---- -

- -

o----@---~
I
I

¢

HOM
'

"~CURSR

I

~TRN

1'1 ,l

I

'-

~~~

Home the cursor and type the
alpha characters A through J on
the display. Place the cursor over
character E and depress the
key momentarily; then
CHAR
INSRT

0

ABCDEFGHIJD
ABCDBFGHIJ
ABCD FGHIJ
ABCD
EFGHIJ

depress it fully - releasing it
after the characters stop moving.
12

Depress the

CHAR

OLETE

key

momentarily; then depress it
fully.

Page 6

I
I
I

¢
I
I
I

O"-----0-------D-"

~I--

11

--9

EFGHIJ
ABCDD
EFGHIJ
ABCDD
ABCD~GHIJ
ABCD
HIJ
ABCDlGlHIJ

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40K101 OPERATOR CONSOLE
TEST
STEP

PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

13

Depress the

§'NSRT

key once.

The cursor moves to the beginning of the
line and the line of data moves down one
line:

14

Depress the

~

key once; then

The line of data moves up and then the
display is cleared of all characters.

15

OLETE

depress the

ICLEA·1

Depress the

1=1,

1':"1

key.

I;: I lamp lights when key is depressed

Band

keys in sequence as shown.

(LOCAL lamp extinguishes).

8

lamp lights when key is depressed

(SEND lamp extinguishes).

I=-I lamp lights when key is depressed
(REC lamp extinguishes).

SIR

IINTRPTi ~:~

I I"8: I~RIN: I
r

LINE

LOCAL

I

I

I

H'.Hrl,'~~1
TA·,I I
I LIGHT
ENTER T··I,
SET
CLEAR

I

SCROl SEGMT
UP

ADV

. c;CROL CURSR
DOW.
TA.

Note: The following test steps provide test procedures for
the expanded memory, full edit, conversation mode, and
printer key groups. As a reminder, any blocking key tops
should be removed.

1 t,L

U
16

17

15<...

TI

three times if three segments are present.

The segment marker in the top left-hand
comer of the display changes from( -) to (=)
to (52) - back to (-) on sets with three segments.

~
depress it fully.

The display moves up one line. It then
continues to move up until the last segment
marker appears at the top of the display.

Depress the

Depress the

ADV

key twice-

key once; then

I
Page 7

SECTION 582-211-500
TABLE A (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40KI0l OPERATOR CONSOLE
TEST
STEP
18

19

Depress the

depress it fully.
Place the cursor away from home
position and depress the ~ key.

A column of tab marks are written. The
cursor moves to the tab mark on the next
line.

CLEAR

IC~=~RI

key once; then

sn

key twice.
The cursor returns to the home position, and
all tab marks are cleared from the display.

key.

Depress the
PAINT

L'" keys
ON

22

DOWN

Home the cursor and depress the

8
21

~

The display moves down" one line. It then
continues to move down until the first
segment marker appears at the top of the
display.

Depress the
20

RESPONSE

PROCEDURE

,

D
HIGH

'
and

LIGHT

D
fORM
SEND

=

FORM
ENTER

,

Indicator lamp lights when key is depressed;
extinguishes when key is depressed again.
control

each twice.

Depress the

IL~LI

I'N~TI

[Pol

-,

'\\tll/

PRINT

L.OCAL

~I

and

-.. ,\ f I ......

control keys in sequence as

shown.

511:::: lamp lights when key is depressed

(REC lamp lights).

- ~~b~~ -lamp lights when

key is depressed (REC lamp extinguishes, SEND
lamp lights, and SIR lamp remains on).
'\\!II/

-:::l~Lt lamp lights when key is depressed
(SEND, SIR, and PRINT LOCAL lamps
extinguish ).
23

Type a character in the 80th (last)
position of the display (on full edit
sets only).

The alarm sounds (loud-control turned toward
front; soft-control turned toward rear).

cJ

LOUDER ~ SOFTER

(Test Ended)

Page 8

ISS

a, EECTION582-21l-500

TABLEB
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40KI04, 203 OPERATOR CONSOLE
,'1/1//"

Note:

The

~Il~lr

TEST
STEP

indicator lights immediately when power to the set is turned on.
PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

On early design 40KI04 opcon only:
1

Depress the

I'R·"I and
fIIP"T

GJ
P

m~ indicator lamp lights (brightly) momen-

keys

tarily indicating power supply to opcon.

simultaneously with additional force
and then release.
2

Depress the

and

,RAS'
INPu1

D'

,\ 1 I,

~ill: indicator lamp lights (brightly) and

keys

,

simultaneously with additional force
and then release.

remains lighted indicating the loop-back test
mode is activated.

a. Place opcon into the caps mode by
depressing and latching the CAPS
LOCK key.

Note 1:

Occasionally the operational lamps
may flash on and then off, or the alarm bell
may sound when the loop-back test mode is
activated. If this occurs, clear the test by
depressing the IERAS'I
and
keys beyond
INPUT

GJ

b. Depress the following keys while
observing lights for proper indication.

their normal stop, and re-enter the test mode.

Note 2:

Ignore any characters that may appear
on your screen during test.

l

Depress Key
(or keys),
.

I Indicator Key I

J

\

[

SIR
LOCAL
LOCAL
PRINT LOCAL
PRINT LOCAL
LOCAL
LOCAL

On late design 40KI04 opcon
(interface/bell card not present), the
alarm may be sounded for testing
purposes by depressing the
key fully.

d . D epress the

Indicator
Condition

I

A----------- .. S/R---------- - - -

CONTROL & A
C
CONTROL & C
F
CONTROL & : "
CONTROL & C
c.

I

ERA"
'NPO'

and

I~~I

GJ
p

k eys

simultaneously with additional force
and then release.

"'ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
::::FLASH::::
- OFF -

d

The alarm sounds (loud-control turned toward
front; soft-control turned toward rear) as long
M ERASE INPUT k,y "

ill

LOUDER ' - ' SOFTER

indicator lamp extinguishes and returns

opcon to normal operating mode.

Page 9

SECTION 582-211-500
TABLE B (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40K104, 203 OPERATOR CONSOLE
TEST
STEP

PROCEDURE

3

Depress each key on the keyboard portion of the opcon four or five times.

4

Disengage the

I~~~~ I key by depressing

it again momentarily. Again depress
each key on the keyboard portion of
the opconfour or five times.
5

Depress the left

B

key together

with each nonalpha key (ie, !@-$, etc)
on the keyboard portion of the opcon.

Page 10

The alpha characters described in Step 3 are
displayed in lower case (ie, abcdef, etc).

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-500
TABLE B (Cont)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 40KI04, 203 OPERATOR CONSOLE
TEST
STEP

6

PROCEDURE
Depress the right

B

RESPONSE

key together

The character on the upper portion of the
depressed key is displayed.

with one of the keys depressed in
Step 5.
7

Depress the left ICONTOOL I key together
with the keys containing control
characters.

/

1
/

/

/

I

May be displayed
as Fsor <

I I I I

I

Test Functions
(Message Displayed)

8

/
I A' I 1 I

lQlwlEIRIT1Ylul~olpl 1
11"';\rSs~ 01 FIG 1H 'j1 K I L / /
I~I 

184056 (2)

""

e>------

~"'

~,

.....

(2)

\
"

346701

J
151152

j

I

_ ---

~__ 3640

346386 (2)-1
:

"

341088

i
I

-----i- i~
__ ,f--=-~-

----:--:----~---- ---::----------:::-=---:-':S~~
-':--;';;;:£.~~~~
'1..
·~'~~r. -"\

--

125011_.!:,

,
I

-r: ---~)I

346255

,

>

---,
Note 2: For late design 40KI0l,
40KI04, and 40KI05 opcons.
Fig. 7 -Console Logic Circuit Card

Page 18

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-700

~--346722

151152
3640

I

,,

,,

,

->

!/ ~<~,

t"

: 346426
I
I

I
L--

I',

i ~--181241
I

o Not part of 410095

346370 _ _

@
1

circuit card.

Fig. 8-410095 Console Logic Circuit Card Components
for 40K203 Wide Opcon

Page 19

SECTION 582-211-700

Early Design 40KI0l Opcon

Early Design 40KI04 Opcon

Late Design 40KI0l Opcon

KEYSWITCH
POS
A
B
C
D
E
F

NO.
340720
340721
340722
341097
346211
346359

TYPES
Basic
Repeat
Latching
Combination
Indicator W{Resistor
Indicator

Fig. 9-Keyswitch Identification

Page 20

PUSH ROD
COLOR
White
Green
Black
Yellow
Orange
Orange

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-700

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

I

I

A

A

~

A

I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

~I

:.. __________________ :..1

40K203 Opcon only

Late Design 40K104 or 40K203 Opcon

Iclclclclcl
A

A

A

B

A

A

A

A

A

B

B

A

A

B

B

A

A
40K105 Opcon

FOS
A
B
C
D

KEYSWITCH
NO.
340720
340721
346359
340722

TYPES
Basic
Repeat
Indicator
Latching

PUSH ROD
COLOR
White
Green
Orange
Black

Fig. 10-Keyswitch Identification

Page 21

SECTION 582-211-700
Ref NEW LINE

j"

346293 (2)

~

KE~
340764~

0346291 (5)

346302 (2)

346303 (2)

~"l."

GUIDES

Note 1: For40Kl0l
and 40KI04 opcons.

o Used on 40KI0l opcon only.

Note 2:
Fig. ll-Keyswitch Channel Spacers

Page 22

For 4OKI05 opcon.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-700

During reassembly, apply grease
(143484 - Mobil #2, 1 lb can;
145867 - Mobil #2,4 oz tube)
to slotted hole in side plate.

Fig. 12-Left Side Frame Mechanism

Page 23

SECTION 582-211-700

t;-p\
-:'~181242
119649

401138

During reassembly, apply grease

(143484 - Mobil #2, lib can;
145867 - Mobil #2,4 oz tube)
to slotted hole in side plate.
Fig. 13-Right Side Frame Mechanism

Page 24

ISS 3, SECTION 582·211·700

S

,

Y
N

"-

C
K

LINE
OLET£

N
A

CHAR

A

K

RETURN

PART NO.
340701
340714
*340767
340778
340818
340819
340821
340822
340823
340824
340825
340826
340827
340828
340829
340830
340831
340835
340836
,§ 340837
340838
340839
340840
340841
340842
340843
340845
340846
340847
340849

KEYTOP DESCR

PART NO.

BLOCKING (CONTROL)
BLOCKING (DATA)
NEW LINE
(SPACE)
HOME
SCROL UP
!
1
@
2
#
3
4
$
%
5
1\
6
&
7
8
*
(
9
)
0

340850
340852
340853
340854
340856
340857
340858
340859
340860
340861
340862
340863
340865
340866
340867
340868
:540869
340870
340871
340872
340873
340874
340875
340876
340877
340879
340880
340881
340882
340887

-

-

CURSRRETRN
SCROLDOWN
CURSRTAB
DCl
Q
ETB
W
ENQ
E
DC2
R
DC4
T
EM
Y
US
I
SI
0
ESC
P
LINE INSRT

KEYTOP DESCR

PART NO.

t

340888
340889
340890
340891
340892

SOH
DC3
EOT
BEL
GS
RS
VT
FF

A
S
D
G
H
J

K
L

:

,;

"
LINE DLETE
~

~

SHIFT
NUL
CAN
ETX
DEL
STX
SO
FS

Z

X
C
V
B
N
M

<
>

?

~

I

CONTROL
CHAR INSRT
CHARDLETE
SUB
U

340893
340894
340895
340896
340897
340898
346100
346101
346102
346103
346104
346105
346106
346107
346108
346110
346111
346114
346121
346122
346259

UHf:
INSItT

INSRT
CHAR

OLEn

KEYTOP DESCR
TAB
]

+

[

=

RETURN
{

}

NAK
I

\

I

ACK
CAPS LOCK
SEGMTADV

,

,...,

SYN
DLE
F
CURSOR TAB (WIDE)
SEND
REC
LOCAL
SIR
PRINT ON LINE
PRINT LOCAL
INTRPT
HIGH LIGHT
FORM ENTER
TAB SET
TAB CLEAR
CLEAR
FORM SEND
RECTAPE
BLOCKING (WIDE
CURSOR TAB)

*The 340764 compression spring between the 340767 key top and the keyswitch
§

housing must be ordered separately.
Early design
Fig. 14-40KIOI Key top Identification

Page 25

SECTION 582-211-700

PART NO.

KEYTOP DESCR

-

340914
340915
340916
340917

1
2
7

E9

"
0

PART NO.
340918
340919
340920

+

KEYTOP DESCR

=


?

-V
CONTROL

I

+

]

=
C
CAPS LOCK
CURSOR TAB
BACK TAB
ERASE INPUT
A
R/TST
LtrST
S
FM
J
DUP
M

'"

M02'1a
340994

Q

w

.. -

E
R
T

340995
340996

340997
340998
340999
341000
341001
341002
341004
341005
341006
341007
341008
341009

,

y

U
I

a
,

P

\

I

D
F
G
H
K

KEYTOP DEseR
L
{

}
Z
X

C
V
B
N
4:

6

...,I

+
=
LOCAL

SIR
PRINT LOCAL
CLEAR
t'Al

PA2
PFI
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
PF8
PF9
PFI0
PF11
PF12

,The 340764 compression spring between the 340767 keytop and the keyswitch
housing must be ordered separately.
Fig. 17-40KI04 Keytop Identification

Page 27

SECTION 582-211-700

KEYTOP LAYOUT (EBCDIC)
PART NO.
340701
340714
"340767
340778
340818
340821
340822
340823
340824
340825
340826
340827
340828
340829
340830
340831
340835
340849
340850
340861
340862
340863
340865
340866
340867
34087,
340876
340877
340879
340880

KEYTOP DESCR
BLOCKING (CONTROL)
BLOCKING (DATA)
NEWLINE
(SPACE)
HOME
1
@
2
3
4
$
%
5
A
6
&
7
8
*
(
9
)
0

*

-

-

CURSR RETRN
LINE INSRT

1"
LINE DLETE
(-~

SHIFT

<
>
/

?

-J..
CONTROL

PART NO.
340881
340882
340888
340889
340890
340894
340898
340907
340908
340910
340911
340912
340913
340992
340993
340994
340995
340996
340997
340998
340999
341000
341001
341002
341004
341005
341006
341007
341008
341009

KEYTOP DESCR
CHAR INSRT
CHAR DELETE
TAB

*

1
[

CAPS LOCK
CURSOR TAB
BACK TAB
ERASE INPUT
R/TST
A
S
LrrST
FM
J
DUP
M
~

Q

W
E
R
T
Y
U
I
0

P

:

\
D
F
G
H
K

PART NO.
341010
341011
341012
341013
341014
341015
341016
341017
341027
341028
341029
346102
346103
346105
346114
346143
346144
346145
346146
346147
346148
346149
346150
346151
346152
34615'
346154
346155
346156

KEYTOP DESCR
L
(

)

Z
X

C
V
B
N

*
I

~

6
+

=

LOCAL
SIR
PRINT LOCAL
CLEAR
PAl
PA2
PFI
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
PF8
PF9
PFI0
PF11
PF12

The part numbers above this line are the same as 40KI04.

346560
346561
346562
346563
346564
346565

Key top 1
Key top 2
Key top 3

Key top 4
Key top 5
Key top 6

346566
346567
346568
346570
346572
346573

Key top 7
Key top 8

Key top 9

1346574
346583
346584

Key top CURSR LEl346586
*
346588
I
347122
340988

CURSR TAB
ENTER SIR
BACK TAB
KEYTOPO
KEYTOP REPEAT

" The 340764 compression spring between the 340767 keytop and the keyswitch
housing must be ordered separately.
Fig. 18-40K203/GAB Key top Identification

Page 28

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-700

PA 2

LINE
INSRT

CHAR

CHAR

LINE

INSRT

DLETE DlETE

CLEAR

PA I

ERASE
INPUT

=

TAB

l' ~

L/TST

~

RITST

NUM
LOCK

HOME

~
R[PT

PART NO.

KEYTOP DESCR

PART NO.

340778
340837
340849
340850
340863
340865
340866
340988
3409.97
341012
346102
346103
346105
346189
346190
346451
346452
346453
346454
346455
346456
346457
346458
346459
346460

(SPACE)
CURSRTAB
LINE INSRT
l'
LINE DLETE

346461
346462
346463
346464
346465
346466
S46467
346468
346469
346470
346471
346472
346473
346475
346476
346477
346478
346479
346480
346481
346482
346483
346484
346485
346486

f~

REPT
T
Z

'LOCAL
SIR

PRINT LOCAL
INPUT INHIBIT
CONSOLTEST
CLEAR
PA3
#

@

$

*

<

FIELD MARK
DUP
0
I
RESET
PF1

KEYTOP DESCR

PART NO.

PF2

346487
346488
346489
346490
346491
346492
346493
346494
346495
346496
346497
346498
346499
346500
346501
346502
346506
346507
346508
346509
346510
346511
346512
346518
346800

PAl

PA2
ERASE INPUT
+

Q

-

W
E
R
Y
U
I

)
¢

I
1
2
3

0

P
BACK TAB
A
\
S
>
:
D
F
;
&

...,

,

G

H

4
5
6

J

K
L
SKIP
PF4

KEYTOP DESCR
PF5
L/TST

NUMERIC
?

X

"

C

=

V

!

B
N
M
,

(

7
8
9
ALPHA
R/TST

PF3
RESET
%

-

-

CHARINSRT
CHARDLETE
TAB

'"

NEWLINE
HOME
ENTER (SIR)
NUMLOCK

Fig. 19-40K105 Keytop Identification
Page 29

SECTION 582-211-700
KEYSWITCH
NO.

KEYTOP
DESCRIPTION

KEYTOP
NO.
346106
346125
346113
346119
346163
346180
407232
346291

INTRPT
TEST
IN SERVICE
DATA ERROR
ALARM
POL/SEL
BLOCKING
DUMMY

INDICATOR
HOLDER COLOR
Light Gray
White
White
Light Gray
Light Gray
White

346361
346360
346360
346361
346361
346360

Al _ _KEYTOP (See Chart)
lJ.) ./KEYSWITCHW/INDICATOR (See Chart)

401161

\

~/184056(2)

./

~

~,

Lp

**405245

:

~/

/@::=:::~=/~=-=-==--i-r** 346384

I

341989", ........ A

/107116_[

,

~t•• ...-;* 406192

.V

401227

184056(2) _

~

116793

1/154249

11
~.~

11::- /\,.
I

!.-:@

~

150711__

Cf

I

I

407230333862(2)i-!

U 116793/
I

:

2191~, __;

~

'.Q>- --_~

<----;/

: 407229

333862 -

,~.t

r----___
..

:

~-94674
• )1/ ' "

a.'

i
L

•

r""'"'-'''''.....

184064 (2)tt

406191tt

** 40K003 only
tt 40K004 only

Fig. 2O-RO Opcon (40KOO3 and 40KOO4) Components

Page 30

""

150711

407227

I

•

146558--- / " " ,
94674

JJl../~>/

~' ([T,..-_146558

• ~~*

"I

/~-** 346255

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-700

KEYTOP
NO.

KEYTOP DESCR

KEYSWITCH
NO.

INDICATOR
HOLDER COLOR

346106
*346125
346113
346119

INTRPT
TEST
IN SERVICE
DATA ERROR

346213
346212
346212
346213

Light Gray
White
White
Light Gray

*Replaces 346115
TRANS START key top.

Note: Early keyswitches have
the part number stamped on the
keyswitch housing.

/

401161
,..--184056(2)
I

: /340731
6800

I

~346241 (4)

Ref TERMINAL
FROM CABLE
SHIEi:/D........
107116 _ .

A

341989

~I

I

121244 ____ ~
125011 _ _$
3640--:
3599---

1'1

197464

--f e·-.-198670

/
6800

tr//

\ //J

~/

,

/~
/' 2l~
_

I

\401141

""401144

~-""'184056 (2)
I

.. \

.-»
""" 401144

~401142

Fig. 21-RO Opcon (40KOOl) Components

Page 31

SECTION 582-211-700
NUMERICAL INDEX
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

2191
3599
3640
3649
6800
76249
94674
107116
111017
116793
119217
119649
121244
125011
125258
143484
145867
146558
150711
151152

Lockwasher 18,23,24
Nut, 4-40 Hex 31
Lockwasher 18,19,31
Washer, FIat 18
Screw, 6-40 Shoulder 31
Screw, 6-40 x 1/8 Fil18
Washer, Cup 30
Lockwasher 23,30,31
Screw, 6-40 x 5/16 Fil18
Lockwasher 30
Grommet, Rubber 30
Ring, Retaining 23,24
Clamp, 1/4 ID Cable 31
Washer, FIat 18,19,31
Spring 23,24
Grease, 1 Lb. 23,24
Grease, 4 oz. Tube 23,24
Screw, 6-40 Shoulder 30
Washer, Flat 30
Screw, 4-40 x 3/16 Hex
18,19
Screw, 6-40 x 3/16 Hex 23
Grommet, Rubber 17
Screw, 4-40 x 3/8 Hex 31
Screw, #BB Self-Tapping 30
Nut, 6-40 Hex 23,24
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40
x3/16 Hex 18
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40
x 1/4 Hex 18,19
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40
x 5/16 Hex 23,24
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40
x 1/4 Hex 17,30,31
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40
xl Hex 30
Diode 31
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40
x 5/16 Hex 31
Screw, Special 30
Key top 25,27,28,31
Support 17
Keytop 25,26,27,28
Keyswitch 20,21
Keyswitch 20,21
Keyswitch 20,21
Channel 19
Channel 30,31
Channel 19
Housing 22
Spring, Compression 22,25,
27
Key top 25,27,28

340769
340770
340777
340778
340818
340819
340821
thru
340831
340835
340836
340837
340838
thru
340843
340845
thru
340847
340849
340850
340852
thru
340854
340856
thru
340860
340861
thru
340862
340863
340865
340866
340867
340875
thru
340877
340879
thru
340882
340887
340888
thru
340890
340891
thru
340893
340894
340898
340900
thru
340906
340907
thru
340908

151722
151939
153817
154249
170282
181240
181241
181242
184056
184064
197464
198670
333862
340701
340711
340714
340720
340721
340722
340730
340731
340732
340762
340764
340767

Page 32

Description and
Page Number

Bail, Wire 18
Guide 18
Bumper 18
Key top 25,27,28,29
Key top 25,27,28
Key top 25
Key top
Key top
Keytop
Key top

25,27,28
25,27,28
25
25,29

Key top 25

Key top 25
Key top 25,27,28,29
Key top 25,27,28,29

Key top 25

Key top 25

Keytop 25,27,28
Key top 25,27,28,29
Key top 25,27,28,29
Keytop25,27,28,29
Key top 25,27,28

Part
Number
340910
thru
340913
340914
thru
340920
340988
340992
thru
340996
340997
340998
thru
341002
341004
thru
341011
341012
341013
thru
341017
341027
thru
341029
341069
341080
341081
341082
341083
341088
341097
341099
341648

Key top 25,27,28

Key top 25
Keytop 25,27,28
Keytop 25,27,28

Key top 26

Keytop 27,28

Key top 27,28

Keytop 26
Keytop 28,29

Keytop 27,28
Keytop 27,28,29

Keytop 27,28

Key top 27,28
Key top 27,28,29

Key top 27,28

Key top 27,28
Spring, Leaf 18
Frame, Front 18
Frame, Rear 18
Frame, Left 18
Frame, Right 18
Indicator Assembly, Test
18,19
Keysw{!ch, Combination 20
Cable Assembly 31
Terminal, Receptacle Type

18,31

Key top 25,27,28

Key top 25,27,28
Key top 25,27

Description and
Page Number

341989
346100
346101
346102
346103
346105
346106
346107
thru
346108
346110
346111
346113
346114
346115
346119
346121
346122

Strap 30,31
Keytop 25
Keytop 25
Key top 25,27,28,29
Key top 25,27,28,29
Keytop 25,27,28,29
Key top 25,30,31

Key top 25
Keytop 25
Keytop 25
Keytop 30,31
Keytop 25,27,28
Keytop31
Keytop 30,31
Keytop 25
Keytop 25

ISS 3, SECTION 582-211-700
NUMERICAL INDEX (Cont)
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

346125
346143
thru
346156
346163
346180
346189
thru
346190
346211
346212
346213
346234
346235
346241
346244
346252
346255
346259
346265
346291
346293
346301
346302
346303
346359
346360
346361
346370
346384
346385
346386
346410
346426
346451
thru
346473

Keytop 30,31

346475
thru
346502
346506
thru
346512
346518
346560
thru
346568
346570
346572
thru
346574
346583
thru
346584
346586
346588
346696
346698
346699
346700
346701
346722
346784
346785
346786
346800
346900
347122
401100
401101
401136
401137

Keytop 27,28
Key top 30
Keytop 30
Keytop 29
Keyswitch Assembly 20
Keyswitch Assembly 31
Keyswitch Assembly 31
Cap 18,19
Housing 18,19
Insulator 31
Label 18,19
Plate 18
Knob 17,18,19,30
Keytop 25
Plate, Cover 18
Spacer 22,30,31
Spacer 22
Spacer 22
Spacer 22
Spacer 22
Keyswitch 20,21
Keyswitch 30
Keyswitch 30
Crystal Assembly 18,19
Resistor 30
Cover 18,19
Support 18,19
Label 18,19
Plate, Locating 18,19
Key top 29

Description and
Page Number

Keytop 29

Key top 29
Key top 29
Keytop 28
Key top 28

Part
Number
401138
401139
401140
401141
401142
401143
401144
401145
401146
401148
401149

Keytop 28
Keytop 28
Keytop 28
Keytop 28
Shield 18,19,31
Frame, Left 18,19
Frame, Right 18
Rail, Front 18
Rail, Rear 18
Cover 19
Pan 17
Rail, Front 19
Rail, Rear 19
Keytop 29
Cover 17
Key top 28
Cover 17
Cover 17
Plate, Spring 23,24
Pan 17

401151
401161
401162
401227
403596
405245
406191
406192
407225
407226
407227
407229
407230
407231
407232
407233
407288
408868
410055
410075
410095

Description and
Page Number
Bracket 24
Post, Spring 23,24
Plate 23,24
Latch, Left Plate 23,31
Latch, Right Plate 24,31
Screw, 640 x 11/32
Shoulder 23,24
Spring 23,24,31
Latch, Left Cover 23
Latch, Right Cover 24
Plate 17
Connector, 9Pt Plug 18,
19,30,31
Bracket 23
Cover 30,31
Bracket 31
Tab, Terminal 30
Modification Kit 26
Alarm 30
Cable Assembly 30
Cable Assembly 30
Bracket 30
Plate, Left Latch 30
Plate, Right Latch 30
Bracket 30
Post 30
Bracket 30
Keytop 30
Cover 30
Ciamp30
Modification Kit 26
Card, Circuit 17
Card, Circuit 17
Card, Circuit 19

Page 33
33 Pages

SECTION 582-212-400
Issue 4, December 1981

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&T Co Standard
"DATASPEED*" 40 CABINETS
WIRING
CONTENTS
1.

GENERAL....................

1

2.

TESTING... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

Due to the large number of parts to be identified in composite drawings in this section,
all part descriptions have not been shown. Refer to
Section 582-212-700 for complete parts list with
descriptions.

Power Cord (All Cabinets) .... .
Interlock Switch ........... .
SSI Cable Assembly ......... .
Switches and Lamps ........ .
AC Distribution Assembly .... .
Simplified EIA-Like Interface ..

1
1
3

Note: When ordering replaceable parts or components, unless otherwise specified, prefix each
part number with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410055).

3.

WIRING INDEX ............... .

3

4.

SCHEMATIC WIRING
DIAGRAMS .................. .

4

5.

CABLE ROUTING ............. .

12

6.

ACTUAL WIRING ............. .

33

1.

GENERAL

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

PAGE

3
3
3

1.06

2.

TESTING

A.

Power Cord (All Cabinets)

2.01

Check continuity between power cord
plug grounding pin and cabinet or chassis
ground connection (Fig. 1). Theresistancereading
should be essentially zero ohms with YOM RX1
range.

POWER CORD

1.01

This section provides actual and schematic
wiring diagrams for DATASPEED 40 Cabinets, hereafter referred to as 40-type.

(LS) BK
(PG)

This section is reissued to include wiring
for late design forms access printer cabinet. This is a general revision, therefore, marginal
arrows have been omitted.
1.02

(GS)
G

CHASSIS
GROUND
CONNECTION

1.03

Testing of the cabinets consists primarily
of making certain voltage and continuity
checks using a volt-ohm-milliammeter (VOM)
switched to appropriate range.

W

Fig. 1

1.04

Whenever a check fails, refer to schematic
diagrams to troubleshoot for point-topoint wiring information and refer to Section
582-212-700 for Disassembly/Reassembly and
Parts information.

B.

1.05

2.02

Schematics shown are for all cabinets in
general. Detailed actual and schematic
wiring diagrams and circuit descriptions for specific sets are referenced in 3. WIRING INDEX.

Interlock Switch

-Friction Feed Printer Cabinet
The interlock switch has a three-position
activator (Fig. 2)_ Check for continuity at
interlock connector terminals 1 to 2 when the
activator is lifted to its 1 position (maintenance)

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1973, 1975, 1976, 1978 and 1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U_S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-212-400
and held down (audible click) in its 3 position.
No continuity should be observed in its 2 position
(Fig. 6).

• Forms Access,Printer Cabinet
(Early Design)
2.04

INTERLOCK
CONNECTOR
TERMINALS

POSITION

-----:-q
h

There are three interlock switches on this.
cabinet. Each switch has a three-position.
activator (Fig. 4). Check for continuity at connector tenninals 6to 7 when the activators are
lifted to their 1 position (maintenance) and held
down (audible click) in their 3 position. No continuity should be observed in their 2 position
(Fig. 8). If cable continuity fails, check individual
interlocks.
(Late Design)
2;05

There is one interlock switch on this cabinet. The interlock switch has a threeposition activator (Fig. 5). Check for continuity
at connectortenninals 6 to. 7 when the activator
is lifted to its 1 position (maintenance) and held
down (audible click) in its 3 position. No continuity should be observed in its 2 position (Fig. 8).

Fig. 2
• Tractor Feed Printer Cabinet
The interlock switch has a three-position
activator (Fig. 3). Check for continuity at
connector tenninals 6 to 7 when the activator is
lifted to its 1 position (maintenance) and held
down (audible click) in its 3 position. No continuity should be observed in its 2 position (Fig. 7).
2.03

Fig. 4
1

~

t

.!,o,----,~/'
-?!tOII'-..;~r

Fig. 3

Page 2

Fig. 5

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400
C.

SSI Cable Assembly

- Forms Access Printer Cabinet

- Friction Feed Printer Cabinet
2.06

Check for continuity of the SSI cable at
connector terminals 1 to 2 and 3 to 6 at
the rear of the printer cabinet (Fig. 9).
-Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printer Cabinet

2.10

Check for continuity of the paper advance
switch at connector terminals 3 to 4 when
switch is depressed (Fig. 8).
2.11

Check for continuity of lamp in the paper
switch at connector terminals 1 to 2
(Fig. 8).

Check for continuity of the SSI cable connector terminals 1 to 2 and 3 to 6 at the
rear of the printer cabinet (Fig. 10).

Check for continuity of power on switch
and lamp at connector terminals 4 and 6
when switch is depressed (Fig. 11).

D.

E.

2.07

Switches and Lamps

- Tractor Feed Printer Cabinet
2.08

Check for continuity of the paper advance
switch at connector terminals 3 to 4 when
switch is depressed (Fig. 7).
2.09

Check for continuity of lamp in the paper
switch at connector terminals 1 to 2
(Fig. 7).
3.

2.12

AC Distribution Assembly

2.13

Check for 115 Vac ±10 percent at all
receptacles of the AC Distribution Assembly. (Figs. 12 through 17).
F.

Simplified EIA-Like Interface

Check for continuity of connector terminals at P119 and P121 (Fig. 19, Page 10)
and connector terminals at P115 and P116 (Fig.
20).
2.14

WIRING INDEX

WDPNUMBER

WD

SD

Model 40 Tractor Feed RO Printer Set
With Integrated Controller - 80 and 132 Cabinet

9436

1306

0441

Model 40 Friction Feed Printer Sets (SSI,

9441

1301

1301

0443

Model 40 Tractor Feed Printer Sets 80 and 132
Column (SSl and Simplified EIA-Like Interface

9442

1303

1303

Model 40 Friction Feed Printer Set (40P102) in
40CAB371jZZ Cabinet (SSI and Integrated Controller)

9611

1312

1312

0487

Model 40 Friction Feed Printer Set (SSI)

9611

1301

1301

0516

Model 40 Tractor Feed ROP With Integrated
Controller - 80 and 132 Column ())ual EIA)

9449

1318

9644

1322

0436

0481

0532

0508

DESCRIPTION

Model 40 Forms Access Printer Cabinet (SSI,
Simplified EIA-Like and Integrated Controller)
Model 40 Friction Feed Printer Cabinetry
40CAB201jAA, AC, ZZ and 40CAB251jAA

9600

Model 40 Table Top Logic and Keyboard Display
Cabinetry 40CAB251jAB, AC, AE, ZZ,
40CAB251jAB and 4OCAB201jAB

9601

Model 40 Pedestal AC Power Distribution

9602

346744 Modification Kit to Provide Simplified
EIA-Like Interface Capabilities in a Model
40CAB371 Friction Feed Printer Cabinet

9629

4087

CD

4087

WD = Wiring Diagram
SD = Schematic Diagram
CD = Circuit Description
Page 3

SECTION 582-212-400
4.

SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAMS

4.01

Follomng ar,e the schematics related to 2. TESTING.

Jl06
N~~:__~I~TD~
r-t---~~-7~

SSI

__~~~~15>~~I___'~T~D

L-+-__-o~~~r-~~.~,tlll~12>~~,--~~
ITC

I/o

I

I
I

13

>-+-.--'.!.£.

'"

I

9

r-r---'

I

I

I

'--j--)

I
I

I

I

rh

Fig. 10-Tractor Feed and Forms Access Printer Cabinet

s

IJ200)

-+<4

~6

AC
DISTRIBUTION
BOX

(P200)
BK

I

wi

I

I
I

I

I

w I

-:-(lI

I

Pilli

s

~2(G

+<5
~e
I
I
I

Jill

I
I

15~

I

 ,
'-..".--

J30
,f31

I
~~--

~,

-

..,...................

."..................

-

II
1

"

"

P21

"

,

I
,~"
I
,,~,
I
,,,
"
,,, II

"
"

I

_~~

-

_-" ,," I
"':t'"
-" "-

-

121241
CLAMP
(For Signal Cable)

Fig. 36-4OCAB302 Forms Access Printer Cabinet With Provisions for Integrated Controller (Used With 4OC303/AC or 4OC303/AD Controller - Late Design)

Page 26

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400

402173
DISPLAY
SIGNAL
CABLE

405048 CHASSIS
AND VENTILATION
ASSEMBLY AC
INPUT CABLE
'1
'1

"
408017 POWER
SUPPLY AC
INPUT CABLE
AND CONNECTOR

GROUND

STR"'AP---~'~' ~~

Fig. 37-4OCAB201/AB Logic Cabinet
Page 27

SECTION 582-212-400

405051 MONITOR
AC INPUT CABLE
AC DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY

40504 7 FAN PANEL/
POWER SUPPLY AC
INPUT CABLE WITH
MAGNET BRACKET
RESTRAINT

408017
POWER SUPPLY
AC INPUT CABLE

341891
CHASSIS/MONITOR
SIGNAL CABLE

40505-1 MONI'I'QRAGGABLE
401110
LEFT MONITOR
SUPPORT CASTING
401174 DOOR

Insert boss on 401714 clip into
locating hole in backside of
cabinet. Cables to be adjacent
to each other under clip.

~~
312829 GROUND STRAP

401245 LAMINATED
TOP PLATE
405047
ACCABLE

(Left Inside View)

Fig. 38-40CAB251/AB Keyboard Display Cabinet
Page 28

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400

AC DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY
405051 MONITOR AC
INPUT CABLE

405047 FAN P ANELI
POWER SUPPLY AC
INPUT CABLE WITH
MAGNET BRACKET
RESTRAINT
406046 CHASSIS
MONITOR SIGNAL
CABLE

ATTACH MAGNET TO
SIDE OF CABINET
405051 MONITOR AC CABLE
318" APPROX

LEFT MONITOR
SUPPORT CASTING

Insert boss on 401714 clip into
locating hole in backside of
cabinet. Cables to be adjacent
to each other under clip.

405047
ACCABLE

401245 LAMINATED
TOP PLATE

312829 GROUND STRAP

(Left Inside View)

Fig. 39-40CAB251/AE Keyboard DiSplay Cabinet

Page 29

SECTION 582-212-400
Input power cord:
401681 CABLE PLATE (Early Sets)
402266 CABLE PLATE (Late Sets)

Late sets, cord exits through
opening in side of shelf.

408042 CABLE CLIP
(Approximately Centered
on the Louver Shown)

401665 AC
DISTRIBUTION
(Early Design)

Insert cord between
foam pads.

312918
CABLE
STRAP

Logic Chassis power cord
for the 40CAB901/AF
andAG:

318630
GROUND
STRAP

Early sets, 401677
power cord.
Late sets, power cord part
of 408029 ac filter assembly.
401673 SWITCH (Early Sets)
408018 SWITCH (Intermediate Set)
REPLACE WITH 408018 SWITCH ONLY

Logic Chassis power cord for
the 40CAB901/AF and AG:
Early sets, 401677 power
cord.
Late sets, power cord part
of 408029 ac filter assembly.

ON·OFF
SWITCH

Insert cord
between
foam pads.

407285 AC DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY
(Late Design)

Fig, 4!r-40CAB901/AF, AG and AJ
Page 30

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400

401666 AC DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY
(Early Design)

POWER CORD

401677 POWER
(Cord for Logic
Chassis)

318630
GROUND STRAP
401673 SWITCH (Esrly Sets)
408018 SWITCH (Intermediate Set)
W/408039 INSULATOR
REPLACE WITH 408018 SWITCH ONLY

LOGIC CHASSIS

407285 AC DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY
(Late Design)
ON-OFF SWITCH

LOGIC CHASSIS
POWER CORD

POWER CORD

Fig. 41-4OCAB902/AB
Page 31

SECTION 582-212-400

AC POWER SWITCH
(Included With 405614)

Fig. 42-40BSE101 Circular Monitor Base

Page 32

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400
6.

ACTUAL WIRING
401623
CONNECTOR

<
<

2

(
(

<
<

401150
CONNECTOR

Y

1

R

2

3

G

3

4

BL

4

5

W

5

6

0

~40..

__

<

-C
6

~H..!~~ __

<
<
<
<
<

6'-2"
6.CONDUCTOR
SHIELDED CABLE

(337826

~401717

~

341704(6)

See Note
401150

~

401717

/

337826

181392 (1)

~"""
337826

Note:

Cable marker at each end identifies number of cable.
Fig. 43-401640 Printer Extension Cable Assembly (ROP Terminal)

Page 33

SECTION 582-212-400

401623

401150

CONNECTOR

(
(

CONNECTOR

I

n
2

R

("I

1

Y

1

2

(

3

G

3

(

4

W-Y

4

(

5

W-R

5

(

6

0

6

(

7

BL

7

(B

W

<
<

<
<
<
<
<

118<

~ ___ ~!!.I~!:.D____ ~

6'·2"
8·CONDUCTOR
SHIELDED CABLE

1813921"

,

'.'.23

~
~

341704(8)

See Note
341647 (1)

341705(8)

~
~

401718

337826

~
n

337826~
Note:

~ .o""

~

~

~

-

337826

401718

Cable marker at each end identifies number of cable.
Fig. 44-401641 Opcon Extension Cable Assembly

Page 34

401150

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400

341691

341691

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

!
~1
~n+-------:W"._~o,..-------4~~~
J
231

'11

W;Y

Twisted
130 IIWG)
Twlsted
(30 IIWG)

H'-+--------'~~----_4.~-

~>-;:+I----"'DRA""'I";N°;:"W""I"'R"E----+I~:~~

s~>-*~t------::';'~~:"'-------4t..f.~~t
;}~1~:~»

~
T320412
341691

}

10
9

II
13

12
14

Twlsted
(30 IIWG)
(22 IIWG)
Twisted
(30 IIWG)
(22 IIWG)
(22 IIWG)

10

R
BI<
W-BR
BR
BL

9
II
13

.12
T14 ~

>
,
»1'"'5'+,_ _ _ _ _......:S:!...._ _ _ _ _
p

I

I

"'i.!.15A~

(22 IIWG)

,

341647
(22 and 24 AWG)

Fig. 45-341891 Monitor Cable - Logic Cabinet (Right Side)

341691
CONNECTOR

S~!1
) 3

~

::

) 5

I

~ 1~01

~>

9
1 11
13,
12,

>
~ ~~I
I

341647
(22 and 24 AWG)

34 I 691

i 1
I J
p

CONNECTOR
W-Y
Y
w-o

I ;

2

0

DRAIN.WIRE
W-G
G
W-R
R
BI<
W-BR
BR

m:;
p

S

TWISTED

(26 AWG)

3 )

TWISTED
~ (26 IIWG)
5
(24 IIWG)
17 ) } TWISTED
B ~
(26 IIWG)
} TWISTED

I

r90~
II

~'M12

341691

(26 IIWG)
(22 IIWG)

1.

13
TWISTED
h~)- (26..AWG)
I ) (22 IIWG)
• 14~ (22 IIWG)
j15
(22 IIWG)

wr

34

. . .,

,

/""......._-341691

341647
(22 and 24 AWG)

Fig. 46-341911 Monitor Cable - Printer Cabinet (Right Side)

Page 35

SECTION 582-212-400
341691
CONNECTOR
) I :
) 2 :
) 3 :

-+:;---7 } TWISTED

0

DRAIN WIRE
W·G
G
W·R
R
B·K
W·BR
BR
BL

)-f;+-) 11 ,

~

12 :
; 141

I2 ~

(26 AWG)

: 5?!

(24 AWG)

:'3: ~-7}
TWISTED
~ (26 AWG)

W·O

)6i
) 4 ,
) 5 :
) 7 :
8 '
) 10 :
) 9 :

: 7 ~ } TWISTED
: 8?! (26 AWG)
: 10 ?! } TWISTED
i ) (26 AWG)
: 9) (22 AWG)
: 11 ) } TWISTED
i 14 (26 AWG)
i 12 ~ (22 AWG)
(22 AWG)
.~ (22 AWG)

341729

-8

) 15'

)

341729
CONNECTOR
I I

W·y
y

:
I

341648
(22 and 24 AWG)

341691

Fig. 47-402173 Monitor Cable (Logic Cabinet Adjacent)

TERMINAL NO.

COLOR

5
8
11

G
W

(1)

(3~

BK

341691

TERMINAL NO.

COLOR

1
2

BK

3
3-WIRE FLAT CABLE
(18 AWG)

Fig. 48--401633 Monitor Cable Assembly (Left Side)
Page 36

G
W

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400

341691
CONNECTOR

>

341729
CONNECTOR

I

I I
W-Y
I ~
>>--=-2-+:_ _ _ _ _ _ _Y
_ _ _ _ _ _ _+-::2_-:)~

>
WoO
~
>>---:-6-+i_ _ _ _ _---,-,,..,..,,0-'--=_____+-'6---7)
3 :

> 4

>

5

3

I

DRAIN WIRE

I

W-G

I
J TWISTED
}

TWISTED

4 ~
5

~

}

>--:-7-+:_ _ _ _ _ _--:::G:::-_ _ _ _ _ _+-::7---7~
TWISTED
>
8 I
W-R
8 7
>>-IC:'O+:_ _ _ _ _ _ _.c,R_ _ _ _ _ _
} TWISTED
>9:
BK
9 7
) 11 :
W-I\K
I 11 ~

-+..:;I0'-4~

341647 (5)
(Pins 4,9,12,14 and 15)

15·CONDUCTOR CABLE (5')
(10-26 AWG)
180714~
( 4-22AWG)
341722
( 1-24AWG)~

"'7"~

341729
/

I

I

I

341648 (5)
(Pins 4, 9, 12,
14 and 15)

I,

......______

I
I

I

I

341691

~
\
341722

:

~
I

15·CONDUCTOR
CABLE (5')
(10-26AWG) 341722

341705 (10)
(Pins 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7,
8, 10, 11 and 13)

lr--180714

L~.::- 2~_A\Vg)

( 1-24AWG)

Fig. 49-341893 Monitor Extension Cable Assembly

Page 37

SECTION 582-212-400

341977

401150

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

<

13

I

BK

I

I

<

~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~R_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~1~3~<

<

17

0

I

6

<

341972 (4)
(Pins 13,14, 16 and 17)
401150

Fig. 50---341895 Printer Extension Cable Assembly (KDP Terminal)

Page 38

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-400

401625

401150

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

(lin

R

(2
(5

Y

II
II

0

I I

(4

II
I II

I II
I II
II

nll<

1115<

II

BL(SEENOTE)

I I

G

I I
I I

W-R

(

7

II

I I

II
II

t>m"J[N.~

To remove 407285 ac distribution
assembly (late design):

Note: Newac distribution assembly is
equipped with 6 switched receptacles,
and an ON-OFF switch mounted on the
panel.
407285 AC
DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY

To remove 401665 ac distribution
assembly (early design):
Remove two 401225 screws and
408052 ac switch assembly with
hardware.
TABLETOPS
(Refer to 2.07)

401225
SCREW
(Remove 2)

To remove 402266 cable plate:
Remove two 401225 screws.

ON·OFF
SWITCH

'~~5~~;;;ii+~LRoute ac cable through
foam pad as shown.

Remove four 2449
lockwashers and
162730 screws.

Page 17

SECTION 582-212-700
CABINET (Pedestal-Type)
4.13

40CAB901/XX Cable Routing

0Disassemble switch mounting bracket. Do not remove switch.

® Install cable clip to top of pedestal.
0Install cable clip on louver at rear of pedestal.

<9 Reassemble switch mounting bracket.
® Route cable as shown.
®Dress cable, taking up slack as shown, and install the cable strap.
CUT AWAY TOP VIEW OF THE PEDESTAL

312918 cable strap strapping
the power switch cable to
the ac strip power cord.
TOP

,,.,
,
\

\~================~~~~==============7

408042 cable clip
approximately
centered on the
louver shown.

TOP

/

(Front Side View)

Position this 408042 cable
clip to take up all slack in
the power switch cable in
this direction as shown.

Page 18

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
4.14

40CAB902/XX

(Late Design)
To remove 407285 ac
distribution assembly:

To remove table tops:
Remove four 2449
lockwashers and four
162730 screws.

l~------t+----l_ ON-OFF
SWITCH

To remove ventilation assembly
and electronics package assembly:
Remove two 401225 screws.

(Early Design)
To remove 401665 ac
distribution assembly:

-

--- ----

~7~~~

l.
107116--=::.

8151637

400199
\

125011

19~984~('

.'f1/
'*'
±,

1//

v

,-

.....

r

\

___.........~~~~~
326588

I

I

)

L.-J."_107116

151631-~

Q_401204

.,.

,

(0
400620 (See Fig. 18)

. 'tor Cabinet
Fig.3-4OCAB251/AA Printer Under Mom

PageS7

SECTION 582-212-700

PRINTER CABINET DOOR
(See Fig, 5)

/
---~~

/'

/ ' /'

~
(

~

128358

/~/'

401294

/'

I

/'~

r

RIGHT SIDE PANEL

m~;:;;;;:::i
::;~,;;;(s;;;;e:::-e Fig, 1

Page 33)

I
401268

-f'B\
\
'-V-_~

I
I
I

_

Fig, 3-40CAB251/AA Printer Under Monitor Cabinet (Cont)

Page 38

Ref 401251

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

401184

~/®

~
~~~
/
--; .

01518~~""""

401183

©. . ."

~

"" -

'

400598
(See Fig. 19
for Components)

/

/

~
1,,/
"y.o_3640

152893

""

~-1l9649

84226

00--- 3598
/ / ~2191

""- - Ref 401251

Ref SLIDE MECHANISM
(See Fig. 4 for Components)

Fig. 3-40CAB251/AA Printer Under Monitor Cabinet (Cont)

PageS9

SECTION 582-212-700

401871

®

--401844

--------

401865

401878

\

6345

I

-,. -e ..

~

I

107116

CD
®
Fig. 4-40CAB251/AA Printer Under Monitor Cabinet Mounting Cradle

Page 40

Part of 401865
Used when shipping cabinet

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

""'- 401278
(Early Design)

~76461
407196
(Late Design)

~)

401285

@

119649-t; ~ri

401273~

Qy
I

r;;::.

I

I

I
I

'?'

©

76099~
,
J
401276-~~
-:.!..-=I
I

76099 -~I

~--J

r--

9
:-21 1
---6345

-401275

iI

::P
I
I

. - 2191
6345-8

2191-.
8-6345

Fig. 5-4OCAB251/AA Printer Under Monitor Cabinet Door

Page 41

SECTION 582-212-700

1--

85471-_1
.-45815

85471

45815--.
I

k.

i

L_

~341911

(See Fig. 11)

405051 - Used with
405050 or 407090 ac
distribution assembly.

Fig. 6.-4aCAB~M1AA.Printer Under Monitor CaQinet Monitor SuppOrt

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

152893

\

W- 181241

:./:
@
I

104807'f!
\1

I

.1

~401263

)

~/

RIGHT SIDE PANEL
(See Fig. 1 on Page 33)

.6j

o

~:s;;;::;;:'::--/./

I
I

401268
.......

I

/

I 401515

~~!
-- /1

I

I
~ -1-401239 I
I

401225

,.

)

401224

LEFT SIDE PANEL
(See Fig. 1 on Page 33)

Fig. 7 -40CAB201/AB Logic Adjacent Cabinet

Page 43

SECTION 582·212·700

401173

\

~

401228

/'

401217

~

/

~

I:

~~

---

I

1

I

:

/'

/

1401218

~
...

401223
84579

\

~

\

.

I

/:

92527/
6345

,

92527
_:
6345-

I

. AdJacen
.
t Cabinet (Con t)
. 7 -40CAB20 1/AB LOgIc
Fig.

Page 44

401288
401230

lSS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

--- ---- ... -,
,

I

3598

I

I
I

I
I
I
I

I

I

I

I

I
I

r"@-:
198670/

I

'---

I

---

I

I
I

I

180904

I
I

,
I

I

401688

----®

-----1

~

401710----- :

,,,

~ ....

/

124177

//~-~174795

Fig. 8-40CAB201/AB Logic Adjacent Cabinet Module,
Louver, and Fan Mounting

Page 45.

119655

I

J9

~

~
I

401198
401515

D

I
401213

401225

401204

Pig. 9-40CAB251/ZZ M;'©
A~~&J-.'

./

MONITOR SUPPORT

_~.&'<'J - - ( S e e Fig. 9 on Page 48)

;'

401169~
®~

I

AI

I

401223

(See Fig. 9 on Page 48)
RIGHT SIDE PANEL
(See Fig. 1 on Page 33)

I

401170
401268

-@.

\

-tte

Ref 401251

~.

/LEFI' SIDE PANEL

1· /(See Fig. 1 on Page 33)
I
I

Fig. 9-40CAB251/ZZ Monitor Support Cabinet Core for Logic Under Monitor or
Monitor/Opcon Support (Cont)

Page 47

SECTION 582-212-700

85471

--v ____ 45815

,-85471
-.

t__
:

~~~:
I

4

j

_401110

401110'J

" /,117535
./'

I

I
I

I

401288

/

401288

~I

401230

Fig. 9-40CAB251/ZZ Monitor Support Cabinet Core for Logic Under Monitor or
Monitor/Opcon Support (Cont)

Page 48

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

341704 (30 AWG)
\
......----341647 (22 and 24 AWG)

341691

341647
(22 and 24 AWG)

@
-------- 341961
Fig. 10-341891 Monitor Cable - Logic Cabinet (Right Side)
341647 (22 and 24 AWG)
\
...---- 341704 (26 AWG)

320412

*
/

341691

341647 (22 and 24 AWG)-

Fig. 11-341911 Monitor Cable - Printer Cabinet (Right Side)

Page 49

SECTION 582-212-700

V

341722 " "

""-180714

~

341704{26AWG) _____

341705 (26 AWG)

-"""'==~~

I
I

"

:

~"'24AWG)

\
\

341648 (22 and 24 AWO)

341691

\

341722

Fig. 12-402173 Monitor Cable (Logic Cabinet Adjacent)

405045

~

405046

Fig. 13-405051 Monitor Cable - Logic Under Monitor, Printer Under Monitor, or
Monitor Support Cabinet (Left Side)

Page 50

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
TERMINAL COLOR
NO.

1
2
3

405045

~

BK

G
W

~

l

TERMINAL COLOR
NO.
4

~

BK

5

G

6

w

Ref 401648
ON 408050
VENTILATION ASSEMBLY 401978
401645 (1-3/8" Lg)

~

405038
405046
Fig. 14-405047 AC Input Cable Assembly - Logic Under Monitor or Adjacent Logic Cc\binet

TERMINAL COLOR
NO.

1
2
3

BK

TERMINAL COLOR
NO.

G
W

BK

Fig. 15-405048 AC input Cable Assembly - Adjacent or RO Friction Feed Printer
Cabinet and Logic Adjacent
/405045

~
TERMINAL COLOR

NO.
1
2
3

BK
G
W

401646

TERMINAL CO/..OR
NO.

4

BK

5
6

W

G

~
405046

Fig. 16-405049 AC Input Cable Assembly - Printer Under Monitor Cabinet

Page 51

SECTION 582-212-700

346272
(Early Design)

403848

/

0403835

0403844
..........
./
0403849

_ -- - -

'

0403850
/

~ @~r J

CD Required w/405520 Dome - Sheet Metal
® Part of 406442 Interlock Switch Assembly
Fig. 26 -Interlock and Paper Alarm for 80· and 132·Column Tractor Feed
Printer Cabinets

Page 66

10

071073
1178

,

02422

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

l

406221 (R)
40622~1..J"'"

406219

/

r
I

3598

406216

I

I I
@t.@.l

I

-~

__...--

2191

SHOULDER

SCREW
LEFT
LATCH

Late Design

Fig. 27 -Cradle and Latch Mechanism for Adjacent or RO
Tractor Feed Printer

Page 67

SECTION 582-212-700

~

f1jJ
\

405045

~

405046

6

405038

I

341691

Fig. 28-403892 AC Cable Assembly _ Tractor Feed
Printer Cabinet

408050 VENTILATION ASSEMBLY
(Late Design - See Fig. 49)
198670_""",, __ , • . \
3598

125015

.... _< .

\ /'

./~---

2191

/'

.

(See Fig. 8)

~
.

/.

' :< ,

"""'-.11

0408048

/ T"-

198670

~---

180904

.

." 0401254

~.-~:

.

184056
//

~-6-'l"&-0174795
Specification 50820S

~)- '. \

0124177

, 0401253
184056

0Part of 408038 Set of Parts

Fig. 29-408051 Modification Kit to Provide Logic Under MOnitor
Cabinet With Late Design Ventilation Assembly

Page 68

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

I
I

I
I
I

I

I
I

I

1-/

.-

Specification 50830S

Fig. 30-405562 Modification Kit for Monitor/Opcon Support Cabinet

Page 69

f-·-3598
107116-<11#
I

I

~<,;t-

401262 -----

!

107116

I

151631-'
___ 401825
<9

~/~ro78

~-181241

I
152893_\1'

I

~-1

104807=@'~\I'
I -

401263-_

405047

(

eP

-- -. -Specification 508308

-----.....1---/
I

156653::::=:=: :
93582

i

151723 - - - - -

/

407055
(See Fig. 31 on Page 71
for Parts Breakdown)

Fig. 31-405563 Modification Kit Used on 40CAB251/ZZ Cabinet
to Form a 40CAB251/AB Cabinet

Page 70

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

408050

/

198670 - ' - __

------ "I

359.8
\ 125015

I
I

/

(/jfJ /

@---

I

2191

:
I

r- __ .
I
I

L..

'- ----.i --------------

"I
.

-- '-

I

--~~

;,-~--J

1\

I
I
I
I

"I
I
I

198670 /

I
I

180904

341897

0408048

I

-@-~

/ 0401254 184056

~. __

~d

1_..,)
-----[JJ/

\
'**
690
**117535
151
341870

~~-r>f}-0174795
~"

/°124177

/0401253
184056

0Part of 408038 Set of Parts

Note: All parts shown are assembled
under 407055 number except the three
double asterisked (**) parts.

Fig. 31-405563 Modification Kit Used on 4OCAB251/ZZ Cabinet to
Form a 4OCAB251/AB Cabinet (Cont)

Page 71

SECTION 582-212-700

T__ 406065
.. - - - Ref 45815
401825

<9/

07

~-":::::::::::::~../.,
.,~407018
.

QJ

--Ref401110

e
I.

325287/

Specification 508308
Fig. 32-406047 Modification Kit Used on 40CAB251/ZZ Cabinet

to Form a 40CAB251/AE Cabinet

'Page 72

:0-'

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

CD403846~

V-tD151631
~-CD2191
I --(j)7002

401150

IlJ~H

~.,

, <

r-::Tc-erm-:-inal-"':'N::-o-.'C-o-lo-r-'

•

/

1-----':-:12:-----'-'-+-=-'G~---i 405609@@
13
14
15

(f/

@)

0
RY

/'

I

CD 155594

Ref403795 ~
326023

(DPart of 407075 SSI Signal Input Assembly

® Part of 405671
® Part of 407025
Specification 508298

@ Part of 407026

Fig. 33-405671 (40CAB353/ZZ - 132-Column), 407025 (4OCAB351/ZZ - SO-Column)
and 407026 (40CAB351/ZZ - 80-Column) Modification Kits

Page 73

SECTION 582-212-700
326023~

3640

40244~
/" __

OJ

407303~';''
;~

=::;:::::;:~......

~

~

@iI>



Q)181999~

~

Q) 332893 (1500 mfil
Q)334610 (800 mf)

J""-

ill

®301466':;~\
®3640/

I

>,(~

~
,./'

/:JJ

320420

0

0)182523

~;-0)153538
0)121243-----~S:'
~
J 3598
0)180714

/ 2 - 2 0 ) 406188
\

."

"l\0) /

I

~

I

/""

:

0)2191

lili

il6793
401227

/

m

\ ,@/-----"Q.
~/~ 405669 -----/
~\
/

116793

\

154249

~407012

0) Part of 407076
Capacitor Assembly
® Part of 407077 EIA
Signal Input Assembly

Fig. 34-407024 EIA Integrated Controller Modification Kit for 40CAB351/ZZ (80·Column)
and 40CAB353/ZZ(132·Column) Cabinets

Page 74

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

0400568

~/

0 151637__ 'If
093984--"

'T'

0125011--

I
1/

.

/~

••,

')
(
I

I

o

/Ref401755

@400566

I
o
@116793

®---@,~
/ ~
gp:::"-@-

0401227

Specification 50828S

I

0 154249

o Part of 407042

® Part of 407043

Fig. 35-407042 Modification Kit for Adjacent Friction Feed Printer Cabinet and
407043 Modification Kit for RO Friction Feed Printer Cabinet

Page 75

SECTION 582-212~700
Ref CABINET
WINnow

"'"

/407062: 1 Required on SO-Column
2 Required on 132-Column

~

Ref TRAcTOR FEED
PRINTER CABINET

CD Not part of 407200
Fig. 36-407200 Modification Kit to Facilitate Handling Single-Ply Fanfold Paper

r- __

407201

~\

110126

.....
~
- ~

186823

I

I

rl

/

t
I
I

*-_ - ....I

/

154249

153442

Specification 50871S
Fig. 37 -407202 Dome Counterbalance Modification Kit for 80-Column Tractor Feed Cabinets

Page 76

ISS 4, SECfION 582-212-700

Ref 407048

405050 (See Fig. 20)

l~.:V

. -~~

110126/

\

119654
~_

~
-.

...------405643
407057

-~
~/~

~--->

-7
184057

Fig. 38 -40CAB371/ZZ Printer cabinet Core for Noise Reduced Friction Feed Cabinet

Page 77

SECTION 582·212-700

407127~'_.' ~ 1'<"'0, ~,~:::---....
7"'1

407152

'I__""""-~
I Ii II '

-.

~

407142 _ _

I

407151~

-

I

I

_407155

'I

I
I

407149
/

1''1 I' f! f!

:

403838
/J

/J

" "?I'

1

I

403825

,

~._

\:

407138:

.

.

,,-

I

~-- ~~,. ~

•

I

,

dt+-- 407151
:

:

i 104~807407151_~
4 

.....

I

I

~
@ ....

I

<--.... --

'1

~,/

®j
.>

' ..... .....

I

1;116

I
I
I

.'-"- .......

.s; ......

"-

346333
(See Below for

Components)

\ ~,'v

401718 \

337826

0453974

~

I

I

I

..
I

~~453959

401623

\

~

341647
,*6RING
TERMINAL

~
401~ Ah-

\

\o
341704

.: -""""""337826

0408894 Cover With Pad
Fig. 65-40BSE201 Operator Console (KD) Base

Page 103

SECTION 582-212-700

..........

--- --

151631
7002

\

/

~

107116

.> ~~
~". . ,. . .
~
"

I
\

/336334
''119'''''--

Q@..~

'·0

@.

,j,®



1/ 337826

~

\

I

0)453975

401150

401623

\

~

341647
=#6 RING
TERM,NAL

~4.....
/

.....
-'>

346327
......

346333
(See Below for
Components)

401718

-- -- ---

I

\

\

341704

401718

-"""""337826
(j).346929 Cover with Pad
Fig. 66-4OBSE202 Operator Console (KD) Wide Base

Page 104

ISS 4, SECTION 582·212-700

LOGIC PACKAGE
"

'.1
I

I
!

~341895

CABLE ASSEMBLY

341896 CABLE ASSEMBLY

LOGIC PACKAGE
(Located Here
or in Pedestal)

MONITOR

PRINTER - - - - - ' o t - -

Ref 341896 CABLE ASSEMBLY
\
401641 CABLE ASSEMBLY
341893
CABLE ASSEMBLY 341895 CABLE ASSEMBLY

401640 CABLE ASSEMBLY
307545 'JUMPER
\--+<1\---+---401641 CABLE ASSEMBLY

11--/-- 408029 AC FILTER ASSEMBLY

407285 PANEL ASSEMBLY

341896 CABLE ASSEMBLY

Fig. 67 -Interconnecting Cables for KDP and RO Sets

Page 105

SECTION 582-212-700

,

180714 ____

341722

~ 7~

341722~~:

I

341647(S) .............
(Pins 4,9, 12, 14, and IS)

I

~

341648(S)
(Pins 4,9,12-:----14, and IS)

I
I

000

0

'- 341704(10)
(Pins 1,2,3,S,6,7,
8,10,11, and 13)

MlO~
341722

/

S Ft.
IS-Conductor Cable
(10 -26 AWG)
(4- 22 AWG)
(1· 24 AWG)

Fig. 68-341893 Monitor Extension Cable Assembly

341873

341972(4)
(Pins 13, 14, 16, and 17)

\
\

341704 (4)
(Pins 1, 2, 3, 6)

/

1______
-/

337826

Fig. 69-34189S Printer Extension Cable Assembly

Page 106

ISS 4, SECTION 582"212-700

>11873

>li978

'41,\15)

~~/

IS-CONDUCTOR
CABLE.
(5'-24 AWG)

~/
..

""

341977
341873
Fig. 70-341896 Data Set Cable Assembly

6'·2"
6-CONDUCTOR

337,26

~

337826

SHIEL/DED CABLE

V

327819(1)

401718~~\

Mf~ ~~j \
l

.

~.'
_ /401718

______

s.::~

/401150
rv----/,

341648(1)

4016''~

e~

4011.

337826

Note:

,

~401718
337826

Cable marker at each end identifies part number of cable.
Fig. 71-401640 Printer Extension Cable Asll8lIlbly

Page 107

SECTION 582-212-700

~

/

401718

~401718
R,

.

n\

'337826

337826
Note:

Cable marker at each end identifies part number of cable.
Fig. 72-401641 Opcon Extension Cable Assembly

405045

l
312919

Fig. 73,--405611 AC Cord Assembly

Page 108

401647

Q

I

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

406402.

~
Of "

See Fig. 75

406387~~

6%'.1 r-~ /198670
I~"<{)

I
I

I

I

I

:

I

I

-~~~

I

I

198670-;),
Ref. CABINET

I

198670

406387-.....U~_l
LOCK
(Customer
Provided)

~

See Fig.

75~

196670e-~~
406415

406387

,

}
,

' \ 186749
406417

t~103305
®

~-161708

/
.2669'
173974

~-184058.
406416

Fig. 74-4OCAB302/ZZ Printer Cabinet Core for Forms Access Printer Cabinet

Page 109

SECTION 582-212-700

'406423
.

184067

J324031

\

-cr-"

~/

33/1-- 3611
___

~:
/1I
"

406390 ...... / ,

198670-Qf',~
\

:
I
I

143097 :

~
I

"

406401

198670 -4'f/~'

l) ......

/'

Ref.
406418
COVER _ _

rt-tt:/./
~//~103305
406411,

103305
198670

I ,-4'f/

2669
-- ::,".

\y'.@l~2669

r

-:

~/

,

/J>

406399

-;;

4,13
//
;"'151723
•
~;-:--182932
~*'~"
,-- I
.
' . " -15F2 • • '
406395 (Right)
'I
406396 (Left) _
184057 121244

~@ ~
~

192279(Left~
0~@:"'103305
2191~
:_:fj!

192278 (Right)

RJ'

""'.

\,\2669

19~70 :112626///:
~////

125229

~--~--~~f~159642
~V
)J'?\
\7002

406405 \ 2191
180714

406431

406381--&06379
fI\
/
119649 I I ~;fJ

-

rJ l

II

I

\

1I

~h} 119649

I,

/ };Jf-- j
406380

A

\

198670
406382
Fig. 74-40CAB302/ZZ Printer Cabinet Core for Forms Access Printer Cabinet (Cont)

Page 110

r \

ISS 4, SECTION 682·212·700

401130 (TELETYPE)

406366

I

~184063

Fig. 74-4OCAB302/ZZ Printer Cabinet Core for Forms Access Printer Cabinet (Cont)

Page 111.

SECTION 582·212·700

J4c
:403793 (Rig.ht)
.~6455
(Left)

~-198670

I'.

Fig. 74-40CAB302/ZZ Printer Cabinet Core for Forms Access Printer Cabinet (Cont)

Page 112

ISS 4, SECTION

582~212-700

0405038

/~

cnf
,

0341648

/

0.341704

\

403701

---!
/
®4Di" -I

c

(D403848 (DlO3850

- • ~_

• ' -

./
®403849

V
,r / ' ®7l073

~
c

1001178
(.;.~
I

I

t::(1
®2422
' .

o@40644
Part of 406424 Cable
2 Interlock Switch Assembly
Fig.
, 75-406432 Cable Assembly

Page 113

SECTION 582-212-700

-

71'9M~

r,-1

I : I-

730T'/T~r
"-1I

@
~ 1/1,
: /~'
I
I
I
" ....
1
<2>/
..(..-Y

---$?/
,

.

~

~
401628

'

~'lII

::

I
1

:I 1I.

I

L.'

/408882

I I

~

92527

I

--~-

~405043

106295

184061

~
\
408881

\

STRAP NO.

COLOR

LENGTH

TERMINAL

i"

L"
:I

:I
Bra 1ed

5 lJ2"
I

t"

6-: l/2"
3-: l/2"
3-: l/2"

EK

5"
5"

1
2
1

Fig. 76-406361 AC Distribution Assembly

Page 114

3598

~--"@--J

~\

;'

"'-406437

ISS 4, SECTION 582·212-700

Note:

The following 40-type units could make use of the 407216 holder and 407215 label:
4OCAB201/AA,
40CAB251/AA,
4OCAB351/AA,
4OCAB353/AA,
4OCAB371/AA,

AC
AB, AC
AB, AC, AD, AE
AB, AC, AD
AB

Fig_ 77-Label and Label Holder for 4Q.Type Terminals

Page 115

SECTION 582·212·700

, .......... 198670
0112627

\~~

0198670

...
I

0 70

II

L

cr2"-@.t--- 0121242

~

03606

..-

/

0406445/

~

....

\

0198670

~~

0406446

"4009~

Ref FORMS

AC/CABINET

n.
10406447 Paper-Out =sembly

r 19. 78-406374
ModiflCatlOn
. Kit to Pr .
Print Line'
m the Forms
AccessoVl~e
Paper·Out
Printer
Cabinet Contact Closure 11 Inches Below
Page 116

ISS 4, SECTION 582-2120700
407300
CAST DOME

~"

407064(Left)

,

(...'> ,
\~.

'- .....

,'>W::PV

188732~'>

(See Fig. 23 for
sheet metal dome.)

/
407081

403838

"c:P

l~
r!-~-

-403832

162886
104807

-

403836 (Left)
403493

,,-

0:

-f;:).. ::~

l,@

188732

110126~ ~ .. -""lltf
(,

\

I

186823

~)
188732

~-.'
I

119654

e

- J : 57

/405589

--

/119654

--{J

45815

~ -r.) /
/~"i!~

R~

93582

153442

CABINET
Dome - Cast Aluminum
Fig. 79-4OCAB353IYZ Printer Cabinet Core for Adjacent orRO
Tractor Feed Printer - 132 Column

Page 117

SECTION 582-212-700

7300 CAST ALUMINUM DOME
(See Fig. 73 for
Sheet Metal Dome)

/1

311763

\ .

,/ ·1

I

I
I
i

;

403785

405569
\

\

~

• ,...Ii!")J

JY"

I

,/,//J>

I
I

I
~

~,/

""

150978

/

405604

405576

Dome - Cast Aluminum

Fig. 79-4OCAB353/YZ Printer Cabinet Core for Adjacent or RO
Tractor Feed Printer - 132.column (Cont)

Page 118

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

®----~

~~J
I
I

~®406322
I
I

C§)-0406323

07002

I
I

...... J0151642'

~/

I

a

02191

..... 1

L- (§)-(V406323

I
I

~-@;406322
I

0;406325

.-0,406324

0406326-~
I

®406327-~
I
I
I

I

I

I

~
- ___

~0406327

------

401817
-

"-

Ref PEDESTAL TOP

•

453347 (Adhesive Backed Pad)

•
I

~

/'

Note: Late design see Fig. 60
for early design.

I

,/'1

401~;

~/

~_

7415

0401805 backboard assembly.
0parts used on later design copynolder.

Fig. 80-401200 DATASPEED 40 Copyholder
(Late Design)

Page 119

SECTION 582-212-700

346730

~(405664
(132 Column)
403828 (80 Column)
,

402449

'- .::>.

I

'f@

326023

/

@.~

I

3640

Specification 50878S

Fig. 81-346731 (132) and 346731 (80) Modification Kits to Provide
OEM Interface for DATASPEED 40 Tractor Feed Cabinet

Page 120

ISS 4, SECTION 682·212-700

WELDED
- - - - - - - - :GROUND
\

<[)

i

~ I·=·IIO~

CLIP

405609

(Rear of Cabinet)

Fig. 82-346744 Modification Kit to Provide OEM Interface for
Model 4OCAB371/ZZ Friction Feed Cabinet

Page 121

SECTION 582-212-100

4071~
I.. .. ",I
I

.l

I 1..._
107116 _ _ .1..
-"I
~107116
180714 _ _,I
I
1_151631

407163

-0-....

/-~

107116

15~31

~

.~
I- ___
~

~107116
Jl---180714

8pecifjcation 508818

Fig. 82-346744 Modifwation Kit to Provide OEM Interface for

Model4OCAB371/ZZ Friction Feed Cabinet (Cont)

Page 122

ISS 4, SECTION 582.212.700

4OCAB901 CABINET

/

Specif"wation 50967S
Fig. 83-347281 Modification Kit to Provide a Door Latch on
4OCAB901 Cabinet

4OCAB902 CABINET

Specification 509688

Fig. 84-347282 Modification Kit to Provide a Door Latch on
4OCAB902 Cabinet

Page 123

SECTION 582-212-700

~403013

--

__

I
--J

TABLE
TOP
403012-

Specification 50911S
Fig. 85-403011 Modification Kit to Provide Paper Form Guide

J4

Specification 50906S

Fig. 86-346745 Modification Kit to Provide Instructions for Optioning and
Installing the 410085 OEM Card Into a Model40P102 Friction
Feed Printer

Page 124

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

~~

406192

Specification 50915S
Fig. 87-406190 Modification Kit to Provide Dual EIA Interface for Printer

Page 125

SECTION 582-212-700
407164

I
Ref

J}?1

C~_~

178707

~

~;.~401582
:::::-::::_ 1

107116-1.
I

180714-Jl

407121

r-_

I

I

---1

Specification 50989S

Fig. 88-406204 Modification Kit for a 4OCAB371/ZZ Friction Feed Cabinet
to Allow Addition of 4OC303/AD Integrated Asynchronous Controller

Page 126

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

~

••
~
~--~ \
J.

0

I ~ Ref CABINET

Jl

~201

107116

~71'

Fig. 88-406204 Modification Kit for a 4OCAB371/ZZ Friction Feed ·Cabinet
to Allow Addition of 4OC303/AD Integrated Asynchronous
Controller (Cont)

Page 127

SECTION 582-212-700

l---~·406208

406172

407176

I

~
I

~

\

406192

I
I

+

107116

~151631
406201

Specification 510015

Fig. 89-406207 Modification Kit to Allow Replacement of 4OC303/AA
With a 4OC303/AC or 4OC303/AD Integrated Controller Used
in Tractor Feed Printer Arrangements

Page 128

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700

......-151631

1~191

~--11142'7
I
I

-..J

5599

~

I

i

"'1'" - ... I

~

- --..;
4074.78

\
401203 - - - -

.:

~
.

; ..... 181204
'"'-3646

181204~t 1~156768
I

3646 /
194987

Specification 50936S

Fig. 90-406261 Modification Kit to Provide Mounting for
Model 40 Paper Winder

Page 129

SECTION 582·212·700
~

I I\"jl24/'~)OO~191

1

T
.

Ref 406426_i1;::r

! ~J. . ""'" ~

'-II

! \

e;L~

X~•• ,J>~
~@-.-~-3598

J<~: ___
~

!/,) ,X(OrientationHOle)
/
/ , , ' Note:' Cut-out on connector should
(/0
be mounted in this position.

3640'
............~402449
32602S--1'f

l~~~/~'
,.

0/

- -CG;;
___

_____ I

T

....

'" .

I

~~

Brack~t~bly

/ .0647Caution:
must be mounted m pOSItIOn

•

indicated.)

~-'--'- :;-., i
:
~Jt..;;--_..L

---r-~>

Ref 406403 BRACKET/
(Attached to Rear of
Cabinet)

L____

. . _.

.;....<. =:~J

i

-i'--:
~-198670

Specification 50951S

Fig. 91-406370 Modification Kit to Convert 4OCAB302/ZZ to a
4OCAB302/AB Cabinet to Provide SSllnterface
(Forms Access Printer Cabinet)
:f'1

i

I

151346\i \1121244

1"-.,,_

[5T\ \

Ref406426-i I---~

• "

!i \,

i \

7002
..2191

/

iJ/" ~ ; \ ~-:l &;L.
/
x~...,J>~~ ~@-.-@-3598

£J<:~_ '/~"x,;

~ / / ' (Orientation Hole)
3640 .........

~402449

/' .

3260~1'f·

(/~

121244-..£\"
& / 'Q'
198670"""""

:
L.__

/~ote:

Cut·out-on connector should
be mounted in this position.
/406439

~
_.

r-_..
k

--._--._!

~)"/,. ~__:~'"':--:-~~ 1

(Caution: Bracket assembly
must be mounted in position
indicated.)

:

.-....:::::-.-.J.1...... :

Ref 406403 BRACKET
(Attached to Rear of
Cabinet)

/~:-::::;.~-;;.••.•......
:
;'~__ : ....:.........

'-----J -----;-·--.-A
;.
1:11-198670

Specification 50952S
Fig. 92-406371 Modification Kit to Convert 4OCAB302/ZZ to a
4OCAB302/AC Cabinet to Provide OEM Interface (Forms
Access Printer Cabinet)

Page 130

ISS 4, SEUTIU.N

blS:.Il-:.Il.l:.ll-IUV

I ' ___""CABINET
198670

Specification 50954S

Fig. 93-406373 Modification Kit to Provide Data Set Mounting Facilities
(Forms Access Printer Cabinet)

Page 181

1S.I!Ol;'1'lUN 582-212-700

/181999

($.

198670-C>,_~
406428

~~
.
. ' . /406376

~
I

J.

L,'

III

I'

I

:

I

I

"

'

fiJ';:l-~.i
I

t

I

1

i334610

,
:I 198670

/332893

A
~
I

,-

182523

I

i

I

_ ~_153538

_

I

iITm
4024491

~

\~~'--Ref

....

406441

I

341649

:~~3640 ;

,

I

,

I

,326 23

:

,

I

...._._--....'

-..~ifI"'--7'121244

:
I

406398

312918
SpecifiCation 509538
Fig. 94-406372 Modif"wation Kit to Provide Interface and Mounting
for Integrated ControlIer (Forms Access Printer Cabinet)

Page 132

,

ISS 4. SECTION 582-212-700

I

406219

/

Specification 50910S

Fig. 95-406223 Modification Kit to Equip a Tractor
Feed Cabinet With a Latch Mechanism

Page 133

SECTION 582-212-700

Specification 509038

Fig. 96-403418 Modif"lCation Kit to Provide an Audible
Alarm With Integrated Controller

.-~

j
4OCAB371
CABINET

~

",,,,,,,

403389-:1J/

~

"~184057

Specification 509228
Fig. 97-407105 Modification Kit to Provide Parts for
Single-Ply Fanfold Friction Feed Paper Handling

Page 134

LOW
PAPER
LEVER

ISS 4, SECTION 582"212-700

6.

ADJUSTMENTS

6.01

A complete adjustment procedure should
be read before attempting to make the
adjustment. After an adjustment has been completed, be sure to tighten any nuts or screws that
may have been loosened to facilitate the adjustment, unless otherwise instructed.
6.02 Some adjustments require access to areas
where parts have to be removed. For
removal of these parts, refer to 4. DISASSEMBLYI
REASSEMBLY.

6.03

All tolerances in the adjustments in this
section, unless otherwise stated, are in

inches.
6.04

The instruction "friction tight" means to
tighten by hand only. Tools should not be
used for friction tight adjustments.

AC DISTRIBUTION ASSEMBLY (Early Design)
Requirement
Assembly should be flush to back wall of cabinet, consistent with free movement of the switch slide.
To Adjust
Loosen screw on bottom of cabinet. Meet requirement. Tighten screw.

REAR OF CABINET

CABINET SHELL
MOUNTING
SCREW

AC DISTRIBUTION
SHELL

ADJUSTMENT RANGE
(SLOTTED HOLE
IN CABINET)

Page 136

SECTION 582-212-700
CRADLE TORSION SPRING - FRICTION FEED
This is a factory adjustment, adjusted
to the optimal force. If it becomes necessary to
readjust, then proceed as follows.

Note:

• Printer is installed in the cradle assembly of
the cabinet and it is latched up (service position).
Requirement
When left and right latches are released, printer
should free-fall
Min Some---Max 1-1/2 inch
when measured at the front of the printer base.

LEFT LATCH

To Adjust
Remove printer from cradle assembly. Carefully remove shoulder screws (old design) or shoulder
bushing and flat head screw that secure left and right latches to the printer cabinet.

RIGHT
LATCH

LEFT LATCH

Page 136

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
CRADLE TORSION SPRING - FRICTION FEED (Cont)
To Adjust (Cont)
With cradle assembly channels positioned past vertical, check outside hook portion of spring relative
to hook stops. Any adjustments that are made to increase or decrease spring force should be made with
the intent of keeping both springs equal in force. In essence, clearance between the hooks of left and
right torsion springs and stop bushings should be approximately equal. Therefore, to increase the
force, torsion spring whose hook is farther away from stop bushing shoulq be adjusted to decrease
clearance. To decrease the force, torsion spring whose hook is closer to the stop bushing should be
adjusted to increase clearance. Loosen pilot screw in the hub to be adjusted until pilot is out of the
locating hole in the cradle upright. Rotate torsion spring to increase or decrease force.

Note:

There are five holes in each cradle upright to accept pilot portion of pilot screw.

It may be necessary to reposition the pilot screw on hub if an angular adjustment of only 10 degrees
is required from nominal. Reassemble with care.

LEGEND:

0.@, and ® are positions for pilot screw on hub.
®,® ,®,@, and ® are positions on cradle.
Nominal position.
Decrease force through 20 0 angle.
Increase force through 20 0 angle.
Increase force through 100 angle.

HOOK
STOP
BUSHING

CLEARANCE
GAP

RETAINER PLATE

ADJUSTMENT HOLES IN CRADLE (5)

Page 187

SECTION 582-212-700
CRADLE TORSION SPRING - TRACTOR FEED (80-COLUMN)

Note: This is a factory adjustment, adjusted to the optimal force. If it becomes necessary to readjust,
then proceed as follows.
• Printer in the cabinet.
• Left and right cradle latches released (pressed inward).
Requirement
Printer should be lifted up some to halfway to the upper latched position. Latches must remain in
released position.
To Adjust
Use printer to check adjustment. Remove printer from cradle assembly. If cradle assembly fails to
remain in up position, raise it up until it latches. Carefully remove shoulder screws that secure left
and right latches to the printer cradle.

SHOULDER

lEW

CRADLE
LEFT
LATCH

Page 138

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
CRADLE TORSION SPRING - TRACTOR FEED (80-COLUMN) (Cont)
To Adjust (Cont)
With cradle assembly channels positioned past vertical, check outside hook portion of spring relative
to hook stops. Any adjustments that are made to increase or decrease spring force should be made with
the intent of keeping both springs equal in force. In essence, clearance between hooks of left and right
torsion springs and stop bushings should be approximately equal. Therefore, to increase the force,
torsion spring whose hook is farther away from stop bushing should be adjusted to decrease clearance.
To decrease the force, torsion spring whose hook is closer to the stop bushing should be adjusted to
increase clearance. Loosen pilot screw in the hub to be adjusted until pilot is out of the locating hole
in the cradle upright. Rotate torsion spring to increase or decrease force.

Note:

There are nine holes in each cradle upright to accept pilot portion of pilot screw.

It may be necessary to reposition the pilot screw on hub if an angular adjustment of only 10 degrees
or 30 degrees is required from nominal. Reassemble with care.

LEGEND:

01, 01, and ® are positions for pilot screw on the hub.

®, ®, @,@, ®, ®, ®, ®, and@arepositionsonthecradle.

0
0

~

0

®
®
©

@

®
®
0 ®
® ®
0 @

Nominal position.
Increase force through 10 0 angle.
Increase force through 20 0 angle.
Increase force through 300 angle.
Increase force through 40 0 angle.
Decrease force through 100 angle.
Decrease force through 20 0 angle.
Decrease force through 300 angle.
Decrease force through 400 angle.

HOOK STOP
BUSHING

Page 139

SECTION 582-212-700
CRADLE TORSION SPRING - TRACTOR FEED (132-COLUMN)
• Printer in the cabinet.
• Left and right cradle latches released (pressed inward).
(1) Requirement
The printer and cradle should move out of the latched position and move up into an intermediate
position.
(2) Requirement
With the printer in the service position, depressing the left"and right latchlever should allow the
printer and cradle to move out of the latched position and move down into an intermediate position.
To Adjust
Turn the adjustment screw (one on each side of the cradle) counterclockwise to increase the torsion
spring force and clockwise to decrease the torsion spring force. Any adjustments to increase or
decrease the spring force should be made with the intent of keeping both springs in equal tension.
ADJUSTMENT
BRACKET

ADJUSTMENT
SCREW

RETAINER
PLATE

Page 140

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
PAPER EXIT GAP - NOISE REDUCING FRICTION FEED
• Paper exit door closed and latched .
• Cabinet dome in the open position.
Requirement
Paper exit gap between clear plastic door and stainless steel paper guide should be
Min 0.078 inch---Max 0.125 inch
through the entire width and length of the path through which the paper travels.
To Adjust
Loosen the two mounting screws friction tight. Use pry points to raise or lower the door latches to
meet requirement. Tighten the two mounting screws.

MOUNTING
SCREW

Page 141

SECTION 582-212-700
DOME ADJUSTMENT - NOISE REDUCING FRICTION FEED
• Dome closed and latched
Requirement
Gap "A" must be equal to Gap "B" within 0.062 inch. Dome may be flush, overflush (0.030 inch) or
underflush (0.030 inch) with respect to trim band. (Both Sides)
To Adjust
Loosen five dome mounting screws friction tight. Position dome to meet requirement. Tighten
mounting screws.

TF"A"

r""

NO....AL GAP 0.078"

NO....AL GAP 0.078"

Mr-L--------------------------~~

SLOT IN LEG
LEVELER

Note: Adjustable feet
must be fully retracted
into cabinet before
attempting dome adjustment.

MOUNTING
SCREWS

ADJUSTABLE
FEET (2)

~~

B
_ - ._ _ _ _--..j-~

BAND

Page 142

to- 1\

DOME MAY BE UP TO 0.030" UNDER FLUSH
DOME MAY BE UP TO 0.030" OVER FLUSH

ISS 4, SECTION 582·212·700
TOP COVER VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET
Requirement
With the cabinet top cover in the closed position the cover should rest on the front gasket and be
parallel to the cabinet, as gauged by eye.
To Adjust
With the four cabinet top cover hinge mounting nuts friction tight, lift or lower the rear edge of the
cover until the requirement is met. Tighten the mounting nuts.

w

L.J

(Front View)

=

=

Page 143

SECTION 582-212-700
TOP COVER HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET
Requirement
With the cabinet top cover in the closed position, the cabinet doors should extend beyond the top cover
equally front to rear and equally left to right as gauged by eye (approximately)
To Adjust
With the six top cover hinge mounting screws friction tight, position the top cover left to right and
front to rear to meet the requirement. Tighten the six mounting screws.

REAR PANEL

/
LEFT
SIDE
PANEL

1

-

,EQUAL

IF

TOP
COVE R_

lL

~

j

t._

DOatS
J""'.----EQUAL,--------..o*+to--

HINGE MOUNTING
SCREWS

Page 144

ISS 4, SECTION 552-212-700
TOP COVER LEFT AND RIGHT COUNTER BALANCE SPRING ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS
CABINET

Requirement
With top cover almost closed (within 3 to 4
inches), the top will not move by gravity when
released.
To Adjust
Turn each counter-balance spring adjusting
screw approximately an equal number of
turns until requirement is met. Do not back
off screws more than four full turns from a
complete clamp position.

=

=

LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT ACCESS DOOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET

Requirement
The gap between cabinet side panel and
respective door should be
Min 0.070 inch-Max 0.090 inch
when measured near top and bottom of
door hinge ends.
To Adjust
With the door hinge mounting screws
friction tight, position the door forward
or rearward to meet requirement.
Tighten the hinge mounting screws.

Page 145

SECTION 582-212-700
LEFT FRONT ACCESS DOOR MAGNET LATCHING ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET

Requirement
With the left door overlapping the right door and both doors in the closed position, the upper and
lower magnets should be in contact with their respective strike plates while holding the right door
flange firmly against the cabinet engaging surface.
To Adjust
With top and bottom magnet mounting screws (four) friction tight, close the left door overlapping
the right door flange, with gentle pressure applied to left door, secure the magnets. Magnets may
be secured through the top of the cabinet.

UPPER MAGNET
LATCH MOUNTING
SCREWS

LOWER MAGNET
LATCH MOUNTING
SCREWS

.Right door is firmly against
cabinet with left door latched
by magnet latches.

Page 146

niH 4, tiS,;l'lU.N I)ts2-:U~7UU

TOP COVER LATCH AND LATCH STRIKE PLATE ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET

(1) Requirement
As the top cover latch is slowly brought into contact with the latch strike plate, contact should be
approximately
Min 1/4 inch--Max 1/2 inch
of the sloped surface of the latch as gauged by eye.
To Adjust
With the latch mounting bracket screws friction tight, position mounting bracket forward or rearward
to meet the requirement. Tighten the mounting screws.
(2) Requirement
With the top cover gently lowered onto the cabinet gasketing, the latch should engage the strike plate .
with an audible sound of latching.
To Adjust
With latch strike plate mounting screws friction tight, position the strike plate up or down to meet
requirement. Tighten mounting screws.

~~---

STRIKEPLATE
CONTACT RANGE/W'- __ _

STRIKE
PLATE

~~~~~=====------TOPCOVERLATCH
MOUNTING SCREWS

LATCH STRIKE PLATE
MOUNTING SCREWS

Page 147

SECTION 582-212-700
TOP COVER, LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT DOOR INTERLOC:K SWITCH ADJUSTMENTS - FORMS
ACCESS CABINET
Top Cover Interlock Switch
Requirement
With the top cover in its latched position, the interlock switch should be in the "closed" mode and
should move into its "open" mode when the top cover is raised above the latched position.

(1)

Left Front Door Interlock Switch
Requirement
With the left door in the latched position, the interlock switch should be in the "closed" mode and
should move into its "open" mode when the left door is opened.

(2)

Right Front Door Interlock Switch
Requirement
With the right door in the latched position, the interlock should be in the "closed" mode. When the
right door is open and held overlapping the closed left door, the interlock switch should be in the
"open" mode.

(3)

To Adjust
With the switch assembly mounting screws friction tight, locate the assembly closer to or farther
away from the activating bracket to meet the requirement. Tighten the two mounting screws.

L ..

I•.p

INTERLOCK SWITCHES
(Located Internally)

c::::::JI.I

..... -"..

ACTIVATING
BRACKET

lJ

INTERLOCK
MOUNTING SCREWS

U

Page 148

W

ISS 4, SECTION 582.212·700,

PRINTER VERTICAL POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET

Requirement
With a scale resting on the printer tear bar top surface and against the front edge of forms chute
opening, the tear bar top surface should be located
Min 3/32 inch""·Max 5/32 inch
below the form of the cabinet form chute.
To Adjust
Loosen the six intermediate rail bracket mounting screws friction tight, place the blade of a
screwdriver between frame and intermediate rail, pry intermediate rail assembly up at alternate
left and right front comers until adjustment is made, tightening the forward most screws. After
making adjustment tighten remaining screws.

FORMSEXlT
GAP

VERTICAL
POSITIONING
SCREW
(Rear)

Page 149

SECTION 582-212-700
PRINTER FORWARD POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT - FORMS ACCESS CABINET

Note:

The printer should be positioned and latched in its rear most location on the rail assembly frame
for this adjustment.
Requirement
The printer forms exist gap should be located
Min 1/2-Max 3/4
of the way back in the forms chute opening as gauged by eye.
To Adjust
With the four rail assembly frame mounting screws friction tight, move printer rail assembly frame
forward or rearward to meet adjustment. Tighten the four mounting screws.

®
~.

RAIL ASSEMBLY FRAME
MOUNTING SCREWS

Page 150

ISS 4, SECTION 1>82·212·700
1.

NUMERICAL INDEX

Part
Number
1028
1093
1163
1178
1264
2191

2322
2382
2422
2449
2658
2669
2719
3595
3598

3599
3606
3611
3640
3646
5599
6345.
7002

7415
8449
44048
45815
55063
55219
71073
72509
76084
. 76099
76461
76953
78858
82832

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

83885
Screw, 4-40 x 1/4 Fil81
84226
Screw, 8-32 x 7/16 Fil84
84579
Screw, 4-40 x 3/16 Fil39
85471
Screw, 2·56 x 7/16 Fil66,
90951
113,116
Screw, 10-32 x 1/2 Flat 79
92146
92260
Lockwasher 35,37,39,41,
45,52,59,60,62,67,68,71,
92527
73,74,81,89 to 92,103,104,
109,110,119,123,129,130,
93582
132,133
Lockwasher 59,62,79
93984
Lockwasher 33
97402
Lockwasher 66,113
98642
Lockwasher 40,84,85,97,
100848
99,100,123
Nut, 6-32 Hex 56,57,61
103305
Lockwasher 79,109,110,
104451
112
104807
Washer, Flat 84
Nut, 1/4-32 Hex 123
106295
Nut, 6-40 Hex 33,39,41,43,
107116
45,59,60,62,67 to 71,74,83,
87,89,92,114,126,130,132,
133
Nut, 4-40 Hex 77,90
110126
Nut, 6-40 Hex 90, 116
Spring 110
110434
Lockwasher 33,39,54,60,
110435
64,73,74,77,78,82,90,117,
110446
120,125,130,132
110743
Lockwasher 39,64,77,129
111427
·112626
Nut, 8-32 Hex 39,129
Nut, 6·32 Hex 35,40,41,44
112627
Washer, Flat 37,52,59,62,
116783
73,81,89,91,92,103,104,
116793
109,110,114,116,119,130,
132
117535
Nut} 1/2-32 Hex 119
119648
Spacer, .094" Thk 90
119649
Washer, Flat 95
Lockwasher 34,39,42,48,
119651
60,64,72,76,77,101,117
119652
Spring 78
119653
Screw, 8·32 x 3/8 Fil84
119654
Washer, Flat 66,113
Lockwasher 71
119655
Washer, Flat 98
119743
Washer, Flat 35,41
119655
Washer, Flat 35,41
120175
Washer, Flat 63
121018
Keytop 90
121242
Lockwasher 84,85,97

Description and
Page Number
Nut, 6·32 Hex 92
Spring 39
Washer, Flat 33,44
Screw, 10-32 x 1 Hex 42,48
Lockwasher 81,90
Nut, 1/4·20 Hex 40
Lockwasher 33,69,88,92
Lockwasher 35,41,44,83,
84,95,101,114
Washer, Flat 44,60,64,70,
76,77,117
Lockwasher 37,75,90
Screw, 6-40 Shoulder 60
Lockwasher 42,48
Screw, 1/4·20 x 1 Hex 59,
62,79
Washer, Flat 109,110,112
Lockwasher 123
Washer, Flat 43,60,64,70,
78,117
Block, Tenninal 114
Lockwasher 37,40,43,56,
57,61,70,73,74,81,82,90,
103,104,109,120,122,
125 to 128
Lockwasher 59,60,62,76,
77,84,117
Screw, 4-40 x 3/16 Fil 90
Nut, 4-40 Hex 81
Nut, 2·56 Hex 55
Lockwasher 116
Washer, Flat 129
Nut, 20-32 Hex 34,79,110
Nut, 2·56 Hex 116
Holder, Fuse 83
Lockwasher 73,74,75,82,
84,87,125,126,127
Washer, Flat 39,42,48,71
Ring, Retaining 89
Ring, Retaining 35,39,41,
110
Ring, Retaining 86,96
Ring, Retaining 39
Ring, Retaining 33
Ring, Retaining 60,64,76,
77,101,117
Ring, Retaining 46
Grommet, Rubber 131
Ring, Re~g 46
Plate, On'()ff 95
Nut, 4-40 Hex 35,41
Clamp, 1/8 ID Cable 57,61,
116,118

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

121243

Clamp, 3/16 ID Cable 43,
66,74,130
Clamp, 1/4 ID Cable 58,
63,72,83; 110,130,132
Clamp, 5/16 ID Cable 118
Clamp, 3/18 ID Cable 58,
63,92,113
Screw, 8-32 x 1/4 Hex 39,
84,95
~kwasher 45,68,71,90
Washer, Flat 37,75
Washer, Flat 45,68,71,89,
90,92
Nut, 6-32 Hex 88,109,110
Spring, Compression 35,41
Ring, Retaining 44,48
Ring, Retaining 38
Ring, Retaining 67,133
Screw, 1/4·20 x 3/4 Hex
84,85,97

121244
121245
121246
121551
124177
125011
125015
125229
125239
128357
128358
128360
138401
143097
143306
144778

Ring,Re~g110

151880
152426
152634
152848

Fuse, SL-BL 1 Amp 83
Screw, No.6 Self·Tapping
100
Washer, Flat 98,119
Screw, 6-40 x 1·1/4 Hex 77
Washer, Flat 86,96
Screw, 6-40 x 1·1/8 Hex
58,63,118
Screw, 6-40 x 3/8 Fil
130,132
Screw, 6-40 x 1/4 Hex 52,
59,62,90
Screw, 6-40 x 5/16 Hex 37,
45,70,71,73,74,81,82;103,
104,120,122,125,126,128,
129
Screw, 6-40 x 3/8 Hex 59,
62,90
Screw, 4-40 x 1/4 Fil37,
75
Screw, 6-40 x 3/4 Fil 119
Screw, 10-32 x 5/16 Fil 71
Screw, 6-40 x 3/16 Hex 91
Screw, 10-32 x 3/8 Hex 39,
44,70,110
Nut, 4-40 Hex 39,52,116
Nut, 6-40 Self·Locking 77
Washer, Flat
Screw, 1/4-20 x 3/4 Rd 34,

152890

Washer, Flat 77

148128
150710
150711
150978
151346
151630
151631

151632
151637
151642
151690
151722
151723

36

Page 151

SECTION 582-212-700
Part
Number

152893
153441
153442
153538
153806
153841
154249
154263
155594
155865
156057
156450
156653
156740
156768
156875
158926
159642
160479
161708
162730
162864
162886
163958
173974
174795
174797
178707
180714
180778
180798
180904
181204
181240
181241

Page 152

Description and
Page Number

Screw, 4-40 x 1/4 Hex 33,
39,43,54,70,77,78
Screw, 10-32 x 7/16 Hex
112
Screw, 10-32 x 1/2 Hex
60,64,76,77,110,117
Screw, 6-40 x 7/16 Hex
74,132
Spring 67,133
Screw, 6-40 x 9/16 Hex
37,43,59,62,67,112,133
Screw, No_ 8B Self-Tapping
60,66,73 to 76,81,82,125,
127
Bumper, Rubber 84,85
Screw, 4-40 Shoulder 73,
81
Stud 99
Washer, Flat 116
Screw, 2-56 x 1/2 Fil 55
Lockwasher 44,70
Screw, 6-40 x 7/32 Hex
89,92
Screw, 8-32 x 9/32 Hex 129
Screw, 6-40 x 5/32 Fil 90
Screw, 4-40 x 7/32 Hex 52
Shim, _008" Thk 110
Grommet, R!lbber 82,126
Latch, Magnetic 109
Screw, 1/4-20 x 7/16 Hex
84,97,99,100,123
Clamp, 7/8 ID Cable 95
Screw, 4-40 x 7/32 Hex
60,64,117
Washer, Flat 78
Screw, 10-32 x 5/16 Hex
109
Screw, 6-40 x 1/4 Fil45,
68,71
Screw, 6-40 x 3/8 Fil123
Bumper, Rubber 74,82,126
Screw, No_ 6 Self-Tapping
49,50,57,61,69,74,81,82,
106,110,122,126,127
Plate 98,119
Screw, 8-32 Self-Tapping
95,97,101
Tab, Terminal 45,68,71,89
Washer, Flat 92,129
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 3/16 Hex 71,91
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 1/4 Hex 33,43,70,
83

Part
Number

181245
181247
181249
181392
181424
181999
182523
182726
182932
184056
184057
184058
184059
184061
184063
184067
185833
185834
185843
185871
186749
186755
186823
187242
188406
188483
188732
188925
188989
188990
188993
192007
192278

Description and
Page Number

Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 1/2 Hex 83
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 11/16 Hex 33
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 1 Hex 69
Terminal, Tab Type 107,
108
Nut, 6-40 Sq 83
lnsulator 74,132
Clamp, 1-3/8" ID Mounting
74,83,132
Terminal, Receptacle Type
68
Nut, Speed 110
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 1/4 Hex 37,66,
68,71,75,94
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 3/8 Hex 77,87,
110,114,134
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 7/16 Hex 109
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 1/2 Hex 45,71,89
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 5/8 Hex 114
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 7/8 Hex 111
Screw w/Lockwasher,
4-40 x 5/16 Hex 110
Plate 83
Plate 83
Fuse, SL-BL 1-1/4 Amp 83
Screw w/Lockwasher,
8-32 x 3/8 Hex 60;63,64,
85,96,117
Bolt w/Cap 84,85,97,109
Screw, 8-32 Self-Tapping
77,93
Screw, 8-32 Shoulder 60,
64,76,77,117
Clip 98,119
Switch 116
Arm Stop 60
Screw, 8-32 x 3/8 Hex
58,60,117,118
Post 98,119
Jumper, 5-1/2" Black 114
Jumper, 5" White 114
Jumper, 4" Green 114
Terminal, Tab Type 102
Arm, Right Counter
Balance 110

Part
Number

192279
192557
192970
194987
198670

301466
301713
304188
304189
307545
311763
312574
312829
312918
312919
318630
320119
320410
320412
320418
320420
321213
323414
324031
325287
325911
326023
326588
326755
327819
327954
327955
332860
332893
333588
333880
334610
335123
336334
336810
337101

Description and
Page Number

Arm, Left Counter
Balance 110
Grommet, Rubber 59,62,
67,77,112,133
Post 132
Screw, 8-32 x 3/8 Hex 129
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 5/16 Hex 45,68,
71,89 to 92,109,110,112,
113,114,116,130,131,132
Screw, 4-40 SpI74,82,90
Outlet, Convenience 114
Clamp 84
Keeper 84
Jumper, 2" Green 105
Mount, Vibration 58,63,
118
Jumper, 6" Black 114
Strap, 2-1/2" Braided 38,47
Strap 34,70,81,82,121,
127,132
Strap, Cable 79,108
Jumper, 6-1/8" Braided
84,95,114
Spacer, _497" Thk 60
Terminal, Spade Type 88
Terminal, Spade Type 49
Terminal, Ring Type 56,88
Terminal, Ring Type 74
Resistor 66
Washer, Flat 93
Latch, Front Lid 110
Nut w/Lockwasher,
10-32 Hex 72
Jumper, 6-1/2" Lg Green
114
Screw, 4-40 x 9/32 Hex
73,74,120,125,130,132
Screw, 6-32 x 1/4 SelfTapping 37
Jumper, 3-1/2" Green 114
Terminal, Tab Type 102,
107,108
Retainer, Split Ring 86,96
Nut, Speed 84
Bumper 84,97
Capacitor 74,83,132
Lamp, 23V Miniature 66
Fastener 86,96
Capacitor 74,83,132
Switch, Pushbutton 66
Collar 103,104
Plate, Identification 101
Ring, Retaining 40

ISS 4, SECTION 582·212·700
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

337171
337826

Spacer 101
Screw, 1/2" Pan Hd
103,104,106,107,108
Bushing 98
Terminal, Receptacle Type
49,50,53,54,66,103,104,
106,107,108,113
Terminal, Receptacle Type
50,52,53,106,107,108,113
Connector, 15PT Plug 73,
132
Connector, 15PT
Receptacle 49,50,66,68
101,102,106,113
Terminal, Receptacle Type
49,50,103,104,106,107,
108,113
Terminal, Receptacle Type
50,73,103,104,106,107,
108
Clamp, Cable 49,50,106
Connector, 15PT Plug 50,
106
Screw, 8·32 Shoulder 92
Spacer 71,89
Filter 52,53
Hood, Cable Connector
106,107
Filter 90
Cable Assembly 49,70
Cable Assembly 105,106
Cable Assembly 105,106
Cable Assembly 105,107
lnsulator 45,71,89
Insulator 45,71,89
Cable Assembly 42,49
Cable w/Terminals 90
Cover 90
Clip 39
Support, Cable 49
Support, Cable 49
Retainer, Cable 49
Pin, Con tact 106,107
Socket, Con tact 107
Connector, 25PT
Receptacle 90,106,107
Connector, 25PT Plug
107
Label 88
Switch Assembly 100
Bracket 52
Bracket w/Filters 52
Cover 52
Cradle 103,104

346329
346331
346333
346337
346338
346696
346730
346731
346734
346743
346744
346745
346790
346791
346794
346795
346929
346994
346995
347281
347282
347323
347324
347325
347326
347327
347328
400199

Clamp 103,104
Cover 103
Cable Assembly 103,104
Plate 103
Plate 103
Shield 74
Filter 120
Modification Kit 120
Power Supply 122
Filter 122
Modification Kit 121,122
Modification Kit 124
Cover, Base 104
Cover 104
Plate 104
Plate 104
Cover w/pad 104
Bracket, Stop 101
Guide, Support 101
Modification Kit 123
Modification Kit 123
Post 123
Latch 123
Latch 123
Bracket 123
Spring, Flat 123
Post, Stop 123
Clip, Retaining 33,37,
79
Restraint, Cable 75,81
Cable Assembly 33,52
Cable Assembly 53,75,
81
Terminal, Plug Type 52,
53,73
Switch Assembly 54
Bracket 52
Bracket 53
Cable Assembly 33,39,
54,77
Cable Assembly 53
Cable Assembly 53
Distribution Assembly,
AC 57,61
Cable Assembly 37,53
Cable Assembly 37,52
Connector, 15PT
Receptacle 54
Connector, 4PT
Receptacle 52,81,116
Guide 42,48,72,101
Plate, Front 33,39
Plate 111
Cover 33,38,43,45,47

401150

Connector, 9PT
Receptacle 53,73,81,90,
103,104,106,107,108
Table 85
Door 86,93
Foot 85
Arm, Stop 47
Spacer 47
Door 44
Door 48
Dqor 41
Bracket wlPost 38,39
Bracket 39
Screw, 6·40 Shoulder 45
Panel, End 33,80
Band, Trim 33,80
Clip 33,80
Latch 46
Copyholder 98,119
Bumper 84,85,97,109,129
Bumper 36,37,43,46,57,
61,80
Trim, Louver 45
Spring 46
Door, Printer 35
Bracket, Left Door 35,44
Bracket, Right Door 44
Bracket 35
Post 33
Screw, 10·32 Shoulder 33,
44,47
Strip Ground 43,70,72
Screw wlLockwasher,
8·32 x 15/16 Hex 38,43,
46,47,84,85,89,93,94
Bracket 43
Tab, Terminal 33,43,69,73,
74,75,81,82,125,126,127
Strap, 5·7/8 Lg Braided 44
Bumper 44,48
Bumper 35,41
Screw, 8·18 Spl 33,38,
43,47,57,66,80
Support 42,48
Cabinet Assembly 37,38,
39,43,44,46,47,72
Bracket, Left 68,71
Bracket, Right 68,71
Plate, Trim 37,75
Plate, Trim 75
Bracket, Trim 70
Bracket, Trim 43,70
Screw, 6·40 Shoulder 33,
38,43,47

340697
341647
341648
341649
341691
341704
341705
341722
341729
341819
341870
341872
341873
341877
341891
341893
341895
341896
341897
341898
341911
341913
341920
341926
341961
341962
341963
341972
341973
341977
341978
343470
345630
346272
346317
346318
346327

400566
400567
400568
400574
400575
400576
400577
400598
400607
400611
400618
400620
400621
400628
400920
401110
401128
401130
401132

401152
401153
401156
401169
401170
401173
401174
401180
401183
401184
401190
401191
401194
401195
401198
401200
401203
401204
401212
401213
401216
401217
401218
401219
401220
401223
401224
401225
401226
401227
401228
401230
401232
401239
401245
401251
401253
401254
401260
401261
401262
401263
401268

Page 153

SECTION 582-212-700
Part
Number

401269
401273
401274
401275
401276
401277
401278
401280
401285
401287
401288
401291
401294
401299
401305
401306
401512
401514
401515
401518
401520
401521
401552
401555
401556
401564
401566
401567
401568
401582

401585
401586
401590
401596
401599
401601
401623
401625
401628
401629
401631
401634
401637
401638
401640
401641

Page 154

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Washer, Spring 44,48
Latch, Bar 35,41
Handle 35,41
Bracket, Left Window
35,41
Bracket, Right Wmdow
35,41
Bracket 35,41
Guide, Paper 35,41
Foam 35,41
Spring 35,41
Latch 44,48
Handle 44,48
Divider 84

401643
401645
401646

Arm 38

401676
401677
401680
401681
401682
401686
401687
401688
401710
401714
401715
401718

Cable Assembly 90
Stiffener, Cable 51
Connector, 3PT
Receptacle 51
Connector, 3PT 51, lOB
Connector;3PT Plug 51,
102
Cover 89
Panel Assembly 85,88,95
Pad 89
Cord w/Plug 88
Bracket 88
Connector, Receptacle
87,88
Screw, 8-32 Shoulder 89
Cable Assembly 92
Bracket 89
Plate 85
Bar 89
Plate, Mounting 90
Screw, 8-32 Captive 89
Screw, Captive 45,71,89
Bracket 45,71
Clip 37,43,46,70
Relief, Strain 106
Relief, Strain 103,104,
107,lOB
Modification Kit 93
Latch, Lid 84
Pad, Upper Front 36
Pad, Rear Lid 35
Cabinet 33,34,36,75
Label 86,96
Latch, Left 43,46
Latch, Right 43,46
Latch 86,96
Plate, Front 40
Screw, 6-40 Shoulder 39
Latch, Left Side 39
Latch, Right Side 39
Post 39
Trough, Paper 119
Backboard 98,119
Trough, Paper 98,119
Guide, Line 98,119
Handle 98,119
Screw, 4-40 x 5/16 Spl
98,119
Shaft 98,119
Screw, 6-40 x 3/4 Fil 98
Arm, Pivot 98
Post 98
Locknut 98
Shaft 98

401815
401816
401817
401818
401819
401821
401822
401825
401826
401827
401828
401835
401836
401837
401838
401839
401840
401841
401842
401843

Screw, 1/4-20 Spl 98
Washer 98
Clamp 98,119
Screw, 1/2-32 Spl98
Screw, 1/4-20 Spl 98,119
Pad 98,119
Washer 98
Clip 44,70,72
Post 39
Lever, Left Latch 39
Lever, Right Latch 39
Spring 98,119
Bushing 98,119
Lockwasher 98
Washer, Flat 98
Lockwasher 98,119
Nut, 1/2-32 Hex 98
Label 98
Bar 34,36,40,79
Strap, 5-1/2 Lg Braided
33
Hook 34,36,40,79
Shaft Assembly 98
Screw, 1/4-32 Pilot 34,40,
59,79
Cradle Assembly 34,40,79
Spring 34,36,40,79
Screw, 10-32 Shoulder
34,36
Plate, Retaining 34,40,59,
62,79
Hub 34,40,59,62,79
Bushing 34,40,59,62,79
Post 40
Slide Assembly, Left 40
Slide Assembly, Right 40
Bracket 51
Guide 45,71,89
Bracket 54
Retainer 54
Lever, Actuating 54
Spacer 54
Spring 54
Switch 54
Pad, Rear Lid 41
Bushing 88
Bracket 40
Bracket 40
Clamp, Cable 37
Shield, Cable 39
Cable Assembly 52,81
Cable Assembly 53
Cover, Filter 90
Filter Assembly 90

Description and
Page Number

Window 35,41
Plate, Left Insert 33,80
Plate, Right Insert 33,80
Screw, 1/4-20 Captive 85
Bracket, Left 43,46
Bracket, Right 43,46
Screw w/Lockwasher,
No_ 6 Hex 39,43,46
Module 89
Module 45,68,71,89
Bracket 85
Holder 85
Latch 86,96
Plate, Trim 75
Button, Plug 84
Baffle, Foam 84
Spring 86,96
Nut w/Lockwasher,
8-32 Hex 57,61,78,82 to
85,95,97,126
Plate, Retaining 36
Bushing 34,36,40,59,62,
79
Cradle Assembly 36
Bushing 36
Spring, Torsion 34,36,40,
79
Pin, Guide 89
Connector, 99T Plug 53,
73,103,104,107,108
Connector, 80PT Cord 90
Bushing 55,87,88,114
Cord w/Plug 55,108
Channel 42,48
Cable Assembly 89
Plate 93
Stiffener, Cable 51
Cable Assembly 105,107
Cable Assembly lOS,l08

401647
401648
401662
401665
401667
401669
401670
401674

401725
401728
401745
401746
401755
401757
401763
401764
401765
401795
401798
401799
401800
401802
401803
401804
401805
401806
401807
401808
401809
401810
401811
401812
401813
401814

401844
401855
401861
401865
401868
401869
401870
401871
401872
401873
401877
401878
401978
401980
402007
402008
402009
402010
402011
402012
402126
402136
402141
402142
402143
402144
402146
402147
402153
402161

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

402166
402173
402264
402266
402449

Protector, Cable 71
Cable Assembly 43,50
Table 84
Plate 84,93,94
Bushing 73,74,120,125,
130,132
Extension, Plug 54,77
Modification Kit 124
Guard, Paper 124
Latch, Spring 124
Plate 134
Modification Kit 134
Cable Assembly 74
Bracket, Outlet 87
Switch, Toggle 87
Bracket 117
Plate 87
Holder 99
Holder Assembly 99
Padding 99
Terminal 56,113
Cabinet 57,58,59
Blower 58,63,77,118
Arm, Left Latch 59,62
Arm, Right Latch 59,62
Screw, 8-32 Shoulder
59,62
Plate 58,63,118
Screw, 8-18 Shoulder 58
Cradle 59,67
Channel, Right 59,62,
112
"Channel, left 59,62
Bracket 59,62,66,73
Button 66
Button 66
Table 97
Door 96
Bracket, Latch 97
Bracket 96 ,
Plate, Trim 81
Plate, Front 57,80
Bracket 60
Screw, 8-32 Shoulder
59,62
Dome 58,60
Clamp 60
Bracket 66
Shield 58,78
Plate w/Adhesive 73,81,
120,121
Cable Assembly 73
Plate 60,64,117
Switch 66,113

403836
403837
403838
403840
403844

Latch, Left 60,64,117
Latch, Right 60,64,117
Bracket 60,64,78,117
Spring, Latch 60,64,117
Spring, Compression 66,
113
Bracket 73,81
Cover 73,81
Spacer 66,113
Spring, Actuator 66,113
Lever, Actuating 66,113
Bracket 66,113
Plate 66,113
Collar 92,96
Spring, Torsion 59,62
Spring, Torsion 59,62
Cable Assembly 66
Cable Assembly 57,61,
68
Cable Assembly 73
Foam, Front 65
Foam, Dome 65
Housing 55
Bracket 55
Actuator, Switch 55
Handle, Switch 55
Connector,5PT
Receptacle 55,114
Connector, 6PT Plug 51,
68,69,113
Spacer 55
Insulator, Switch 55
Insulator 55
Switch 55
Capacitor 55,87,102,114
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 55
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 50,51,68,102,108
Terminal, Plug Type 50,51
68,102
Cable Assembly 51,70,72
Cable Assembly 51,33,43
Cable Assembly 51,37
Distribution Assembly,
AC 42,43,55,57,61,77
Cable Assembly 42,48,50
Lockwasher 55
Strap 55
Screw, 6-32 Self-Tapping
77
Dome 58,60,66
Clamp, Window 60,64
Dome 63

405545
405554

402875
403011
403012
403013
403389
403418
403445
403481
403482
403493
403498
403566
403567
403568
403701
403781
403785
403787
403788
403789
403790
403791
403792
403793
403794
403795
403800
403801
403802
403803
403805
403806
403807
403812
403813
403814
403819
403821
403824
403825
403828
403830
403832
403835

403845
403846
403847
403848
403849
403850
403853
403856
403888
403889
403890
403892
403964
403968
403975
405033
405034
405035
405036
405037
405038
405039
405040
405041
405042
405043
405044
405045
405046
405047
405048
405049
405050
405051
405052
405053
405138
405520
405523
405540

4O~555

405557
405562
405563
405565
405566
405568
405569
405575
405576
405577
405578
405579
405580
405581
405582
405583
405584
405586
405589
405590
405591
405595
405600
405604
405605
405606
405609
405611
405612
405613
405614
405634
405635
405636
405637
405638
405639
405642
405643
405644
405660
405669
405671
405673
405674

Description and
Page Number
Cable Assembly 57,61
Spring, Torsion 60
Label 59,62
Foot w/Bumper 84,97
Modification Kit 69
Modification Kit 70,71
Trim, Front 69
Baffle 97
Shield 66
Screw, 8-32 Shoulder 58,
63,118
Duct 58
Duct 63,118
Base 101
Insert 101
Cover 102
Cover 101
Plate, Bottom 101
Disc 101
Foot 101
Label 101
Screw, Self-Tapping 101
Arm, Stop 64,117
Cradle 62
Foam, Front 65
Foam, Dome 65
Cabinet 61,62,63,118
Shield 63,118
Arm, Stop 60,64,76,77,
117
Plate, Front 61
Clip, Grounding 73,101,
102,121
Cord Assembly 101,108
"Shield 102
Shield 102
Distribution Assembly 101,
102
Bracket, Left 62
Bracket, Right 62
Screw, 1/4-20 Spl62
Nut, 1/4-20 Sp162
Screw, 1/4-32 x 13/32
Flat 62
Spacer 62
Spring, Torsion 64,117
Spring, Torsion 60,64,
76,77,117
Plate w/Adhesive 73,120
Table 97
Shield 74,82,125,126
Modification Kit 73
Bracket 74
Label 74

Page 155

SECTION 582-212-700
Part
Number

405675
405829

406046
406047
406065
406169
406172
406173
406188
406189
406190
406192
406201
406202
406203
406204
406205
406207
406208
406216
406219
406220
406221
406222
406223
406261
406293

406309
406321
406322
406323
406324
406325
406326
406327
406360
406361
406362
406363
406364
406365
406366
406367
406368
406369
406370
406371
406372
406373
406374
406376

Page 156

Description aDd
Page Number

Bracket 74,82

Bracket 100
Cable Assembly 72
Modification Kit 72
Screw, 1()'32x 1-1/4
Hex 72
EIA Assembly 125,126
Cable Assembly 125,128
Cable Assembly 125
Bracket 74
Capacitor Assembly 125
Modification Kit 125
Cable Assembly 125,127,
128
Cable Assembly 127,128
Supply Assembly,
Power 126
Cable Assembly 127
Modification Kit 126,127
Cable Assembly 126
Modification Kit 128
Connector Assembly 128
Post 67,133
Latch Assembly 67,133
Bracket 133
Channel, Right 67,133
Channel, Left 67,133
Modification Kit 133
Modification Kit 129
Guide, Paper 61
Spring, Torsion 59,62
Shaft w/Plate 119
Washer 119
Washer, Friction 119
Nut, 1/2-32 Spl119
Bracket 119
Screw, 112-32 Spl119
Disc, Friction 119
Strap, 3-1/2" Green 114
Panel Assembly 112,114
Strap, 7" White 114
Strap, 3" Green 114
Strap,S" Red 114
Strap, 5" White 114
Chute, Form 111
Light, Indicating 111
Light, Indicating 111
Switch, Rocket 111
Modif"u:ation Kit 130
Modification Kit 130
Modification Kit 132
Modification Kit 131
Modif"u:ation Kit 116
Cable Assembly 132

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

406377
406379
406380
406381
406382
406384
406387
406388
406389
406390
406391
406395
406396
406398
406399

Cable ~mbly 132
Shaft 110
Release, Latch 110
Latch w/Button 110
Spring, Latch 110
Plate, Latch 1.09
Plate, Nut 109
Plate, Nut 109
Cover 109
Bracket, Latch 11 0
Plate, Striker 11 0
Hinge, Right 110
Hinge, Left 110
Clamp 132
Plate, Nut 110
Plate 112
Plate, Switch 110
Plate, Cover 109
Bracket 109,130
Plate 114
Button, Plug 110
Support, Left 112
Support, Right 112
Support, Left
Printer1l2
Support, Right
Printer 112
Tray 112
Bracket 110
Barrier 110
Door, Left 109
Door, Right 109
Leg, Cabinet 109
Top, Cabinet 110,111
Housing 114
cover, Controller 132
Cover, Dataset 131
Bracket 110
Cable Assembly 113
Cable Assembly 132
Bracket 113,130
Plate 111
Bracket 132
Label 110
Cable Assembly 113
Strap, 7" Braided 109
Cord Assembly 114
Bracket Assembly 130
Bracket Assembly. 130
Connector Assembly 132
Interlock Assembly 66,113
Guide, Front Paper 116
Guide, Rear Paper 116
Cable Assembly 116

406400
406401
406402
406403
406404
406405

406406
406407
406408

406409
406410
406411
406413
406415
406416
406417
406418
406419

.4064.-2Q
406421
406423
406424
406425
406426
406427

406428
406431
406432

406434
406437

406438
406439
406441
.406442
406444
406445

406446

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

406447

Paper-Out Assembly 116
Bracket 113
Channel, Left 112
Adhesive, 5/8 x 14-5/16
33,39
Adhesive, 5/8 x 18-15/32
57,80
Adhesive, 26 x 5/8 61
Adhesive 74,125
Adhesive, 3 x 13-1/2 81
Modification Kit 74
Modification Kit 30,73
Modification Kit 30,73
Bracket, Switch 57,61
Modifu:ation Kit 75
Modification Kit 30,75
Foam, Dome 65
Bracket, Stop Arm
60,77,78
Chassis w/Fan Assembly
70,71
Post 60,64,76,77,117
Guide; NmowPaper 76
Guide, Wide Paper 76
Clip, Window 76
Clamp, Left 60,117
Clamp, Right 60,117
Clamp, cable 69
Input Assembly,
Signal 73
Capacitor Assembly 74
Input Assembly,
Signal 74,82
Strip, Ground 44,70,72
Window 60
Window 117
Housing 56
Switch, Rocker 56,111
Switch Assembly 42,43,
56,57,61
Insulator 56
Cord Assembly 56
Modification Kit 81
Modification Kit 82,83
Modification Kit 81
Modification Kit 134
Dome 78
Cabinet 77,79
Foam, Front 80
Foam, Right 80
Divider, Foam 80
Foam, Bottom Front
82,126

406448
406455
407001
407002
407003
407012
407022
407024
407025
407026
407027
407042
407043
407046
407048
407055
407057
407060
407061
407062
407064
407065
407066
407075
407076
407077
407078
407080
407081
407085
407088
407090
407092
407093
407100
407101
407102
407105
407110
407111
407112
407113
407114
407117

ISS 4, SECTION 582-212-700
Part
Number

407118
407121
407122
407123
407124
407125
407127
407128
407129
407131
407132
407133
407134
407135
467136
407137
407138
407141
407142
407145
407146
407147
407148
407149
407150
407151
407152
407153
407154
407155
407156
407158
407159
407161
407162

Description and
Page Number

Foam, Bottom Large
81,121
Bracket 82,126
Cable w/Bracket 81
Plug, Jumper 81
Power Supply 82,83
Bracket, Left Seal 77
Pin, Hinge 78
Bracket 83
Shaft 78
Plate w/Button 78
Spring, Latch 78
Latch, Window 78
Lever 78
Bracket, Left Latch 78
Bracket, Right Latch 78
Bracket 77
Spring w/Button 78
Post 77
Clamp, Window 78
Spring 78
Cable Assembly 83
Cable Assembly 83
Cable Assembly 77
Guide 78
Latch 78
Screw w/Washer 58,
78,80,118
Window 78
Transformer 83
Door 78
Foam 78
Foam 78
Cable Assembly 82
Bushing, Shoulder 79
Lever, Leg 57,61,80
Cap 57,61,80

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

407163

Filler w/Cover 81,82,
122,127
Filler w/Cover 82,122,126
Duct, Fan 77
Cover 57,61,122,128
Plate 134
Guide, Paper 78
Guide 35,41
Guide, Paper 35,41
Modification Kit 76
Bracket 76
Modification Kit 76
Label1l5
Holder, Label1l5
Panel Assembly 84,87,
95,105
Dome 117,118
Cable Assembly 74,82
Cable Assembly 74
Cable Assembly 74
Cable Assembly 74,82
Module Assembly 89
Bracket, Right 129
Bracket, Left 129
Latch 94
Guard, Fan 91
Fan Assembly 71,91
Cable Assembly 71,91
Switch, Toggle 88
Bracket 71,91
Filter Assembly 91,105
Guard Assembly, Fan 91
Plate, Front 68,71
Insulator, Switch 88
Bracket 84
Holder 84
Bracket 93,94

408045
408047
408048
408049
408050

Modification Kit 93
Modification Kit 94
Panel, Front 68,71
Modification Kit 94
Ventilation Assembly 51,
68,71,91
Modifioation Kit 68
Switch Assembly 88
Modification Kit 92
Modification Kit 92
Foot w/Nut 84,97
Label 94
Lever 116
Bracket 116
Insulator 87,114
Strip, Terminal 87,114
Clamp, Window 64
Screw, 6·32 Spl57,61
Cover 103
Cover w/pad 103
Cradle w/Bracket 67
Cradle w/Bracket 67
Adhesive 129
Cord Assembly 87
Guide, Paper 57
Card, Circuit 55
Card, Circuit 52,73,81
Card, Circuit 124
Card, Circuit 124
Card Assembly, Circuit 55
Card, Circuit 56
Switch, Rocker 102
Adhesive Bracket Pad 119
Fastener 103,104
Pad 103
Pad 104

407164
407170
407176
407180
407192
407196
407197
407200
407201
407202
407215
407216
407285
407300
407301
407302
407303
407323
407378
407478
407479
408005
408007
408015
408017
408018
408022
408029
408030
408038
408039
408041
408043
408044

408051
408052
408053
408054
408064
408073
408676
408677
408881
408882
408885
408887
408893
408894
408896
408897
408898
408981
408986
409624
410056
410076
410085
410624
410626
430566
453347
453959
453974
453975

Page 157
157 Pages

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-213-400
Issue 2, March 1980
"DATASPEED*" 40 DISPLAY MONITOR
WIRING

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

2.

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM .....

2

3.

SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAM ..

3

1.

GENERAL

1.01

This section provides actual and schematic
wiring diagram information for the
DATASPEED 40 display monitor.
1.02

trhis section is reissued to include changes
to the interface/amplifier assembly, a new
Q4 transistor, a new power distribution assembly
and grounding information between the set power

supply and display monitor. Revision arrows are
used to emphasize the more significant changes.•
1.03

Detailed actual and schematic wiring diagrams and circuit descriptions for the
DATASPEED 40 display monitor are provided in
Wiring Diagram PacItage WDP0400.

Note: Frame grounding of circuit common is
provided physically in the set power supply for
display monitors with serial no. 10,000 up and
in lower serial numbered monitors which have
403594 modification kit installed. Display monitors and 40PSU101 power supplies with serial
numbers below 10,000 were originally manufactured to provide frame ground in the display
monitor. The two grounding arrangements are
not compatible and should not be mixed within
a set (reference TCNs 2097 and 2220).

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1973, 1975, 1977 and 1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582·213·400
2. .ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM.

Note 1:

Transistors Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4 are mounted on the heat sink.

Issue 4P of the 410656 circuit card, hole J3 was added to accommodate connection to heat
sink via added 181243 screw.

Note 2:

ijiiiiiiijJ"

JJ~I

TPUotae
IIf'I'BRf'o\CB

............
AlBMBLY

(!)l[

~=~

.!.~----------------,
:!!
--_.!'
t
2

m
•
•

,.
•
!

•
•

BL

,

,

TP341S82
VIDEO CABLE

R

ASIIIUtB1.Y

8L

--!-

NOH ,1)

'D

'm.

,

JII 2 •

TP4101!t4
HIGKVOLTAGI
AaEMBLY

!

"I

JU

POWIrR DIln'RIBVTIDN

A_MSLY

P9"'",J!S·" ..lIh ••• BPlOc.......

TP410651
RICTltmR ABaMBLY
ISTAHT

~E

~~~M~~!~lR

AND OR

\
COLOR ('OD.:
IJI-3it1'.y
TP341699 CRT
CABLl
A_MilLY

BK - DLA('K

RR - RROWN
R - Rt:D
ORAN(if:
V·YF.I.I.1)\Io"
(;-{iRF.r.N

(J.

WlRIDEND

OFPS
IPI6-1)"- :

o

=1':- .
(Pl't-3IBK

: (2)

~:':;"'bI..

0
TPHIII"

CHOKE
ASIIEMaLY

/

ThtoTPS417!131ub.... M ' l d ; - - - - - T - ".....
-- - - - IUId TP34nSt .... <"ap II
TV. . . . ·. . .LL 80ICD
...... 01140101 101.
CAT1IOOIRAv

Page 2

Note 1:

Frame grounding of circuit common is provided physically in the set power supply for display monitors
with serial No. 10,000 up, and in lower serial numbered monitors which have a 403594 modification kit installed.
Display monitor and 40PSUI01 power supplies with serial numbers below 10,000 were originally manufactured
to provide frame ground in the display monitor. The two grounding arrangements are not compatible and should not
be mixed within a set (reference 582-213-100).

!="

i

Note 2:

Transistor Q4 part number 406306 can only be used with 410656 Issue 5A or later, incorporating R39 part
number 406292 horizontal video centering control. Transistor Q4 part number 341570 can be used with any issue
410656 card.
lilt! WOLUU

,t

111111 'OLUIU HSElllny

"UI561

"'3'"22

....1

TlJIII'"

fofIfofIM

:

IIUI S ...
'''(NIl'
("3 IU720)

III

i

I

II

'ijTi'STil

",

R
!~

2

4

....

"

"311 1!II:

~

----:.:-;n'l
See Holloiii'

:l'a8e 1_
1

I'.

i
I

-+::=:"--Hrnn '''-----~-.,.,J
VIDIO

I

':
.---f. '>it
---1:,.
"" T,
2~'

FOCUS _ _
::

iCCIL£UTOt

---t s>++--

,

'

'ITEUAtt/
_nulAtOI
Clleu" CUD

AM'LIF " .
In~lo'~61

TPIIIIOIU

InTI"" UUilI'
OI,UI'"'IOI

"

IIq

IIq

:tttlttttttflIf-

"""'1". --if-JiO-ov-if-.J;rt-r'"
12 III

VAt

·s·"

TO TIlE DISPU'

i

lOGlt

~

~.

TO

I

l''''
..
',.,{--+-1:

(TP3417210R
(TP34179S)

'.,II' IS Con,erED

13 1110

oct,

"LOt

"'Co)

I

xx_~

IIIGllliGMI

"~
'::~f~

""1
*ID

m'J"I~s,)

nlol

·tSW

.,

(''''OUZ)

UI UOIY AL DEI

'10

! -:'iI --" -I --t-2~'"

_.-

0"

K'
K'
KIO
K'
K,2

t<'•

Co)

o §;=,;:

..

"I~ -l'l'~ ~r ·In

~07

>t---!

OPEUTOt ,,'IIIUESS

--'L

TPJII'

:t

n

!l

)

§

'.t.

~

tlU

..

C/1

~

~

I

VAC IS MEASURED

Po,

TPHIUI

• 1 TM P53 ·Off".

DO _D1 "on
TMIS .IIE

•

I

'III

...
~

!

8

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-213-500
Issue 3, March 1980

t"DATASPEED*" 40 DISPLAY MONITOR (40MN101 and 40MN201)
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING.
CONTENTS

PAGE

1. GENERAL.....................

1

2. TESTING......................

2

3. TROUBLESHOOTING ........... .

5

1.07

Where more than one component is
specified for replacement, they shall be
substituted one at a time in the order specified.
The original component shall be replaced if the
trouble is not corrected before making the next
indicated substitution.
1.08

1. GENERAL
This section provides testing and troubleshooting information for the DAT ASPEED 40 display monitor.

Refer to Section 582-213-701 for disassembly and reassembly procedures for
the DATASPEED 40 display monitor.

1.01

tThis section is reissued to include a fuse
design change in the power distribution
assembly and new cable routing in the monitor .•
Marginal arrows are used to indicate changes
and additions.
1.02

1.03

The DATASPEED 40 display monitor
shall be tested on a full edit DATASPEED
40 KD Set or equivalent.

1.04

The operational checks given in Part 2 are
to be performed in the order specified.

If the unit under test fails an operational
check in Part 2, perform the adjustment
in Section 582-213-700 or go to Troubleshooting,
Part 3, as indicated in the column headed
Analysis.

1.05

1.06

To use the troubleshooting information in
Part 3, always start with Step 1 and
follow the indicated procedure to isolate and
correct the trouble.

Warning: Turn OFF all ac power and
signal sources when installing the display
monitor on the KD set or when removing it.
Similarly, turn OFF all power and signal
sources when removing or replacing components.
Wear approved safety glasses
Danger:
when the housing of the display monitor is
removed, as the display tube is fragile in the
neck area and is subject to implosion if
broken. Be careful not to strike the glass of
the tube with tools or components when
working in its vicinity. See Section
010-110-002.

Note: The level of troubleshooting and parts
replacement provided in this section is the recommended limit as a field practice. More extensive
troubleshooting or disassembly should be restricted to repair locations (Reference Wiring
Diagram Package WDP0400).

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1973, 1975, 1976, 1977 and 1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
Page 1

SECTION 582-213-500
TESTING

2.

.TABLE A4
OPERATIONAL CHECKS
STEP
NO.

1

ANALYSIS
Insure P5 in
of power distribution assembly is
connected.

CORRECT RESPONSE

PROCEDURE
Apply ac power to KD.
Turn ac switch on.

~

341686 FUSE
(1.5 AMP SL-BL)
(Late Design)

:.

Monitor ac power
switch off.

341578 FUSE
(1.4 AMP SL-BL)
(Early Design)

~eck of CRT

~CIF-

CRT
Go to Part 3,
Troubleshooting.

b. Filaments lighted.
c. Red drive lamp lighted.

TP410656

Go to Part 3,
Troubleshooting.

c. Overvoltage lamp
extinguished.
b. Normallamp
lighted.
--..,....-.-

2

Go to Part 3,
Troubleshooting.
TP410853
~-+

__ TP41 0852

a.
Go to Part 3,
Troubleshooting.
TP410854

Go to Part 3,
Troubleshooting.
Monitor ac power switch on.

Page 2

Note: If all lamps
remain extinguished.

Check red pilot lamp
(Step 1).

ISS 8, SECTION 582-218-500
TABLE A
OPERATIONAL CHECKS (Continued)
STEP
NO.

PROCEDURE

CORRECT RESPONSE

ANALYSIS

a. Raster clearly visible (not

8

Master Brightness
Adjustment

brilliant).

Go to Part 8,
TrOUbleshooting.
b. Cursor and segment marker
present.
(See Note in Step 4.)
OPERATOR BRIGHTNESS TO
MAXIMUM INTENSITY

4

Generate the following test
pattern on the screen.

T
II
L

EEEE
E
E

24
LINESI

E
EEEE

EEEEE
E
E

II

E
EEEEE

~80CHARACTERS~

a. Characters well defined.

Focus Adjustment

b. Vertical size 5-1/4 ± 1/8
inch. (See Note)

Vertical Size
Adjustment

EEEE

E

il

E
EEEE

c. Equal character height.
EEEEE
E
E

EEEE
E
E

Note: Allow a 3-minute warmup before checking or refining
master brigh tness, vertical size,
or horizontal size adjustments.

II

II

E
EEEE

E
EEEEE

~

t

-1-

T

d. Horizontal size. (See Note)

1-:.

11-1/4 !1/4

EEEE _ _
E
E

II

E
EEEE-

=-I

Vertical Linearity
Adjustment

Horizontal Size
Adjustment

EEEEE
E
E

II

E
EEEEE

Page 3

SECTION 582-213-500
TABLE A
OPERATIONAL CHECKS (Continued)
STEP
NO.

CORRECT RESPONSE

PROCEDURE

4
(cont)

e. Equal character width.,

"'11EEEE
E
E

-11-

ANALYSIS
Horizontal
Linearity
Adjustment

EEEEE
E
E

II

II

E
E
E E E E - - - - - - EEEEE

f. Lines,across display appear
parallel to horizontal plane.
EEEE
E
E

_EEEEE
E
E

II

II

E
EEEE_'_ _

E

, EEEEE

Display Centering

g. Test pattern centered.
EEEE _ _ _ _ _ _

E

E

E

II

II

EEEE

5

Page 4

Generate one line of
highlighted U characters.

--= EEEEE

E
E

E

Yoke Orientation

E

E

-=:=::::.==-= EEEEE

U's shall alternate full to
half intensity at approximately
one second interval as gauged
by eye.

Go to Part 3,
Troubleshooting.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-500

3. TROUBLESHOOTING

15
RED
DRIVE

PS3

Warning: Display monitor units with serial no. below 10,000 require TP403594 modification
kit for compatibility with 40PSUI01 power supply units with serial no. 10,000 or higher.

TABLE B
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

ANAL YSIS QUESTION

1. With power ON is
the red DRIVE
lamp 15 ON? (Typical failure is a dar k
screen - no
display.)

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 2.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Check that connector P9
is plugged into TP410656
circuit card.
Replace TP410656
circuit card.
Check continuity of
TP341582 video cable
assembly:
P9, terminals 8, 9, 10,
12, 14, and 15 to J15,
terminals 8, 9, 10, 12,
14, and 15 respectively.

Page 5

SECTION 582-213-500

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (Continued)

ANAL YSIS QUESTION
2. Is the PILOT lamp
17 ON?

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 4.

17~
~,

.

Check fuse F3 for
continuity. Replace if
open circuit.
If fuse F 3 is good, check

PILOT
LAMP

F3
/
FUSE
341578
(Early Design)

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

for 115 V ac on connector P5, terminals 10 to
12.

•

€9>

341721
POWER
DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY

@
@
WIRE SIDE OF
P5 CONNECTOR

Red pilot
lamp
lighted

If no 115 V ac, check
continuity or replace
TP341581 ac cable
assembly.

If 115 V ac is present,

replace TP341721 power
distribution assembly.

341686 FUSE
(1.5 AMP SL·BL)
(Late Design)

3. Does fuse F3
continue to fail
when replaced?

Go to 3.
Replace TP410852
circuit card assembly.
Replace TP410853
circuit card assembly.
Replace transistor Q1
(TP341569) on heat sink.
Replace transistor Q2
(TP318822) on heat sink.
Replace TP410656
circuit card assembly.
Replace transistor Q4
on heat sink.

Page 6

Go to 4.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-500
TABLEB
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (Continued)

ANAL YSIS QUESTION
4. Are the CRT
filaments glowing?
(Failure is no display - dark screen.)
FILAMENTS
P16

~

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 5.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
With display monitor
control switch PS3 OFF
(CW) and connector PI6
disconnected from CRT
neck, check for 5.4 V ac
±10% at P16, terminals 1
to 8.

CONNECT~
NECK
OF CRT

lCl'

5.4V~O'O~
P16

If 5.4 V ac is present,

replace CRT.
If no 5.4 V ac, check as

follows:
(a)

Turn all power
OFF.

(b) Disconnect P5.
(c)

Check continuity
of P5, terminal 1
to P16, terminal
8.

(d)

Check continuity
of P5, terminal 4
to PI6, terminal
l.

If no continuity, replace

TP34I699 cable
assembly.
If continuity checks

good, rep!ace TP34I72I
power distribution
assembly.

Page 7

SECTION 582-213-500
TABLEB
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (Continued)

ANALYSIS QUESTION
5. Are 65 V and 130 V
unregulated lamps
(14 and 13) ON?

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 6.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Remove the TP410852
circuit card from the
display monitor and
check for 135 V ac +10%
on connector PI, terminals 4 to 5.
If 135 V ac is present,

replace TP410852 circuit
card (with a new card).
If no 135 V ac, replace

TP341721 power
distribution assembly.
6. Is the NORMAL
lamp 12 ON?

Check for 190 V dc

Go to 7.

± 10% from test point 

=="""""',.,..

e Remove bottom plate;
pry loose at fasteners.

TP341557 KNOB

~

Locking tabs accessible at pry
points in sides of brightness
control. Pry with small screwdriver.
Pull control gently outward from
bottom of chassis.

~~~
-"",-,,,,,,/ / /

TP341559 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL W/CABLE
TP341562 CONTAINER

LOCKING TAB

Page 10

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-701
2.09

TP341726 Monitor OFF ION Control Assembly
TO CRT
CABLE

CHOKE
CABLE

~__V-~~~~~~

WffiESIDEOF
P5 CONNECTOR

Extract terminals
5,6,8, and 9.

Locking tabs accessible at pry
points in sides of OFF ION control.
Pry with small screwdriver.
Pull control gently outward from
bottom of chassis.
Remove bottom plate;
pry loose at fasteners.

[!) Remove monitor from
DATASPEED 40 cabinet and
rest, heatsink down, on
bench top.
TP341726 MONITOR
OFF/ON CONTROL
ASSEMBLY

Page 11

SECTION 582-213-70:1
2.10 'Heatsink Transistors.

o Secure heatsink in upright position.

TP406331
LABEL

lliJ TP405957 plastic
cover. Pry loose
with screwdriver.

TP402318 TRANSISTOR
INSULATOR (3)

IL-----:=_: TP318822

TRANSISTOR (Q2)

1Y"~,-_-TP402319

TRANSISTOR
INSULATOR (1)

TP341568
TRANSISTOR (Q3)

@] Remove 8 TP341798
screws w flockwashers.

TP341621
PLASTIC COVER

Note 1: The TP402319 mica insulator requires a coating of thermal joint compound applied to rear
side of transistor and on heatsink surface.
Note 2: The TP402318 fiberglass reinforced silicone rubber insulator does not require thermal joint
compound.
Note 3: Transistor Q4 part number TP406306 can only be used with TP410656 Issue 5A or later,
incorporating R39 part number TP406292 horizontal centering control. Transistor Q4 part number
TP341570 can be used with any issue TP410656 circuit card.

Page 12

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-701

2.11

TP341699 CRT Cable Assembly

o Disconnect P7.

II] Remove screw and
lock washers.
TP410656
CIRCUIT CARD

00 Disconnect CRT socket

@]Remove CRT ground clip.
Push down on clip and push
clip rearward.

from neck of tube (heatsink
lowered).

m

Extract
terminals
1 and 4.

CHOKE .---'-----''-''0'
CABLE _ _
,-r---....~

'-"~""f-""-l

TO MONITOR
OFF/ON' CONTROL
WIRE SIDE OF
CONNECTOR P5

Page 13

SECTION

582~213-701

2.12 .TP341698 Deflection Yoke Assembly (part of 40MN101 60 Hz)
TP341794 Deflection Yoke Assembly (part of 40MN201 50/60 Hz).

[ill

Disengage P10 cable
from clamp.

o Raise
neck of CRT to highest angle by
rotating tube tilt control.
TP341698 or TP341794 DEFLECTION YOKE

rn Slide
Loosen yoke clamp screw.
yoke rearward off the
CRT neck. (For 341794,
see Note 2.)

o from
Disconnect CRT socket J16
neck of tUbe.

Note 1:" In reassembly, make certain that proper connectors are remated. Do not overtighten

yoke clamp screw.

Note 2:

To gain access to TP341794 yoke's clamp screw, slide TP341754 end cap off rear of tube.
To slide TP341794 yoke off tube, the TP341753 shield must also be removed. Reference on page 26.

Page 14

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-701
2.13 . TP341689 Choke Assembly.

TO CRT
CABLE

WIRE SIDE OF P5 CONNECTOR

a

fillRemove 2 TP310158
screws.

I

TP341689

CHOKE ASSEMBLY

I
I

I

i

o cable
Disengage choke
from

clamPS.~~-----=C:~-~1!>embly
o Part of 341581 AC

0346997

Cable Assembly
Early Design
(9 Lqt.epesign

CD

• Fig. 7-Left and ,Right SVvports.
Page 24

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-701

3.

CAUTION N
N
EXTREMEL Y Ii: t:l Ii: t:l
HIGH
0 t:lo2:i
VOLTAGE ::t: rn::t:..::I

PARTS (Cont)

--341621
j

"
o
40359~
CD 341797

92260

~@~

341527
(See Note)

341580

dJ -@..-..

.~

Ref. 341799~.- .- .- '

/

o CD 403593:

.. _

- -

o

410656-

327955

-1

/

I

"0-

I

327954
\

341526@--" (See Note)
~

I

®..-

I

~'Q::~(/

I

I
I

402318

I

,I

1......J::;;;::~;r

I

I

341651

,

341630
(See Note)

t)/~::lWi/

341569

-:1IY-.,

tll"~/11

~J".,::.

I '

"':17-,,
181240

,/]

N',. .

-_

~y-

I':"

(I
~'f

Gr::"''rrr7;
---_ - _

--

~

(

~l(0

-·U (
I

402319--402318

':/t~~'::,~

341568

~

I

!

-.L_
c:::ry
""

"-~'341546

r (;JJJ
-

/

,,~

~~ ............ 6987
-;'~~-J -318822

402318
I

198670

,/

341798

406331
rl
"
("" No.. 2)
341798
341570
\
[),..o"C3t...
or
405957
/
/107116
406306
Ref. 341515
107116
Part of 403594 Mod Kit (50810S)
318845
HEATSINK
Required through Issue 4E of 410656.
CD Required with Issue 4G and later of
Note 1: Includes wires with TP400574 push-on
410656.
terminal for 0.025 square post.
CD Knob, Core Adjustment is part of
410854.
Note 2: Label TP406331 is affixed to the back
of heatsink when issue 4P or higher of the
TP410656 circuit card is used.
• Fig. 8-Heatsink Assembly.

\

o

Page 25

SECfION 582-213-701
3.

PARTS (Cont)

I
,)

/

"'~"___ 406152
.

184055

I ",/' ~3
. 341611

341730

Y

.~

-of 40MNIOl (60 Hz)
oCDo Part
Part of 40MN201 (50/60 Hz)
No longer available. For replacement. order 402286 Mod Kit.
o Part of Modification 408892 to Repair 40-Type Display Monitor CRT With Broken Tilt Lever
Mounting Tab. Ref 50909S .

• Fig. 9-CRT, Maslt, Yoke, and CRT Cable Assembly.

Page 26

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-701
3.

PARTS (Cont)

401130

,')

(Plate, Identification)

'\'

~"\

i
",~~

~.......;;;t:5

1'~

V

~

~
341719

185871 __ - r
___ '
,

PACKING
CLIP
(Required Only With

Wheel-Type Tilt
Mechanism)

~ ...---7002
~

~"""""",,401108

~
_ _ _ 341546
Fig. lO-Housing Assembly and Bottom Plate
341730

/

~

Early Design

\

00402283

/

~,,,
I

I"

1:1

408891

\ /ro

151M2

\

~\ /w' /r~~IS2
('
107116

184055

i

00402284

I

~
-/
~
~

0402285

"'.t

00185871 ,
8

!I
I
I

--

,..
341533

:
I

0~~ style chassis is redesigned
such. that these parts are not
requIred.
0part of 402286 Mod. Kit

tFig. 11-402286 Modification Kit to Replace Wheel-Type
Tube Tilt Mechanism With Lever-Type.
Page 27

SECTION 582~213-701
3.

PARTS (Cont)

This example may not
represent the actual
break.

/

/

/'

/

/

/

Ref. 402285

I

I
I

/'

>

I

I

I

'--

1071~16
151632

~

/

/

//1
I

l/' /'

408891

tFig. 12-40889~ Modification Kit to Repair 40-Type Display
MonitOr CRT With Broken Tilt Lever Mounting Tab.

Page 28

ISS 3, SECTION 582-213-701
3.

PARTS (Cont)

3.01

The following index is a list of the component parts of the monitor. The page number references
give location in both Part 2, Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures and Part 3, Parts. Maintenance Tools used for the monitor are also included in the parts index.

Note:

When ordering replaceable components, unless otherwise specified, prefix each part number with
the letters "TP" (ie, TP341580).
tNUMERICAL INDEX.
Part
Description and
Part
Description and
Part
Description and
Number
Page Number
Number
Page Number
Number
PagEiNumber
2191
3598
6987
7002
70885
74707
75765
76296
78596
84226
89954
90951
92260
92527
98642
100982
107116
108285
108286
110126
110743
119652
125124
129534
151632
151737
151880
180714
181240
181243
181523
181707
182182
182697

Lockwasher 16
Nut, 6-40 Hell: 16
Washer, Flat 25
Washer, Flat 10,27
Washer, Spring 24
Spring 27
Hook, Spring 2
Spring 16,27,28
Washer, Friction 21
Spring 21
Nut Driver 2
Lockwasher 19,24
Lockwasher 8,25
Lockwasher 9
Washer 19,21
Screwdriver
6 inch medium 2
Lockwasher 18,21,25,
26,27,28
Pliers, Long Nose 2
Pliers, Cutting 2
Lockwasher 21
Lockwasher 21
Ring, Retainer 27
Screw; 4-40 Shoulder
19,24
Wrench, Open End
1/4 inch 2
Screw, 6-40 x 3/8 Hex
26,27,28
Screw, 4-40 x 11/64
Hex 21
Nut, 4-40 Hex 19,24
Screw, #6 SelfTapping 22
Screw wlLockwasher,
6-40 x 3/16 Hex 18,21,25
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 3/8 Hex 8,18
Spring 21,26
Nut, Speed 21,22
Holder, Fuse 22
Terminal Eradicator
2

183111
184055
185871
198670
300860
310158
318822
318845
320418
326919
327954
327955
336810
341502
341515
341526
341527
~41533

341546
341557
341559
341561
341562
341568
341569
341570
341577
341578
341579
341580
341581
341582
341610

Label 22
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 3/16 Hex 26,27
Screw w/Lockwasher,
8/32 x 3/8 Hex 22,27
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 5/16 Hex 25
Ring, Retaining 27
Screw, 6·32 x 7/32
Hex 15,21
Transistor 12,25
Jumper 21,25
Terminal, Ring Type
24
Nut, Speed 22
Retainer, Split Ring
25
Nut, Speed 25
Plate, Identification 21
Tube 2,17,26
Heatsink 25
Socket Assembly 25
Socket Assembly 25
29mm Base (CRT)26,27
Fastener, Drive 10,12,
22,25,27
Wheel 10,23
Cable Assembly 3,10,
23
Retainer, Spring 10,23
Container 23
Transistor 12,25
Transistor 12,25
Transistor 12,25
Socket, Fuse 22
Fuse 22
Fastener 25
Support, Circuit Board
6,8,25
Cable Assembly 3,20,
21,24
Cable Assembly 3,10,
19,24
Frame 21,22

341611
341612
341613
341614
341616
341619
341621
341630
341647
341648
341649
341651
341655
341682
341683
341684
341686
341688
341689
341690
341691
341698
341699
341704
341705
341711
341712
341714
341715
341716
341717
341718
341719
341721
341722
341725

Rack,Tube Tilt 26
Washer, Felt 21
Wheel w/Gear 21
Shaft 21
Insulator 22
Washer, Retainer 21
Cover, Plastic 12,25
Socket, Assembly 25
Terminal 24
Terminal 24
Connector, 15 Pt Plug
24
Stud 25
Knob, Core Adjusting
25
Label 25
Socket Assembly,
Fuse 22
Lamp Assembly,
Neon 22
Fuse, 1.5A SL-BL 9,22
Transformer 22
Choke 3,15,21
Choke 22
Connector 24
Yoke Assembly 2,
14,17,26
Cable Assembly 3,
13,26
Terminal 24
Terminal 24
Cable, Clamp 21
Cable, Clamp 21
Label, Warning 26
Label 22
Latch 21
Screw, 8-32 Shoulder
21
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-40 x 5/16 Hex 7,25
Clip, Packing 27
Distribution Assernbly, Power 3,9,22
Connector 24
Cover, Transistor 12

Page 29

SECTION 582-213-701

3.

PARTS (Cont)
NUMERICAL INDEX (Cont)
Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

341726

Switch Assembly 3,
11,23
Screw. 6-40 Shoulder
16,26,27
Shield, Tube 14,26
Cap, End 14,26
Transformer 22
Yoke Assembly 2,
14,26
Distribution Assembly
3,9,22
Screw w/Lockwasher,
6-32 x 5/16 Hex 8,9,
22,25
Screw w/LOCkwasher,
6-32 x 9/16 Hex 12,
25
Nut 9,22,25
Shield 25
Latch 24
Latch 24
Post, Shoulder 24
Post 24
Cover, Left Support 24
Terminai,PiugType25

341730
341753
341754
341791
341794
341795
341797

341798

341799
341999
346991
346992
346993
346996
346997
400574

Page 30

30 Pages

Part
Number
401107
401108
401109
401111
401112
401113
401114
401115
401116
401117
401118
401119
401120
401122
401124
401125
401130
401558
401559
402283
402284

Description and
Page Number

Mask 26
Pliite, Bottom 10,27
Rod 21
Support 24
Cover, Right Support
24
Cover, Left Support 24
Shield, Right 21
Shield, Left 21
Shield, Front 21
Bracket, Tie 21
Screw, 10-32 x 7/32
Flat 19,21
Bracket 21
Post 24
Screw, 8/32 x 7/32
Hex 21
Bushing 21
Housing Assembly
2,4,27
Plate, Identification 27
Bracket, Latch 27
Post 27
Clip, Spring 27
Bracket 27

Part
Number
402285
402286
402318
402319
403592
403593
403594
405957
406152
406292

406306
406331
408891
408892
410582
410656
410852
410853
410854

Description and
Page Number
Lever 16,26,27,28
Modification Kit
16,21,26,27
Insulator 12,25
Insulator 12,25
Screw, Nylon 8,25
Bushing, Nylon 8,25
Modification Kit 25
Cover 25
Latch, Spring 26,27
Resistor, variable 12
Transistor 12,25
Label 12,25
Bracket 26,27,28
Modification Kit 26,28
Card, Circuit 22
Card, Circuit 3,6,7,8
10,12,13,18,19,25
Card, Circuit 3,5,6,
9,22
Card, Circuit 3,5,6,
8,14,25
Card, Circuit 3,6,7,
8,10,13,14,18,19,25

SECTION 582-214-400
Issue 1, May 1977

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard
"DATASPEED*" 40 POWER SUPPLY UNITS
WIRING DIAGRAMS
CONTENTS
1.

GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

Whenever this section is reissued, the
reason for reissue will be listed in this
paragraph.

2.

WIRING DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

Note:

A.
B.

2
4

40PSU102 Power Supply ... . . .
40PSU101 Power Supply . . . . . .

PAGE

1.02

When ordering replaceable parts, prefix
each part number with the letters "TP" (ie,
TP123456), unless specified otherwise.

1.03
1.

GENERAL

1.01

This section provides wiring diagrams for
the 40PSUI01 DATASPEED 40 Power
Supply (Fig. 1) and the 40PSU102 DATASPEED
40 Power Supply (Fig. 2).

Fig. 1-40PSU101 Power Supply

The wiring diagrams include all wiring for
the power supplies and also limited functional schematics to aid in troubleshooting.
1.04

For part numbers of components mentioned in the wiring diagrams, refer to
Section 582-214-700.

Fig. 2-40PSU102 Power Supply

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.

Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
© 1977 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION.582-214-400
2.

WIRING DIAGRAMS

A.

40PSUI02 Power Supply (Continued on the following page)

BK

,'[;x'"
TI,j

I
1
I

J

I

101

TP403725
HEAT SINK

1

(4)

20VAC

P

-

:

107

(1)1

I

2

1
(2)1
I
1
1
1
I

3
115VAC
INPUT

P
(5)

I

35VAC
(6) y

I
P

35VAC
R

P
I

I

I

R

112

104

1

(7)

103

I

115

105

121

BRAID

_~-:r...j102
12

II

10

9

F2
5A
7
6

BRAID
BRAID

G

5

120

119

118

Page 2

ISS 1 , SECTION 582-214-400

~
115
121

I

P
I

P
I

+ 12

VDC

GNO
+5V

TP410012 CC
+5V DC
REGULATOR

SENSE

(7)
..-_ _ _
___

~(8)

_ (3)

rt=

TP410011 CC

J

!12V DC
EGULATOR
12 VDC

NOT USED

Page 3

tI>-"'tI
"'tId:l
d:l(l)
(l)tI>-

'"

!':l
2. WIRING DIAGRAM
(b)40 PSUIOI POWER SUPPLY

JIOI

FIOI

~~IBK
G

COMPONENTS ENCLOSED IN THIS AREA ARE FOUND
ON BASE OF POWER SUPPLY.
TIOI.
, (I)

R

TP410600 CIRCUIT CARD

rn

c::

COi.fPONENTS MOUNTED
ON HEAT SINK

)

r~.!l.U>Llf'.i!Q§~
+24V DC

.~03

BK

115
VAC
INPUT

tI>0
"'tI

I

FI

-

...

0
0

J-'

:l!!(I)

I t-'
D":I II I '
IL ______
~ ..J LC£!j

+

J-'

rn

rn
~

"0
"0

-<

J::.

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-214-500
Issue 2, August 1977
"DATASPEED*" 40 POWER SUPPLY UNITS
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

2.

FUNCTIONAL TESTING
(40PSUI0l) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION......

2

TESTING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . .

2

TROUBLESHOOTING
(40PSUlOl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION
AND LAYOUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

FUNCTIONAL TESTING
(40PSUI02) . . . . . . . . • . .. . . • . . . . .

8

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION......

8

TESTING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . .

8

TROUBLESHOOTING
(40PSUI02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION
AND LAYOUTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

3.

4.

5.

1.

Note: When ordering replaceable components,
unless otherwise specified, prefix each part
number with the letters "TP" (ie, TPI29920).

Fig. 1-40PSUI0l Power Supply

Fig. 2-40PSUI02 Power Supply

GENERAL

Functional testing of the power supplies
is accomplished with an oscilloscope or
multimeter via an operational set or station
(for the 40PSUI0l) or a 40C400 controller
(for the 40PSUI02).
'

1.01

This section provides testing and troubleshooting infonnation for the major
components of the DATASPEED 40PSUI0l
(Fig. 1) and the DATASPEED 40PSUI02
(Fig. 2) power supply units.

1.03

1.02

1.04

This section was reissued to include the
40PSUI02 power supply as well as the
40PSUI0l power supply. Wiring diagrams are
given in Section 582-214-400.

If at any time the power supply fails a
particular test, refer to the appropriate
Troubleshooting Guide to correct the opera-

tional failure.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.

Prepapred for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
© 1975 and 1976 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582-214-500
Perform each test procedure from start
to finish - do not omit individual steps.

1.05
1.06

When using the Troubleshooting Guide
always begin with Analysis Question 1
and proceed in the numerical order indicated.
1.07

Perform all corrective steps for each
trouble encountered before proceeding
to the next question. After the trouble has been
corrected, test the unit again.

AC
POWER PLUG

FUNCTIONAL TESTING (40PSU101)

2.

,

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION
2.01

~

Install the power supply in a working set
or station (Fig. 3 through 6).

I

ITt
Fig. 5--· Rl'ceive-Only Power Supply Placement

+12 V

+5 V

GND
-12 V

SENSE

Fig. 6--Terminal Block Wiring
Make sure the 129920 main power fuse
is installed and that the strap from the "+5 V"
terminal to the "sense" terminal is present on
the power supply terminal block.

Note:

Fig. 3-KD or KDP Power Supply Placement

.

TESTING PROCEDURE

'()'

BLUE
RED
B~AjJK

+12 V
+5 V

GND

YELLOW
WHITE

No.4.

SENSE

Fig. 4-Terminal Block Wiring
Make sure the 129920 main power fuse
is installed.
Page 2

The following are voltage limits for
Functional Testing of Test No.1 through

·12 V
~

Note:

2.02

TERMINAL
+12 V
+5 V
GND
-12 V
SENSE

VOLTAGE LIMITS
+11.64 to +12.36 V DC
+4.9 to 5.1 V DC
-11.64 to -12.36 V DC
+4.9 to +5.1 V DC

ISS 2, SECTION 582-214-500
(a)

For dc voltage measurements (Chart 1),
the orientation of the 0.22 microfarad
electrolytic capacitor (Fig. 8 and 9) dc at
35 V dc must be observed.

(b)

For Tests No.2 through No.4, (Chart 1)
voltage measurements are made with a
multimeter set to the appropriate range.
Attach common lead of meter to ground terminal of terminal block.

CHART 1
TEST
NO.

PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

1.

Turn on the ac power to the power
supply.

LED indicators for the +5 V, +12 V, and
-12 V dc voltages should be lit (Fig. 7).

2.

Measure the +12 V dc voltage on the
+12 V terminal of the terminal block.

Correct voltage must be present.

3.

Measure the +5 V dc voltage on the
+5 V terminal of the terminal block.

Correct voltage must be present.

4.

Measure the -12 V dc voltage on the
-12 V terminal of the terminal block.

Correct voltage must be present.

CAPACITOR (310921)

TERMINAL
BLOCK
AC POWER
CONNECTOR

LED INDICATORS
(341636 - 3 Places)

~~~~~~~~l:::==
~

BLUE
RED
BLACK

+5 V INDICATOR
+12 V INDICATOR

YELLOW
WHITE

-12 V INDICATOR

Fig. 9- -12 Volt Measurement
Fig. 7-Power Supply Voltage Indicators

(c)

The following are the requirements for
tests to be performed next (Chart 1).

Note: Be sure the capacitor is orientated for
proper polarity.
CAPACITOR (310921)

BLUE

o

+12 V
+5 V
GND
-12 V
SENSE

+12 V
+5 V

RED
BLACK
YELLOW
WHITE

TERMINAL

o.

GND
-12 V
SENSE

Fig. 8- +12 Volt and +5 Volt Measurements

MAXIMUM RIPPLE
AS MEASURED
ON AN OSCILLOSCOPE
0.3 V PEAK-TO-PEAK
0.3 V PEAK-TO-PEAK
0.3 V PEAK-To-PEAK

(d)

Using an oscilloscope measure the ripple
(Chart 1) on each of the dc voltages.
Ground the oscilloscope to ground terminal
of the terminal block.
Page 3

S.ECTION 582'"214-500

CHART 1
TEST
NO.

(Cont~

PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

,

5.

Measure ripple present on +12 V
tenninal Of tenninal block.

Ripple less than 0.3 V peak-to-peak.

6.

Measure ripple present on +5 V tenninal
of tenninal block.

Ripple less than 0.3 V peak-to-peak.

7.

3.

·.Measureripple pr.esent on -12V
. tenninal of tenninalblock.

Ripple less than 0.3 V peak·to-peak.

TROUBLESHOOTING (40PSU101)

3.01

This section deals with methods used for
correction of operational problems encountered in testing the 40PSUI01 power supply.
(a)

To use the Troubleshooting Guide always
start with Question land follow indicated
procedure to the di.rective which specifies proceeding to a new step or .replacement of a
component. Where more than one .component
is specified for replacement, they should be
replaced in the order specified. The original
component shall be replaced if the trouble is
not corrected before making the next indicated
replacement.
(b) Once a component has been replaced, the
unit shall agaIn be tested to insure its
proper ·operation.
GROUND STRAP

EQUIPMENT .PREPARATION AND LAYOUTS
Arrange the power supply, with the cover
remo¥ed .(Fig .. 10), next to set or station
as showa. Leave power turned off and circuit
card fully mounted for now.

Fig.

3.02

{a)

Connect a ground strap from the power
supply base to the power supply holddown clamp' of the cabinet. The ground strap
should be at least 14 AWG insulated stranded
copper wire having an alligator clip at each end.
(b) Attac}:l the. ac powerc~ble and ribbon
cable from the· set or station to the. power
supply in question.

Page 4

10~quipment

Layout

(c)

Make sure the exposed circuit lands of the
410600 circuit card do not short to anything.
(d)

For component identification and removal instructions, refer to. Section
582-214-700, Disassembly/Reassembly and
Parts.
.
(e)

Functional schematic diagrams ar.e given
in Section 582-214-400,Wiril'tg.

ISS 2, SECTION 582-214-500
CHART 2
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

ANALYSIS QUESTION
With the set plugged in and
power ON, are all LED
indicators ON?

l.

ACPOWER

Go to 2.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 4.

TERMINAL
BLOCK

~
~"

MAIN FUSE

'~"'" t>__

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

.-0.-

~

LED INDICATORS
(341636 - 3 Places)
+5 V INDICATOR

r----::::.."

V INDICATOR

-12 V INDICATOR

tY
2.

Are all voltages correct
Put power supply in
at the output terminal block? service.
BLUE
RED
BLACK
YELLOW
WHITE

'00

:::-

!-

+12 V DC
+5 V DC
GND
·12 V DC
SENSE

~

Output Terminal Block
3.

Are the ±24 V dc inputs
to 410600 circuit card
correct?

Check for +24 V dc at + V
in terminal and -24 V dc
at -V in terminal of 410600
circuit card. Measure bqth
voltages with respect to
circuit ground at terminal
3 of the output terminal
block.
Go to 3.

check for +5 V dc at output
terminal block and adjust R45
potentiometer on 410600
circuit card, if necessary.
If +5 V dc cannot be adjusted

Check and/or replace rectitifier bridge (401002).
Check and/or replace capacitors CI0l (401004) and/
or CI02 (401009).

replace 410600 circuit card.
4.

Are the ventilation fans
in the electronics module
moving air?

Go to 5.

Check ac power input, power
switch(es), cabinet wiring
and connectors, etc.

5.

Is main fuse on the power
supply blown?

Replace fuse and go to 6.
(129920 Fuse, 5 Amp
SLO-BLO).

Go to 7.

Page 5

SECTION 582-214-500

CHART 2 (Cont)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

ANALYSIS QUESTION

6.

Did main fuse blow again?

Disconnect cable( s) from output terminal block (to controller and, if present, to display
logic). Replace fuse and check
output voltages.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 7.

If no output voltages and fuse

blows again, check for short
circuit condition in power
supply.
If output voltages are present

(power supply OK), check for
short elsewhere in set.

7.

Is the +5 Volt LED off?

Go to 8.

Go to 9.

8.

Is +5 V dc present at the
output?

Replace 410600 circuit card.

Check continuity of fuses F1
and F2 on 410600 circuit
card.

BLUE
RED
BLACK

-,Y:::;E:;:;L=LO;;;-)W:':"--+0~

WHITE

~

~~~--~~~

+12 V DC
+5 V DC
GN D
-12 V DC
SENSE

~

Check for +24 V dc at +V
in terminal and -24 V dc at
-V in terminal of 410600
circuit card. Measure with
respect to circuit ground
(terminal 3 of the output
terminal block).

Output Terminal Block
Check for broken wire on
410600 circuit card.
Go to 11.
9.

Page 6

Is the +12 Volt LED off?

Go to 10.

Go to 12.

ISS 2, SECTION 582-214-500
CHART 2 (Cont)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

ANALYSIS QUESTION
10.

Is +12 V dc present at the
output?
BLUE
RED
BLACK
YELLOW
WHITE

.-0
~
~

..

Replace 410600 circuit card.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Check continuity of fuses
F1 and F2 on 410600
circuit card .
Check for +24 V dc at +V
in terminal and -24 V dc at
-V in terminal to 410600
circuit card .

+12 V DC
+5 VDC
GND
-12 V DC
SENSE

~

Check for broken wire on
410600 circuit card.

Output Terminal Block

Go to 1l.
Are fuses F1 and F2 good,
and are ±24 V dc inputs
presented to 410600 circuit card?

Replace 410600 circuit card.

12.

Is the -12 Volt LED off?

Go to 13.

Go to l.

13.

Is -12 V dc present at
the output?

Replace 410600 circuit card.

Check continuity of fuses F1
and F2 on 410600 circuit
card.

1l.

BLUE
RED
BLACK
YELLOW
WHITE

Check and/or replace transformer (401007).

,...--0

~

Check and/or replace rectifier bridge (401002).

+12 V DC
+5VDC
GND
-12 V DC
SENSE

~

Check for +24 V dc at +V
in terminal and -24 V dc at
-V in terminal of 410600
circuit card.
Check for broken wires on
410600 circuit card.

Output Terminal Block

Go to 14.
14.

Are fuses F1 and F2 good,
and are ±24 V dc inputs
presented to 410600 circuit card?

Replace 410600 circuit card.

Check and/or replace rectifier bridge (401002).

Page 7

SECTION 582-214.500
4.

FUNCTIONAL TESTING (40PSU102)

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION
4.01

Install the power supply in a working
40C400 controller (Fig. 11 and 12).
(Refer to Section 582-200-700 for removal
and installation of 40PSU102.)

CIRCUIT
BREAKER
(Must be Down
for ON
Condition)

"
I'

,

/ACOUTLET

IJ

\~~~-:l'

40C400
CONTROLLER

ACINPUT

OUTPUT
TERMINAL
BLOCK

Fig. 12-Power Supply Installed
in 40C400 Controller

Fig. 11-Terminal Block Wiring

TESTING PROCEDURE
4.02

The following are voltage limits for
functional testing of Tests No.1 through
No.4 (Chart 3).

NOT IN USE - - - - I
+5 V DC ;to.l0 V DC ---i-~~::-~
+5 V DC ;to.l0 V DC - - - I
+5 V DC ±O.10 V DC -===}~~.~-i
GROUND-

GROUND-=====1=~~I==~
DC-

+12 V DC ±0.40 V
·12 V DC ±0.40 V
+12 V DC ±O.40 V
·12 V DC ±O.40 V
+5 V DC .to.l0 V

DC ---+~IiC~~
DC
RED
DC
WHITE
DC
GREEN

POWER ON RESET

Fig. 13-Voltage Limits
Page 8

YELLOW

Fig. 14-40PSU102 Voltage Indicators
4.03

For Tests No.2 through No.4, (Chart 3)
voltage measurements are made with a
multimeter set to the appropriate range. Attach
common lead of meter to ground terminal of
terminal block.

ISS 2, SECTION 582-214-500
CHART 3
TEST
NO.

PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

l.

Tum on the ac power to the power
supply.

LED indicators for the +5 V, +12 V, and
-12 V dc voltages should be lit (Fig. 13 and 14).

2.

Measure the +12 V dc voltage on the
+12 V and +12 V SL·BL tenninals of
the terminal block.

Correct voltage must be present (+11.58 V dc
to +12.42 V dc).

3.

Measure the +5 V dc voltage on the +5 V
and +5 V SL-BL terminals of the tenninal
block.

Correct voltage must be present (+4.9 V dc
to +5.1 V dc).

4.

Measure the -12 V dc voltage on the
-12 V and -12 V SL-BL tenninals of the
terminal block.

Correct voltage must be present (-11.58 V dc
to -12.42 V dc).

4.04

Ground an oscilloscope to the ground tenninal of the tenninal block and use to measure the
ripple on the dc voltages as follows:

Note:

TERMINAL

MAXIMUM RIPPLE AS
MEASURED ON AN OSCILLOSCOPE

+12 V

0.24 V PEAK-TO-PEAK

+5 V

0.25 V PEAK-TO-PEAK

-12 V

0.24 V PEAK-TO-PEAK

Use a RX1 scope lead and externally trigger on terminal 1 of output terminal block.

5.

Measure ripple present on +12 V tenninal of terminal block.

Ripple less than 0.24 V peak-to-peak.

6.

Measure ripple present on +5 V terminal
of terminal block.

Ripple less than 0.25 V peak-to-peak.

7.

Measure ripple present on -12 V terminal
of tenninal block.

Ripple less than 0.24 V peak·to-peak.

8.

With the scope lead on tenninal 1 of the
terminal block, tum power supply off,
then on. (Refer to Note.)

Observe a negative pulse approximately 50
ms long.
+5

I

o~

APPROX.
50MS

I

~

Page 9

SECTION 582-214-500
5.

TROUBLESHOOTING (40PSUl02)

EQUIPMENT PREPARATION AND LAYOUTS

5.01

This section deals.with methods used for
correction of operational problems encountered in testing the 40PSUI02 power supply.

5.02

Arrange the power supply, with the cover
removed (Fig. 15), as shown.
Leave
power turned off. See Section 582-214-700 for
removal of cover and location and removal of
mentioned components.

To use the Troubleshooting Guide always
start with Analysis Question 1 and follow
indicated procedure to the directive which
specifies proceeding to a new step or replacement of a component. Where more than one
component is specified for replacement, they.
should be replaced in the order specified. The
original component shall be replaced if the
trouble is not corrected before making the
next indicated replacement.

(a)

Unfold both sides of power supply as
shown in Fig. 15.

(b)

Attach an ac power cable to the power
supply in question.

(c)

Connect a lead between terminals 10 and
11 of output terminal block.

(d)

Tighten all screws on output terminal
block.

(b)

(e)

(a)

Once a component has been replaced, the
unit shall again be tested to insure its
proper operation.

Refer to functional schematic in Section
582-214-400, Wiring for additional aid in
troubleshooting.

OUTPUT TERMINAL BLOCK

403725
HEAT SINK

Fig. 15-Layout of 40PSU102 Power Supply for Testing
Page 10

ISS 2, SECTION 582-214-500
CHART 4
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

ANALYSIS QUESTION

1.

With the set plugged in
and power ON, are all LED
indicators ON?

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 2.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE
Go to 5.

·12 V INDICATOR
+12 V INDICATOR
+5 V INDICATOR
LED INDICATORS
(341636 - 3 Places)

2.

Are all voltages correct
at the output terminal
block? Check voltage
using voltmeter having
20,000 ohms/volt sensitivity.

Go to 6.

Go to 3.

NOT IN USE+5 V DC ±0.10 V DC+5VDC.:t0.10VDC_ 10
+5 V DC ±0.10 V DC _ _

STRAP

GROUND- 8121
GROUND- 7121
+12VDC±0.40VDC-- 6121
·12 V DC :to.40 V DC 6121
+12 V DC ±'O.40 V DC 4121
·12 V DC .:to.40 V DC 3121
+5 V DC ±0.10 V DC- 2121
POWER ON RESET-- 1121
00

3.

Are all ripple requirements
Go to 4.
met?
MAXIMUM RIPPLE AS
TERMINAL MEASURED ON AN OSCILLOSCOPE
+12V
0.24 V PEAK-TO-PEAK
+5V
0.25 V PEAK-TO-PEAK
·12V
0.24 V PEAK-TO-PEAK

4.

Did POR circuit fail when
Replace 410010 circuit card.
tested in 40C400 controller?
Note: POR circuit can
only be tested with power
supply installed in controller.

Go to 24.

Put power supply in service.

Page 11

SECTION 582-214-500
CHART 4 (Cont)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

5.

Are all voltages correct at
output terminal block?
(See Question 2 for procedures.)

Replace 410010 circuit card.

Go to 6.

6.

Are all three (3) voltages
(+12, -12 and +5) missing?

Go to 7.

Go to 16.

7.

Is + 12 V dc present at
terminal 116 on 410010
circuit card?

Check all wiring from 410010
circuit card to 410011 and
410012 circuit card.

Go to 8.

8.

Is +24 V dc present at
terminal 115 of 410010
circuit card?

Replace 410010 circuit card.

Go to 9.

9.

Is +24 V dc present at
tenrtinal111 of 410010
circuit card?

Replace 403707 fuse (F1)
on 410010 circuit card. Go
to 13.

Go to 10.

10.

Is 22 V ac present between
terminals 106 and 107
(W-G wires) of CR101 full·
wave bridge rectifier located
on 403725 heat sink?

Replace 401002 bridge recti·
fier on 403725 heat sink.

Go to 11.

11.

Is 115 V ac present between
terminals 1 and 3 of ac
input connector?

Go to 12.

Problem is not in power
supply.

12.

Is 115 V ac present between
terminal 3 of ac input
connector and both terminals of circuit breaker?

Replace power supply.

Replace 403700 circuit
breaker (CB-1).

13.

Did new F1 fuse blow?

Go to 14.

Retest power supply.

14.

Is -15 V dc present at
terminal 121 of 410010
circuit card?

Replace on 403725 heat sink403712 transistor (Q1),
403713 transistor (Q2),
403716 SCR (Q8) and 410012
circuit card. Check 403750
diode assembly for short and
replace if defective. Replace
403707 fuse.

Go to 15.

15.

Is 41 V ac present between
terminals 104 and 105 on
410010 circuit card?

Replace 410010 circuit card.

Replace power supply.

Page 12

ISS 2, SECTION 582-214-500
CHART 4 (Cont)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

16.

Is +5 V dc missing or incorrect at output terminal
block?

Replace on 403725 heat sink 403712 transistor (Q1),
403713 transistor (Q2) and
410012 circuit card.

Go to 17.

17.

Is +12 V dc missing or
incorrect at output terminal block?

Go to 18.

Go to 22.

18.

Is +48 V dc present at
terminal 118 of 410010
circuit card?

Replace on 403726 heat sink 403725 transistor (Q1) and
410011 circuit card.

Go to 19.

19.

Is +48 V dc present at one
Replace 403707 fuse (F2).
side of the 403707 fuse (F2)?

Go to 21.

20.

Did new 403707 fuse (F2)
blow?

Replace on 403726 heat sink 403727 transistor (Q1) and
410011 circuit card. Replace
403707 fuse (F2).

Test power supply.

21.

Is 40 V ac present between
terminals 103 and 104 of
410010 circuit card?

Replace 410010 circuit card.

Replace power supply.

22.

Is -48 V dc present at
terminal 120 of 410010
circuit card?

Replace on 403726 heat sink 403730 transistor (Q6) and
410011 circuit card.

Replace 403707 fuse (F3)
on 410010 circuit card.
Go to 23.

23.

Did new 403103 (F3) fuse
blow?

Replace on 403726 heat sink 403730 transistor (Q6) and
410011 circuit card. Replace
403707 fuse (F3).

Test power supply.

24.

Is there excessive ripple
on the +5 V dc circuit?

Go to 25.

Go to 26.

25.

Is there excessive ripple at
terminal 115 (+24 V dc)
of the 410010 circuit card?

Replace power supply.

Replace 410012 circuit
card.

26.

Is there excessive ripple on
the +12 V dc circuit?

Go to 27.

Go to 28.

27.

Is there excessive ripple at
terminal 118 (+48 V dc) of
the 410010 circuit card?

Replace power supply.

Replace 410011 circuit
card.

28.

Is there excessive ripple at
terminal 120 (-48 V dc) of
the 410010 circuit card?

Replace power supply.

Replace 410011 circuit
card.

Page 13
13 Pages

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT &TCo Standard

SECTION 582-214-700
Issue 3, April 1979
"DATASPEED*" 40 POWER SUPPLY UNITS
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY AND PARTS

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

2.

DISASSEMBL Y /REASSEMBL Y
PROCEDURES FOR 40PSUI0l
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
3.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

2
2
3
8
8
8
9

.

9

DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBL Y
PROCEDURES FOR 40PSUI02
POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

Cover......................
AC/DC Circuit Card. . . . . . . . . .
Bridge Rectifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diode Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 V Regulator Circuit Card . . . . .
±l2 V Regulator
Circuit Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transistors..................

15
16

NUMERICAL PARTS INDEX FOR
40PSUI0l POWER SUPPLY. . . . . . . .

18

NUMERICAL PARTS INDEX FOR
40PSUl02 POWER SUPPLY. . . .. .. .

18

H.
4.
5.

Preliminary ................
Cover .....................
Regulator Circuit Card .......
Wiring ....................
Terminal Block .............
Bridge Rectifier .............
AC Connector ..............
Fuse Assembly, Capacitor
Clamp and Capacitor .........

Fig. 1-40PSUI01 Power Supply

10
12
14
14
15
15

Fig. 2-40PSUI02 Power Supply
1.02

This section was reissued to add installation instructions to the notes in Fig. 16

and 17.
1.03

For information about power supply
removal from its station, refer to the
appropriate station disassembly jreassembly section.
1.04

1.

When removing a subassembly or component from the power supply, do not force
or pry parts to provide clearance for removal.

GENERAL

1.01

This section provides disassembly and
reassembly information for recommended
replacement components of the 40PSUI0l
DATASPEED 40 Power Supply (Fig. 1) and the
40PSUI02 DATASPEED 40 Power Supply
(Fig. 2).

1.05

To reassemble any component to the
power supply, reverse the disassembly
procedure. Special reassembly instructions, if
needed, are given after the associated component disassembly instructions.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
@

Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teleptype Corporation
1975,1976, and 1979 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582·214·700
1.06

151737SCREW

~

When ordering replacement parts, prefix
each part number with the letters "TP"
TP123456), unless specified otherwise.

(ie,

(4·40 x 0.174 Hex)
(2 Places)

I

1.07

The following tools and supplies will be
needed for the disassembly and reassembly
of the power supply.

i
.J"-.._"""''''-'''''

89954
89955
100982
108285
108286
125765
129534
152835
310921
401608

1/4·Inch Nut Driver Wrench
5/16-Inch Nut Driver Wrench
Screwdriver (6-Inch Medium)
Long-Nose Pliers
Cutting Pliers
3/8-Inch Open·End Wrench
1/4-Inch Open-End Wrench
5/16-Inch Open-End Wrench
0.22 Microfarad Electrolytic
Capacitor @ 35 V dc
Wire With Terminals Alligator
Clip Lead (Obtain Locally)

Supplies
402640
Sealer

Heat Conducting Paste
General Electric G L YPTOL Type 1201, Red (Obtain Locally)

.
I

401020
INSULATOR
40PSU101
POWER SUPPLY

I

Fig. 3
B.

Cover

2.02

To remove the cover (Early Design):

Turn the unit on its side and remove the
four screws which secure the power
supply cover to the power supply frame
(Fig. 4).
(a)

1.08

Early and late design 40PSU101 power
supplies can be identified in the following
manners:
The early design power supply cover is
secured with screws installed to bottom
of power supply frame as shown in Fig. 4.
(a)

(b) The late design power supply cover is
secured with screws and nuts installed to
sides of power supply frame as shown in Fig. 6.
1.09

Early design 40PSU101 power supplies
may have late design 410600 circuit cards.
installed in them. Early and late design 410600
circuit cards can be identified by referring to
Fig. 13, 14, and 15.
2.

A.

DISASSEMBLY IREASSEMBL Y
PROCEDURES FOR 40PSUl01
POWER SUPPLY
Preliminary

2.01

Remove the two screws holding the
401020 terminal block insulator in place
and remove the insulator (Fig. 3).
Page 2

Fig. 4
Again turn the power supply unit upright. Gently spread the side panels of
the cover halfway up off of the power supply
frame.
(b)

(c)

Unsnap the ac power receptacle (3-pin
connector) from its mount on the cover.

(d) Slide the cover completely off of the
power supply and place the cover aside.
Remove the 403591 insulator facing the
noncomponent side of the 410600 regulator
circuit card (Fig. 5).

ISS 3, SECTION 582·214·700
401006
HANDLE

401006 HANDLE

408061
COVER

401012
COVER
312042
ACPOWER
RECEPTACLE

.,

@

POWER
SUPPLY

Fig. 5
2.03
(a)

@

410600
CIRCUIT CARD

To remove the cover (late design):
Remove three 198670 screws from right
side of power supply (Fig. 6).

Fig. 7
C.

Regulator Circuit Card

(b)

Remove two 3598 nuts and two 2191
lockwashers from left side of power
supply.

Early Design, Old Style - See Fig. 13.
Early Design, New Style - See Fig. 14.
Late Design, See Fig. 15.
2.04

To remove the regulator circuit card:

(a)

While holding the 410600regulator.circuit
card firmly, remove the two screws which
mount the regulator circuit card to the power
supply frame.
Early Design, Old Style - See Fig. 8.
Early Design, New Style - See Fig. 9.
Late Design - See Fig. 10.

">
/,//

..... - . / /

::<7/

//

198670
SCREW W/LOCKWASHER
(3 Places)
408062
POWER SUPPLY
FRAME

,/

:7

/

/..:.."':l!!

Fig. 6
( c)

Lift and remove the cover from the
power supply. Remove the 403591 insu·
lator facing the noncomponent side of the
410600 regulator circuit card (Fig. 7).

-/;;o:F0:;r

410600 CIRCUIT CARD
ASSEMBLY (With Left and
Right Slides on Noncomponent
Side) (Early Design, Old Style)

Fig. 8

WASHER
(2 Places)
181241 SCREW
W/LOCKWASHER
(2 Places)

Page 3

SECTION 582-214-700
408059
CAUTION
LABEL

403591 INSULATOR
(New Style)

//

(b) Gently rotate the 410600 regulator
circuit card upward and outward from the
power supply~ Leave all wires attached (Fig. 11).

:>

/-<'1/
_//
7002 FLAT
WASHER
(2 Places)

410600 REGULATOR
CIRCUIT CARD (Without
Left and Right Slides on
Noncomponent Side)
(Early Design, New Style)

Fig. 9

181241
SCREW
W/LOCKWASHER
(2 Places)

Note: 410600 circuit card assembly (early design,
new style) (without left and right slides) can be
used in early or late design 40PSU101;however,
a 403591 insulator (new style) must also be used.

403591 INSULATOR
(New Style)

Fig. 11

2.05

When replacing regulator circuit card:

(a) When mounting the 410600 circuit card
(early design, old and new style) to the
401008 frame (early design) or 410600 circuit
card (early design, new style only) to the
408062 frame (late design), make certain that
the two wires 401610 and 410611 (Fig. 12) are
not pinched by the baffle. Also make sure that
the blue wire is routed under the baffle and the
white wire is routed over the transformer.
---=:401611
WHITE WIRE

~----.!i5Tr--tr@='i1o

-//w-<'///'/
410600
CIRCUIT CARD
ASSEMBLY
(Late Design)

7002 FLAT
WASHER
(2 Places)
181243 SCREW
W/LOCKWASHER
(2 Places)

Fig. 10

Note: 410600 circuit card (late design) can be
used in early or late design 40PSU101 power
supply; however, 403591 insulator (new style)
must also be used.
Page 4

@

Fig. 12
(b) When mounting the 410600 circuit card
(late design) to the 401008 frame (early
design) or 408062 frame (late design) make
certain that the 401611 white wire is routed
over the transformer as shown in Fig. 12 and
that the 408076 yellow wire is dressed close to
the heat sink as shown in Fig. 17.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700
401604 LEFT SLIDE
(Shown Dashed) INSTALLED
ON NONCOMPONENT SIDE

401603 RIGHT SLIDE
(Shown Dashed) INSTALLED
ON NONCOMPONENT SIDE

~~~o'~~O~o
--"~\ )~'
(~I
,.
L.-_ _ _

0

..

O\.

"':-

~

/U

D

\.

(Component Side)
Fig. 13-410600 Regulator Circuit Card Assembly (Early Design, Old Style)
The 401603 (right) and 401604 (left) slides are
removed and (2) 75750 insulating washers (shown
dashed) are added on noncomponent side ..Each
insulating washer is assembled between the
etched board and the washer on the screw.

~=====,~I~['~==f:.5:;==~

(Component Side)

Note:

410600 circuit card assembly (new style) (without left and right slides) can be used in early or
late design 40PSU101; however, a 403591 insulator (new style) must also be used.

Fig. 14-410600 Regulator Circuit Card Assembly (Early Design, New Style)
Page 5

SECTION 582-214-700

Fig, 15-410600 Circuit Card Assembly (Late Design) Customer Identification
Issue 6A or Later
Page 6

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700

401610 (BL)
401611 (W)

Note: The white wire on JI03 must be dressed away from the card and across the TI0l transformer top
to minimize ripple voltage. To install the early design 410600 card to the late design frame, two wires
(JI04-JI09 (1) and JI02-JI09 (2» must be interchanged for proper length alignments.
Fig. 16-Wiring of 410600 Circuit Card (Early Design, Old or New Style)
to 401008 (Early Design) or 408062 (Late Design) Frames
410600 CIRCUIT
CARD ASSEMBLY

Note: The white wire on JI03 must be dressed away from the card and across the TI01 transformer top.
The wire on JI04 must be dressed close to ground (heat sink) to minimize ripple voltage. To install the
late design 410600 card to the early design frame, two wires (JI04-JI09 (1) and JI02-JI09 (2» must be
interchanged for proper length alignments.
Fig. 17- Wiring of 410600 Circuit Card (Late Design) to 401008 (Early Design)
or 408062 (Late Design) Frames

Page 7

SECTION 582-214-700
D.

Wiring

F.

2.06

Remove the wires from the 410600 circuit card (early design - Fig. 16, late
design - Fig. 17).

Bridge Rectifier

2.09
(a)

Note: Be careful not to damage any components on the circuit card when removing
the wires.

To remove the bridge rectifier:
Remove the four wires attached to the
terminals on the bridge rectifier (Fig. 20).

2.07

When removing wires from the 410600
circuit card (early design), the two black
wires attached to the circuit card buss bar can
be removed by taking out the nut and bolt
which holds both wires to the buss bar (Fig. 18).
401608 (BK)
401607 (BK)

(b)

Remove the screw in the center of the
bridge rectifier and remove the rectifier
(Fig. 21).

'r-- 184060 SCREW

401002

R=IFIER~$

W/WASHER'

107116
LOCKWASHER

Fig. 18
E.

Terminal Block

LOCATING PIN HOLE
(May Not Be Present)

2.08

Remove the two studs which hold the
terminal block to the capacitor clamp
(Fig.19 ).
401005
TERMINAL BLOCK

401027
STUD (2 Places)

~

:--------------1
~
,

. ,

Fig. 21
2.10

When replacing bridge rectifer:

Note: If rectifier does not have a locating
pin, position per Fig. 22.

CAPACITOR CLAMP

cpoooooq:o

oooc>ooV

,

.

Fig. 19
Page 8

Fig. 22

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700
(a)

Place the regulator circuit card, component side up, directly behind the power
supply frame (Fig. 23).

Refer to Fig. 16 and 17 for complete
power supply wiring.

2.11

2.12

All wiring should be completed with the
circuit card resting flat (component side
up) and directly behind the power supply frame.
AC Connector

G.

2.13

410600
CIRCUIT CARD

POWER SUPPLY
FRAME

Fig. 23

The 312042 ac connector is attached
to the transformer wiring as shown in
Fig. 26. It is removed by cutting the black wire
in the center of the heat shrink area.

(b) Wire the circuit card while it is laying
flat according to the diagrams in Fig. 16
(early design) and Fig. 17 (late design).
If wiring 410600 circuit card (early design),
assemble the. 401607 and 401608 black
wires to the circuit card buss bar as shown in
Fig. 24.

(c)

HEAT SINK

Fig. 26

H.

Fuse Assembly,
Capacitor

2.14

Capacitor

Clamp

and

For removal in early design power supplies,
do the following:

(a)

107U6
LOCKWASHER

CIRCUIT CARD
BUSS BAR

Remove the two hex nuts which hold the
fuse assembly and capacitor clamp together (Fig. 27). Remove the slate and black
wires from beneath the fuse assembly and
lift off the fuse assembly.
401033
CAPACITOR
CLAMP

Fig. 24
(d) Wire the transformer, ac power receptacle and bridge rectifier as shown in
Fig. 25.
CIRCUIT CARD

401029
BRACKET

(b)

Remove the red, black, brown, orange,
green/yellow and white wires from the
capacitor terminals.

TRANSFORMER

(c)
Fig. 25

Lift off the capacitor clamp and remove
the two capacitors (Fig. 28).
Page 9

SECTION

582-214~700

2.15

401033
CAPACITOR

@~C)5
e

When replacing capacitors, clainp and
fuse assembly (Fig. 29):

Right side mounting holes on 401008
frame to be used when power transformer
is equipped with end bell.
(a)

(b) Capacitor vent holes must not be covered
by clamp.

e

Prior to tightening the 5599 nut, bias the
capacitors to the outermost ends of the
capacitor clamp and forward to the formed-up
edge of the power supply frame.
(c)

C102
401009

C101
401004

CAPACITOR

2.16

For removal of capacitor clamp and
capacitors in late design power supplies,
do the following:

CAPACITOR

(a)

Remove the capacitor clamp by removing
the three 5599 nuts and three 110191
lockwashers as shown in Fig. 30.

Fig. 28
110191

5599

LOCKW~~/":~:029
~

VENT HOLES

(b) Remove the red, black, brown, orange,
green/yellow and white wires from the
capacitor terminals.

BRACKET

( c)

.

(Refer to 2.15 (b).)

;

@-'-+-'-9-Q__--=5J
e

:

,:
,,

e

2.17

~401033
CLAMP

C101
401004

'"

;
,1.
t =====:===:::jj~008

CAPACITOR

~

Capacitor vent holes must not be covered
by capacitor clamp.

(b) Prior to tightening
the capacitors to
of th.e <:apacitor clamp
formed-up edge of the
as shown in Fig. 29.

Cw,2
401009

CAPACITOR

When replacing capacitors and capacitor
clamp:

(a)

~=:::::::71'

Lift off the capacitor clamp and remove
the two capacitors.

the 5599 nuts, bias
the outermost ends
and forward to· the
power supply frame

3.

DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBL Y
PROCEDURES FOR 40PSU102
POWER SUPPLY

A.

Cover

c.

FRAME

(Refer to 2.15 (c).)

122229
BOLT

3.01
(a)

To remove cover assembly (Fig. 31):
Depress circuit breaker.

(b) Release 403761 handle by slightly pulling
the 403721 latch imd lifting handle.
Fig. 29-Parts Peculiar to Early Design
Power Supply
Page 10

(c)

Loosen three 341651 1/4·tum studs on
408726 left side heat sink.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700

---401009
CAPACITOR

401004
CAPACITOR

408062
POWER SuPPLY
FRAME

\
..___122229
...--BOLT

~_ _- - - - 122229

~

Fig,

~

BOLT

ao-parts Peculiar to Late Design 40PSUI01
Page 11

SECTION 582-214-700

CIRCUIT BREAKER

403726 HEAT SINK
(Left side)

Note:

Lip of cover
must be positioned on
heat sink fin as shown.

341651 STUD

I

~

.........

I
403725 HEAT SINK
(Right side)

0O~a.w~

®
Fig. 31
(d)

Loosen 341651 1/4-tum stud on 403725
right side heat sink.

(e)

Unfold left and right side heat sinks.

(f)

Remove 403740 cover by sliding cover
off of heat sink.

3.02
(a)

When replacing cover:

B.

ACjDC Circuit Card

3.03
(a)

Cut RM43679 tie.

(b)

Disconnect all leads to 410010 circuit
card.

(c)

Remove all push-on leads from output
terminal block.

Depress circuit breaker.
(d)

(b) Make sure lip of cover is positioned on
fin of heat sink as shown in Fig. 31.
Page 12

To remove 410010 ac/dc circuit card
(Fig. 32):

Remove screws and star washers which
are part of 403705 capacitor and remove
green and red leads.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700
(e) Using long-nose pliers, compress 340711
supports and lift 410010 circuit card from
power supply.

3.04

Remove two 403706 capacitors from
410010 circuit card (not furnished with
replacement card).

When replacing ac/dc circuit card:

(a) Assemble 403706 capacitors to circuit
card with capacitor vents directly under
holes in circuit card.

(f)

(b)

Make sure all leads to 410010 circuit card
are twisted as shown in Fig. 32.
REDLEADT06
(From 410011 Circuit Card)

GRE~LEAD

RM43679 TIE

GREEN LEADS
T07AND8

SCREWS AND STAR WASHERS
(Part of 403705 Capacitor)

G~~
BLUE LEAD TO 11

\\,-_ _ _ -v-a

::!z~~~~~~~~~~~

402208 FUSE

RED LEADS (2)
BLACK LEAD

~------

:'.

~~OI~~----- ORANGE AND
BLACK LEADS

YELLOW AND
WHITE LEADS

403741 BASEPLATE

Fig. 32
Page 13

SECTION 582-214-700
C.

D.

Bridge Rectifier

3;05
(a)

To remove 401002 bridge rectifier (Fig.
33):

Circlilit Breaker

3.07

To remove 403700 circuit breaker (Fig.
33):

Disconnect leads from rectifier.
(a)

Cut and
tubing.

(b)

Disconnect leads from circuit breaker.

(c)

Remove circuit breaker from 403745
bracket.

(b) Remove 181246 screw and remove
rectifier from 403725 right side heat
sink.
When replacing 401002 bridge rectifier
to 403725 right side heat sink, apply
402640 heat conducting paste between rectifier and heat sink.

remove

RM200137

shrink

3.06

410010 CIRCUIT CARD

RM43679 TIE
4:03700
CIRCUIT BREAKER

BLUE
LEAD

*Part of 403700
circuit breaker.

181246 SCREW

Fig. 33

Page 14

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700
3.08

When replacing 403700 circuit breaker,
apply electrical insulating tape in place
of shrink tubing.

E.

3.12

When replacing 410012 circuit card:

(a)

Replace 403708 insulators when reassembling transistors to 403725 right side
heat sink.

Diode Assembly

3.09

To remove 403750
(Fig. 33 and 35):

diode

assembly

(b) Apply 402640 heat conducting paste
between 403708 insulator (under 403712
transistor only) and 403725 right side heat
sink.

Remove 334874 nut, 82832 star washer,
403767 cable assembly and 405891
insulator from 403725 right side heat sink.
(a)

(c)

Apply approximately 6Ibs-per-inch torque
when installing transistor mounting screws.
Overtightening will damage transistor sockets.

(b) Disconnect 403750 diode assembly lead
from 410012 circuit card.
(c)

(d) Make sure leads from 410012 circuit card
to 410010 circuit cards are twisted as
shown in Fig. 33.

Remove 403750 diode assembly and
405891 insulat.or from heat sink.

When replacing 403750 diode assembly
to 403725 right side heat sink, apply
402640 heat conducting paste between two
405891 insulators and heat sink (see Fig. 33
and 35):

(e) Position P113 connector, so that blue
lead in connector is toward top of power
supply when heat sink is in upright position.

3.10

F.

5 V Regulator Circuit Card

3.11

(a)

To remove 410012 circuit card (Fig. 33
and 35).
Disconnect the following from t.,10012
circuit card:
Black leads
Green lead
Blue lead
assembly,
White lead

from Q1 transistor terminals,
of 403750 diode assembly,
of 403735 thermal sensor
of 403767 cable assembly.

(b) Disconnect green and red leads from P112,
J115 and terminals 8 and 9 of output
terminal block of 410010 circuit card.
(c)

Cut RM43679 tie.

(d) Remove three transistors and insulators
from 403725 right side heat sink.
(e)

Remove 410012 circuit card.

±12 V Regulator Circuit Card

G.
3.13

To remove 410011 circuit card (Fig. 34
and 36):

(a) Cut RM43679 tie.
(b) Disconnect black, red and green leads
from Jl20, J118, and J1190f the 410010
circuit card.
(c)

Disconnect black, red and green leads
from output terminal block; terminals 5,
6 and 7 of the 410010 circuit card.
(d)

Disconnect P122 connector from 410011
circuit card.

(e)

Remove two transistors from 403726
left side heat sink.

(f)

Using long-nose pliers, compress 403737
support and gently .lift circuit card from
power supply.
Page 15

SECTION 582-214-700

YELLOW LEAD

327955 SPEED NUT

~---::::;;o~--- GREEN LEAD

180904 TAB

~~~~~~~z=::::::- 401582 NUT
403748 BRACKET

YELLOW LEAD

410011 CIRCUIT CARD

Fig. 34

3.14
(a)

Position 403730 and 403727 transistors
on 403726 left side heat sink so that flat
edge of transistors faces front of power supply.

(b) Apply approximately 6Ibs-per-inch torque
when installing transistor mounting screws.
Overtightening will damage transistor sockets.

(c)

Make sure leads from 410011 circuit card
to 410010 circuit card are twisted as
shown in Fig. 34.
Page 16

(d) Position P122 connector, so that yellow
lead is toward top of power supply when
heat sink is in upright position.

When replacing 410011 circuit card:

Transistors (Fig. 35 and 36)

H.
3.15
(a)

When replacing 403716, 403713 and/or
403712 transistors to heat sink:
Replace 403708 insulators.

(b) When assembling 403712 transistor to
heat sink, apply heat conducting paste
. between new insulator and heat sink.
3.16

When replacing 403727 and/or 403730
transistors to heat sink, position flat edge
of transistor facing the front of the power supply.

ISS 3, SECTION 582-214-700

403725 HEAT SINK
(Right side)

403764 SOCKET*
403723 SOCKET*

"''''~~

403708 INSULATOR (3)
(Refer to 3.15(a).)

403716

TRANSIS~

..-

-~",,,..

/

--;;~(j~~~- ~-.-c
<----;..-/'

/qJ?-

341651 STUD

180675 SCREW (6)
403750 DIODE
ASSEMBLY

*Parl of 410012
circuit card.

Fig. 35

403774 SOCKET (2)
(Part of 410011 Circuit Card)

/f~

341651 STUD (3)

Fig. 36
Page 17

SECTION 582-214-700

4.

NUMERICAL PARTS INDEX FOR
40PSUI0l POWER SUPPLY

4.01

Following is a list of recommended spare
parts for the 40PSUI0l power supply.

Part No.

Description

129920
151418
196996
312042
338685
401002
401004
401005
401009
401083
401084
410600

Fuse, 5 Amp SLO-BLO
Fuse, 10 Amp
Fuse, 15 Amp
Plug, Connector
Fuse, Holder
Bridge Rectifier
Capacitor
Terminal Block
Capacitor, Electrolytic
Fuse, 15 Amp
Fuse, 10 Amp
Regulator Circuit Card
Assembly

Page 18
18 Pages

5.
5.01

NUMERICAL PARTS INDEX FOR
40PSUl02 POWER SUPPLY
Following is a list of recommended spare
parts for the 40PSUI02 power supply.

Part No.

Description

401002
402208
403700
403707
403708
403712
403713
403716
403727
403730
403750
405891
410010
410011
410012

Bridge Rectifier
Fuse
Breaker
Fuse
Insulator
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor W{Diode
Transistor W{Diode
Diode Assembly
Insulator
Card, Circuit
Card, Circuit
Card, Circuit

I

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-311-100
Issue 1, February 1980

!

"DATASPEED*" 4500 KEYBOARDS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL......... . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

2.

DESCRIPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

General ................... .
Options ................... .

1

3.

Note: When ordering replaceable parts, prefix
each part number with the letters "TP" (ie,
TP123456), unless otherwise specified.
2.

DESCRIPTION

2

A.

General

TECHNICAL DATA..... .........

3

4.

OPERATION. ........ .. ...... ...

4

1.

GENERAL

The keyboard provides attendant input
and system status. Teletype Standard
Serial Interface (SSI) signalling is used in all
device/controller transmission. The keyboard is
comprised of modular keyswitches mounted on a
logic circuit card enclosed in a metal framework and a removable plastic cover. The key
position layout used for a 45K301-type keyboard
is shown in Fig. 2. This arrangement has five rows
of alphanumeric and control keyswitches (some
with indicators) and an external cluster of keyswitches. There are seven repeat keys (underline,
dash, period, right arrow, space, cursor up, cursor down, cursor left and right). The repeat action
is accomplished by depressing the keyswitch with
additional force. A slight delay of approximately
100 milliseconds is provided to avoid false entries
during the repeat mode.

A.
B.

1.01

This section provides description and
operation for the DATASPEED 4500
series .keyboards as in Fig. 1.

45K301/GAA/03 Keyboard
Without Magnetic Stripe Reader

2.01

2.02

The keyswitches also provide an audible
click and touch similar to that of a
standard typewriter. The keyboard is designed to
accommodate slow or fast typing speeds with
"N" key rollover.
2.03

45K301/GAA/02 Keyboard
With Magnetic Stripe Reader

"N" key rollover is the ability to select a
new key without releasing the previously
selected key. Only one key may be depressed if it
is repeatable and it will generate a single character
output.

Fig. 1-DATASPEED 4500 Keyboards
2.04

Whenever this section is reissued the
reason for reissue will be listed in this
paragraph.
1.02

The mode of operation is signalled by the
LED indicators in the top row. No latching keyswitches are used on the 45K301-type
keyboard.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
© 1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582-311-100
An alarm is provided to alert the operator of improper entries or that the test mode has been
entered. A volume control for the alarm is located under the right side of the keyboard.

2.05

I I
+-

7

8

9

/

*

4

5

6

•

1

2

3

.."" -

0

m

Fig. 2-45K301-Type Keyboard (EBCDIC)
2.06
B.

o

=

ENTER

"'"

Repeatable

Self-testing capabilities are designed into the keyboard. The self-test routines are described in
Section 582-311-500.
Options

2.07

A Magnetic Stripe Reader (MSR) is provided in 45K301/GAA/02 for secured entry to the key·
board. The MSR consists of a read head assembly. amplifier circuit card and a card in place switch.
The reader is located to the left of the main key arrangement, see Fig. 3. A filler panel is inserted in
45K301/GAA/03 when the reader is not used.

Fig. 3-Keyboard With Magnetic Stripe Reader (Left Side)
The forty character maximum magnetic stripe cards used in the MSR are obtainable on a local
basis from commercial card suppJjers. They are not supplied by Teletype Corporation or the
operating telephone companies. The. folloWing list of companies is provided as a convenience (not to be
interpreted as a complete list or as a recommendation; since no attempt has been made to verify the
quality of their product).
2.08

DATA CARD CORPORATION - South Gate, California
FREEMAN PLASTICS - Brooklyn, New York
KIRK PLASTIC COMPANY - Los Angeles, California
MALCO PLASTICS, INC. - Garrison, Maryland
SILLCOCKS-MILLER COMPANY - Berkeley Heights, New Jersey
Cards for use in the magnetic stripe reader must conform to the following
specifications:
Size - Spec. ANSI X4.15 -1971.
Stripe Location and Encoding Scheme - ANSI X4.16 -1976.

Page 2

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-100

' K } TELETYPE'· TEST CARD A

11mII
I I I I-I II 1\;1

~

1. With power on, simultaneously de·
press keys 87 & 33 (with overtravel).
2. Inserl card smoolhly.
3. Lamps at poSitions 98,99,100 and

19 should light and flash (some
keyboards may not include 98. 99,
and 100).
4. To end local test. Simultaneously de·
press keys 87 & 84 (with overtravel).

406303

(Front)

(Rear)
Fig. 4-Magnetic Stripe Reader Test Card

Blocking or ASCII charactered key tops may be ordered to cover or replace unwanted keys or
indicators. Covering keyswitches or adding ASCII key tops does not change the keyboard code.
All blocked functions (though inaccessable) remain active in the keyboard logic. Translation of
ASCII/EBCDIC characters is an option feature of the controller.

2.09

2.10

An external cluster of twenty keys, plus five indicators is placed on the main key arrangement.
This cluster contains a numeric pad and a few function keys, as shown in Fig. 2. Blocking keytops cover the cluster area keys, if they are not desired.
2.11

A keyed locking device (347300 modification kit) may be added to the left side of the keyboard.
When locked, transmitting of data is prohibited. The keyboard still indicates Information To
Device (lTD) by lighting indicators.
3.

TECHNICAL DATA

Physical Characteristics
Height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight without MSR. . . .
Weight with MSR . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.

. . . . . .. 3-1/2 inches
. . . . . .. 7-1/4 inches
. . . . .. 24-1/2 inches
. . . . . . .. 10 pounds
. . . . . . .. '11 pounds

Environmental Operating Conditions

45K301/GAA/03
External Numeric Cluster Keyboard
Without Magnetic Stripe Reader

Ambient Temperature. . . . . . . . . .. 4.5 to 43°C
Ambient Humidity .. , . . . . . . . . . . 5% to 95%
(no condensation)
Environmental Storage Conditions
Ambient Temperature. . . . . . . . .. -40 to +65°C
Ambient Humidity ........... ,
5% to 95%
(no condensation)

45K301/GAA/02
External Numeric Cluster Keyboard
With Magnetic Stripe Reader

Fig. 5-Physical Characteristics
Power Requirements @ 25°C
+12V ± 10% at 0.680 Amp. Max. (0.570 Amp. Max. at nominal voltage)
-12V ± 10% at 0.360 Amp. Max. (0.280 Amp. Max. at nominal voltage)
+5V ± 10% at 0.150 Amp. Max. (0.130 Amp. Max. at nominal voltage)
Note: When the +12V remote supply voltage is grounded (OV) the +5V supply shall shut-off in less than
20 milliseconds.
Page 3

SECTION 582-311-100
4.

OPERATION

4.01

In operation, the keys witch positions, shown in Fig. 6 are sensed by continuous logic scans. The
keyswitch status is then translated and sent to the controller. All received system status information
is translated for use by an indicator or the alarm.

I~ I;;: I;=; p;;;j I~ I
36

37

38

102

53

54

55

107 loe 109 110

70

71

72

112

113

114 115

116

117

118

119 120

121

87

ee

e9

94

95

96

103 104 105 106

Fig. 6-Keyswitch Position Numbering
4.02

Internal information transfer keyswitch to keyboard output is shown in Fig. 7.

K(YSWITCHES AND SENSE

KEYSWlTCH AND SERIAL ENTERFACE LOGIC AND DISPLAY CONTROL

AMPLlFIERS

406302

2t:l€tl~

....

J?

..!-'+,,-,,''-1'

RE ADER

INPUT IOUTPUT(61

KEY5W!TCHt::S

$1 AND

412 CLOCKS 121

Fig. 7-Keyboard Logic Diagram

Page 4

III

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-100
Each keyswitch depression and release is sensed by a sense amplifier (SA), as shown in Fig. 8.
Twenty-one (21) keyswitches are connected to each amplifier. Each SA has one output lead,
connected to the keyswitch logic.
4.03

Sense Amp
Pin No.
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
28
27
26
24
23
20
19
17
16
15
14
13

Note:

OT

=

Sense Amp 1 Sense Amp 2 Sense Amp 3 Sense Amp 4 Sense Amp 5 Sense Amp 6
(MLA4)
(MLB4)
(MLA1)
(MLB2)
(MLB3)
(MLB5)
38
37
53
112
36
35
34
33
32
10
103
11
15
16
17
14
13
12
18
102
330T

94
96
88
52
67
51
50
31
85
68
69
840T
55
86
70
71

72
89
87
95
54

24
23
22
57
41
4
3
20
56
1
9
8
7
2
39
40
5
6
21
25
42

900T
61
45
27
74
75
740T
730T
91
560T
58
76
59
77
43
44
26
60
78
90
73

84
66
49
65
46
28
79
80
92
29
47
63
62
81
82
48
30
64
83
93
920T

98
99
100
116
106
111
121
120
117
113
118
108
104
109
114
119
105
110
115
97
107

Over-Travel Key
Fig. 8-Bense Amplifier to Keyswitch Connections

4.04

In Fig. 8, the sense amplifier inputs are referred to as sense amp pin numbers. The output of a
sense amp is always pin 25. These outputs are scanned by the keyswitch logic every 4.5 milliseconds.
4.05

The keyswitch logic converts the information to separate binary codes. These codes are serially
sent to lamp driver and interface for transmission. The binary and hexadecimal codes for each
keyswitch position are shown in Fig. 9.

4.06

The keyboard sends the codes as pairs. A depression code will be followed by an appropriate
release code, unless there is a power interruption. The keyboard send rate maximum is 875
characters-per-second. The keyboard logic introduces a 3.5 )1sec. phase delay, controller to device, at the
connecter.
4.07

In controller to keyboard operation, the controller requests status by sending an Information To
Device (lTD) control word, see Fig. 10. With bit 1 marking and bit 5 spacing, the keyboard will
send an Information To Controller (ITC) status reply. If bit 1 and 5 are both marking, the keyboard and
the magnetic stripe reader (MSR) will both reply. The MSR status word will precede the keyboard status
word by 4 to 10 milliseconds.
The data word, either ITC or lTD, start bit is a "0" and the steer bit is a "I", followed by sixteen
data bits. The data bits are used for lTD indicator information codes, or for ITC character information from a key.
4.08

Page 5

SECTION 582-811-100

,
~: KEY
NO.
I

2
3
4
5

6
7
B
9
1'0

KEY DOW,", CODE
NO.8888B8888
87.6"5~43210

l O t -0. I I I '0 a a
2111'01'00'00
3
'0"'010'0110
4
0101'00'000
5
a ,- I I a a a I '0
6
'01.1-10100'0
7
'OJIOCIOIO

B
9
10

-\ ~I I a a a I 0 a
01011111'0
I I a I t a I I 0

11/1,"11000010
12
12
I r I I a a I I a
13
13
I I I I
0
14
14
I I I
I I
I

aaaa
a a
I a a a

a
a a

15

15

I

I

I

16
11
.'8
20
21

/6
17
18
19
20

I

I
t

r a a

I

a

a

22
23

21
22

24

230

2524
2625
2726
28
27
29
28
30
29

31

30

32
33
330T

31
32
33

34
34
3535
36
36
37

37

a
I

a
a

I
I

a
I

I
I
I

I

a
a
a

a aa
0 a 0

0

a

I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I

I

a

a a
0.0

aa
I 0

I I I
I a a

a
a

0000010

11110100
11100011
a OOIOtOt
t
a I a aa I a
I
I I I 0 I
I I
0 I 0

a

a

a
a

a

tOr a I a I

a

I

I I a 0 a a
I
I
I
11111000

I

a

a

a

a

a

I
a I a a t a a
10011110
I
0011000

a aa a

I

I

I

a

3838

10000000

39
39
4040
41
41

I
I
C

42

42

a

43
44

43
·44

0

a

a

a

I
I
1 I 0
10.11100
0 a I I '0 , a
I
t

I

a

I

I

a

a

I

J

I
I
I I I
1011101

4545
10001111
464600011100
41
41 0
I 0 0 0 0 0 0
484801011110
49
49 0
0 0 I 0 0 0 0
50
5000100101
51
51
0
0 0 I I I I I
52
52
00010011
5353'
0001100
5454 01111001
55
55
a I 0 0 I 0 0 I
56

'56
51
57
58
5859
5960
60
61
61
62
62
63

~OT

a

0 I , a a I a
I
0 I I I a 0 I
I
0 a I 0 I a 0
10111111
I
'001011
I
I I 0 I 00 I
I
0 0 0 I
0 I
0 I I
0 I I 0 0

a

a

PO$I-

KEY UP CODE

BBBBSBB8B
876543210
B8
I 0 a I I I 0 a 0
00001010000
A6100100110
AO
100100000
E2101100010
E8
1 0 I I 0 1 0 0 Q
CA
101001010
C4001000jOO
BE
100111110
B6000110110
C2001000010
£6001100110
£0001100000
OA
001011010
C8001001000
C£
a0 I 0 0 I 1 10
04101010100
£C
a0 I 1a I I 0 0
AC
100101100
E£
101101110
8E
100001110
88
1 0 0 0 0 1000
82100000010
F4
0 a I I 1 a I a 0
E3
a0 I I 0 0 a I I
95
I a 0 a I a I 0 I
A2
000100010
SA
0 a 0 I I I 0 I 0

HEX.

[4

1

a

I

I 0 0

I

aa

A8000101011
80
0 0 0 I 10000
AA
100101010
F8001111000
A4000100100
9£
000011110
98000011000
86
000000110
80
000000000
D6
001010110
OC
001011100
9A
I a 0 a I I 0 I 0
FA
I 0 I 1 I I a I a
07101010111
00101011101
8F
000001111
9C
100011100
CO
I a I 0 a a 0 0 0
O£
I 0 I 0 I I I I 0
90100010000
AS
I 0 0 I 0 a I 0 1
9F
100011111
93
I 0 a a I a a I I
8C
000001100
F!J
101111001
C9
I 0 I a 0 I a 0 I
82100110010
89
a a0 I I I a0 I
94
000010100
BF
a a 0 I I I • I I
C8
a a 1 0 0 I 0 I I
E9
a0 I I a 10 0 I
89
000001001
CC
101001100

KEY UP CODE.~

KE'f' ,DOWN CQOE

HEX,

HEX.

3.
50

2.
20

.2

••

4"
44
3E

4''"••
.0

4.
5A

4E

54

oc

ze

'E
OE

O.
02
74

.3
'5

22

2..4
7.
3A

30

2A

I.

24

'E

06
00
56
5e
IA

6364011000110
64
65111101010
65
66010010110
66
67
I 1 0 0 0 t 0 I 0
67
68
0
0 0 I I 0 0 t
68
69
0
0 I I 0 I I I
69
70
0
0 I I I I 0 I
70
71
I
I 0 I a I 0 I
71
72 0
I 0 I I 0 I I
12
73
0
1.1 a 000 I
I I I I 0 I I
73
74
I
I 0 I I 0 I
730T
75
I
00 I I 0 I I
74
76
I
01001 I I
7401
77
I
0
1
0000 I
75
78
I
1000 10 1
76
79 0
1 0 I 0 00 I
77
80 0
8:
I
I I 0 I ! I I
78
82
I I 0 I 0 I 0 a 0
79
83
1 I 0 I a I I I 0
90
84
011010010
85011011000
~:?
86
Cll110000
OJ
8 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 00
84
88011000011
8407
89
00110001
90 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1
91
0
I I 0 I I 0 I
87
92
00001101
9301100111
B9
94
0
1
1
10101
90
000001 I
900T
95
o I I 0 0 I I
91
96
I
o I I a I 00

o

.'

.5

.6
.B

fgi~T :~

g
0

I I
1 I

1 , I
I a I

a

0
I 0

e~

E"

9.

8A

9'
B7
BO
05
OB
EI

e.

01
EF

AB
AE
02

OB

FO
B4
C3
BI

eF

ED

BO
E7
F5

83
B3
B4

61

Fe
F6
BI
F3

a

I

I 0

00 I

I

I I')
0

I

IB

27

21

4.
51

a

0

I

I

I

I

000101000
000101110
101010010
101011000
101110000
100000100
10100001;
100110001

a

a a

I
I
I
I 0 I I 0 I
I 00 0 0 I
I I
0
I
I
I I I

a

a

a

a

a

a
0

I
I

I
I

I
I

I
0

a
I

0

a

000 0

I

I

1

B7

I
I

I

I

I

I

F7

a a

B5
BB
91
F2

E5

000000101
100001011
0 0 0 0 I 000 I
001110010
000111100
001001101
001100101
0 0 0 0 1 1101

I

I 0 0 I
I 0

I

I

I I 0 I

90

I

I

FO

113
114

I
I

I 0 00 I

102
'03
.04

109

110

til

"'
.14
113

115

II."'
117

119
120
111

104

105
106
107
108

'09

115
116
117
118
119
IZO
121
122
123
124
I~

126

0

0

0
I

0
I
I
I
I
1

I 0

I

I

e7

I
1 I

03

I

I 0 , 00 I
I

o

I 0

1 0

Be
CO

I 0 0 0 I I
0010010
1 I I 0 I I
I 0 I I 0 a I
I 110001
oa I a I I I
01 1010 I
100000 I

o

E.

10000000'
I

a

I

I
I

"

72
3e
40

65

I

I

a

I

I

a

a

I

6B

100100011
000010010

23
12

BB

I

09

001011001
0011/0001
000010111
000110101
001000001

A3

.7••"
el

0

0

I

a

I

I

I 00 I

I I

I

92

oa

I

I

10
70

AF

I

I
I

.7
53

I

OF

a

I

7e
76
0'
73
07
77
05
OB

0010001 I I
0010100 1 1

I

I

I

I 0

03
33
34

1

a a

0 t 0 I 0 1 I I I
0 I 0 I 0 I 0 0 I

I

I 0 0

100000111
I

31

75

0

I

58
70
04
43

00

102
103

I

2E

.7

a

I
I

5,

60

00000001 I
000110011
100 1 1 0 1 0 0
I
I

6F
2B

4F

I I I
I
I
I (I I
I I I
I
I

0000001

1 I

4e

5B

I

I

0
0

oa

69
09

I

I 0

100
101

I

14

a

I

I

99

I

3F

I

I

94
95
96
97
.8
99
,,100

112

4B

0

I

93

110

49
32
39

I

20

ill

7.

a

I

101100001.

000 101 1 01
000011011
000100111
000100001
101000101

A7

AI

107
108

"13

30
50

AO
9B

1)5

oe

37

I
I

7B

106

Z5

I

a

00101010'1

I

5E
10

Ie

1 I 0 I
I I 1 I

a

OA
19

oa

40

OF

a

I
0
I 0

SA

FB

0 0 0 0 10 I
000101 I
0010001
I
I I I 0 a I 0
I
I I a I I I I 00
I 00 1 I 0 I
'
I I 00 1 0 I
I

7A

57
50

I.

46

10-1000110
001101010
100010110
000001010
100011001

A'

I 0

I

I

a

I

I

a

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

t
I

100101001

3B

59
71

17
35
41

SF
OF
29

* - Positions 19 and 101 do not have keyswitches.
OT -Over-Travel
Fig. 9-Keyswitch Position Codes
4.09

An lTD control word consists of a start and steer bit of "0", followed by sixteen control bits. The

4.10

An ITC status reply word also consists of the start and steer bit being at "0" and then sixteen
status bits.

4.11

An example of an lTD data word would be: 01 1000 00 10 (with bits 8 to 15 being at "0").

control words cause logic initialization, a status reply to be sent, or to activate the alarm.

Start bit "0", steer bit "1"
= lTD data word,
Bit 0 at "1", bits 1, 2, 3 at "0" = location prefix,
= key position 1,
Bits 4 and 5 at "0"
Bit 6 at "l",bit 7at "0"
= lamp on.
This lTD data word when sent from the controller to the keyboard logic, will light the SIR mode
indicator at keyswitch position 1. The function of the indicator is to notify the operator that the
status of the system has changed.
Page 6

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-100

LAMP ADDRESS AND

FUNCTION

STATE

,~~

DIGIT ,CONTROL

/

~

START STEER

0

•

I

WORD

ITO
DATA

0

ITC

DATA

0

I

ITC

STATUS

0

0

ITO

0

0

CONTROL
ITC
MSR

0

I

I

DATA
ITC
MSR
STATUS

0

AI

CODE

CODE

INIT

SEND
STATUS

DATA

DATA

CARD
I~I..K

KEY

A.

••

.0

CODE COCE

X

ALARM

DATA

DATA

MSR

MSR

M~E

I '" CARD IN

0= NOT LOCKED
I "'LOCICED

8-

•

•

.,

•

•

T

9

10

"

I•

,.

13

"

~ ~ ~~
~~ ~
~ ~ ~~
~ ~ ~ I~
~
~~
~
~
~~ I~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~
~ ~~~
':~ ~
~~~
~~ ~
~ ~ ~"
~~ ~
~~
~ I~
~10: ~~
~~ ~
f\:
L~~L
.;leI(
~~
Mer
~ ~ ~"
AO

. . . ,,~
0

•

CODE

CODE

X

CODE

X

DATA

~

CO

I

CI

ALL
ALL
FLASH CLEAR
EVEN

I

X

X

X

I

EVEN
PARITY

I

CODE PARITY

EVEN

I

,,~

OO=NO MSR
OI=NOT FRAMED

:~~~~:~~ ~

1\

I

PARITY

I

~c-; ,,~

~~

MSR

I

N:"""-"U
I

I

I

=ICE Y80ARD

I

10
0

MSR

10
0

AND MSR

I = ENTERING LOCAL TEST
0= NO TEST

DON'T CARE

~_ RO/TO REGISTER NOT

IMPLEMENTED

Fig. 10-8tatus Word SSI Bits
4.12

The keyboard alarm will sound a tone of 750 milliseconds, on receipt of any lTD control word
with bit 5 high. The controller will continue to send the control word until the alarm condition is
corrected.
4.13

The keyboard goes into a power on reset (POR) cycle of 110 milliseconds, when power is turned
on. During this cycle, no clock is applied to lTC, but it is possible to receive noise on ITC in the
first 20 milliseconds. lTD and power must both be stable to achieve phase lock. Phase lock is timed from
application of lTD. The lTD signal coining up before phase lock can cause random indicators to flash.
4.14

The magnetic stripe reader (MSR) begins operation as the inserted card moves against the sense
switch. The read head senses each flux reversal magnetically prerecorded on the card stripe. In
the signal generated to the transmitting distributor, logic bit 0 is least significant bit and bit 4 is parity.
The signal is checked for parity, start of record and uses a longitudinal redundancy check. Status words
are generated when the card is first sensed, when it is withdrawn and for a status request.

Page 7
7 Pages

SECTION 582-811-400
Issue 1, March 1980

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCoStandard
"DATASPEED*" 4500 KEYBOARDS
WIRING DIAGRAMS

1.

GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

For part numbers of components mentioned in the wiring diagrams, refer to
Section 582-811-700.

2.

WIRING DIAGRAMS ............ .

1

2.

1.

GENERAL

CONTENTS
.1

PAGE

1.04

WIRING DIAGRAMS

A flat cable is attached to the circuit card
at connector J1 (left rear of the keyboard,
see Fig. 2). Of the nine pins used in this connector;
four are power leads, four are Standard Serial
Interface (SSI) and one is frame ground.
2.01

1.01

This section provides wiring diagrams for
the DATASPEED 4500 series keyboards,
as in Fig. 1.

45K301GAA/03 Keyboard
Without Magnetic Stripe Reader

45K301GAA/02 Keyboard
With Magnetic Stripe Reader

2.02

Sense amplifier location and pin number
to keyswitch position is shown in Fig. 3.

+12 V (VSS)
OV (VGGl)
-12 V (V24)
+5V
Frame Ground

Information to
Information to
Information to
Information to

J1

14-Pin Plug

7
4
8
5

4
1
2
3

9 NotConnected

Device
Device
Controller
Controller

11
12
13
14

1
2
3
6

Fig. 1-DATASPEED 4500 Keyboards

FRAME
GROUND

1.02

Whenever this section is reissued, the
reason for reissue will be listed in this
paragraph.

Note: When ordering replaceable parts, prefix
each part number with the letters "TP" (ie,
TP123456), unless specified otherwise.
1.03

The wiring diagrams and limited functional schematics are to aid in troubleshooting.

Fig. 2-Rear View of J1 Connector

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone & Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582-311-400

SENSE AMP

\~------------~~------------~)
Vss
Jl

=t:J

KEYSWITCH (TYPICAL)
J2

AMPS

AMPS

Sense Amp Chart
SENSE

'AMP

SENSE AMP I

,MLA4)

PIN NO,

SENSE AMPZ
,ML84)
KEY

SENSE

AMP 3

'''LAIl

POSITION

SENSE

38
37

94
96

9
8

53
I 12
36
35
34

88

51
50

4
3

3
2
28
27
26

33
32
10
103

31
85

20
56

24
23
20
19
17
16

15
i6
17
14
13

72

40
5

43
44
26

12
18

89
87

6
21

60
78

95
54

2~

90
73

5

I~

14
13

~2

67

68
69
840T

"

~~

86
70
71

102
33 OT

SENSE AMP5
,ML83)

SENSE AMP6

84
66
49
65
46

98
99
100
116
106
III
12 I
120
I 17

>4
23
22
57
41

I
9
8
7
2

39

42

90 OT
61
4~

27
74
75
740T
73 OT
91
560T
58
76

59
77

OT - Over-Travel
Fig. 3-Keyswitches and Sense Amplifiers
Page 2,

(ML8~)

NUMBER

II
10

7
6

AMP4

,ML82)

28

79
80
9Z
29
47
63
62
81
82
48
30
64
83

113
118
'108
104
109
114
119
105
110

93

97
107

92. OT

II~

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-400
453956 CABLE
1

-l< 9

t+-+t........

-+< ~-H~-<
-1<7
-+<6 ~++...!!...-<
8

f+-+~~~

TO CONTROLLER

-K

5

e-+t-''---<

~4~-+t-"'-~~

OVDC

-+< 3++-+-+-'"-<

-+<

-k
1

2
1

>-'-++--;..;.;<
r""++--!-'-'{

+-+-++="'--<

ITC
ITO

n-++~--<

..

.....,.

'
•• !!!
!It ",

.....'" .,.....
• 1:11

~

453954 FILTER
(Rear View)

·GII 11...

Fig. 4-8SI Connector to 14-Pin Connector
J2

3147~105 CABLE]

347304 CABLE

ltl

1

KEYLOCK
SWITCH

_

1

:::6

LOCK

:_I

,. ~ 'E...;.~---++-IP-I~-7J~~~r ::0
M

00

PIN 1

(Bottom View)

Fig.5-Cabling for 347300 Keylock

346977 CABLE
n

~

-+-<
1

5

~-++--------<

5 4 - ·'2.7VDC

1
--T-< 4 4 f T - -

TO MAGNETIC
STRIPE READER

--+-<

3

3

2

2

--l--<
----L-.( ,
--r<

MSR ENABLE

I

6

7

~

0 VDC
MSR DIS

, 4- CARD IN

KEYLOCK.

--t--<

4-

•

I

-1-

KEY LOCK

7 - : - ·'2.7 VDe

\,_...-

o

PIN 10-"""-""'-'

Fig. 6-Cable for Optional Magnetic Stripe Reader
Page 3
3 Pages

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-311-500
Issue 1, April 1980
"DATASPEED*" 4500 KEYBOARDS
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Note:

1.

GENERAL.....................

1

When ordering replaceable parts, prefix
each part number with the letters "TP" (ie,
TP123456), unless otherwise specified.

2.

TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

1.03

3.

TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . ..

10

1.

GENERAL

CONTENTS

PAGE

1.01

This section provides testing and troubleshooting for the DATASPEED 4500 series
keyboard as in Fig. 1.

The extent of the testing and troubleshooting procedures are limited to that
which is required for correction of troubles or
replacement of parts in field locations.

1.04

Refer to Section 582-311-100 for information providing description and operation of DATASPEED 4500 series keyboards,
Section 582-311-400 for wiring, and Section
582-311-700 for adjustments, disassembly/reassembly and parts information.
1.05

The reference manual associated with the
DATASPEED 4500 series keyboard is:
999-300-140 How to Operate Synchronous
DATASPEED 4540 Keyboard Display.
45K301GAA/03 Keyboard
Without Magnetic Stripe Reader

2.

TESTING

2.01

Operational checkout procedures are presented in Tables A through D. Use all
applicable tables to assure complete operation
after maintenance or to isolate a poorly defined
trouble area.
45K301GAA/02 Keyboard
With Magnetic Stripe Reader
Fig. 1-DATASPEED 4500 Keyboards
Whenever this section is reissued, the
reason for reissue will be listed in this
paragraph.

2.02

Perform the checkout in the order presented. The required response for each
test step is .shown. If the unit under test fails
to respond correctly to a test step, go to
3. TROUBLESHOOTING.

1.02

2.03

The keytop identification can be found
in Fig. 4.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
© 1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582-311-500

2.04

Typical setup for testing a 45K301GAA keyboard is shown below.

45C340
CONTROLLER

\

45K30lGAA KEYBOARD

452015
CABLE ASSEMBLY

\

Note:

Neither a 45CAB501 cabinet or a 45B301 base is required.

Fig. 2
Page 2

ISS I, SECTION 582-311-500
Tables A and B should be performed for any KD device having trouble. Table C is only used for
keyboards equipped with a magnetic stripe reader (MSR). See Section 582-300-500 for KD/CONTROLLER LOCAL TEST.
2.05

Caution: When the sec is on-line, and a KD is attempting to perform the loop back portion (Step 6)
of the test, the sec will ignore the line (from computer) for 500 ms. During this time, poll or select
sequences may be missed. If two or more KDs are attempting to perform the loop back portion of the test
simultaneously, the sec will ignore the line for 500 ms for each KD attempting the test. This may cause
the sec to miss several poll or select .~equences and therefore fail to respond to the computer, thus causing
the computer to stop polling the sec. For this reason, it is suggested that an interval of at least ten
seconds be provided between performing the loopback portion of the test at each KD being tested.
2.06

Power up in the following sequence:
SCC (45C340 Controller, Fig. 2),
Display Base AC Power Switch,
Monitor AC Power Switch, then adjust to full brightness.

MONITORAC
POWER SWITCH

DISPLAY BASE·
AC POWER SWITCH

MONITOR
BRIGHTNESS

DISPLAY BASE
RUN INDICATOR

Fig. 3-Display Base and Monitor

IJJJJJ
-+-

7

8

9

*

4

5

6

1

2

3

-

0

I!iI
u ....

".

I

.
ri1

(HTIEP

''''''

OVER-TRAVEL

LJ
INDICATOR

[5

Q
BLOCKING
KEYTOP

0

BLANK
KEYTOP

Fig. 4-Keytop Layout for 45K301/GAA
Page 3

SECTION 582-311-500

TABLE A
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 45K301 KEYBOARD
TEST
STEP

RESPONSE

PROCEDURE

E:9

1
indicator is on.
If not, depress it.
I---t------::=:-----..,=~-------+\\I/!-------------------___i
2

Depress the

8

~

and

0

keys

simultaneously and then release.

m

l'iit

indicator lamp lights (brightly) and remains

lighted indicating the loopback test mode is
activated.
Alarm sounds, until keys are released.

3

Depress the following keys while
observing lights for proper indication.
(a)

Depress
Depress

G briefly, (in cluster).

B

release.

Depress

CD fully and release.

E:9 flashes.
e:g on steady and then off.

Depress

Q

briefly.

~flashes.

and release.

~ on steady and then off.

(b) Depress ~ fully.

(c)

Q:] flashes.
Q:] on steady and then off.

Depress

LINE
INSRT

[1J briefly.
Depress
[1J

(d) Depress

~flashes.
~

~ on steady and then off.

l§J

Note: Ignore any characters that may appear
on your screen during test.
4

Depress ~
and ~
keys
INPUT
•

IT]

Alarm may sound.

simultaneously and then release.

Note:
5

Depress

E:9 if not on.

Depress ~
•0"" key .
Depress each key (shown on next page).

Page 4

indicator lamp extinguishes.

No status word on exit of test mode.

E:9on.
~on.

l.§!j

CAPS characters displayed on monitor.

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-500
TABLE A (Contd)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 45K301 KEYBOARD
TEST
STEP

PROCEDURE

I

5
Contd

Lower portion of depressed
keys are displayed.

RESPONSE

I

I iI2131~1516171819Iol~~1

I I w I E I R I T I yJU I I I 0 I pi:.. I
r~T~"1 I FIG I I J I I I : ,
Q

0

H

K

L

,
I
I

-t

-+-

7

8

9

/

*

4

5

6

,

1

2

3

-

0

I

IzlxlclvlBINIMI~1 ~1)1

6

Disengage ~ key by depressing it
I..oct&:

Alpha characters described in Step 5 are
displayed in lower case (ie, abcdef, etc).

again momentanly. Again depress
each alpha key.
I

7

Depress the right

B

key together

Upper portion of depressed keys are displayed.

with each nonalpha key (ie, !@*$,etc)
on the keyboard portion of the opcon.

lil2131l15 6•

o

.. ,
1:1 ... 1

71819Iol-l~

I
I

'-

I : I:
1~1~1~1"'''1
1

LIlliE

Key repeats, when depressed

with additional force.

8

,

Depress the left

B

E~II

key together

(

EIIASt:
I"PUT

ItEPl'

-

Character on the upper portion of depressed
key is displayed.

with one of the keys depressed in
Step 7.
9

With the LOCAL lamp lit, depress the

W key, then depress the E1. key.
Continue to depress the W ' [2J ,
(1] ,through Wkeys and I I

The

~

lamp extinguishes each time a

G or

c::J key is depressed and will remain off until
the ~ key is depressed.

CONTROL

key together with

GJ key in the same

manner.

Page 5

SECTION 582-311-500
TABLE A (Contd)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR THE 45K301 KEYBOARD
TEST
STEP
10

PROCEDURE

RESPONSE

With LOCAL lamp lit, depress
SPACE bar, with force.

Repeat cursor movement to right.

Depress ~

FM is displayed.

Depress

B

DU is displayed. Cursor moves home.

Depress

E(~~r

Local Indicator goes out.

11

Depress

E] ,

12

Depress

~,

E}and

GJ

Ej off.
Ej on.

0'
~,

~and ~

If there is a printer in system
and if available.

13

LOCAL lights. Repeated Qs displayed.

Then

=

PRINT

LOCAL

If there is no printer or is unavailable.

~

Turn keylock to off (if present).

E:jOff.

Depress ~~~~T and

U simultaneously.

Page 6

and . ~ off,

flashes until

l:j lights.

E] on.

Ej depressed

ill lamp does not light.

Warning: Do not depress any key
while turning the keylock on or off.
Turn key lock on, and depress LOCAL.

on, ,E:j off.

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-500
TABLE B
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR KEYBOARD TO MONITOR
TEST
STEP
1

PROCEDURE
Depress left

I Ikey together with
CONTROC

W

keys

RESPONSE
Test Functions (Local Test message displayed)

containing control

characters.
2

Depress

0

key. Then in sequence

L:J

0- -- -- --- -

depress momentarily, with more force
than normally required, each cursor
movement key shown. The left arrow
in the cluster must be depressed 4 or
5 times as it is not repeating.
6

I""I 1

,: .: :1 I

+11

-+-

*

7

8

4

5

-0- --- - -

----9

l

O-+--®--1i

:
~

cp
,

iI.- -0---lJ.<---0--O

Note:

Attempts to move cursor off display
will result as shown below.
~~----~r-----~

2

~

HOME
/
I
POSITION ~~
-~==.=====II=J'it

o

r>'

n
u

3

Home cursor and type alpha characters A
through J. Place cursor over the character

r:::l

E and depress~key momentarily; then
depress it fully, releasing it after characters
stop moving.

0
ABCDEFGHIJD
ABCD[E]FGHIJ
ABCDDFGHIJ
ABCDO

I

1

EFGHIJ

r-+---------------~----------------~

4

Depress

13 key momentarily;

then depress it fully.

ABCDOEFGHIJ
ABCDOEFGHIJ
ABCD(E) FGHIJ
ABCDffi']GHIJ
ABCD[QjHIJ

5

Depress 1~~NR'i- key once.

Cursor remains in position and the line of
data moves down one line.

6

Depress

Cursor remains in position and the line of
data moves up. Display is then cleared of all
characters.

B

CINE

OLETE

key.

key once; then depress

Pag~

SECTION 582-311-500
TABLE B (Contd)
OPERATIONAL CHECKS FOR KEYBOARD TO MONITOR
TEST
STEP

PROCEDURE
Move cursor away from home position

7

and depress the

CURSOR
TA.

RESPONSE
Cursor returns to home position (unformatted
display).

key.
Cursor advances to the next, current,
unprotected field in the display (formatted
display).

8

Move cursor away from home position
and depress

~

key.
Cursor reverses location to preceding start of
an unprotected field on the display (formatted
display).

Move cursor away from home position

9

and depress

B

Cursor returns to home position (unformatted
display).

key.

Nulls are written (Displayed as Spaces) from cursor
to end of display and cursor returns to home position (unformatted display).
Cursor advance to next, current, unprotected
field on the display and replaces remainder of
field from cursor location with nulls (formatted
display).

Home cursor and type alpha characters

10

A through J. Depress Gonce, and then
LINE

several more times.
Type a line of characters and depress

11

B
(Test Ended)

~e

8

and depress

T:~~~

key.

ABCDEFGHIJ when New Line depressed,
cursor moves to beginning of next line.
Additional depressings cause cursor
to move the next line.

Cursor returns to home position.
Line of characters are cleared from display
(unformatted display).

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-500

PF

e

PF

12

LINE 'IELD
INSERT .....RK
'-IN£
O'LETE

DUP

C.M
INSERT
CHAR
O'LETE
BACK

TA.

TABLEC
OPERATIONAL CHECK FOR MAGNETIC STRIPE READER (MSR)
TEST
STEP

RESPONSE

PROCEDURE

Note:

These steps apply only to
keyboards equipped with a magnetic
stripe reader (MSR).

Note:

1

Depress ERASE INPUT and
UNDERLINE keys together with
additional force.

TST indicator lights and remains on.

2

Insert 406303 test card into
reader smoothly.

CAPS LOCK indicator flashes repeatedly.

3

Remove test card.

CAPS LOCK indicat-orstops flashing.

4

End test by depressing ERASE
INPUT and PERIOD keys together
with additional force.

LOCAL indicator lights. TST indicator
goes out.

MSR affects on-line operation,
not off-line operation. Use in on-line
operation is system dependant.

Page 9

SECTION 582-311-500·.
3.

TROUBLESHOOTING

3.01

Troubleshooting is based on the use of a series of questions to determine possible causes for the
trouble, Depending on the response to the questions, instructions are then given to correct the
trouble.
3.02

To isolate a trouble to a specific area, start with the operational checkout procedures given in
TESTING, Table A, Page 4, or start with the following series of questions given in Table D.

3.03

Before attempting to troubleshoot the unit, make sure the trouble is not caused by interconnected
equipment.

3.04

If a trouble is isolated to the logic card, the troubleshooting instructions will recommend that the

unit be replaced.
3.05

Repair of the keyboard is not to be attempted without proper shop facilities. Repackage the
keyboard to be repaired in the box of the replacement unit. Tag the unit, listing the found trouble.

TABLED
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR KEYBOARDS

"y_E_~_I~~~~i~f~E___ I

r-__AN
___
A_L_y_SI_S_Q_U_E_S_T_IO_N_.__+-____
1.

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

-.----

Go to 2.

Go to 11.

Can characters be entered
from keyboard and displayed correctly on the
screen?

Go to 3.

Check terminals 1, 2, 3 and 6 at
J1 interface connector.

Do

Check operation of REPT
keyswitch. Replace keyboard, if necessary.

Is LOCAL lamp on?

(Depress LOCAL key.)
2.

3.

uc][!]U]BG
and space bar. keys repeat
when lightly depressed?
(Not fully depressed on
repeat keys.)

Replace keyboard.
Go to 4.

Check operation of all
repeat keys.
Replace repeat keyswitch(s).
Replace keyboard.

4.

Do all repeatable character keys repeat when
fully depressed?

Go to 5.

Go to 7.

5.

Does a character appear
on the s~reen when power
is fIrst turned on?
(Turn power off then
on again several times.)

Check operation of that
keys witch associated
with character being displayed (go to 7).

Go to 6.

Page 10

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-500

I

I
TABLE D (Contd)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR KEYBOARDS

ANAL YSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

6.

Are any characters displayed when key is not
depressed? (ie, key
touched, opcon vibrated,
or other keys operated.)

Replace keyboard.

Go to 7.

7.

Do any keys fail to
operate mechanically?

Check clearance between
keyboard cover and key tops
(adjust if necessary) .

Go to 8.

• All keys click when
depressed and click again
when released.

Replace defective keyswitch
or entire keyboard.

• Repeat or test keys click
a second time when fully
depressed and click again
when released slightly.
• Spacebar must return to its
unoperated position fully
when depressed and
released slowly.
8.

Do any keys fail to generate characters to the
screen?

Check spacebar mechanism
and replace any parts
necessary, or entire keyboard.
Check for short between
keyswitch terminals.

Go to 9.

Replace keyswitch, or keyboard.
Replace keyboard, if any
groups of keys fail to
operate or more than one
character is generated when
one key is depressed.
Do any indicators fail
to light?

Go to 11.

Go to 10.

10. Does alarm sound (loudness controlled by
thumbwheel) when test
mode is entered?

Go to 11.

Go to 12.

11. Does the TST lamp light
when test mode is

Go to 14 if indicator failed
to light.

Go to 12.

9.

entered~

Simultaneously depress the
RETURN and PERIOD keys
fully, to extinguish lamp if
no further testing is required.
Page 11

SECTION 582-311-500
TABLE D (Contd)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR KEYBOARDS
"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

ANAL YSIS QUESTION
12. Is +12 V dc (pin 7) and
-12 V dc (pin 8) present
with respect to frame
ground (pin 9) on
connector.
PI

Proper voltage not being
supplied to the opcon:

Go to 15.

Check 45BSE301 and its cable
(Section 582-300-400).

'I
000
000

Check power supply voltages.
Go to 12 (a).

+12VDC_~
-12 V DC

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

J:~JD
Go to 12 (b).

Replace 453956 cable.

Try Question 2, if yes, go
to 14. If no, go to 15.

Repair grounds.

13. Does keyboard operate
in TEST mode (loop back
test)?

Keyboard ok, go to 16.

Go to 14.

14. Do indicators light in
loopback test mode?

Go to 16.

Check indicator keyswitch,
as in Question 7.

(a)

Check connector pins of

Jl.
(b)

Check ground wires are
properly placed.

Check "NO" responses of
Question 12 .
.

-

15. Is +24 V dc present at
pins 3 and 4 of
indicator keyswitch or

Replace 341088 indicator

ill

indicator terminals when
lamp should be lit?
16. If keyboard has security
keylock modification kit,
does keyboard become
inoperative when lock is
in off position?

Page 12

assembly keyswitch or

Replace keyboard.

ill

indicator that has defective
346235 indicator lamp.
Keyboard ok.

Replace security key lock
modification kit.

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-500
TABLEE
TROUBLESHOOTL"l'G PROCEDURES FOR MAGNET STRIPE READER (MSR)

ANALYSIS QUESTION

"YES" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

"NO" RESPONSE
DIRECTIVE

1. Does TST indicator
light.

Go to 2

Go to Table D,
question 11.

2. Does CAPS LOCK
indicator flash with
card in place.

Go to 3

Replace 406302
magnetic stripe reader
assembly. Replace
keyboard.

3. CAPS LOCK stops
flashing with card
removed.

Reader ok.

Replace keyboard.

Page 13
13 Pages

I

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-311-700
Issue 1, June 1980
"DATASPEED*" 4500 SERIES KEYBOARDS

DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBL Y, ADJUSTMENT, AND PARTS

CONTENTS
1.

PAGE

1.02

Whenever this section is reissued, the
reason for reissue will be listed in this
paragraph.

GENERAL....................

1

TOOLS REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

2.

DISASSEMBLy/REASSEMBLy....

2

3.

ADJUSTMENT ................ .

17

1.03

COVER TO KEYTOP
ADJUSTMENT ................ .

17

1.04

PARTS ...................... .

18

NUMERICAL INDEX..... . ..... .

27

4.

Note:
When ordering replaceable parts, or tools
prefix each part number with the letters "TP" (ie,
TPI23456), unless specified otherwise.
The procedures for keyboard removal and
replacement are included in this section.

The extent of the disassembly procedures
is limited to that which is required for
correction of troubles or replacement of parts
in field locations.
1.05

1.

GENERAL

1.01

This section providesdisassembly/reassemly, adjustment, and parts information for
the DATASPEED 4500 series keyboards as in
Fig. 1.

Refer to Maintenance Tools Section
570-005-800 for a complete listing of
the various types of hand tools available for
maintenance of Teletype ® equipment.
TOOLS REQUIRED
1.06

The following tools are recommended for
use during the disassembly and reassembly
procedures:
45K301GAA03
Keyboard without
Magnetic Stripe Reader

45K301GAA02
Keyboard with
Magnetic Stripe Reader
Fig. I--DATASPEED 4500 Keyboards

75765
89954
100982
108285
143484
145867
346257
346260
346392
346960
402840
406303

Spring hook -- pull
1/4-inch nut driver
Screwdriver (6-inch medium)
Long-nose pliers
Grease (I lb. can) or
Grease (4 oz. tube)
Keyswitch extractor
Key top extractor
Static discharge strap
Extractor
Soldering iron (low wattage)
Desolderer
Terminal extractor tool
Test card (MSR)

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Page 1

SECTION 582·311·700
2.

DISASSEMBLY jREASSEMBLY

Warning: To avoid possible internal damage to circuitry, wear a 346392 static discharge strap connected
to ground to allow static discharge before disassembly and reassembly. Avoid touching circuit lands or
components as much as possible. Soldering irons, test, and insertion equipment must be grounded.

Attach 346392 static discharge
strap tightly to wrist as shown.

Attach clip end of static discharge
strap to frame ground.

2.01

Precautions should be taken to assure that disassembly /reassembly is done under clean conditions.
No oil, grease, or other liquids should be allowed on loose parts, subassemblies, keyswitches, or the
complete keyboard.
2.02

Reference in the procedures to left or right, up or down, and top or bottom, etc, refer to the units
normal operating position.

2.03

When removing any subassembly or part, do not force or pry parts, unless specified, to provide the
necessary clearance for removal. No forcing is required to accomplish a removal procedure. Follow
the removal procedure and ~ote how each part is removed and the sequence of its removal so that proper
~eassem?ly can ~e accomplIshed. For reassembly, reverse the removal procedure except where different
instructIons are gIven.
2.04

LATCH

To remove keyboard:

o Pull keyboard forward to
disengage from cabinet.

~~. o

0----____6itD
B_

---

~ ~

9(_

Note: Use same procedures
to remove and replace keyboard
from table or free standing base.

~

e

1

2.05

With right hand place thumb
on right inward latch tab and
press downward to unlatched
position.

Place thumb on left inward latch tab ~d
press doV'mward tounlatched position.

To replace keyboard:

o Slide left and right latches down.
o Slide left and right latches

2

Engage connector and left and right guides into slots.

r:1 __
V
-__

upward into latched position.

Warning:
Page 2

Check that unit is firmly attached on both sides before releasing hold.

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700
2.06

To remove 347000 cover:

(j)Place keyboard upside-down on
a smooth surface. (Avoid
scratching or marking the
keytops).

FASTENERS

® Remove the three fasteners, one
at a time, by inserting a screwdriver
to lift each fastener. Hold the
fastener down while prying up from
under the bottom cover.
LIP

3

Swing 347309 bottom cover up
and away from retaining lip to
release pan.

0Use a thin bladed screwdriver or orange stick
and pry up left and right levers. Lift keyboard
out of 347000 cover.

For reassembly go to 2.34.

Page 3

SECTION 582-311 c700

To remove 346958 pan:

2.07

_Remove cover (2.06).

Q) Remove two screws from left and
right side frame tabs, and lift off
347330 bracket.

346958 PAN

For reassembly go to 2.34.
2.08

To remove left side frame:

-Remove cover {2.06).
-Remove pan (2.07).
Q)Remove two mounting screws
from left side frame.

CD Side frame can then be eased
off the pan lip.

184056
MOUNTING
SCREW

I

~

184056
MOUNTING

c

~~ SC~EW
---:.

.

\--

Note: If keylock is present, go to
keylock cable removal (2.15).
For reassembly go to 2.27.

LIP

346958 PAN

Page 4

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700

2.09

To remove right side frame:

-Remove cover (2.06).

Warning: Be careful when removing the upper mounting screw. The lockwasher and nut may drop
onto the circuit card.
UPPER MOUNTING
SCREW, LOCKWASHER
AND NUT

QRemove upper screw, lockwasher and nut.
@Remove connector guide.
G)Remove lower mounting screw.
0Removal of the knob may be required
before side frame will detach.
For reassembly go to 2.32.

2.10

To remove magnetic stripe reader:
===;;;;;;;~=====;:::::;:;;;1rvCARD

MOUNTING
SCREW

-Remove cover (2.06).
_Remove pan (2.07).
QRemove four reader mounting screws.
READER
MOUNTING ....::::=--11+-0
SCREWS (4)

 ~
/~/ LOCK
~

o Remove cam and
switch assembly.

/~/

~

~~

2

\z,

Remove hardware furnished with lock.
Hardware varies depending on lock style.

For reassembly go to 2.26.
Page 7

SECTION 582·311·70Q

To remove SSl cables:

2.16

-Remove cover (2.06).
• U magnetic stripe reader is present, remove 346958 pan.

341648
TERMINAL (9)

(2) Remove 198670 screw from right side of
347330 bracket. Swing bracket downward.

0Remove 181242 mounting screw.
~Remove 320418

4

ground terminals.

Remove seven 400574 terminals.

ti

ORANGE

~

PURPLE~

RED
BLUE

•

SLATE L
______~~------------~ YELLOW
GREEN

Rear View Filter Bracket
5

Remove 401149 plug of 453956 cable from
bracket. To remove terminals use a 402840
extractor tooL

@Remove MOS cover, insert spring hook in
large hole and pull up.
J1 connector
using a 346960
connector extractor.

____'lijJ"""nuv"

453955 CABLE

@Remove seven 400574. terminals from
front of 453954 filter bracket.
For reassembly go to 2.33.
Page 8

I

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700

;1

;1

2.17

To remove data keytops:

2.18

To remove control keytops and blocking key tops:

['1

0Grasp keytop using thumb and index finger.
0Exert upward force until key top releases.

REAR

FRONT

Caution: Control row blocking key tops are not the same on the front and rear side and must be assembled with the proper orientation. New style blocking key top has finger-like extensions to the interior of
the key top to prelJent relJersal.
2.19

To remove the NEW LINE keytop with hous~:

NEWLINE
KEYTOP

-Remove cover (2.06).

o Remove keytops that surround the
NEW LINE keytap-using346260
tool.

2

Disengage rear tine from housing
with a small screwdriver while
pulling NEW LINE key top up
and toward the front.

@ Continue applying upward pressure to the NEW LINE key top 1lIld
disengage the front tine from housing using a spring hook. Remove
keytop with housing from channel.
2:20

FRQNT
TINE

(Front View)

To reassemble insert housing with keytop, observe position of locating lug on housing and press
into channel. Housing must snap fully into front and rear channel tines.
Page 9

SECTION 582-311-700
Spacebar Mechanism
2.21

To remove spacebar mechanism:

• Remove cover (2.06).
SPACEBAR

BUMPER

SPRING
HOOK
1

Disengage leaf spring (bronze colored) from wire bail using a spring
hook and pull toward the front.

CHANNEL

~

7~H~

(Rear View)

o Disengage two rear tines (one at each end of spacebar) with a small screwdriver while pulling the spacebar up and toward the front.

G)Continue applying upward pressure to spacebar and disengage two front tines.
4

Remnvewirebail fromJeft andri~ht
spacebar guides (snaps in and out).

SNAP DETENT

2.22

To reassemble spacebar mechanism, make sure the four tines engage the notches in spacebar housing and leaf spring is engaged to wire bail.

2.23

Check mechanical operation of spacebar so that it returns to its unoperated position freely when
depressed and released slowly.

Page 10

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700
Keyswitches and 341088 Test Indicator Assembly
2.24

To remove keyswitches and 341088 test indicator assembly:

eRemove cover (2.06).
eRemove pan (2.07).
. .
eRemove key top if keyswitch is being removed (2.17), or unsnap test mdlCator cap.

o Remove solder from around terminal pins of keyswitch or test indicator
to he rem"",d. ~

---Ai A ~SOLDER

REMOVED

Warning: Use a grounded, low wattage soldering iron (avoid prolonged contact with pins) along with a
desoldering tool to prevent damage to keyswitch card circuits and components.

Q)Place 346257 tool over keyswitch or test indicator and press downward.
When tool bottoms and embossed projections snap into notches on
housing, squeeze and pull back on tool to lift keyswitch or test indicator out.

HOUSING

c;-u~
LOCATING
LUG

The tines of the tool must pass between keyswitch or test indicator housing and inside of
channel tines.

Note:

To reassemble, insert new keyswitch or test indicator, observe position of locating lug (on keyswitch only), and press into channel. Housing must snap fully into front and rear channel tines.
Hold keyswitch or test indicator in place and resolder.
2.25

Page 11

SECTION 582·311·700

//'

REASSEMBLY
2.26

Assemble keyboard lock:

=

~====od

184067
SCREW
W/LOCKWASHER

(!)Assemble 347301 isolator sleeve and
bracket with switch assembly to the
side frame and secure with the
184067 screw.

~

"

454205

LOCK

"rQn

Assemble the 347302 cam to 454205 lock with high part of
cam toward the switch.

2

3

Secure with nut and lockwasher or screw with lockwasher,
whichever is supplied.

0The lock should be assembled in the sleeve so that in the "off" position the key is inserted with
notched, or bitted side up.
12 O'CLOCK POSITION
OF KEY SLOT
(Other side)

Cam Position With
Respect to Key Slot
@Tighten switch assembly mounting screws.
Page 12

HIGH PART
OF CAM

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700
2.27

Replacement of left side frame:
CD Position side frame with guide
over lip on pan. - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
0Secure with two
mounting screws.~----

.

~

0:

1)""'""-

PAN LIP

2.28

Circuit card replacement (410097 or 410495):

CDPosition circuit card into frame and against the guides on the right side bracket.
@Replace six mounting screws (four front and two rear).
CONNECTOR
GUIDES

,-'
o

o

\

'-

·4

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I

II I I I I

100

00

I . 1...'0;.;;0""",==..Jt

!gllllt:,:,~,]llilllll
,....

Top View
2.29

Magnetic stripe reader replacement:

0Position reader and secure with four
mounting screws.
@Attach connector to card, position
card and secure with two mounting
screws to base of reader.

===;;;;;:;~====::::;;:;::;::;IIVCARD

MOUNTING
SCREW

READER
MOUNTING "";:::'~-iK::!
SCREWS (4)

CARD MOUNTING SCREW

Page 13

SECTION 582-311-700
2.30

Installing 347305 jumper cable:

6)Remove five mounting screws, two front, one
at crossmember and two rear, move crossmember to the left to provide clearance for
jumper cable co:nnlector.,

o Route jumper cable

behind 3-digit display
connector, when present.

(Top View)

3-DIGIT DISPLAY
(Optional)

3-DIGIT DISPLA
CONNECTOR
(Optional)

0Removal of friction post may be
required to route jumper cable
connector under frame

J2 of
jumber cable.

(9(:';ol1me'~t

@ Connect key lock cable
to J4 of jumper cable.

2.?1

Route 347305 jumper cable
between moved subassembly
and end of circuit cards.

Installing MOS covers:
6) Install large MOS cover
so that projection bears
against upper row of
....a:::L keyswitches\

I~

short MOS cover
so that tab engages hole
m side frame.

o

FRICTION
POST HOLES (3)
(Top View)

Page 14

~ Install

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700
2.32

Replacement of right side frame:

Warning: Be careful when replacing the upper mounting screw. The lock washer and nut may drop onto
the circuit card.



f=1

d:1

=;====r===r=="f"="T"'==r==""I-=;==-r='F....".,.-=r===F""T=;'.....,.-T'TII~11i"""11=;====;=........,.....

~

I I I I I I 1 111 1 I 1

I I I I I II II J I 1
I I III I I I I I I I I I I
J J .L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I
II
U I
1 JI

u

GA
@)

I I I III

~

To Adjust
• Remove cover (2.09).
Loosen two 184056 mounting screws friction tight on both sides of opcon.
MOUNTING
SCREW

KEYBOkRD
ASSEMBLY

Insert screwdriver blade into adjusting slot and move keyboard assembly forward or to the rear to
gain gap clearance.
Tighten screws, replace cover and check gaps.

Note: If gaps required are not approximately equal after reassembly, remove cover and repeat
adjustment procedures.
Page 17

~ECTION

4.

582-311-700
c

PARTS

\

346975

•• 219\__ ~_®
359S-(i)
347294--'..

o circuit
Not
of 410097
card.
part

Fig. 2-410097 Console Logic Circuit Card Components
for40K301

Page 18

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700

181241

---

l~..:::----------------"----~- ..

,..., ",

181241

""i
4{

I

"~'.
\

o"

I

•

"" "

"

1
I

'-,:

'\

1'1

Ref
453953

I

I
I I

I

I

~~,
'.- S

Ref~

.

~O1l38_ •

"

"

'0

,

:
I

I
I

~
453959/

Fig. 3-Pans and Covers

Page 19

SECTION

582~811-700

Ref 346956
181241

~,,

\
Ref
346698

F'Ig, 4-Left Side Components

Page 20

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700

406571/
406574
406570

----,j'

406573~

,

125239 ____
406572 ____ ____

406304

119649~
406989

DO NOT USE
OHMETERTO
CHECK FOR
CONTINUITY

~
406300

@

\
71073
93117\
1156
\
~--u...y:::;u....

--~

430341

1
1.\1
-1---1
--

1

I

I

I

W

r-

'
:

I

1

1
I
II

1
l

430341

I....

I

i
-406298

.... ~

£----452976

I

I

I

I

!
I

,1
I

,
I

I

I

Ref
346963.

Note: 406302 (Early Design)
contains the 406300 base. and the
406990 (Late Design) contains
400989 assembly.

,f
I

}
430342(4)

Fig. 5-406302 and 406990 Magnetic Stripe Reader Assemblies

Page 21

SECTION 582-311-700

401143

-Dunngl'easse!ll. b1y;--apply-gream-

A

341449

Fig. 6-Left Side Frame Mechanism

Page 22

(143484 - Mobil #2, lIb can;
145867 - Mobil #2,4 oz tube)
to slotted hole in side plate.

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700

,

'i

I

401136

During reassembly, apply grease

(143484 - Mobil #2, lib can;
145867 - Mobil #2,4 oz tube)
to slotted hole in side plate.
Fig. 7-Right Side Frame Mechanism

Page 23

SECTION 582-311-700

LEFT SIDE
FRAME

\

184067 ~ *454205

,//

/~/

~/

~

/

/

fi

a

~

KEY
(Two are provided)

\

347302

*Early kits may have
346983 lock instead
of 454205 lock.

Fig, 8-347300 Keyed Locking Device Modification Kit

Page 24

ISS 1, SECTION 682-311-700

I

I J J JJ J

.1

il

146409 SPACER

-- 7

I

*

II]

INDICATOR

ASCII ONLY

4

8

9

5

6

BLOCKING
KEYTOP

I

BLANK
KEY TOP

45K301/GAA KEYTOP LAYOUT (EBCDIC)
PART NO.
340701
340714
*340767
340778
340818
340821
340822
340823
340824
340825
340826t
340827
340828
340829
340830
340831
340835
340849
340850
340861
340862
340863
340865
340866
340867
340875
340876
340877
340879
340880
34088.1
340882
340888
340889t
340890t
340894
340898
340907

KEYTOP
DESCRIPTION
BLOCKING (CONTROL)
BLOCKING (DATA)
NEWLINE
(SPACE)
HOME
!
1
@

2

:#
$

3
4
5
6
7

%
A

&

8'

*

9
0

(
)

-

CURSRRETRN
LINEINSRT

l'

..:

;

LINEDLETE
E~

<
>
?

SHIFT

J,

,
I

CONTROL
CHARINSRT
CHARDLETE
TAB

I

[

+
=

CAPS LOCK
CURSOR TAB
BACK TAB

PART NO.

KEYTOP
DESCRIPTION

340908
340910
340911
340988
340992
340993
340994
340995
340996
340997
340998
340999
341000
341001
341002
341004
341005
341006
341007

ERASE INPUT
A
R/TST
L/TST
S
REPT ,

8fiOO&

H

341009
341010
341011
341012
341013
341014
341015
341016
341017
341027
341028
341029
346102
346103
346105
346114
346143
346144

-

Q
W

E
R
T

Y
U
I
0
1
I

P
D
F
G

\

{
Z
X

C
V

B

N

6

4

r

+

--.

KEYTOP
DESCRIPTION

346145
346146
346147
346148
34.6149
34615.0
346151
846152
346153
346154
3.46155
346156
346456
346558
346559
346560
346561
346562
346563

PF1
PF2.
PF3
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
PF8
PF9
PFIO
PFll
PF12
FIELD MARK

34,65.64

K
L

}

PART NO.

=

LOCAL
SIR

PRINT LOCAL
CLEAR
PAl
PA2

346565
346566
346567
346568
346569
346570
346574
346582
346583
346586
346862
347032
347033
347034
347035
347036
347037

M
J

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8

9

o (ZERO)

CURSRLEFT

ENTER SIR
CAPS LOCK
1
*
CURSRTAB
ENTER SIR
DUP
BACK TAB

*The 340764 compression spring between the 340767 key top and the keyswitch housing must be ordered separately.
tASCII only.
Fig. 9-Keytop Identification

SECTION 582-311-700

IC IC IC IC I C I C I C I C IC I C I C I C I C I C I C I C I c HI

POS
A
B
C
TST

I I c Ic I c I c I I

A Ic

346291 3

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

KEYSWrrCH
PUSH ROD
NO.
TYPES COLOR
340720
Basic
White
340721
Repeat
Green
346359
Indicator
Orange
346235
Lamp
None

Ref NEW LINE
KEYTOP

340767

~3/16"

-A...~

340~~
~'

3/8"

340762

lli

346982

~

"""f)

m
lJj

jc:n

\

346291

341088

/

346302(2)

III

\~

111111
I I 1\ I I
346982 346302
346303(2)

~

IJ.J

'9/16"

346982

~~3/8"
~

-A...'«

3)8"

t!:1

346301(5)

~3/16"
"'"

Fig. 11-410097 Circuit Card Keyswitch Channel Spacers

Page 26

'I

ISS 1, SECTION 582-311-700

I

NUMERICAL INDEX

Note:
Part
Number
1156
2191
3598
3640
71073
93117
107116
119649
125011
125258
151151
151152
151354
151722
153819
158316
170282
181241
181242
184056
184067
186582
198670
320415
336810
340701
340714
340720
340721
340730
340733
340734
340735
340762
340764
340767
340769
340770
340777
340778
340818
340821
thru
340831
340835

When ordering parts prefix each number with the letters "TP" unless specified otherwise.
Description and
Page Number
Screw 2·56 x 9/16 Fil 21
Lockwasher 18, 22, 23
Nut, 6·40 Hex 18, 23
Lockwasher 18, 20
Washer, Flat 21
Lockwasher 21
Lockwasher 20
Ring, Retaining 22, 23
Washer, Flat 18
Spring 22, 23
Cam sleeve 20
Screw, 440 x 3/16 Hex 18
Screw, 2-56 x 15/32 Fil
24
Screw, 640 x 3/16 Hex 20
Lockwasher 24
Plate, Nut 21
Nut, 6-40 Hex 22, 23
Screw w/Lockwasher, 640 x
1/4 Hex 18, 19, 20
Screw w/Lockwasher, 640 x
5/16 Hex 20
Screw w/Lockwasher, 640 x
1/4 Hex 20, 22, 23
Screw w/Lockwasher, 4-40 x
5/16 Hex 24
Washer, Flat 24
Screw w/Lockwasher, 6-40 x
5/16 Hex 19, 23
Terminal, Ring Type 21
Plate, Identification 18
Key top 25
Key top 25, 26
Keyswitch 26
Keyswitch 26
Channel 18
Channel 18
Channel 18
Channel 18
Housing 26
Spring, Compression 26
Key top 25, 26
Bail, Wire 18
Guide 18, 26
Bumper 18
Key top 25
Key top 25
Key top 25
Key top 25

Part
Number
340849
340850
340861
340862
340863
340865
340866
340867
340875
340876
340877
340879
thru
340882
340888
340889
340890
340894
340898
340907
340908
340910
340911
340988
340992
thru
341002
341004
thru
341017
341027
3'llU28
341029
341069
341088
341449
346102
346103
346105
346114
346143
thru
346156
346234
346235
346244
346255
346291
346293
346301

Description and
Page Number
Key top
Key top
Key top
Keytop
Key top
Key top
Key top
Key top
Key top
Key top
Key top

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Part
Number

346302
346303
346359
346370
346386
346409
346410
346456
346558
thru
346570
346574
346582
Keytop 25
346583
Key top 25
346586
Key top 25
346698
Keytop 25
346699
Key top 25
346708
Key top 25
346862
Keytop 25
346955
Key top 25
346956
Key top 25
346957
Key top 25
346958
Key top 25
346961
346962
346963
Key top 25
346964
346965
346967
Key top 25
346972
Key top 25
346975
l{eyt6p25
340976
Key top 25
346977
Spring Leaf 18
346982
Indicator Assembly, Test 346985
18,26
346986
Bumper, Rubber 22, 23 347000
Keytop 25
347032
Key top 25
347033
Key top 25
347034
Keytop 25
347035
347036
347037
Key top 25
347294
Cap 18
347302
Housing 18, 26
347303
Label 18
347304
Knob 18
347309
Spacer 26
347330
Spacer 26
4'00574
Spacer 26
401136
401138

Description and
Page Number
Spacer 26
Spacer 26
Keyswitch 26
Crystal Assembly 18
Support 18
Spacer 25
Label, Warning 18
Keytop 25
Key top 25
Keytop 25
Key top 25
Keytop 25
Key top 25
Frame 18, 20
Frame 18, 23
Plate, Identification 18
Keytop 25
Rail, Front 18, 20
Rail,Rear 18,19,20
Frame 18
Pan 19
Bracket, Left 20,21,22
Bracket, Right 20
Plate 20, 21, 22
Cover 18
Cover 18
Panel, Left 20
Plug 18
Shield 18
Mask 25
Cable assembly 21
Spacer 26
Actuator 24
Insulator 24
Cover 18
Key top 25
Key top 25
Key top 25
Key top 25
Key top 25
Key top 25
Guide 18,23
Cam 24
Bracket 24
Switch assembly 24
Cover 19
Bracket 19
Terminal 20
Plate, Spring 22, 23
Bracket 19, 23

Page 27

SECTION 582-311-700

Part
Number
401139
401140
401141
401142
401143
401144
401145
401146
406294
406295

Page 28
28 Pages

Description and
Page Number
Post, Spring 22, 23
Plate 23
Latch, Left Plate 22
Latch, Right Plate 23
Screw, 6-40 x 11/32
Shoulder 22, 23
Spring 22, 23
Latch, Left Cover 22
Latch, Right Cover 23
Switch, Actuating 21
Head lII/Cable, Magnetic
21

Part
~um'ber

406296
406297
406298
406299
406300
406301
406303
406304
406317
407309
410098

Description and
Page ~Ulnber
Pad 21
Spring 21
Spring 21
Cover, Right 21
Base 21
Cover, Left 21
Card, Test 21
Head Assembly, Magnetic
21
Pad 21
Terminal 21
Card, Circuit 21

Part
~umber

430341
430342
452976
453952
453953
453954
453956
453959
454205

Description and
Pa9'l number
Screw, Self-Tapping
21
Screw, Self-Tapping
21
Screw, Self-Tapping
21
Plate, Rear Cover 19
Bracket 19, 20
Bracket, Filter 20
Cable Assembly 18
Fastener 19
Lock 24

SECTION 582-312-400
Issue 2, June 1980

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&T Co Standard
"DATASPEED*" 4500 CABINET
WIRING
CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL.................

1

2.

TESTING..................

1

Whenever a check fails, refer to schematic
diagrams to troubleshoot for point-topoint wiring information and refer to Section
582-312-700 for Disassembly, Reassembly and
Parts information.

1

Note:

A.
B.
C.
D.

3.

Power Cord ............
Interlock Switch ........
SSI Cable Assembly ......
Switches and Lamps .....

.
.
.
.

When ordering replaceable components,
unless otherwise specified, prefix each part number with the letters "TP" (ie, TP410055).
2.

TESTING

3

A.

Power Cord

CABLE ROUTING .......... .

4

2.01

ACTUAL WIRING .......... .

6

SCHEMATIC WIRING
DIAGRAMS ............... .

4.
5.
1.

2
2
2

1.04

Check continuity between power cord plug
grounding pin and cabinet or chassis
ground connection (Fig. 1). The resistance reading should be essentially zero ohms with YOM
RX1 range.

GENERAL
POWER CORD

1.01

This section provides actual and schematic
wiring diagrams for DAT ASPEED 4500
cabinets, hereafter referred to as 4500 type.
1.02

This section is reissued to include actual
wiring information. This is a general revision, therefore, marginal arrows have been omitted.
1.03

Testing of the cabinets consists primarily
of making certain voltage and continuity
checks using a volt-ohm-milliammeter (VOM)
switched to appropriate range.

(LS) BK
(GS)

GROUNDING
PIN

w
CHASSIS
GROUND
CONNECTION

Fig. 1

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1973, 1975, 1976, 1978 and 1979 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Pagel

SECTION 582-312-400
B.

Interlock Switch

C.

2.02

The interlock switch has a three-position
activator (Fig. 2). Check for continuity at
P114 connector terminals 6 to 7 and 3 to 5 when
the activator is lifted to its No.1 position (maintenance) and held down (audible click) in its No.
3 position. (Fig 3).

SSI Cable Assembly

2.03

The printer signal connector (SSI) is
mounted on a bracket inside the cabinet
(Fig. 3). Check for continuity of the SSI cable at
J115 connector terminals 12 to 13 and 14 to 15.

AC POWER
CONNECTOR

CABINET
CONTROLS
CONNECTOR
PRINTER SIGNAl.
CONNECTOR

(SSI)

TERMINAL

12

TERMINAL

15

Fig. 3

D.

Switches and Lamp

2.04

Check for continuity of paper advance
switch at P114 connector terminals 3 to
4 when switch is depressed (Fig. 3).

INTERLOCK
SWITCH

Fig. 2

Page 2

2.05

Check for continuity of lamp in the paper
switch at P114 connector terminals 1 to 2
(Fig. 3).

· ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-400
3.

SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAM

ITO-I

mi-I
SSI

I/O

lTC-I

iTC-1

MOTOR ON
MOTOR ON RELAY

SIG. GRD.

""PER OUT - PAPER ~AM

-24V
fORMS CONTACT
FORM OR PAPER AOV.

452&10

A.C-··OISTRIBUTION
ASSEMILY

452824
CABLE

.0.'

Fig. 4-4500 Type Tractor Feed Cabinet

Page 3

SECTION 582-312-400
4.

CABLE ROUTING

FAN

PAPER AGITATOR ASSEMBLY
(Mayor may not be in cabinet.)
(Early Design)

PART OF
452624 CABLE
ASSEMBLY

407075 SSI ASSEMBLY
(Refer to Page 5.)

121244
CABLE CLAMP

(Part of 452610 ac power
distribution assembly.)
121245
CABLE CLAMP
(2 Required Underside)
452624 AC
CABLE ASSEMBLY
PART OF 452620
CABLE ASSEMBLY
452610 AC POWER
DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY

Fig. 5-4500 Type Tractor Feet! Cabinet

Page 4

PAPER AND FORM
ADVANCE SWITCH
ASSEMBLY

ISS. 2, SECTION 582-312-49Q
4.

CABLE ROUTING (Cont)
ACPOWER
CONNECTOR
CABINET
CONTROLS
CONNECTOR
452692 GROUND STRAP

PRINTER
SIGNAL
CONNECTOR

(Lower Left Rear
Corner of Cabinet)

452692 GROUND STRAP

(Lower Left Front
Corner of Cabinet)

BASKET
GUIDE
RAIL

452693 GROUND STRAP
ACKPANEL
452694 GROUND STRAP
(Used only if paper
basket is present.)

121245
CABLE
CLAMP

4'

POWER CORD
(Part of 452610 ac
distribution assembly.)
SSI CONNECTOR

PART OF 452620
CABLE ASSEMBLY
GROUND SCREW
(Within 407075 Assembly)

(Viewed From Underside
of Cabinet)

Fig. 6-4500 Type Tractor Feed Cabinet
Page 5

SECTION 582-312-400
5.

ACTUAL WIRING

~01623
CO~~ECTOR

(

I

1

401150
CONNECTOR

,.-,

R

,-,

II

(21
( 3 1
(41

G

12(
12-.(

W-S

14(

1

W-o

15

(

5

y

(61
7

(

8 :

(

9

<

16(

0

1

(

W-BL

,Jr----------------S~I-EBL~
l}

I

7 (

I

8 (

--~

~

~

IJISPLA Y
E~IJ

GROUND SCREW
ON KEYBOARD BASE

:;:17,,~I;

KEYH(JAHIJ

E."»

1 FT, 1 INCII LC

:~:S7k~fj

Fig. 7-347306 Keyboard Base Cable Assembly (45BSE301)
Page 6

(

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-400

5.

ACTUAL WIRING (Cont)
3419~7

341978

cONNEcrrOR

CONNECTOR

1

I

OUTER SHIELD
BR
R

iii

o
i

y
G

INNER SHIELD

~

11

I I I I

12

(

15

:: ::

(

17
20 I

(

DATASET
END

~

22 I

(

23 I

(

25 I

iI

I I

I I I I

::::
I I

II

u )

p

S
W-G

12

BK

15

W-BR
W-R
WOO

17

<
<

23

<

W-y

BL

25

~

<

CONTROLLER
END

406043

~

(
341973 (16)

341978
-----

PART NUMBER

408065
408066
408067
408068

Fig.8-Data Set Extension Cable Assemblies

LENGTH

7 Feet
12 Feet
25 Feet
50 Feet

Page 7
7 Pages

BELL SYSTEM PRACTICES
AT&TCo Standard

SECTION 582-312-700
Issue 2, January 1982

"DATASPEED*" 4500 CABINETS, TABLES, AND FACILITIES
DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBLY, PARTS, AND ADJUSTMENTS
CONTENTS

PAGE

1.

GENERAL ....................

1

2.

UNIT IDENTIFICATION .........

1

Some mechanical adjustment procedures
in this section require removing an assembly, part or component with no further disassembly required. Read all adjustment notes thoroughly
before performing the necessary procedure.

3.

DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBL Y....

3

1.07

TABLES ......................

3

CABINETS ....................

5

Unless specifically stated, make screws or
nuts friction tight to make an adjustment.
Tighten them securely once the adjustment has
been made.

4.

PARTS IDENTIFICATION ........

6

1.08

5.

ADJUSTMENTS/LUBRICATION ...

23

Clean the cabinet after servicing. When
cleaning the cabinet use a mild detergent, rinse with damp cloth and buff dry.

6.

NUMERICAL INDEX ............

25

1.09

1.

GENERAL

1.01

This section provides the disassembly/
reassembly, parts, adjustments/lubrication
for DATASPEED* 4500 cabinets, tables (here
after referred to as 4500-type) and facilities shown
in 2. UNIT IDENTIFICATION.
1.02

This section is reissued to incorporate the
latest engineering changes available at this
time. Because this is a general revision, marginal
arrows have been omitted.

1.06

When ordering replaceable parts or components, unless otherwise specified, prefix each part number with the letters "TP" (ie,
TP410055).
2.

UNIT IDENTIFICATION

2.01

All the units covered in this section are
listed and shown in 2.02 through 2.03.

2.02

Tables

1.03

This section includes the procedures for
removing and replacing the principle
components of the 4500-type cabinets, tables
and facilities. If further removal of parts is
required, refer to the appropriate illustrated
parts figure which shows detailed arrangements
of parts.
1.04

References to left, right, front and rear,
etc, refer to the cabinet or assembly as
viewed in its normal operating position facing
forward.
1.05

Refer to Maintenance Tools Section
570-005-800 for a complete listing of the
various types of hand tools available for maintenance of Teletype Corporation equipment.

• 45CAB501/ AAA - Provisions to mount opcon
and monitor base (free standing) will not facilitate 45CAB401 controller cabinet. Table is 36
inches wide, 22 inches deep, and 30 inches high.
Table weight approximately 100 pounds.

*Registered Trademark of AT&TCo.
Prepared for American Telephone and Telegraph Company by Teletype Corporation
©1980 by Teletype Corporation
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

.Page 1

SECTION

582·a12~700

• 45CAB502/AAA - Provisions to mount opcon
and monitor base (free standing), will facilitate
45CAB401 controller cabinet. Table is 45
inches wide, 22 inches deep, and 30 inches high.
Table weight approximately 110 pounds.

.454120 Cabinet Assembly - Houses table top
character printer. Cabinet is seven inches high,
with printer it is 10 inches high. Cabinet is
24-3/4 inches wide, 16 inches deep. Cabinet
weight is approximately 12 pounds, with printer
42 pounds.

• 45CAB50a/AAA - Houses 45C340 type controller mounted in a 45CAB401 cabinet. Table
is 20 inches wide, 22 inches deep, and 30 inches
high. Table weight is approximately 80 pounds.
2.03

Cabinets

• 40CAB401/AAA - Houses 45C340 type controller. Cabinet is 17 .inches wide, 19 inches
deep, and 28 inches high. Cabinet weight is
approximately 50 pounds.

• 45CAB701/AAAand45CAB702/AAA-Houses
line printer. Cabinet is 30 inches wide, 22
inches deep, and 42 inches high. Cabinet weight
approximately 160 pounds.
2.04

Keyboard Base

• 45BSE301- Base for 45K301 keyboard, 24-1/2
inches wide, 3/4 inch deep, and 3-3/4 inches
high. Weight is approximately 2 pounds.

Page

2

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700
3_

DISASSEMBLY /REASSEMBL Y

TABLES
3.01

Tables (45CAB500 Series)

Note: Refer to the following steps and illustrations for suggested assembly procedure, for disassembly,
reverse procedure.
-Instructions for assembly 4540 tables, 40CAB501/AAA (36 inches), 45CAB502/AAA (45 inches),
and 45CAB503/AAA (20 inches wide.).
451431- 42-1/4"
451432 - 33-1/4"
451433 - 17-1/4"

Note: There will be six holes located
here on 451431 and 451432 tops;
none on 451433 top.

TOP

451385 (45CAB501 and 502)
451382 (45CAB503)

LEG (Right)

GSlide in nameplates
using dowel pins,
mate the legs and
top.

451381
LEG
(Left)

0Mount the top to the legs using
four 451461 screws and four
451464 washers. Turn screws
with fingers as far as possible.
Tighten with 7/16 inch wrench.

TABLE
CODE

NAMEPLATE
FRONT AND REAR

45CAB501
45CAB502
45CAB503

451151
451150
451152

Page 3

SECTION 582-312-700
0Turn table upside down.
CUT-OUT

@ Drop in the rear skirt and
tighten screws using 7/16
inch wrench. (Note position of cut-out.)

4

Partially install four
451462 screws; two
on each leg.
REAR SKIRT
452585 - 42-3/16"
452586 - 33-3/16"
452589 -17-3/16"

452655(45CAB501) - CODE PLATE
52656( 45CAB502) - CODE PLATE
452657( 45CAB503) - CODE PLATE

-45CAB501/AAA and 45CAB502/AAA Tables (Only)

o Mount controller guide.

@ Mount keyboard brackets to bridging bracket.
Note which keyboard is being used, mount to
table.

Position for mounting

401239 SCREW

I', )

wide keyboard. (45K301) _,

451463
CONTROLLER GUIDE
(45CAB502/AAA Only)

',~
'~_'

U--451462 SCREW

452592
BRIDGING
BRACKET

I

I

-

1

452591
KEYBOARD

_.,. _.J.. -@V'-rIBRACKET(R)

i4;

~

452590/
KEYBOARD
BRACKET(L)

I •

--

Note: Left leg and skirt not
shown for clarity of assembly.

®Turn table upright and set in location to be used. If necessary, stabilize table by turning leg levelers not
reaching the floor. Size of wrench required is 9/16 inch.
Page 4

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700

®Mount three 341711 cable clamps and a 182531 clip in approximately the positions shown.

Note: If necessary, stabilize table by
turning leg leverers not reaching the floor.
Size of wrench required is 9/16 inch.

182531 CLIP

CABINETS
3.03

45CAB701 Auxiliary Line Printer Cabinet.

• To remove cover window

0) Remove two nuts to remove paper deflector.

o Remove thirteen nuts and two clamps. Remove window.

• To remove lower door window.

0) Pry off four clips, remove window.

Page 5

SECTION 582-212-700
4.

PARTS IDENTIFICATION

4.01

The following list contains the figure and page number of all the part illustrations.
FIGURE

1

2
3
4
5
6
7

8
9
10
11

Page '6

CONTENT

PAGE

45CAB70l/AAA and 45CAB702/AAA 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets ..... . 17-12
452610 AC Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
407075 SSI Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ',' ..........•......
14
452620 Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
452624 Cable Assembly . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Foam Pad Location for 45CAB70 1/AAA and 45CAB702/AAA Cabinets ............ .
16
45CAB401/AAA Controller Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
45BSE301 Stand Alone Keyboard Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
346730 OEM Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
454120 Cabinet for Table Top Character Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21
Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700

,1

452628~

r-

~

~r 'T

7~/r1

I

401582

452633
.______401582

•! ________

452628

~

~
________--452695

i

452640

i /

I
I

I

452629

./

I

I

IL---- _---

--""

----452601

r-7
:
I

452629

I
I
I

I,
~,_",\

v-

/

118617

"

__ ..J

~

(Ref 452600)

Fig. 1-45CAB701/AAA and 45CAB702/AAA 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets

Page 7

ISS 2, SECTION 682-312-700

401582

\

o
o
o

341449

Fig, 1-45CAB701lAAA and 45CAB702lAAA 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets (Contd)

Page 8

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700

185871

- - R e f 452601.

Fig. 1-45CAB701lAAA and 45CAB702/AAA 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets (Contd)

Page 9

SECTION 582"312-700

451462

;"
I

I

451383 (45CAB701)

I

I
I.

451386 (4\'02)

I
I

Ii!

I

_____ 452603
'-,,,-

451384 (45CAB70l)
451387 (45CAB702)

I '
I

I
I
I

I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I

t,

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I
I

I

.or"

l..,

452639

~ ~ ........
~

I

!':'-"...
I
I

I

"
..............

;
I

I
I

I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I

,,
,
I

I

"

I

..

~----iI 451372--Q
'
I

451462
Ref 452604
Late Design Door Mounting

J!.

/
451376

--!--

i

................. , ..... ....

--- ....
....,

'.

I

_-----1
L----- 451376--1

Fig. 1-A5CAB701lAAA and 45CAB702/AAA 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets (Contd)

Page 10

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700

I

I

452605

7

~--

452651

L~-:;;-~~;;;--;;~~63~45

~,

/'

452690

452692

~

"

r-

"

:,,~
I
I

I

I

"

hi

.J _ :

'-.I,

'~'~/

452608

452691

"'I
I
I
I

452637

l-----

Fig. 1-45CAB701/AAA and 45CAB702/AAA 132·Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets (Contd)

Paie 11

SECTION 582-312-700

*452660

.!io_ 71646
I

I

~_121243
I

I

,--71646
I

*185871

~I
1-.

I

~-121245
I
I
I

I

-.J

! (:-I

'"
~

*452694

I

I

I

Ref. 452603

l .............

*Indicates optional parts

Fig. 1-45CAB701/AAA and 45CAB702/AAA 132-Column Tractor Feed Printer Cabinets (Contd)

Page 12

ISS 2 , SECTION58 2-312-700

"

"

!-----©
I
I

I
~--107116
I
8_2658

(DPart of 407093 Cord Assembly.

Fig. 2-452610 AC SWItch
. Assembly

Page 13

SECTION 582-312-700

-

71_

~----I

151631
2191
7002

400574

/

403845

./

\

155594

(j) Not part 0 f407075.
Fig.
. 3- 407075 SSI Bracket Assembly

Page 14

ISS 2, SECTION 582·312·700

341647-

I;
341691
321213

~
452621

3
Supplied

123

_-----~~!!ii!i

----~-~----~
CD 333588
CD Not Part of 452620 Cable Assembly.
Fig. 4-452620 Cable Assembly

405045

~
"'-405045

&'\

.--182726

~

402416
Fig. 5-452624 Cable Assembly

Page 15

SECTION 582-312-700

452681

-452684 (45CAB701)
452759 (45CAB702)

Fig. 6-Foam Pad Location for 45CAB701/AM and 45CAB702/AM Cabinets

Page 16

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700

________ (Ref Cabinet)

451371

~

/

451379

Fig. 7-45CAB401/AAA Controller Cabinet

Page 17

SECTION 582-312-700

151631
/
2191
/346329
,~

347308

~/

" ,

"

,,

151631
\ 7002

~

/

~

,

"

'1

I

107116

I

~,/

I

l..

~ ~ 'CJ},""

" . .,,

~I

.....

..... ,

347306

"
, ..... '" ,
.....

..... .....

,"

.....

"

,,

...

....

(See Below for

Components)

401718

\

~

\

-- --

W/ 337826

<'?:.
....

I

.....

~.

....~
347311

\

347310

306334

401150

401623

\

~

341647
=lF6RING
TERM{NAL

~a........

/'

401718

\

I

337826

Fig. b-45BSE301 Standalone Keyboard Base

PagelS

\

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700
NOTE: Mounts in the same position as 407075 SSI bracket assembly. Some early design 45CAB701 cabinets did not
have the large cut-out to accommodate the 346730 OEM filter assembly.

I

:

---$

L----

~-(2)346727

8~3640

301466/
(2) Part of 410086 Circuit
Card Assemblv

Fig. 9-346730 OEM Filter Assembly

Page 19

SECTION 582-312-700

430177

/

401239
~__

'If _83497

454140

453264

~

r---_J

I

---/~~----454115
//

I

I
I
I

I

I

<-~

\

i

401239---

I

~-I----'''=~
(0454155----C?
__
(0454156~

I
/~

~~

/'1

,

I

_____ 83497

+-

8
124612-

(Ref 454110
Pan)

454124-----g

'ij'

3646

~

~156887

r--45815
:
~-J

454123"
. "i\

\

~~======~============~C)~
'-

~

,

~-

(Ref Pan)

~-125228
I

~---454116

454117-

=
(0 Not Part of 454120.
. 10-454120 Cabinet for Table Top
Fig.
Character Printer

Page 20

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700

98642
/

//454119

0454133

;

~/

(Ref
454109)

/

(Ref 454110)

G)Not Part of 454120.
Top
b' et for Table
Fig, 10-4 54120Ca
P, m
ter (Contd)
Character nn

Page 21

SECTION 582"312·700

REAR
NUMBER

FRONT VIEW 40CAB70l/AAA AND
45CAB702/AAA CABINETS

45CAB500 SERIES TABLES

TABLE
CODE

FRONT AND
REAR NO.

45CAB501/AAA

451151

CABINET
CODE

FRONT
NO.

REAR
NO.

45CAB502/AAA

451150

45CAB70l/AAA
45CAB702/AAA

451154

451153

45CAB503/AAA

451152

454120 CABINET ASSEMBLY
NAMEPLATE
LOCATION

NAMEPLATE NO.
454634

45BSE STANDALONE KEYBOARD BASE

Fig. 11-Nameplates

Page 22

BASE
CODE

NAMEPLATE
NO.

45BSE301

454013

ISS 2, SECTION 582-oH-IUU

5.

ADJUSTMENT/LUBRICATION

COVER SUPPORT LATCH SPRING TENSION ADJUSTMENT
Requirement
Cover fully opened it should take
15 to 23 ounces
to start the latch moving forward when pulling from front of tab.
If requirement is not met, replace spring.

Page 23

.-

lSJ!jCTION 582-312-700
INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
Requirement
With the Cabinet closed and the ac power switch on, the interlock
switch should be activated to turn power on to the printer.
To Adjust
Loosen two nuts that hold the interlock switch bracket to the
cabinet. Slide bracket forward to its farthest position. Tighten nuts.

ADJUSTING
NUTS

INTERLOCK
SWITCH
BRACKET

)age 24

ISS 2, SECTION 582-312-700
6.

NUMERICAL INDEX

Note:
Part
Number
1028
1178
2191
2422
2658
2669
3598
3606
3640
3646
6345
7002
33828
45815
71073
71646
83497
92527
98642
98730
103305
104451
107116
112626
118617
119654
121243
121244
121245
124612
125015
125130
125228
125229
128360
151383
151631
151658

When ordering parts prefix each number with the letters "TP" unless specified otherwise.
Description and
Page Number
Screw, 4-40 x 1/4 Fil
7
Screw, 2·56 x 7/16 Fil
8
Lockwasher 9,14,18
Lockwasher 8
Nut, 6·32 Hex 13
Lockwasher 9
Nut, 6-40 Hex 9
Nu t, 6-40 Hex 7
Lockwasher 7,14,19
Lockwasher 20
Nut, 6·32 Hex 11
Washer, Flat 7,14,18
Spring 9
Lockwasher 20
Washer, Flat 8
Nut, 6·32 Hex 9,12
Washer, Flat 20
Lockwasher 8
Lockwasher 21
Screw, 6·32 x 1·1/4 Rd
9
Washer, Flat 21
Lockwasher 11
Lockwasher 13,18,19
Nut, 10·32 Hex 17
Screw, 6·32 Self·Tapping
7,9
Ring, Retaining 11
Clamp, 3/16 ID Cable
12
Clamp, 1/4 ID Cable
8
Clamp, 5/16 ID Cable
8,12
Screw, 8·32 x 3/8 Hex
20
Washer, Flat 7
Screw, 6·32 x 1/2 Fil
7
Nut, 10·32 Square 20,
21
Nut, 6·32 Hex 19
Ring, Retaining 9
Tool, Keylever Remover
10
Screw, 6-40 x 5/16 Hex
14,17,18
Screw, 6-40 x 5/16 Fil
7

Part
Number
152890
153441
153806
153841
155594
156887
181042
181242
182726
184059
185871
192557
194911
301466
304188
306334
320418
321213
325287
326023
327954
327955
328633
331269
333588
335123
336334
337826
341449
341647
341648
341649

Description and
Page Number
Washer, Flat 9
Screw, 10·32 x 7/16
Hex 17
Spring 9
Screw, 6-40 x 9/16 Hex
9
Screw, 4-40 Shoulder
14
Screw, 10·32 x 9/16
Hex 20
Tip, Rubber 17
Screw w/Lockwasher
6-40 x 5/16 Hex 8
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 15
Screw w/Lockwasher
6-40 x 1/2 Hex 12
Screw w/Lockwasher
8·32 x 3/8 Hex 9,10,
12
Grommet, Rubber 9
Lockwasher 17
Screw, 4-40 Spl 19
Clamp 17
Screw, 6-40 Shoulder
18
Terminal, Ring Type
13,14
Resistor 15
Nut w/Lockwasher
10·32 Hex 9
Screw, 4-40 x 9/32 Hex
14
Retainer, Split Ring
17
Nut, Speed 17
Clamp, Cable 7
Screw, 6·32 Self·Tapping
8
Lamp, 28V Miniature
8,15
Switch, Pushbutton 15
Collar 18
Screw, 1/2" Pan Hd 18
Bumper, Rubber 8
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 15,18
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 14
Connector, 15Pt Plug
14

Part
Number
341691
341704
341705
346329
346727
346730
346742
347306
347307
347308
347310
347311
400574
401132
401150
401190
401195
401203
401223
401239
401582
401623
401718
402416
402449
403701
403785
403800
403801
403830
403835
403844
403845
403846
403847
403848
403849
403850
405038

Description and
Page Number
Connector, 15 Pt
Receptacle 15
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 18
Terminal, Plug Type
18
Clamp 18
Plate 19
Filter Assembly 6,8,19
Cover, Insulating 19
Cable Assembly 18
Plate 18
Cover 18
Pad 18
Stop 18
Terminal, Plug Type
14
Louver 17
Connector, 9 Pt
Receptacle 18
Screw, 6·40 Shoulder
17
Clip 19
Bumper 21
Screw, 10·32 Shoulder
21
Screw, 8·18 Spll0,20
Nut, w/Lockwasher,
8·32 Hex 7,8,9,12
Cable Assembly 18
Relief, Strain 18
Connector, 2 Pt Plug
15
Bushing 14
Terminal, Push·On 13
Blower 9
Button 8
Button 8
Cable Assembly 14
Switch 15
Spring, Compression
8
Bracket 14
Cover 14
Spacer 8
Spring, Actuator 8
Lever, Actuating 8
Bracket 8
Connector, 6 Pt Plug
15

Page 25

SECTION 582-312-700
Part
Number

405045
405046
406216
406219
406220
406221
406222
407052
407053
407075

Description and
Page Number
Terminal, Receptacle
Type 15
Terminal, Pluq Type 15
Post 9
Latch 9
Bracket, Connector 9,14
Channel, Right 9
Channel, Left 9
Plate 11
Plate 17
Input Assembly Signal 6,

8,14,19
407088
407093
407141
410056
410086
410626
430177
430732
451150
451151
451152
451153
451154
451371
451372
451373
451374
451376
451379
451383
451384
451386
451387
451462
452595
462600
452601
452602
452603
452604

Page 26
26 Pages

Switch 13
Cord Assembly 13
Post 9
Card, Circuit 14
Card, Cireui t 19
Card, Circuit 13
Button Actuator 20
Switch 9
Trim, 42-3/16" Lg
Decorative 22
Trim, 33-3/16" Lg
Decorative 22
Trim, 17-3/16" Lg
Decorative 22
Trim, 27-13/32" Lg
Decorative 22
Trim, 27-5/32 Lg
Decorative 22
Panel, Front 17
Grommet 10,17
Grommet 17
Grommet 17
Leg 10,17
Fastener 17
Leg, Left 10
Leg, Right 10
Leg, Left 10
Leg, Right 10
Screw, 1/4-20 Spl 10,11
Keeper, Cable 17
Cabinet 7
Cover 7,9
Door 11
Panel, Back 10,12
Shelf Bottom 10,12

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

Part
Number

Description and
Page Number

452605
452606
452607
452608
452609
452610
452611
452612
452613
452618
452619
452620
452621
452622
452624
452625
452627
452628
452629
452633
452637
452639
452640
452641
452651
452652
452653
452654
452658
452659
452660
452661
452662
452663
452664
452669
452670
452671
452672
452673
452674
452675
452676
452677
452678
452679
452680

Shelf, Paper 11
Guide, Paper 7
Chute, Paper 11
Window 11
Bracket, Hinge 10,11
Switch Assembly 6,8,13
Housing w/Studs 13
Insulator 13
Plate, Top 13
Duct, Blower 9
Bracket 9
Cable Assembly 6,8,15
Bracket, Switch 15
Bracket 8
Cable Assembly 6,15
Seal, Door 16
Clamp, Hinge 7
Clamp, Window 7
Nut, Speed 7
Window, Top 7
Pin, Lower Hinge 11
Bracket, Latch 10
Trim, 27-13/64" Cabinet 7
Trim, 27-13/64" Cabinet 7
Gasket, Seal 11
Strip w/Screws 11
Strip, Seal 7
Label, Warning 8
Bezel, Switch 8
Bezel 8
Basket, Paper Storing 12
Rail 12
Spring 12
Deflector Paper 7
Seal, Left Door 16
Clamp 7
Label, Warning 17
Pad, Front Cover 16
Pad, Side Cover 16
Pad, Left Seal 16
Pad, Righ t Seal 16
Pad, Top Cover 16
Pad, Lid Seal 16
Pad, Cabinet 16
Pad, Shelf 16
Pad, Left Cabinet 16
Pad, Rear Base 16

452681
452682
452683
452684
452685
452686
452687
452688
452689
452690
452691
452692

Pad, Top Door 16
Pad, Lower Door 16
Pad, Left 16
Pad, Right 16
Pad, Gasket 16
Pad, Righ t 16
Pad, Side 16
Pad·, Bottom 16
Pad, Rear 16
Latch, Slide 11
Clip 11
Strap, Braided Ground 7,

452693
452694
452695
452696
452697
452698
452699
452716
452719
452742
452748
452749
452758
452759
453236
453264
453348
454013
454109
454110
454115
454H6
454117
454119
454120
454123
454124
454133
454134
454140
454155
454156
454634

Strap, 26" Lg Ground 11
Strap, 48" Lg Ground 12
Gasket, Window 7
Arm, Support 9
Latch 9
Bracket, Latch 9
Pad, Right Side Cover 16
Pad 16
Screw, 10-32 Shoulder 9
Bracket, Hinge 10
Clamp 7
Clamp 7
Pad, Left 16
Pad, Right 16
Scale 20
Mount, Vibration 20
Hinge 7
Nameplate 18,22
Cover 20,21
Base 20,21
Hinge 20
Bracket, Right 20
Bracket, Left 20
Arm, Stop 21
Cabinet 6,20,21
Clamp, Right 20
Clamp, Left 20
Cover 21
Bumper 21
Label 20
Label 20
Label 20
Label 20,22

11,12

@ Bell System

; \, \

\

.

.

\'

. ..

' -

'.' ~

JIio t \:1~ ..

" ,.'"

.

,
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2011:08:01 13:29:35-08:00 Modify Date : 2011:08:01 15:43:40-07:00 Metadata Date : 2011:08:01 15:43:40-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.45 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:56eecbe0-9eb6-4ca9-bf0d-432e4909a4ae Instance ID : uuid:7ed45b70-d8da-4b84-b196-43b339504d04 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 888
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
325 073_Dataspeed_40_4540_Components_Service_Apr82 073 Dataspeed 40 4540 Components Service Apr82

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation
